Skip to main content

Full text of "The charm of Bombay: an anthology of writings in praise of the first city of India"

See other formats


) 


Cm4^2/e^r;U^  yo^  ^Q/^^^r^^cay 


^^^7>r^^^?^t^^  c-^^4y^<^^2<c^ 


uCn</t/e^j*'^^ ^  ^a/tfor 


/c^ 


THE 

CHARM  OF   BOMBAY. 


The 

Charm  of  Bombay 

An  Anthology 

of    Writings    in    praise    of 
the  First  City  in  India 


Edited,  with  Notes, 
by 

R.   P.   Karkaria 


With  a-  ^brev'/ofd, ;  * 

.       •        '.  :>     by   ■•'    ''     '•  ■'    • 

H.  E.  Lord  Willingdon, 

Q.C.I.E., 

Governor  of  Bombay. 


Bo  mbay 

D.  B.  Taraporevala,  Sons  6c  Co. 

103,  Medows  Street,  Fort. 


RY  M 


ORSE  STEPHOIS 


Foreword. 

The  climate  and  character  of  the  city  of 
Bombay  are  so  frequently  condemned  by  the 
many  visitors  whose  experience  of  it  is  limit- 
ed to  the  shortest  possible  period  when  arriv- 
ing at  or  departing  from  its  shores  that  I 
cordially  commend  to  the  public  a  study  of 
this  volume,  a  collection  of  extracts  from  the 
writings  of  well-known  people  of  many 
nationalities  who  have  given  themselves  time 
to  appreciate  its  many  claims  and  attractions. 

In  publishing  this  work  Mr.  Karkaria  gives 
us  in  encyclopaedic  form  many  impressions 
of  the  vivid  and  varied  daily  life  of  its  cos- 
mopolitan community,  the  beauty,  colour  and 
grandeur  of  its  scenery  at  different  seasons 
of  the  year,  the  chief  histQrical  events  that 
have  occurred,  and  the  many  distinguished 
people  who  have  been  associated  with  its  life 
or   visited   its   shores. 

To  have  condensed  so  much  information 
into  so  small  a  volume  has  been  a  work  of 
much  labour  and  research,  and  I  trust  that 
its  presentation  to  the  public  may  ensure  a 
more  just  appreciation  of  a  city  which,  to 
those  of  us  who  have  lived  in  it  and  love 
it,  is  in  all  its  aspects  one  of  the  fairest 
jewels  of  the   Empire's   crown. 

Government  Hoiisey  WiLLINGDON. 

2-9-15. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/charmofbombayantOOkarkrich 


Pref a  ce 


The  idea  of  an  anthology  of  Bombay  has 
steadily  grown  during  these  twenty-five  years 
spent  in  reading  off  and  on  about  our  city  and  in 
collecting  materials  for,  as  youthful  ambition 
once  fondly  hoped,  a  '  big  book  '  about  its  past 
history  and  present  proud  position.  But  as  years 
rolled  on  avocations  increased  whilst  materials 
multiplied,  and  the  book  remained  still  un- 
written. The  materials  may  yet,  under  Providence, 
be  utilised  one  day  for  the  purposes  for  which 
they  were  collected.  But  I  thought  that  mean- 
while a  good  purpose  would  be  served  by 
utilising  a  part  of  them  in  the  shape  of  an 
anthology  of  writings  about  our  beautiful  city, 
and  I  set  about  the  present  book  which  has 
outgrown  its  original  limits  and  has  been  ham- 
pered by  other  work  ;  but  now  that  it  is  done, 
I  hope  it  will  be  thought  to  have  been  worth 
doing. 

Nobody  can  be  better  aware  than  myself  of 
its  defects  and  drawbacks,  of  its  sins  of  commis- 
sion and  still  more  of  omission.  But  I  hope  its 
critics  will  kindly  remember  that  it  is  the  first 
and  therefore  necessarily  a  tentative  edition  of 
the  first  book  of  its  kind.  In  the  next  edition 
and  still  more  in  the  succeeding  ones,  should 
the  book  be  so  fortunate  as  to  go  through  them, 
these  defects  could  be  easily  remedied,  especially 


viii  PREFACE. 

if  other  lovers  of  Bombay  will  co-operate  ,by 
their  suggestions  and  criticisms  in  making  it 
worthier  of  our  great  city,  emphatically  the  first 
in  India. 

We  have  unfortunately  no  Historical  Society 
such  as  have  grown  up  of  late  in  some  other 
cities  of  India,  for  the  furtherance  of  the  study 
of  the  history  and  antiquities  of  our  city.  If 
such  a  Society  had  existed  in  our  midst — and 
there  was  always  plenty  of  work  for  it — a  book 
like  the  present  and  also  a  much  better  one,, 
would  have  appeared  long  ago  under  its  auspices. 
A  book  that  casts  its  nets  wide  into  the  volumin- 
ous literature  of  its  subject  can  be  better  done 
through  the  co-operation  of  such  a  Society  than 
by  a  solitary  worker  however  well  equipped  he 
may  be  for  the  task. 

As  the  book  was  progressing,  the  idea  struck 
me,  as  it  will  strike  many  who  will  read  it,  that 
it  affords  the  best  justification  of  the  proud  motto 
very  happily  chosen  by  James  Maclean,  as 
enthusiastic  a  lover  as  this  city  ever  had.  In  its 
pages  will  be  found  arrayed  a  cloud  of  witnesses,, 
men,  and  women  too,  of  all  sorts  and  conditions^ 
testifying  to  its  manifold  charms,  its  great  gifts 
of  nature  enhanced  by  art.  I  do  not  think  any 
other  city  in  India  can  adduce  equally  high 
estimony  from  so  many  people  whose  testimony 
is  really  worth  having. 

They  are  very  fond  of  late  in  Calcutta  of 
usurping   our   motto,   and    of    calling   their  city 


PREFACE.  ix 

the  first  in  India  on  the  strength  of  the  last 
Census,  as  if  our  claim  rested  on  that  basis, 
alone.  A  few  thousand  inhabitants  more  or  less 
does  not  matter  in  the  least,  and  we  know  well 
that  by  the  proverbial  jugglery  of  figures  any- 
thing can  be  proved.  Our  claims  are  manifold^ 
and  to  him  who  enquires  what  these  are  we  can 
only  recommend  this  book  and  say  circumspice^ 
We  can  well  afford  to  smile  unconcernedly 
at  the  vain  efforts  of  Calcutta  to  dethrone 
our  city  from  its  rightful  place,  especially  as  we 
know  we  must  make  allowances  for  the  mood  it 
is  in  ever  since  it  was  dethroned  in  reality  as  the 
capital   of  India. 

They  had  for  some  years  a  Historical 
Society  there — one  of  the  few  points  of  su- 
periority over  us  that  they  really  possess- 
ed; but  I  do  not  think  it  could  have  collected 
testimony  as  good  as  ours.  It  was  all  along  a 
matter  of  surprise  to  me  that  in  the  course  of 
its  rather  brief  existence  it  never  set  its  hands, 
to  prepare  a  book  like  the  present  about  their 
city,  a  really  great  city  with  charms  and  attrac- 
tions of  its  own.  I  should  not  be  surprised  if  an 
anthology  of  Calcutta  were  to  be  published  now» 
nay  we  should  be  glad,  for  then  we  would 
have  the  proper  means  of  comparison.  But 
comparisons  are  odious,  and  in  this  case  they 
are  certainly  not  of  our  seeking  and  have  rather 
been  thrust  upon  us. 

But  apart  from  this,  the  present  book  wilt 
surely  gladden  the  hearts   of  all   true  lovers  of 


X  PREFACE. 

Bombay  and  justify  the  faith  that  is  in  them.  We 
feel  as  we  read  on  that  we  are  citizens  of  no  mean 
city.  The  eulogists  include  persons  of  all  shades 
of  opinion,  who  most  probably  are  at  one  on  this 
point  alone.  Great  statesmen  and  famous 
travellers,  visitors  and  permanent  residents,  all 
unite  in  praising  our  splendid  natural  situation 
and  magnificent  scenery,  the  vast  achievements 
of  our  citizens  in  the  past  and  the  glorious 
possibilities  of  the  future.  We  know  well,  for 
instance,  and  have  enjoyed  often  the  grand 
panorama  from  the  Hanging  Gardens  on 
Malabar  Hill;  but  we  shall  enjoy  it  with  greater 
zest  now  when  we  read  that  a  traveller  and 
explorer  of  world-wide  reputation,  the  late  Sir 
Samuel  Baker,  rates  it  so  highly  that  he  could 
find  '  no  scene  throughout  the  world  more 
beautiful  or  more  impressive  than  this  landscape 
and  sea-view'  (  p.  lOl  ).  The  same  traveller's 
aphoristic  remark  that  the  general  aspect  of 
Bombay  is  a  test  of  British  administration  ought 
also  to  make  us  feel  proud. 

It  is  exactly  two  hundred  and  fifty  years 
since  Bombay  was  delivered  by  the  Portuguese 
to  the  British  in  1665,  not  ungrudgingly,  but 
with  a  heavy  heart  and  after  raising  many 
diificulties  about  carrying  out  the  clause  in  the 
famous  treaty  of  1661  relating  to  the  cession  of 
the  Island,  for  the  Viceroy  of  Goa  and  his 
advisers  well  knew  that  they  were  parting  with 
a  possession  which  though  wilfully  neglected  by 
themselves,  had  great  possibilities  in   the  hands 


PREFACE.  xi 

■of  their  rivals.     During  these  two  centuries   and 

a  half  of  British   possession   these  possibilities 

became  actualities  beyond  |heir  wildest  dreams 

4ind  Bombay  has  prospered  exceedingly.     That 

prosperity  it  owes  more  than  any  other  city   in 

India,  entirely  to  the  English.     I  am   glad  this 

book  appears  in  the  present  year  in  which  falls 

Ihe  two  hundred  and  fiftieth  anniversary  of  that 

auspicious   event.     But   for   the   War   we   would 

have  celebrated  it  with  all  the  honour  due  to  the 

.great  significance  of  such   an   historic  occasion. 

It  was  really  the  second  birth   of  Bombay   when 

Humphrey   Cooke   received   the    keys   from    its 

Portuguese   Mayor    Almeida    on    that    glorious 

February  morning  of  1665. 

Of  the  book  and  its  arrangement  little  need 
be  said.  The  principle  that  has  generally 
guided  me  in  the  selection  of  the  extracts  in  all 
the  sections  except  that  of  accounts,  has  been, 
^  good  thought  well  expressed  ;  and  I  have  been 
somewhat  particular  in  admitting  only  such 
passages  as  are  marked  by  striking  language  in 
iiny  form.  I  have  been  rather  surprised  that 
really  fine  passages  have  been  so  numerous. 
Our  noble  city  seems  to  have  among  its  other 
3?ifts  that  of  inspiring  some  very  fine  writing 
indeed.  This  anthology  of  Bombay  will  be  seen 
to  be  marked  not  only  by  the  distinction  of  its 
contributors  but  also  by  the  generally  high  level 
of  the  contributions.  1  regret  much  the  absence 
of  two  authors  of  great  distinction,  Mr.  Rudyard 
Kipling  and  Pierre  Loti  ;  but  I  could  find  little  in 


xii  PREFACE. 

their  prose  writings  which  I  could  ask  their  per- 
mission to  include.  This  is  particularly  to  be 
regretted  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Kipling,  who  is  a 
distinguished  son  of  Bombay.  Calcutta  is 
deservedly  proud  of  being  the  birthplace  of 
Thackeray  and  the  house  in  which  he  was  born 
has  lately  been  marked  by  a  memorial  tablet. 
We  ought  to  have  done  the  same  to  the  house 
on  the  Esplanade  'between  the  palms  and  the  sea'* 
where  Mr.  Kipling  was  born  ;  but  unfortunately 
the  thatched  bungalow  in  the  compound  of  the 
School  of  Arts  has  been  long  ago  pulled  down. 

It  has  been  thought  advisable  to  group  the 
passages  under  certain  heads,  so  that  there  may 
be  some  sort  of  unity  in  the  great  variety  of  the 
selections.  Hence  the  arrangement  in  sections- 
Within  the  sections  themselves  it  was  at  first 
intended  to  give  the  passages  in  chronological 
or  alphabetical  order,  but  that  would  have  been 
rather  meaningless  in  a  work  of  this  nature.  An 
anthology  is  not  meant  for  continuous  reading  or 
study.  Those  who  want  to  have  passages  on 
kindred  subjects  brought  together  may  do  so  by 
means  of  the  contents. 

In  one  section  alone  chronological  order  has 
been  followed  for  obvious  reasons.  In  the  histo- 
rical accounts  of  Bombay,  given  in  the  last 
section,  it  was  thought  necessary  to  give  them 
according  to  the  dates  when  they   were  written, 


*  These  words  are  from    Mr.    Kipling's   dedicatory    poem 
in  the  Seven  Seas,  from  whicli  some  lines  are  quoted  on  p.  538a. 


PREFACE.  xiii 

chiefly  to  show  the  progress  of  our  city  at  differ- 
ent periods  as  evinced  in  them.  Some  would 
doubt  the  wisdom  of  including  such  an  historical 
section  in  a  book  like  the  present  meant  more 
for  enjoyment  than  study  or  use.  But  utile  diilci ; 
while  the  enjoyment  of  the  other  sections  need 
not  be  disturbed  by  the  solid  usefulness  of  this 
which  may  moreover  be  skipped  with  ease 
if  so  preferred.  I  know  there  will  be  some  to 
whom  this  section  will  appeal  the  most.  I  my- 
self first  thought  of  publishing  it  with  some 
additions  and  modifications  separately  ;  and  this 
may  yet  be  done,  for  a  collection  of  such 
historical  accounts  is  a  long-felt  want. 

Some  of  the  sections,  like  *  Life  and  Society' 
and  'Notable  Events'  might  be  enlarged,  and 
some  new  sections  might  be  added  in  future 
editions.  I  particularly  regret  that  it  has  not 
been  found  possible  to  add  a  section  on  notable 
persons  who  flit  across  the  pages  of  our  island 
story,  like  Aungier,  and  Elphinstone  and 
Wilson.  The  Abbe  RaynaTs  eulogy  of  Sterne's 
Eliza  is  a  representative  of  this  class,  which  has 
been  given  out  of  its  place,  as  it  is  a  locus 
classicwi  of  our  literature  which  many  would  like 
to  have  in  a  book  like  the  present.  In  a  future 
edition  it  may  find  its  proper  place  with  other 
passages  in  the  section  on  '  Notable  Persons.' 

I  ©O'er  my  grateful  thanks  to  the  living 
authors  and  their  publishers  for  passages  from 
their  books  quoted  in  this  work.  I  must  not  omit 
to  expres-;  my   cordial  obligations  to  Mr.   S.  T. 


xiv  PREFACE. 

Sheppard,  of  Trinity  College,  Oxford,  Assistant 
Editor  of  the  Times  of  India,  for  suggesting 
several  books  and  passages.  I  specially 
owe  to  him  the  extract  from  the  Description 
of  the  Port  and  Island  of  Bombay,  published 
in  1724,  an  exceedingly  rare  book,  not  to  be- 
found  anywhere  else  in  Bombay,  which  he 
kindly  lent  me  from  his  rich  collection  of  olcf 
Bombaya/ia.  He  may  be  said  to  continue  the 
literary  traditions  of  Buist  and  Maclean,  past 
Bombay  journalists  who  have  done  so  much  for 
the  literature  of  our  city,  and  great  things  are 
to  be  expected  from  him  in  the  future. 

Finally,  I  cannot  close  without  expressing 
my  sense  of  the  great  courtesy  shown  by  H.  E. 
Lord  Willingdon  in  writing  the  Foreword  to  this 
book.  I  take  it  as  his  contribution  to  the  antho- 
logy and  my  readers  also,  I  am  sure,  will  be  glad 
to  have  in  addition  to  the  commendations  of  some 
of  his  illustrious  predecessors  contained  in  the 
present  volume,  His  Excellency's  appreciatior^ 
of  our  city  which  he  very  happily  calls  '  one  of 
the  fairest  jewels  of  the  Empire's  crown.' 

R.  P.  KARKARIA. 


CONTENTS, 


Scenery  and  Views, 


Ambrosial  Ocean  Isle. 
Panorama   of   Bombay 

from      Bhandarwada 

Hill. 
View  from  the  Ridge... 


PAGES. 

Sir  John  Rees       ...       i 
Sir       James        M. 
Campbell  ...       4 

The     Imperial     Ga- 
zetteer...  ...     10 


View   from    the  Ridge, 

James  Maclean    ... 

12 

Malabar  Hill. 

The  World  Cannot  Pro- 

Balearres Ramsay. 

15 

duce  a  Finer  View. 

Malabar  Point 

Mrs.  Postans 

15 

Queen  of  AsiaticCities. 

SirRichardTemple. 

16 

Bombay  from  the  Tow- 

Baron von  Hiibner. 

17 

ers  of  Silence. 

View  from  the  Fort    ... 

Viscount  Valentia. 

18 

The  Isle  of   Palms      ... 

Mrs.  Postans 

19 

Bombay  and  Naples  ... 

Capt.  Robert  Grind- 

lay       

21 

By  Land  and  Sea 

Capt.  John  Seely... 

22 

Bombay :       Site      and 

Philip  Anderson... 

25 

Scenery. 

The  Harbour 

Dr.  Buist 

27 

Bombay    and    its    Sur- 

Sir William   Hun- 

roundings. 

ter 

29 

XVI 


View  from  the  Hang- 
ing Gardens. 

Our  Poetic  Environ- 
ment. 


PAGES. 

L.  R.  W.  Forrest...     32 


The     Bombay 
zette     . . . 


Ga- 


33 


Burst  of  the  flonsoon 


Burst  of  the  Monsoon... 
Storms    Heralding   the 

Monsoon. 
The  Setting  in  of   the 

Monsoon. 
The  Opening  Monsoon. 
A  Grand  Phenomenon. 
The  Monsoon. 
Beneficial     Effects*   of 

the  Monsoon. 


Henry  Moses        ...  41 
Sir     George    Bird- 
wood  ...             ...  45 

Sir  Erskine  Perry.  48 

Sir  Joseph   Crowe,  50 

Elizabeth  Grant  ...  51 

Sleepy  Sketches      ...  53 

Henry  Moses        ...  55 


After  the  Rains 

David  Price 

59 

The  Monsoon,  the  True 

E.  H.  Aitken 

60 

Indian  Spring. 

Approach  and  Arrival. 

Smell     Bombay     from 

Flora  A.  Steel 

62 

Afar. 

Imposing  Entrance.    ... 

Silk  Buckingham... 

63 

Approaching   Bombay. 

Prince     Karageor- 

gewitch 

64 

A  Vision  of  Gorgeous 

Bayard  Taylor     ... 

66 

Ind. 

XVll 


Stately  Approach. 

The  City  from  the  Sea. 

Islands  in  the  Harbour. 

Beautiful  Indeed  It  Is  ! 

A  Handsome  City  Seat- 
ed on  Two  Bays. 

A  Unique  City — a  Di- 
luvies  Gen  Hum. 

All  India  in  Miniature. 

A  City  of  Vast  Con- 
trasts. 

Til  eFasci  nation  of  Bom- 
bay for  a  German. 

The  Fascination  of 
Bombay  a  Century 
Ago. 

The  Panorama  which 
Greets  the  Eye. 

Ascending  the  Pier 
Head,  1782. 

The  Sea  at  Bombay    ... 

A  Magnificent  Scene... 

Not  One  That  can 
Touch  Bombay. 

In  the  Land  of  the 
Arabian  Nights. 

No  Scene  Throughout 
the  World  More 
Beautiful. 


Sir  Frederick  Tre- 
ves     ...  ...  68 

Walter  Del  Mar  ...  71 

Norman  Macleod...  72 

Life  in  Bombay     ...  y^ 

Sir  Edwin  Arnold.  75 


Sidney  Low 


79 


G.  W.  Steevens    ...  81 

G.  W.  Steevens    ...  85 

Count  von  Koenigs- 

marck  ...  ...  86 

Basil  Hall  ...  88 


Adventures  of   Tho- 
mas Bro^ivn        ...  95 
David  Price          ...  96 

Meadows  Taylor...  97 

James  Tod            ...  97 

Lord  Harris          ...  98 

Leopold    von    Or- 

lich      ...             ...  99 

Sir    Samuel   Baker  lOO 


xvni 

First  Impressions. 

PAGE8. 

If  this    be    exile,   it    is  Elizabeth  Grant  ...   104 

splendid  exile. 

A  Viceroy  on  his  Land-  The     Marquis      of 

ing.  Dufferin             ...    109 

A   Viceroy's   First   Im-  TheEarl  of  Lytton  112 

pressions. 

An     Orientalist's     Im-  Sir      M.      Monier- 

pressions.  Williams           ...   113 

A   Lady's    Impressions  Emma  Roberts    ...   115 

Seventy   Four  Years 

Ago. 

A  Russian  Lady's  Im-  Madame Blavatsky.  118 

pressions. 

An    American's     First  Bayard  Taylor     ...    127 

Impressions. 

An     Under-Secretary's  Sir     M.    E.    Grant 

Impressions.  Duff    ...             ...   130 

Jumble  of  Nations      ...  Sir  James  Mackin- 
tosh    ...             ...   136 

A  Picturesque  City     ...  Sir  Henry  Craik  ...   137 

Czar   Nicholas  II's  Im-  Prince      Ookh- 

pressions.  tomsky           ...   141 


Importance. 

H.  M.  King  George  V.  on  Bombay  ...   147 

The    Address  of   Bombay  Citizens  to  Their 
Majesties  ...  ...  ...  ...   149 

Edward  VII,  as  Prince  of  Wales,  on  Bombay...   150 


XIX 


Wellington  on  Bombay. 
Marquess  of  Wellesley 's 

Praise  of  Bombay. 
Queen  Among  Cities  ... 
First    to     Receive    the 

King. 
The  Gateway  between 

the     East     and     the 

West. 
Bombay     Essential     to 

the  Empire. 
Mingling  of  Peoples  ... 
The  Eye  of  India 
Cosmopolitan  Yet 

Homogenous. 
The    Modern     Alexan- 
dria, 
Bombay  an  Asylum  for 

All. 
Variety    of  Races   and 

Religions. 
Bombay    and  Calcutta. 
Bombay  and  Paris.     ... 
Another  Carthage. 
Bombay  and  European 

and  AmericanCities. 
A  Peerless  Harbour.  ... 
Advantage  over  Every 

Port  in  India. 
The  Brightest  Jewel  of 

our  Dependencies. 


PAGRS. 

DukeofWellington  151 
Marquis     of    Wel- 
lesley... ...   153 

G.  W.  Steevensy  ...   156 
Dr.   Stanley  Reed     156 

SirRaymond  West.  158 


Philip  Anderson  ...  166 

The  Times  ...  167 

W.  S.  Caine         ...  170 

The  Times  ...  171 

Sir    M.   E.    Grant- 
Duff     ...  ...  i;3 

Francis  Warden  ...  173 

Murra  Mitchelly  ...  175 

Emma  Roberts    ...  177 

Gerson   da  Cunha.  179 

James  Douglas     ...  182 

William  Curtis     ...  186 

Dr.  George  Smith.  188 

Maria  Graham      ...  1 89 

Mrs.  Postans        ...  191 


XK 


I'AfiKS. 

Commercial         Import-     General  John  Tay- 

ance.  lor       ...  ...    194 

Finest    Site    for    Com-     Lord  Mayo  ...    196 

merce  in  the  World. 
An    Extensive     Empo-.    Hobart  Caunter  ...    197 

rium. 
Great  Cotton  Mart       ...      Sir  W.  W.   Hunter  199 
Cotton  Green  ...      W.  S.  Caine  ...  202 

Centre    of    Gravita    of     Sir    George     Bird- 

the     Empire    in    the         wood   ...  ...  202 

Future. 
Development   of    Bom-     Lord  Sydenham  ...  205 

bay. 
Gateway  to  a  Land  of     Lord  Curzon         ...   206 
.'   Enchantment. 

Patriotism   of  Citizens.     Lord  Curzon         ...   208 
Commercial  Capital  of     James  Routledge...   208 

the  East. 
Great     Work     of     the     Sir  Bartle  Frere    ...   210 

Municipality. 
Importance  and  Growth     Lord  Sydenham  ...  211 

of  Bombay. 
The    Most    Impressive      The  Times  ...  213 

City  in  the  Orient. 


Scenes  In  Bombay. 

The     Yacht     Club     at  J.  A.  Spender       ...  219 

Evening. 

Sunset.  ...  ...  Sleepy  Sketches      ...  220 


XXI. 


A  Street  by  Moonlight. 

The  City  at  Dawn. 

After  the  Rains. 

In  a  Bombay  Garden. 

Nature  in  Bombay. 

The  Plague.  ... 

The  Mango  Trick. 

Palm-Tree.    ... 

Fish  at  Bombay. 

The  Banian  Tree. 

Native  Schools. 

The  Mohurrum  in  Bom- 
bay. 

Mohurrum.     ... 

Collins,  the  Armenian 
Loafer. 

An  Afternoon  Scene  in 
the  Town. 


PAQBfl, 

Sir  Fred.  Treves  ...  222 
Lord  Lamington...  225 
Robert  Brown  ...  22/ 
Lady  Falkland  ...  229 
Madame  Blavatsky  232 
Lovat  Fraser  ...  234 
Norman  Macleod...  236 


Norman  Macleod.. 

.  238 

James  Forbes 

.  239 

E.  H.  Aitken 

.  240 

Mrs.  Postans 

.  241 

S.  M.  Edwardes   .. 

243 

M.  T.  Hainsselin  .. 

244 

Arthur  Crawford.. 

.  246 

Prince       Kara- 
georgevitch       ...  247 


Life  and  Society, 


Society  in  Bombay.     ... 

Sleepy  Sketches      ... 

251 

Life  in  Bombay. 

Lady  Burton 

253 

BycullaClub. 

Sir  Bartle  Frere    ... 

255 

A  Judge's  House  Esta- 

Elizabeth Grant   ... 

258 

blishment. 

A    Governor's    Life    a 

Mountstuart        El- 

Century  Ago. 

phinstone 

262 

Life  in  Bombay  in  the 

Sixties. 

J.  M.  Maclean 

263 

XX 11 


PAGES. 

Indian  Life.  ... 

Basil  Hall 

...     267 

Native  Life. ... 

J.  A.  Spender 

...     275 

Bombay       Beats       the 

Sleepy  Sketches 

...     277 

Whole  World   As    a 

Place    to    Go   Away 

From. 

Bazaars  and  Streets. 


Pen  Pictures  of  Native 

Town. 
A  Night  Scene. 

A  Mart  of  Nations.     ... 

Mixture  of  Types  in 
the  Bazaar. 

The  Bombay  Bazaar, 
Unique. 

Animated  Life  of  the 
Bazaars. 

The  Horse  Bazaar. 

A  Gay  Street. 

Scenes  in  the  Bazaars. 

The   Crawford  Market. 

Flower  and  Fruit  Mar- 
ket. 

The  Bazaars  during  the 
Feast  of  Lamps. 

Streets  During  the 
Diwali. 


Karageorgevitch  ...  281 

Count  von  Koenigs- 

marck  ...   283 

Mrs.  Postans  ...  285 
Louis  Rousselet   ...  289 

J.  H.  Stocqueler    ...  292 

Lady  Falkland     ...  294 

Balcarres  Ramsay.  299 
Louis  Rousselet  ...  302 
Balcarres  Ramsay.  303 
Walter  Crane  ...  3?4 
Mrs.  Guthrie         ...  304 

Sidney  Low  ...   307 

Mrs.  John  Wilson...  310 


XX  111 


The  Streets  during  the 
King's  Visit,  191 1. 

Legions  of  Dark-hued 
Faces. 

Modern  Town  and  Na- 
tive Town. 

The  Bazaar  to  the 
Artistic  Eye. 

The  Native  Town 

A  City  of  Strange  Con- 
trasts. 

Drive  Through  the 
Town. 

Bhendy  Bazaar 

-Stroll  Through  the 
Streets. 

A  Drive  Through  the 
Native  Bazaar. 

Variety  in  the  Native 
Town. 

The  Jubilee  Illumina- 
tions,  1887. 

A  Gay  Street  of  a 
Century  Ago. 

A  Sea  of  Turbans 

Sonapur:  The  City  of 
the  Dead. 

Hindu  Burning-Ground. 

Walkeswar  Village     ... 

Malabar  Point 


Hon.      John      For- 

tescue  ...  311 

Sir  Henry  Craik  ...   312 

Mrs.  Guthrie         ...  3M 

Val.  Prinsep         ...  316 

Emma  Rober  ...  317 
S.  M.  Edwardes   ...  320 

Mrs.  Elwood         ...  321 

William  Shepherd.  325 
Sidney  Low  ...  327 

Walter  Crane       ...  329 

Baron  von  Hiibner.  332 

The  late  Lady 
Brassey  ...   335 

Aihentures  of  Qui 
Hi        336 

Madame  Blavatsky  338 

Louis  Rousselet  ...  340 

Lady  Burton  ...  342 
Lady  Falkland  ...  343 
Edward  Moof       ...  34^ 


XXIV 


Tombs       near       Love     Maria  Graham    ...  348 

Grove,  Mahaluxmi. 
Bombay  Buildings.     ...      Sir   Richard  Tem- 
ple       349 


Notable  Events, 


The  Royal  Visit,   IQH- 

Reception  of  the 
Prince  and  Princess 
of  Wales,  1905. 

Golden  Jubilee  Celebra- 
tions in  Bombay,  1887. 

Landing  of  King 
Edward  VII.  1875. 

Bombay's  Reception 
of  King  Edv^rard  VII. 

Welcome  to  the  Duke 
of  Edinburgh,  1870. 

The  Bombay  Riots  of 
1874:  a  Remarkable 
Episode, 

Silver  Times  in  Bom- 
bay. 

The  Share  Mania. 

The  Share  Mania. 

How  the  Mutiny  was 
Nipped  in  the  Bud. 

A  Page  from  Early 
Bombay  History. 


Dr.   Stanley   Reed.  355 
Dr.  Stanley  Reed.  358 


The  late  Lady 
Brassey  ...  365 

Sir  William  How- 
ard Russell        ...  365, 

Sir  W.  Howard 
Russell  ...   367 

Dr.  John  Wilson  ...   370 

James  Maclean    ...   371 


Arthur  Crawford...   380 

Dr.  George  Smith  381 
Bosworth  Smith  ...  384 
Charles  Forjett     ...   386 

Kin  loch  Forbes    ...   390 


XXV 


The  Cyclone  of  1854  ••• 
The  Great  Fire  of  1803. 
Royal  Visit,  191 1 


Royal  Progress  through 

the  City,  191 1. 
RaynaTs   Panegyric  on 

Sterne's  "Eliza". 


^•A(:KS. 

Charles  R.  Low    ...   392 
Bombay   Gazetteer...  305 
Historical       Record 
of     the    Imperial 
Visit    ...  ...  397 

399 


Abbe  Raynal 


400 


Round  About  Bombay, 


Bobbery    Hunt    in    the 

The    Adventures    of 

Suburbs. 

Qui  Hi  by  Quiz... 

407 

Environs  of  Bombay  ... 

Sir  Edwin  Arnold 

409 

Picturesque  Hills  in  the 

Capt.  R.  Grindlay 

411 

Neighbourhood. 

In  the  Harbour 

John  Seely 

412 

Sail  in  the  Harbour    ... 

Louis  Rousselet   ... 

414 

Raskin's    Salsette   and 

John  Ruskin 

416 

Elephanta. 

Thana  Creek 

John  Seely 

419 

An    Excursion    to   Sal- 

Mrs. Heber 

420 

sette. 

View  from  the  Kanhari 

Hobart  Caunter  ... 

423 

Caves. 

Cave      Temples      near 

Garcia  Da  Orta   ... 

426 

Bombay. 

Kanhari  and  Bassein... 

Lady  West 

428 

xxvi 


] 

pager; 

Elephanta     ... 

Bayard  Taylor     ... 

432 

Elephanta 

Basil  Hall 

434 

Elephanta 

Seely      

437 

On  the  way  to  Maha- 

Mrs.  Guthrie 

438 

bleshwar. 

Charm     of     Mahable- 

Robert  Brown 

440 

shwar. 

Sunsets     at     Mahable- 

Mr.  Guthrie 

442^ 

shwar. 

A  Journey  to  Mahable- 

Elizabeth  Grant  ... 

44S- 

shwar,  1829. 

A    French     Artist     on 

Louis  Rousselet  ... 

446 

Matheran. 

View    from    Panorama 

The  Times  of  India 

451 

Point,  Matheran. 

The  Ghauts  ... 

Imperial  Gazetteer 

459 

Scenery  of  the  Ghauts. 

FitzClarence,   Earl 

of  Munster        ...  461 


Accounts  of  Bombay. 

Streynsham  Master,  1672  ... 

...  465 

Fryer,  1675            

...  471 

Philip  Anderson  ... 

...  48a 

Ovington,  1689     ••• 

...  484 

Richard  Cobbe,  1715 

...  490 

Alexandar  Hamilton,  1723 

...  492 

Description      of     the     Port     and     Island 

of 

Bombay,  1724    ... 

...  496 

Ives,  1754 

..  498 

Carsten  Niebuhr,  1764 

...   506. 

XXVll 


John  Henry  Grose,  1758    ... 
Abraham  Parsons,  1775    ... 
Philip  Stanhope  (  Asiaticiis  ),  1778 
Samuel  Pechel,  1781 
James  Forbes,  1783 
Abbe  Raynal,  1788 
Viscount  Valentia,  1804    ... 
Bishop  Heber,  1825 
Walter  Hamilton,  1820      ... 


511 
51S 
516 
518 

519 
520 

521 

523 
527 


Supplement. 

A   Noble    Introduction 

Sir   Richard  Tem- 

to India. 

ple       

537 

A  Glowing  Sunset 

Walter  Crane 

538 

OfNoMeanCityAml!. 

Rudyard  Kipling. 

538A 

City  So  Full  of  Fate  ... 

Mrs.^  Walter   Tib- 

bits    ... 

538B 

Malabar  Hill  by  Moon- 

William Shepherd 

539 

light. 

Harbour  Scenery 

Edward  Nolan     .. 

539 

Harbour  of  Bombay   ... 

Iltudus  Prichard  .. 

541 

Sunset     in     the     Har- 

Mrs. Guthrie 

542 

bour. 

Scenery       of       Maha- 

Meadows  Taylor.. 

543 

bleshwar. 

Great  Fire  of  1 803       ... 

Admiral  Garden  .. 

546 

Farewell  to  Bombay  ... 

Prince  Karageorge 

- 

witch... 

550 

NOTES  ON  THE  AUTHORS  QUOTED  ...  55 


SCENERY  &  VIEWS. 


SCENERY  &  VIEWS. 


"  Ambrosial  Ocean  Isle." 

Sir  John  Rees. 

It  is  impossible  to  imagine  any  greater 
contrast  than  is  afforded  by  the  scenery  of 
Bombay  and  its  unrivalled  harbour,  to  that 
which  we  have  left  behind  in  Sind.  Here 
everything  speaks  of  an  abundant  rainfall,  hills 
rise  upon  hills  from  the  sea-coast  to  the  top  of 
the  Ghauts,  and  every  hill  is  clothed  with  grass 
and  covered  with  forest.  When  all  the  landscape 
glowed  in  the  crimson  hues  of  the  setting  sun,  it 
seemed  as  if  the  isle  of  Bombay  itself  was  the 
place  the  Laureate  had  in  his  mind  which 
charmed  the  wanderer  out  in  ocean: 

"  Where  some  refulgent  sunset  of  India 
Streams  over  a  rich  ambrosial  ocean  isle. 
And  crimson-hued  the  stately  palmwoods 
Whisper  in  odorous  heights  of  even." 

Tours  in  India  of  Lord  Ccnnemara,  l8g2,  page  247, 


4  BOMBAY : 

Panorama  of  Bombay  from 
Bhandarwada  Hill. 

Sir  James  M.  Campbell. 

The  high  flat  ledge  to  the  east  of  the  reser- 
voir plateau  on  Bhandarwada  hill  commands  one 
of  the  completest  and  most  central  views  of 
Bombay  and  its  surroundings.  To  the  north  a 
sprinkling  of  trees  and  patches  of  green  garden 
and  orchard  freshen  the  foreground  of  brown 
roofs  and  yellow  house  fronts.  Across  the 
muddy  Tank  Bandar  foreshore  and  the  coal 
heaps  of  Frere  Bandar  stand  the  quarried  face 
of  Brae  hill,  and  the  Jubilee,  Indo-Chinese,  and 
National  Mills  clustered  at  the  foot  of  the  woody 
slopes  of  Golangi  or  Flagstaff  hill.  To  the  right 
the  bare  sides  of  Rowli  and  Antop  rise  beyond 
the  fishing  village  and  rock-fort  of  Sewri.  In 
the  distance  behind  Sewri  hill,  looms  the  dim 
table-land  of  Tungar.  Closer  at  hand  stretching 
east  are  the  woody  slopes  and  waving  outline 
of  Salsette  its  central  hills  gathered  in  three 
main  points  above  Vehar,  Tulsi,  and  Yeur- 
Further  east,  across  the  north  bay  and  mud 
flat  of  the  harbour,  behind  the  green  swamps 
and  the  gray  salt  lands  of  Mahul  or  north-west 
Trombay,  rise  the  knolls  of  the  Parshik  hills, 
and  over  them,  thirty  miles  inland,  seen  only  in 
the  clearest  air,  the  lofty  deep-cleft  crest  of 
Mahuli  the  guardian  of  Tansa  Lake.  At  the 
east  foot    of    Bhandarwada    hill   the   half-mile 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  S 

belt  that  stretches  eastwards  to  the  harbour, 
with  a  fair  scattering  of  plantains,  cocoa 
palms,  tamarinds,  mangoes,  and  pipals  is 
thick  with  brown-roofed  yellow-faced  dwellings, 
from  which  stand  out  the  picturesque  pale-gray 
west  fronts  of  two  Portuguese  churches,  Notre 
Senhora  De  Rozario  at  the  hill-foot  and  De  Gloria 
a  few  hundred  yards  to  the  south-east.  Fringing 
the  foreshore  are  the  Peninsular  and  Oriental 
dockyard,  the  Mazagon  landing-pier,  and  the 
British  India  dockyard. 

Further  south,  close  to  the  hill-foot,  are  the 
network  of  sidings  and  the  long  lines  of  low 
gray  sheds  that  form  the  Wadi  Bandar  terminus. 
On  the  left,  out  from  acres  of  shed  roofs,  rises 
the  Port  Trust  Clock  Tower  and  between  the 
tower  and  the  harbour  are  the  rectangular 
pit  of  the  Merewether  dry  dock  and  the 
broad  basins  of  the  Prince's  and  Victoria  wet 
docks  a  thicket  of  lofty  masts.  South,  over 
the  Wadi  Bandar  sheds  and  sidings  for  more 
than  two  miles,  stretch  in  strange  close-packed 
confusion  piles  of  many-storeyed  dwellings, 
their  white  and  yellow  ends  and  fronts 
crowned  with  peaked  gables  and  brown  tiled 
hummocky  roofs  topped  here  and  there  by  a  flat 
view-terrace.  Beyond  these  miles  of  thick-packed 
dwellings,  on  the  left,  at  the  harbour  side, 
stand  the  tower  of  the  Port  Trust  Moody  Bay 
offices  and  the  Castle  Flag-Staff.  To  the  right, 
from  the  rough  sea  of  roofs,  rises  Venice-like,  a 
notable   cluster   of  public    buildings,    the   light 


6  BOMBAY : 

pinnacles  of  the  Cathedral,  the  lofty  crocket- 
ribbed  dome  of  the  Victoria  Terminus,  the  peak- 
roofed  finials  of  the  Elphinstone  College  and 
the  Secretariat,  the  rounded  summit  and  tiny  side 
minarets  of  the  huge  Municipal  buildings,  the 
tall  square  shaft  statued-drum  and  plumed 
pinnacle  of  the  Rajabai  Clock-tower  over- 
topping a  confusion  of  lofty  roofs,  the  steep 
railtipped  roof  of  the  short  High  Court  tower 
and  the  turrets  of  the  Public  Works  Secre- 
tariat, of  the  Post,  and  the  Telegraph  Offices. 
To  the  right  of  the  Rajabai  tower,  out  of  the 
distant  low  green  line  of  Colaba,  rise  the  spire 
of  the  Memorial  Church  and  the  column  of  the 
Prongs  Light-house  In  the  middle  distance, 
to  the  right  of  the  High  Court,  the  high  pitched 
roof  of  the  Police  Court,  the  clock  tower  of  the 
Crawford  Market,  the  finial  of  the  Gokaldas 
Hospital,  and  the  lantern  of  St.  Xavier's  College 
show  like  islands  in  the  sea  of  roofs  and  tree-tops. 

To  the  west,  close  at  hand,  are  the  re- 
servoir filter-beds  and  gardens  of  the  lower 
western  top  of  Bhandarwada  hill.  Beyond 
Bhandarwada  hill  to  the  south-west,  behind 
the  line  of  the  Great  Indian  Peninsula 
Railway,  stretches  the  scarped  cliif  of  Nowroji 
hill,  its  top  and  western  slopes  thick  with 
houses.  Further  west  from  the  broken  mass 
of  roofs  that  stretch  to  the  palms  of  Girgaum 
stand  out  the  wide  enclosure  and  the  lofty 
turrets  and  pinnacles  of  the  Jamsetji  and 
Motlibai    Hospitals.      Still    mare    to  the    right, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  7 

among  the  brown  roofs  that  spread  to  the 
factories  of  Tardeo  and  the  foot  of  Cumbala  hill, 
rise  the  cupola  of  the  Synagogue,  the  obelisk  of 
Byculla  Church,  and  the  smooth  slender  twin 
spires  of  St.  Mary's  College.  To  the  north-west, 
between  the  Bhandarwada  reservoir  and  the  gray 
of  the  Flats,  the  crowd  of  brown  roofs  is  hidden 
and  broken  by  the  gardens  and  mango  orchards 
of  Mazagon,  and  adorned  by  the  golden-spiked 
gleaming  white  dome  and  minarets  of  the 
Aga  Khan's  Tomb,  and  the  peak-roofed  tower 
of  the  Technical  Institute.  Further  to  the  right, 
across  the  middle  distance,  as  far  as  the 
green  belt  of  the  Mahim  palm  groves,  stretch  the 
Flats  bristling  with  forty  lofty  chimney  stalks 
and  laden  with  the  mighty  masses  of  the  Leopold, 
David,  Petit,  Imperial,  Sun,  Jacob,  New  Sassoon, 
and  other  huge  factories.  Round  this  great 
city,  to  the  north-east  east  and  south,  stretch  the 
broad  waters  of  the  harbour,  according  to  the 
hour  and  the  season,  blue  golden  tawny  or  steel 
gray,  with  its  flocks  of  small  white-winged  har- 
bour craft,  and,  at  their  moorings,  lines  and 
clusters  of  lading  and  discharging  steamers, 
fleets  of  peak-prowed  lofty-pooped  sea-faring 
baglas  dhingis  and  kotias,  and  a  sprinkling  of 
stately  square-rigged  ships.  Among  the  shipping, 
opposite  the  Carnac  Bandar,  lies  the  bare  rocky 
mound  of  Cross  Island,  and  about  two  miles 
south  off  the  Apollo  Bandar,  the  small  flat  circle 
of  the  Middle  Ground  Shoal. 

Across  t)ie  harbour  the  north-east  is  filled  by 


8  BOMBAY: 

the  long  brown  back  of  Trombay  sloping  south 
to  the  point  of  Pir  Pav.  In  the  east  lies  the  low 
greenery  of  Hog  Island.  In  miclwater  is  the  flat 
rocky  line  of  Butcher's  Island,  and,  behind  it,  the- 
woody  hills  of  Elephanta  and  to  the  south-east  the 
separate  sharp-cut  crests  of  Little  and  of  Great 
Karanja.  Inland,  beyond  the  low  broken  line  of 
the  Parshik  hills,  the  shivered  cliffs  and  the  flat- 
topped  bluffs  of  the  Tavli-Matheran  range  fill 
the  whole  eastern  view.  In  this  range  from  north- 
to  south  are  the  bastions  of  Tavli,  the  Cathedral 
Rocks  of  Bhav  Malang  the  smaller  buttresses 
of  Mhas-Mala,  the  pillar  of  Navra-Navri,  the 
castle  crest  of  Chanderi,  the  low  fortified  head  of 
Peb,  the  long  walls  of  Matheran  and  PrabhaU. 
the  broken  pillars  of  Isalgadh  the  False 
Funnel  and  of  Karnala  the  True  Funnel,, 
and  the  comb  of  Manikgad.  In  the  extreme 
east,  through  breaks  in  the  Matheran  range^ 
looms  the  dim  wall  of  the  Sahyadris.  Behind 
the  comb  of  Manikgad  to  the  left  are  the  gap- 
of  the  Bor  Ghat  and  the  heights  round  Khandala 
and,  in  the  clearest  air,  the  more  distant  forts; 
of  Visapur  and  Lohogad  To  the  right  the 
knuckle  tip  of  Nagphani  or  the  Duke's  Nose 
stands  in  front  of  the  long  plateau  of  Sakarpathar 
and  the  saw-teeth  of  Jambulni,  with,  in  clear  air^ 
more  distant  peaks,  perhaps  Tung  and  Tikona 
in  Bhor.  South  of  Jambulni  the  line  of  the 
Sahyadris  rises  in  a  group  of  noble  hills  of 
which  Devgad,  Morva,  Visakar,  Koarigad,. 
Masagaum,    and    part  of   Saltar  in  south  Poona 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  9 

are  visible,  and  the  rest  of  Saltar  and  Tel  Baili 
also  in  south  Poona  and  Bhorap  in  Bhor  are  hid 
by  the  slope  of  north  Karanja.  In  the  gap- 
between  the  two  Karanjas  stands  the  wooded 
western   top  of  Mira  Dongar  the  Pen  hill. 

Further  south,  between  the  west  point 
of  Great  Karanja  and  the  Bluff  in  nort-east 
Alibag,  the  long  hill-flanked  valley  of  the  Amba 
river  or  Nagotha  creek  winds  twenty-six  miles, 
south  into  the  heart  of  the  Bhor  hills.  About 
ten  miles  south  of  the  Alibag  Bluff,  from  a 
sharp  cliff  overhanging  the  Amba  creek,  the  main 
range  of  the  Alibag  hills  stretches  west  till,, 
near  the  fortified  top  of  Sagargadh,  it  is  hid 
by  the  beacon-bearing  slope  of  the  Alibag 
Bluff.  To  the  right  the  crest  of  the  Bluff  sweeps 
south  and  west  rising  to  the  sacred  wooded 
headof  Kankeshwar,  which  falls  westward  to  the 
sea  and  the  faint  outlying  circle  of  Kenery  island. 
Behind  the  western  spurs  of  Kankeshwar  stands, 
the  bare  block  of  the  western  Sagargadh  range 
centering  in  the  point  of  Parhur.  Fifteen  miles. 
south  over  the  low  lines  of  the  Alibag  palms,, 
the  land  ends  in  the  dim  level  crest  of  the  Roha 
and  Janjira  hills.  From  the  palm  groves  of  Ali- 
bag, past  the  low  line  of  Henery  (Underi)  and  the 
rocky  knoll  of  Kenery  (Khanderi),  the  sea  spreads 
round  the  points  and  reefs  of  Colaba  across  the 
palm-fringed  curve  of  Back  Bay,  till  it  is  hid  by 
the  woody  bluff  of  Malabar  Point  which  rises, 
gently  northwards  to  the  house-and  palmyra- 
rcowned  crest  of    the     Malabar    and  Cumbala 


10  BOMBAY : 

ridges.  North-west,  across  the  palm-dotted  curve 
of  the  Great  Vellard,  is  a  second  stretch  of 
open  sail-brightened  sea,  hid  for  a  time  by  the 
woody  hillock  of  Love  Grove  and  again  opening 
on  either  side  of  the  rock  of  Martand,  till  it  is 
once  more  lost  behind  the  woody  crest  of  Varli 
which,  in  a  broken  line,  leads  north,  till  the 
circle  is  completed  in  the  plam  groves  of  Mahim 
and  the  leafy  gardens  and  rice  lands  of  Parel  and 
Matunga  overtopped  by  the  casuarinas  of  Bandra 
hill,  and  the  long  ridge  of  Pali. 

Admmistratiofi  Report,  Bombay,  1891-2,  pp.  43-44. 


View  From  The  Ridge 

The  Imperial  Gazetteer. 

The  views  obtainable  from  the  ridge  of  Malabar 
Hill  and  the  summit  of  the  Altamont  Road, 
which  winds  up  Cumballa  Hill,  are  magnificent. 
Standing  by  night  upon  the  ridge,  one  looks 
down  upon  the  palm-groves  of  Chaupati,  and 
across  the  sweep  of  Back  Bay  to  the  Rajabai 
tower,  the  Secretariat,  and  the  Light-house  at 
Colaba  point,  the  whole  curve  of  land  being 
jewelled  with  an  unbroken  chain  of  lights, 
which  have  earned  the  appropriate  title  of  "The 
Queen's  Necklace."  From  Cumballa  Hill  the 
view  to  the  east  includes  the  whole  native  city, 
the  hill  of  Mazagaon,  upon  which,  in  early  days, 
a     white-washed    house     stood    as  a   guide  for 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  1 1 

vessels  entering  the  harbour,  and  beyond  them 
the  harbour,  islands,  and  mainland  of  the  north 
Konkan.  To  the  left  lies  the  industrial  area, 
with  its  high  chimney-stacks  and  mill  roofs,  and 
the  coast  section  of  Sewri,  in  which  may  still  be 
seen  relics  of  the  old  fortress  built  upon  a  pro- 
jecting spit  of  land.  Sewri  in  these  days  contains 
the  European  cemetery,  which  was  originally 
the  garden  of  the  Horticultural  Society  of  Bombay. 
On  the  west  side  Cuniballa  Hill  slopes  down  to 
the  shore,  where,  close  to  the  Hornby  Vellard, 
the  Mahalakshmi  temples  command  attention. 
The  present  shrines  are  comparatively  modern  ; 
but  they  are  stated  to  stand  upon  the  site  of 
three  very  old  temples  which  were  destroyed 
during  the  period  of  Mohamadan  domination. 
The  temples  form  the  northern  limit  of  another 
suburb,  known  as  Breach  Candy,  where  the 
houses  are  built  close  down  upon  the  seashore 
within  the  refreshing  sound  of  the  waves.  The 
ruined  fortress  of  Warli  can  be  visited  from  this 
point ;  while  a  good  road  leads  through  the  great 
cocoa-nut  woods  of  Mahim  to  the  Lady  Jamsetji 
Causeway  and  the  neighbouring  Island  of 
Salsette. 

Third  edition,  1908  Vol.  VIII  pages  401-402. 


12  BOMBAY: 

View  from  The  Ridge,  flalabar  HilL 

James  Maclean. 

From  the  Ridge  we  get  a  magnificent  view 
of  the  island  and  harbour  of  Bombay.  Perhaps 
the  best  point  of  view  is  the  Cliff,  the  late 
Dr.  Wilson's  residence,  or  the  Ladies'  Gym- 
khana, a  favourite  evening  rendezvous  now  for 
families  living  on  Malabar  Hill,  and  the  best  time- 
is  just  before  sunset.  A  poet  might  well  say 
that "  earth  hath  not  anything  to  show  more  fair  '*" 
than  the  glorious  panorama  of  water,  wood,  hill,, 
shipping  and  the  stately  edifices  of  a  great  city 
which  here  strikes  and  fascinates  the  eye. 
*'  This  dings  Dumbarton  "  is  said  to  have  been^ 
the  remark  of  a  Scotchman  on  first  seeing 
Gibraltar ;  and  perhaps  even  Scott,  had  he  seen- 
Bombay  from  the  Ridge,  would  have  confessed 
that  this  is  a  lovelier  scene  than  that  which  he 
describes  in  such  glowing  verse,  when  his  hero 
Marmion  looks  down  upon  Edinburgh  from  the 
brow  of  Braid  Hill.  A  double  bay  lies  below^ 
intersected  by  the  island  city,  which  buried  at 
its  base  in  plantations  of  palm  trees,  emerges- 
midway  into  a  succession  of  noble  buildings^ 
whose  faults  of  detail  are  lost  in  the  distance^ 
while  the  harmonious  grandeur  of  the  whole  mass 
is  enhanced  by  the  parting  rays  of  the  sun  shin- 
ing full  upon  them.  From  this  culminating  point 
of  splendour,  the  city  tapers  away  towards 
Colaba  in  a  gently  curving  promontory  just 
broad  enough  to  mark  and  complete  the  perfect 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  13 

outline  of  Back  Bay.  Beyond  stretches  the  broad 
harbour  with  its  islands,  and  the  mountains  of 
the  Koncan,  with  their  battlemented  summits 
form  the  background  of  the  picture.  Perhaps, 
although  Bombay  does  not,  like  England,  appeal 
to  the  imagination  by  the  charm  of  great  and 
holy  memories,  it  might  not  be  esteemed  sacri- 
legious to  apply  to  her,  thus  seen  at  sunset,  or, 
still  better,  in  the  tropical  radiance  of  the 
moonlight,  the  words  of  the  poet — "  A  precious 
stone  set  in  the  silver  sea." 

Guide  to  Bombay,  cd.  for  1899,  Pages  305-6. 


*'The  World  Cannot  Produce  a  Finer 
View" 

Balcarres  Ramsay. 

Ride  along  Back  Bay,  ascend  Malabar  Hill : 
the  world  cannot  produce  a  finer  view.  You 
stand  on  a  lovely  wooded  hill ;  beneath  you  are 
the  rich  and  fertile  islands  of  Bombay  and 
Salsette,  the  deep  blue  sea,  the  noble  shipping 
in  the  harbour,  and  afar  the  fantastically  shaped 
and  picturesque  Deccan  hills,  all  forming  a  won- 
drously  attractive  picture.  Turn  from  this  lovely 
scene,  ascend  one  of  the  narrow  paths  up  the 
hill,  and  you  will  find  yourself  close  to  the  Parsee 
burial-ground.  On  extreme  point  of  this  hill  is 
one  of  the  Governor's  residences,  called  Malabar 


14  BOMBAY: 

Point,  occupied  [  1845  ]  by  the  Commander-in- 
Chief,  Sir  Thomas  M'Mahon,  and  his  family.  As 
}'OU  descend  the  hill  on  the  other  side,  the  sea 
alone  greets  your  eye.  The  road  winds  along 
the  foot  of  this  hill,  and  affords  a  charming 
drive :  this  is  still  a  favourite  resort  of  the 
Bombay  people  during  the  evening.  Not  far 
from  this,  and  round  the  Point,  is  a  large  portion 
of  waste  land  called  the  Flats,  about  two  miles 
in  extent.  This,  in  former  years,  during  the 
monsoon,  was  regularly  flooded,  but  a  handsome 
breakwater  had  been  made  by  Governor  Jonathan 
Duncan.  Across  these  Flats  my  brother  aide-de 
camp.  Captain  D'Arcy,  made  capital  bridlepaths. 

Ride  across  these  Flats  and  you  come  upon 
the  highroad  to  Thana,  and  close  to  Government 
House,  Parell.  The  grounds  at  Parell  are  laid 
out  quite  in  the  English  style.  The  house 
itself  is  a  fine  building, — formerly,  under  the 
Portuguese  rule,  a  Jesuit  convent,  and  after- 
wards the  residence  of  Sir  James  Mackintosh 
during  the  time  he  was  Recorder  of  Bombay : 
it  has  since  been  much  enlarged  and  beautified. 
You  drive  up  under  a  handsome  portico,  and 
are  received  by  a  host  of  servants  ( chobdars  ). 
On  the  ground-floor  there  is  a  magnificent  room, 
capable  of  dining  a  hundred  people  ;  beyond, 
a  billiard-room  ;  off  these  are  several  bedrooms 
opening  on  to  spacious  verandahs.  Up-stairs 
there  is  a  magnificent  drawing-room  and  re~ 
ception-room  ;  at  one  end  a  fine  portrait  of  the 
Marquis   of   Wellesley.     A   ball    or  a  reception 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  IS 

here  is  always  a  pretty  sight.  In  the  first  place^ 
the  ladies  are  almost  always  well  dressed 
and  the  officers  in  full  uniform  :  and  a  tulip-bed 
cannot  show  more  variety  than  the  various  uni- 
forms of  the  British  and  Indian  services.  Noble 
rooms  delightfully  cool  and  airy,  picturesque 
costumes,  and  plenty  of  room  to  show  them  off, 
are  the  distinguishing  features  of  an  Indian 
reception. 

Rough  Recollections,  1882,  Vol.  I,  pages  82-84. 


rialabar  Point 

Mrs.  Postans. 

It  is  difficult  to  select  and  particularise,  where 
so  many  beautiful  views,  so  many  fresh  com- 
binations of  scenery,  attract  the  eye  as  from  the 
curving  and  numerous  roads  winding  about  this 
lovely  island  ;  amongst  the  most  charming  spots, 
however,  is  the  bold  promontory,  known  as 
Malabar  Point,  and  crowned  with  a  mansion, 
originally  the  residence  of  Sir  John  Malcolm, 
now  [1838]  set  apart  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
Governor,  when  the  heat  becomes  oppressive  at 
Parell.  This  agreeable  resort,  pitched  upon 
the  tall  and  rocky  headland,  like  an  eiry  above 
the  waves,  commands  a  varied  and  extensive 
view,  lovely  at  all  times,  but  more  peculiarly  so 
when  the  sun's  broad  golden  disc  is  half  obscured 
below  the  azure  waters,  and  the  feathery  tips  of 


I6  BOMBAY : 

the  cocoa-nut  woods  retain  their  amber-tinted 
hues.  Then  appear  the  undulating  and  varied 
Xoads,  studded  with  groups  of  animated  figures  ; 
the  bright  bay,  bearing  numerous  pleasure  boats, 
whose  oars  lie  on  the  glassy  medium  which  re- 
flects the  tasselled  palms  fringing  its  immediate 
shores ;  inland,  the  wooded  knolls  look  richer  as 
the  foliage  takes  a  deeper  hue,  the  bamboos  lose 
^their  paly  green,  and  the  jutting  rocks  borrow 
partial  shades  from  the  gathering  twilight ;  while 
below,  along  the  shores,  fires  brightly  burning, 
mark  the  funeral  pyres  of  the  Hindoo  dead  ;  and 
far  from  these,  solitary  figures,  in  white  and 
flowing  raiment,  bend  their  foreheads  to  the 
earth,  or  slowly  pace  the  strand,  to  catch  the 
gorgeous  sun's  last  ray  upon  the  wave,  and  "  Hail 
their  Creator's  dwelling-place  among  the  living 
lights  of  heaven." 

Western  India,  1739,  Vol.  I  pages  36-38. 


"  Queen  of  Asiatic  Cities." 

Sir  Richard  Temple. 

For  a  few  days  at  my  beautiful  capital,  in 
the  finest  season  of  the  year,  (1880)  I  had  a  halcyon 
time,  and  a  restful  feeling  which  had  been 
long  unknown  to  me.  I  imprinted  on  the  tablets 
of  my  memory  the  features  of  this  city,  doubt- 
less the  Queen  of  Asiatic  cities — the  highlands 
and  islands,  the  bays  and  creeks,  the  forest   of 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  17 

masts  in  the  wide  spreading  harbour,  the  horizon 
on  one  side  bounded  by  the  Western  Ghat 
mountains  and  on  the  other  side  extended  far 
out  to  the  Indian  Ocean.  As  a  foreground  to 
thisscenery  of  sea  and  land  was  the  ornate  and 
palatial  line  of  Government  edifices. 

Stof'v  of  my  life,  l8g5y  Vol.  II,  pages  49-50. 


Bombay  from  the  Towers  of  Silence. 

Baron  Von  Hubner. 

Bombay  is  at  our  feet, — the  city,  the  bay  and 
the  sea !  To  the  south-west  a  forest  of  masts,^the 
tops  of  which  only  are  discernible,  indicates 
the  harbour.  Beyond  it,  on  the  horizon,  are  rocks 
and  islets  of  fantastic  outline,  some  bare,  some 
carpeted  with  fern,  and  all  of  them  gilded  by 
the  sun.  Right  beneath  us  is  one  of  the  native 
quarters,  buried  in  a  sea  of  cocoa-nut  palms,  and 
above  their  waving  tufts,  through  the  open 
fanlike  tracery  of  their  leaves,  and  behind  the 
transparent  mists  of  the  distance,  the  imposing 
buildings  on  the  Esplanade  and  Colaba,  Farther 
eastward  stands  a  confused  mass  of  houses, 
broken  here  and  there  by  a  spire — the  actual  city 
of  Bombay.  At  your  right,  bathing  the  foot  of 
the  heights  on  which  you  stand,  is  the  Arabian 
Sea.  The  panorama  is  one  of  the  loveliest,  and, 
from  the  variety  of  its  constituent  parts,  one  of 
the  richest  that  can   be  seen ;   it   might   ev.^n  be 


1 8  BOMBAY: 

called  unique.  But  the  contrast  offered  by  thej- 
Towers  of  Silence  prevents  you  from  thoroughly 
enjoying  it.  Perhaps,  without  noticing  it,  you- 
feel  upset,  and  you  leave  the  spot  with  mingled 
feelings  of  pleasure  and  regret. 
Through  the  British  Empire,  1 886,  Vol.11,  pages  18-19, 


View  From  the  Fort 

Viscount  Valentia. 

The  view  from  the  fort  is  extremely  beautiful 
towards  the  bay,  whose  smooth  expanse  is  here 
and  there  broken  by  the  islands  that  are,  many 
of  them,  covered  with  wood,  while  the  lofty  and 
whimsically  shaped  hills  of  the  table  land,  form- 
a  striking  back-ground  to  the  landscape-  The  sea 
is  on  three  sides  of  it,  and  on  the  fourth  an 
esplanade,  at  the  extremity  of  which  is  the  black 
town,   embosomed  in  a  grove  of  cocoa-nut  trees. 

Voyages  and  Travels,  1811,  Vol.  11,  page  l68. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  19 

"The  Isle  of  Palms" 

Mrs.  Postans. 

The  Harbour  scenery  of  Bombay  is  justly 
considered  the  most  lovely  in  the  world,  the 
fairest  of  all 

*  the  Isles  that  gem 

Old  Ocean's   purple  diadem  ' 

To  detail  the  particular  features  which  compose 
its  beauty,  were  impossible.  The  deep  smooth 
waters,  the  bright  blue  cloudless  sky,  the  cluster- 
ing islands,  gleaming  in  still  dreamy  indistinct- 
ness, fringed  with  the  dark  feathers  of  the  palm 
trees,  which  seem  so  jealously  to  conceal  the  line 
where  the  fair  elements  unite.-  the  pale  purple 
Ghauts,  towering,  higher  and  higher,  in  piles  of 
varied  form,  their  lolty  summits  dim  in  the  misty 
distance,  blending  with  the  soft  haze  of  a  tropic 
sky,  form  a  picture,  which  fascinates  the  eye,  and 
b  pell-binds  the  imagination,  as  completely  as  it 
baffles  the  power  of  language  to   pourtray. 

To  afford  to  those  who  may  not  look  upon 
this  glorious  scene,  a  bird's-eye  glimpse  of  its 
general  coiipd'ceil,  is  all  that  can  be  attempted, 
and  the  elegant  pen  of  Bishop  Heber  has  well  per- 
formed that  task  ;  objections  have  been  made  to 
his  descriptions,  as  too  Italianized  and  florid,  but 
critics  of  taste,  whom  opportunity  may  have 
enabled  to  study  the  various  combinations 
of  pictorial  effect  among  these  lovely  scenes, 
must     acknowledge,     that     neither   poetry,   nor 


6o  BOMBAY: 

painting,  can  possibly  do  justice  to  the  peculliar 
and  exquisite  beauty  of  the  "  Isle  of  Palms." 

Where  the  inducements  which  the  fair,  face 
of  nature  presents,  are  so  great,  it  is  not  remark- 
able that  yachting  should  be,  as  it  is,  a  very 
favourite  recreation  ;  or  that  the  gay  streamers  of 
the  "  Lovely  Lucy,"  and  the  "  Lalla  Rookh," 
should  be  seen  so  frequently  floating  in  bright 
relief  against  the  dark  masses  of  rich  foliage 
which  clothe,  to  the  water's  edge,  the  time- 
hallowed  island  of  Elephanta,  and  the  beautifully 
wooded  scenery  of  Salsette. 

The  modern  town  of  Bombay,  however  (for 
to  such  a  distinction  the  march  of  progress  en- 
titles it)  deserves  description;  and  however 
charming  may  be  the  bright  and  sparkling  bay, 
the  palm-tasselled  islets,  the  varied  craft,  and 
the  pretty  latteen  sails  which  swell  in  the  fresh 
breeze,  a  stranger  yet  desires  to  step  firmly  upon 
land,  and  mix  in  the  bustling  interests  of  his 
fellow-men. 

The  general  appearance  of  Bombay  from  the 
harbour,  is  certainly  not  attractive.  Little  can 
be  seen*of  it  but  the  walls  of  the  fort,  flanking 
the  water's  edge,  the  tents  of  the  esplanade  rising 
in  white  and  gleaming  clusters,  and  the  island  of 
Colaba,  stretching  out  towards  the  west,  covered 
with  palm  trees,  and  crowned  at  its  extreme  end 
by  the  Bombay  Light-house. 

The  bundars,  or  landing-places,are  commonly 
'Surrounded   by    singular-looking     boats,    whose 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  2t 

crews  ply  among  the  shipping  with  passengers  or 
cargo.  Mcored  in  a  busy  knot,  may  be  observed 
the  crazy  little  canoe,  laden  with  cocoanuts  and 
plantains  ;  the  miniature  barge,  covered  with  the 
gay  purdah  (awning),  to  screen  the  fat  Parsee, 
who  sits  cross-legged  in  her  stern  ;  and  the  more 
important  bundah  boat,  with  its  comfortable  cabin 
lined  with  soft  cushions,  and  surrounded  with 
smart  green  Venetians,  awaiting  an  engagement 
to  convey  a  party  to  the  spot  selected  for  a  picnic, 
or  to  stretch  down  the  coast  to  the  various 
beautiful  and  sea-girt  stations  of  the  southern 
Koncan. 

Western  India,  1839,  Vol  I,  pages  4-7 - 


Bombay  and  Naples 

Capt.  Robert  Grindlay. 

The  derivation  of  the  name  of  Bombay  is 
generally  considered  to  be  frcm  Buon  Bahia,  a 
name  given  to  it  by  the  Portuguese,  the  first 
European  settlers,  and  indicating  its  peculiar 
excellence  as  a  harbour,  in  which  it  is  equalled 
by  few  others  in  the  world,  whether  for  security 
to  shipping  or  the  picturesque  beauty  of  its 
scenery. 

The  far-famed  Bay  of  Naples  can  scarcely, 
be  placed  in  crmparison  with  Pcmbay,  frcm 
the   very   different    description  of  beauty  which 


22  BOMBAY: 

characterizes  each.  If  the  former  can  boast 
of  its  Vesuvius,  its  castellated  heights  of  St. 
Elmo,  and  semicircular  sweep  of  shore,  fringed 
with  imposing  groups  of  buildings,  the  latter 
possesses  beauties  of  a  grander  description  and 
of  more  rare  combination.  While  the  back-ground 
is  composed  of  that  stupendous  range  of  moun- 
tains, the  Ghauts,  raising  their  rugged  summits 
in  every  possible  variety  of  shape,  assuming 
frequently  the  appearance  of  vast  fortresses,  the 
harbour  is  studded  with  numerous  groups  of 
islands,  of  various  size  and  form,  and  some  of 
them  richly  wooded  to  the  water's  edge. 

Scenery  in  Western  India,  1830,  page  39, 


By  Land  and  Sea. 

Capt.  John  Seely. 

Nothing  can  be  more  delightful  than  the 
rides  and  drives  in  this  island :  they  extend 
twenty-one  miles,  and  communicate  to  the 
neighbouring  island  of  Salsette  by  means  of  a 
causeway.  The  prospect  is  as  grand  and  as 
beautiful  as  can  be  imagined  :  the  mighty  range 
of  the  Ghats  towering  in  the  clouds  and  extend- 
ing as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach  ;  the  bold  views 
on  the  continent ;  the  diversified  objects  on  the 
island;  old  ruinous  convents  and  monasteries 
erected  by  its  former  conquerors,  the  Portugueze ; 
the   noble   country-houses    of    the    Europeans ; 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  23 

Hindoo  pagodas,  Mahometan  mosques ;  the 
remains  of  Mahratta  forts  and  buildings  :  these, 
with  the  rural  appearance  of  Hindoo  villages, 
where  every  patch  of  ground  is  richly  cultivated 
or  ornamented,  and  interspersed  with  groves  of 
date  and  cocoa-nut  trees,  afford  a  prospect  of 
luxuriance  and  beauty  to  be  met  with  nowhere 
but  in  the  Koncan.  As  we  tumour  eyes  towards 
the  sea,  we  are  presented  with  a  fine  hard  beach 
running  on  the  high  and  romantic  spot  called 
Malabar  Point,  which  promontory  is  studded  with 
neat  villas;  while  the  city  and  fort  are  seen  in 
the  back-ground,  with  the  ships  securely  at 
anchor  in  the  harbour.  Nor  must  we  forget  the 
isthmus  called  Colaba  (probably  Calab,  or  black 
water),  running  for  about  two  miles  in  a  straight 
line  from  Bombay,  from  which  it  is  separated 
at  high  water.  On  this  small  island,  which 
scarcely  exceeds  a  quarter  of  mile  in  breadth, 
are  several  good  houses  and  a  range  of  barracks. 
At  its  farthest  or  western  end  stands  a  noble 
signal  and  light-house,  from  the  top  of  which  is  a 
very  fine  view  of  the  Island  and  adjacent  country. 

Nor  is  it  on  land  alone  that  Bombay  possess- 
es the  advantages  of  situation.  Its  harbour, 
from  its  great  size,  smoothness  of  the  water,  and, 
for  the  greater  part  of  the  day,  having  a  fine  sea- 
breeze  blowing,  affords  almost  constant  oppor- 
tunity for  aquatic  excursions ;  so  open,  indeed, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  so  secure  is  the  bay,  that 
for  miles,  in  various  directions,  the  smallest  boats 


24  BOMBAY  I 

may  proceed  with  safety  and  by  means  of  the 
tide,    return    at    almost    a    fixed    hour.     These 
excursions  may  be  extended  seaward,  inward,  or 
over  to  the  Mahratta  continent,  for  several  miles,, 
embracing  in  the   journey  a  variety  of  beautiful,, 
picturesque,    and    grand    scenery.     How    widely 
different  from  the  boasted   river-parties  on  the 
Ganges  about  Calcutta ;  where  you  have  a  muddy 
and  often  a    very  dangerous,   stream  to  sail  on^ 
with  light  and  hot  sultry  air,  impregnated  with 
all  the  poisonous  effects  of    miasma,   the  wind 
hardly  sufficiently  strong  to  impel  the  boat ;  or 
else  tracking,  by  means  of  a  dozen  poor  wretches 
slowly  struggling  through   the  low,  marshy,   and 
swampy  banks  of  the  Ganges,  where  the  eye  is  un- 
relieved by  the  smallest  change  of  scenery,  and 
not  a  hill  is  to  be  seen  in  any  direction:  in  short 
where  an  uninterrupted  view  of  jungle,  flat  land^ 
water,  and  mud   presents    itself.     At  Madras  the 
scene  on  the  water  is  widely  different  from  what 
we  see   either   at   Calcutta   or  Bombay ;    and    a 
journey  on  it,  whether  for  amusement  or  business, 
is    any  thing  but  agreeable,  for  you  are  often  in 
danger   of   your   life,  and   always   in   dread,   in 
passing  to     and  fro  through    the  tremendously 
high    and    long   surfs     that   incessantly   roll  oa 
the   Coromandal  shores,    and    which  commence 
about  a  mile    inside   the  roadstead,   where   the 
ships  lie  at  anchor. 

The  climate  of  Bombay  is  preferable  to  most 
parts   of  India,   having  a  refreshing  sea-breeze^, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  2$ 

commonly  called,  from  its  healthful  effects,  the 
Doctor.  There  is  now  very  little  wood  on  the 
island,  no  marshes,  and  but  few  large  pools  of 
stagnant  water.  To  these  causes  much  of  the 
sickness  that  prevails  in  other  parts  of  India 
must  be  attributed  ;  and  the  salubrity  of  Bombay 
causes  it  to  be  resorted  to  by  invalids  from  the 
other  Presidencies  and  the  interior. 
Wonders  of  Elora,  1824,  pages  4-6. 


Bombay:  Site  and  Scenery. 

Philip  Anderson. 
Where  is  there  a  site  more  calculated  not 
only  to  strike  the  eye  of  a  casual  observer,  but 
to  grow  in  the  estimation  of  a  well-informed  and 
scientific  resident,  than  Bombay  .?  Two  centuries. 
ago  its  distinguishing  features  must  have  been 
the  same  as  they  are  at  present ;  for  they  could 
only  be  altered  by  the  disturbances  and  revolu- 
tion of  a  geological  era.  The  deep  capacious 
harbour,  with  its  channel  so  narrow,  yet  safe  for 
careful  and  well-trained  pilots  ;  false  harbour  of 
Back  Bay,  offering  to  inexperienced  mariners  or 
threatenin  ginvaders  a  tempting  and  dangercus. 
lure  ;  the  Eastern  hills  which  rise  in  rugged  and 
fantastical  shapes  one  behind  another,  until  at 
noonday  they  are  lost  in  misty  heat  ;  their  feet 
fringed  with  palm  trees,  their  summits  crowned 
with  primeval  forests,  or  here  and  there  with  the 


26  BOMBAY : 

ruins  of  ancient  fortresses — all  form  a  scene  which 
promises  strength  and  security  to  the  inhabitants; 
and  if  it  had  but  the  exquisite  associations  of 
classic  antiquity,  or  the  decorations  of  Italian 
taste,  might  be  thought  by  a  lover  of  the  pictures- 
que to  rival  even  the  place  where  Virgil  sleeps 
and  the  Siren  sang — beautiful  Parthenope. 

But  although  the  outlines  of  the  distant 
scenery  are  bold,  the  appearance  of  the  island 
when  approched  from  the  sea  is  somewhat 
insignificant.  Flat  plains,  in  some  places  below 
the  level  of  high-water  mark,  are  slightly  relieved 
by  low  ridges  of  trappean  rock,  the  highest 
point  of  which  is  called  Malabar  Hill,  and  that 
does  not  exceed  a  hundred  and  eighty  feet.  The 
whole  area  of  the  island  is  about  sixteen  square 
miles.  Its  shape  approaches  a  trapezoid,  with 
its  shorter  side,  six  miles  in  length,  towards  the 
sea,  and  its  longer  side  extending  eleven  miles 
parallel  to  the  mainland.  Between  the  two 
hilly  ridges,  which  form  these  sides,  there  is 
a  level  plain,  about  two  miles  in  width,  now 
called  the  Flats.  The  greatest  breadth  of  the 
Island  is  little  more  than  three  miles.  Malabar 
Point  is  the  name  of  that  extremity  which,  to  the 
south,  faces  the  open  sea,  and  at  the  northern 
extremity  are  the  Hill  and  Fort  of  Warli.  The 
line  which  is  parallel  to  the  harbour  and  mainland 
has  for  its  southern  extremity  the  Light  House 
and  Burial-ground  of  Colaba,  and  for  its  northern 
the  tower  called  Riva  Fort. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  2/ 

Colaba  was  a  separate  Island,  until  joined  a 
few  years  ago  by  a  causeway  to  Bombay. 
Between  it  and  Malabar  Hill  is  the  Back  Bay,  to 
which  we  have  already  alluded.  On  the  Colaba 
side  the  Bay  is  shallow  and  filled  with  dangerous 
rocks  ;  but  under  the  opposite  cliff  is  a  channel, 
sufficiently  deep  for  ships  of  considerable  tonnage. 
To  the  north  of  Bombay  is  another  Bay,  with  a 
beach  called  Mahim  Sands,  and  on  that  side  the 
island  is  separated  from  the  mountainous  island  of 
Salsette  by  a  small  arm  of  the  sea,  which  at  one 
part  is  only  a  hundred  and  twenty  five  yards  wide, 
Salsette  itself  being  separated  from  the  mainland 
by  another  channel.  To  the  south  and  east  is 
the  harbour,  which  contains  several  lofty,  inter- 
esting islands,  and  is  in  one  place  six  miles 
broad.  It  extends  a  considerable  distance  inland, 
and,  as  it  narrows,  the  shores  on  either  side  pre- 
sent various  scenes  of  extraordinary  beauty. 

English  in  Western  India,  1854,  pages  51-52. 


The  Harbour. 

Dr.  Bui  ST. 

As  the  great  bulk  of  visitors  reach  us  by  sea 
-and  from  Europe,  in  approaching  Bombay  will 
be  noticed  the  beautiful  little  islands  of  Henery 
and  Kenery  at  the  mouth  of  the  harbour,  fortified 
in  the  time  of  the  Mahrathas ;  long  favourite 
places  of  resort,   for  rovers   watching  to  make 


28  BOMBAY : 

prizes  of  merchant  ships,  when  this  was  known 
as  the  pirate  coast.  The  shore  all  along  is  here 
thickly  dotted  with  ruined  strongholds,  and  the 
remains  of  the  fortifications  are  still  tolerably 
entire  on  the  two  islands  just  named.  Advanc- 
ing up  the  harbour  the  vessels  thread  their  way 
through  the  fishing  stakes,  often  to  be  found" 
thirty  and  forty  miles  out  at  sea, — wh  erever 
indeed,  a  bank  within  half  a  day's  sail  of  land 
presents  itself;  the  fishermen  are  quite  enter- 
prizing  enough  to  extend  their  operations  to  any 
distance,  but  there  is  no  use  in  their  going  further 
off  than  they  can  return  with  their  fish  to  the 
market,  fresh. 

Proceeding  up  the  harbour  by  and  by  he 
passes  the  Outer  Light  Ship,  a  vessel  perma- 
nently anchored  on  one  of  the  extremities  of  the 
reef  called  the  Prongs.  Shortly  after  this  he 
comes  opposite  the  Light  House  and  the  Obser- 
vatory. He  is  now  opposite  the  island  of  Colaba,. 
and  Old  Woman's  island. 

The  high  grounds  to  the  east  or  right  hand' 
as  he  approaches  the  harbour  form  the  hill  and 
Angrtas  Colaba,  which  are  divided  from  those 
of  Caranja  and  the  other  islands  by  the  estuary 
or  creek  opening  into  the  Nagotna  river. 
Before  him  he  has  now  one  of  the  finest  open  road- 
steads in  the  world,  where  from  fifty  to  a  hun- 
dred square-rigged  ships  are  generally  to  be 
found  at  anchor — native  vessels  of  the  most 
picturesque  and  singular  forms  are  to  be  seen  in 
thousands    all     round,    carrying    betwixt     thenii 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  29 

annually  from  eight  to  ten  millions  worth  of 
commodities.  Straight  onward  will  be  seen  the 
picturesque  hills  of  Salsette  and  the  far  famed 
island  of  Elephanta.  The  vessel  has  hardly- 
dropped  her  anchor  when  she  is  surrounded  on  all 
sides  by  bunder  boats,  a  clumsy  and  grotesque 
species  of  craft,  but  safe  and  withal  commodious. 

Guide  to  Bombay,  1856,  pages  247-24^. 


Bombay  and  Its  Surroundings. 

Sir  William  Hunter. 

In  the  beauty  of  its  scenery,  as  well  as  in  the 
commercial  advantages  of  its  position,  Bombay 
is  unsurpassed  by  any  of  the  cities  of  the  East. 
Bombay  Island  is  connected  with  the  mainland 
on  the  north  by  two  railway  embankments  and 
as  many  causeways.  The  entrance  into  the 
harbour  from  the  sea  discloses  a  magnificent 
panorama.  The  background  is  shut  in  by  the 
barrier  range  of  the  Western  Ghats.  In  front 
opens  the  wide  harbour,  studded  with  islands, 
dotted  with  the  white  sails  of  innumerable  native 
crafts,  and  affording  a  secure  shelter  to  fleets  of 
steam-propelled  merchantmen.  The  city  itself 
consists  of  well-built  houses  and  broad  streets 
ennobled  by  public  buildings.  The  seashore  is 
formed  by  docks,  warehouses,  and  a  long  line  of 
artificial  embankments  extending  continuously  for 
nearly  five  miles.  On  approaching  Bombay  from 
the  west,  there   is  little   to  strike   the   eye:   the 


30  BOMBAY : 

coast  is  low,  the  highest  point,  Malabar  Hill 
being  only  about  l8o  feet  above  the  sea.  But  on 
entering  the  harbour  a  stranger  is  impressed 
with  the  picturesqueness  of  the  scene.  To  the 
west  the  shore  is  crowded  with  buildings,  some 
of  them,  as  Colaba  Church  and  the  Rajabai 
Clock-tower  of  the  University,  very  lofty  and 
well-proportioned.  To  the  north  and  east  are 
numerous  islands,  and  pre-eminent  amongst  the 
hills,  the  remarkable  one  of  Bava  Malang,  other- 
wise called  Malanggarh,  on  the  top  of  which  is. 
an  enormous  mass  of  perpendicular  rock,  crowned 
with  a  ruined  fort. 

The  harbour  is  an  animated  and  picturesque 
scene.  There  are  usually  a  troopship  and  a  man- 
of-war  of  H.  M's  East  India  Squadron,  together 
with  numerous  large  passenger  or  merchant 
steamers,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  those 
of  the  Peninsular  and  Oriental  Company,  the 
Italian  Rubattino,  the  British  India  Steam  Naviga- 
tion Company,  the  Messageries  Maritimes,  the 
Austrian  Lloyd,  the  *  Clan,'  *  Anchor,'  and  '  Hall  " 
lines.  Many  other  steamers,  and  an  occasional 
sailing  vessel,  are  to  be  seen  riding  at  anchor, 
swinging  with  the  swiftly-flowing  tide,  and  dis- 
charging or  receiving  cargo.  All  kinds  of  boats, 
ship's  dingies,  steam-launches,  native  baghlas  and 
padaos,  incessantly  ply  in  the  harbour.  At  the 
southernmost  point  of  the  "  Prongs,"  a  dangerous 
reef  jutting  from  Colaba  point,  stands  the  light- 
house, built  in  1874,  ^nd  containing  a  first  class 
dioptric  light,  which  is  visible  for  eighteen  milesi 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  31 

The  island  consists  of  a  low-lying  plain 
about  llJ4  miles  long  by  3  to  4  broad,  flanked 
by  two  parallel  ridges  of  low  hills.  Point  Colaba,, 
the  headland  formed  by  the  longer  of  these 
ridges,  protects  the  harbour  lying  on  its  eastern 
side  from  the  force  of  the  open  sea ;  the  other 
ridge  terminates  in  Malabar  Hill ;  and  between 
the  two  lies  the  shallow  expanse  of  Back  Bay. 
The  island  is  in  shape  a  trapezoid.  It  is  popu- 
larly likened  to  a  hand  laid  palm  upwards, 
with  the  fingers  stretching  southwards  into 
the  sea  and  the  thumb  representing  Malabar 
Hill,  with  Back  Bay  between  the  thumb  and 
forefinger:  others  see  in  it  a  resemblance  to  a 
withered  leg,  with  a  very  high  heel  and  pointed 
toe,  the  heel  being  Malabar  Hill  and  the  toe 
Colaba.  On  a  slightly  raised  strip  of  land 
between  the  head  of  Back  Bay  and  the  harbour  is 
situated  the  Fort,  the  original  nucleus  round  which 
the  town  grew  up,  but  now  chiefly  occupied  by 
stately  public  br.ildings  and  commercial  offices. 
From  this  point  the  land  slopes  westward  to  the 
central  plain,  which,  before  the  construction  of 
the  embankment  known  as  the  Hornby  Vellard, 
was  liable  to  be  submerged  at  high  tide-  To 
the  north  and  east  recent  schemes  of  recla- 
mation have  similarly  shut  out  the  sea,  and 
partly  redeemed  the  foreshore  for  the  use  of 
{  ommerce.  In  the  extreme  north  of  the  island  a 
large  tract  of  salt  marsh  still  remains  unreclaimed.. 
Imperial  Gazcttcr  (revised  from  Hunter's  1885  ed.) 
1908,  Vol.  VIII,  pages  39^-399- 


32  BOMBAY: 

View  from  the  Hanging  Gardens. 

L.   R.  W.  FORREST. 

Take  an  October  morning  and  from  the  hang- 
ing gardens  of  Malabar  Hill  look  over  the  city. 
The  sun  is  lighting  up  the  harbour,  fleecy 
clouds  still  hang  about  the  nearer  hill  sides,  while 
over  them  range  after  range  of  mountains  appear, 
and  fill  up  the  background  of  the  picture.  The 
air  is  so  clear  that  everything  looks  quite  close, 
and  the  trees  on  Karanja  can  be  distinctly  seen, 
though  seven  or  eight  miles  away.  It  is  a 
wonderful  panorama  of  great  beauty.  In  the 
evening,  the  lights  round  the  graceful  curve  of 
Back  Bay,  seen  from  the  same  place,  make  a 
fairy  scene,  and  Mrs.  Kipling,  mother  of  the 
well-known  author,  well  called  it  "  Bombay's 
golden  necklace." 

In  the  afternoon  on  driving  down  from 
Malabar  Hill,  one  sees,  especially  on  one  of  the 
numerous  festivals,  crowds  of  people  on  the 
sands,  circle  of  women  standing  in  the  water 
around  some  Brahmin,  offering  flowers  to  the  sea; 
the  Kennedy  sea  face  thronged  with  natives  taking 
the  air,  carriages  without  number  rolling  along  the 
Queen's  Road,  now  fringed  with  trees,  and  further 
on  fine  buildings  on  the  Esplanade  with  Gilbert 
Scott's  graceful  Rajabai  Tower  rising  above 
them  all. 

Paper  on  Bombay,  before  the  Society  of  Arts, 
(Journal    of  the  Society,  1 901,  page  584  ) . 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  33 

Our  Poetic  Environment. 

The  BOMBAY  Gazette. 

The  view  from  Bombay  harbour  of  the  hills 
and  mountains  on  the  opposite  mainland  of  the 
Konkan  is  always  very  fine  on  a  clear  morning 
and  evening;  but  it  is  never  so  grand  and  pictu- 
resque as  during  one  of  the  Elephant  storms  in 
October.  Sometimes  these  storms  are  very  weird 
to  witness  especially  from  a  coign  of  vantage 
like  the  high  hill  tops  of  Matheran  or  Bava 
Malang  in  the  Konkan  or  the  Duke's  Nose  on  the 
Ghauts.  Ruskin  alone  could  do  justice  to  these 
wonderful  phenomena  of  nature  in  Western  India 
and  describe  those  storms  worthily  as  they  roll 
from  hill  to  hill,  and  fill  the  valleys  and  ravines 
with  fleecy  mists  accompanied  by  vivid  flashes 
of  lightning  that  fitfully  illumine  the  sombre 
scene,  and  peals  of  thunder  that  seem  almost 
to  dissolve  the  foundations  of  the  hills  and 
mountains. 

Our  prosaic  city  is  set  amidst  very  poetic 
surroundings;  and  this  sea-girt  isle  has  for  its 
back-ground  a  very  picturesque  panorama  of 
hills  of  various  shapes  standing  out  against  a  blue 
sky.  The  top  of  Malabar  or  Bhandarwada  hills 
commands  an  excellent  view  of  the  whole  city  and 
its  poetical  surroundings,~the  giant  horse-shoe  of 
Back  Bay  studded  with  noble  buildings  rising  al- 
most from  its  margin,  the  extensive  grove  of  palms 
underneath  which  the  mighty  heart  of  the  city 
seems  to  lie  still,  the  vast  Arabian  Sea  stretching 


34  BOMBAY: 

away  to  the  west  and  shining  a  copper  hue  under 
the  rays  of  the  afternoon  sun,  and  to  the  east  the 
serrated  line  of  the  Sahyadries,  the  jagged 
fantastic  peaks  of  the  Cathedral  Range  and  other 
hills  of  Thana  and  Kolaba.  The  late  Sir  Samuel 
Baker  who  was,  to  use  Homer's  favourite  epithet 
for  Ulysses,  a  much-travelled  man,  declared  that 
he  had  never  seen  anything  during  his  world- 
wide tours  to  match  such  a  scene  from  Malabar 
Hill.  How  many  of  us  pass  by  almost  daily  this 
glorious  opportunity  of  feasting  their  eyes  with 
such  a  scene  of  Nature's  beauty  and  of  God's 
glory  which  lies  around  them,  without  so  much 
as  being  even  aware  of  it. 

The  whole  panorama  of  Bombay  and  its 
poetic  environment  of  sea  and  mountain  is  of 
course  best  seen  from  a  height.  But  the  beautiful 
background  of  the  hills  of  the  mainland  is  best 
observed  from  the  harbour  especially  in  a  boat 
moving  eastward  towards  them.  Immediately 
after  the  rains  our  atmosphere  becomes  beauti- 
fully clear  and  translucent  and  the  views  are  very 
soft  and  refreshing.  But  just  before  the  burst  of 
such  storms  at  the  end  of  the  monsoon,  the  view 
becomes  for  a  brief  while  wonderfully  clearer 
still,  letting  the  eye  penetrate  to  a  great  distance 
and  revealing  in  a  marvellous  manner,  in  bold 
clear  cut  outline,  all  the  elements  of  the  scene. 

The  distant  hills  appear  clothed  in  deep  dark 
blue,  the  nearer  ones  in  the  harbour  itself  assume 
a  light  gold  tint,  while  the  sky  wears  a  some- 
what  lowering   aspect    with    thick  clouds     that 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  35 

throw  a  lurid  effect  on  the  whole  scene.  While 
the  east  was  in  this  state,  in  the  opposite  quarter 
of  the  heavens  the  sun  shone  amid  an  almost 
clear  azure  sky  with  only  fleecy  specks  of  clouds 
swimming  across  the  surface.  The  effect  of  light 
and  shade  v/as  hence  very  impressive.  Often  the 
rays  of  the  sun  striking  the  hills  opposite  poured 
suddenly  a  flood  of  light  upon  the  green  slopes,, 
and  their  dark  blue  momentarily  gave  way  to 
a  bright  greenish  gold.  The  fleecy  clouds  floating^ 
across  the  sun  cast  weird  moving  shadows  on 
the  hills  and  heightened  the  chiaroscuro.  As 
we  advance  in  the  boat  there  appears  a  vast 
extended  amphitheatre  of  hills,  a  long  line  in 
the  front  curving  on  either  hand.  The  most 
prominent  feature  of  the  scene  opposite  are  the 
triple  hills  rising  wave-like  one  behind  the 
other,  the  low  Panwell  hills  nearest,  the  long  line 
of  the  Cathedral  Range  extending  from  Karjat 
to  Kallian  in  the  middle,  and  behind  these  in  the 
dim  distance  the  top  of  the  Sahyadris  the  famous 
Ghauts,  which  bear  aloft  on  their  shoulders 
the  vast  plateau  of  the  Deccan. 

Matheran  is  never  so  strikingly  and  clearly 
seen  from  Bombay  as  at  the  close  of  the  rains. 
F^rom  Chowk  Point  south,  to  Panorama  Point 
north,  the  whole  flat  top  is  visible,  whilst  through 
glasses  its  thick  woods  can  be  easily  seen  even 
to  the  famous  '*  One-tree"  knoll  at  Chowk  Point. 
Usually  the  neighbouring  hill  of  Prabal  hides 
from  us  the  central  part  of  Matheran ;  but  in 
October  it  stands  out  distinct  and  bold,  while  the 


36  BOMBAY: 

gap  between  formed  by  the  Varosha  Valley,  is 
rendered  visible  by  the  effects  of  light  and  shade 
which  gave  different  tints  to  these  hill  sides.  On 
the  left  of  Matheran  to  the  north,  are  visible  the 
other  peaks  of  the  Cathedral  Range  in  a  long  line,- 
the  steep  point  of  Peb  or  Vikatghad,  the  rounded 
Nakhinda,  the  massive  blade  of  Chanderi,  the 
finger-like  pinnacles  of  Mhas-Mahra  and  Navara- 
Navari,  and  the  hog-backed  Tavli.  The  most 
famous  of  this  range  from  whence  it  derives  its 
name,  the  lofty  top  of  Bava  Malang,  which  indeed 
stands  quite  like  a  Cathedral  in  the  wilderness 
with  tower  and  belfrey  sharp  chiselled  as  if 
by  human  hands — does  not  Ruskin  call  all 
mountains  cathedrals  of  nature  ? — is  partly 
hid  from  view  behind  Tavli  and  only  the 
line  of  its  summit  is  visible  against  the 
eastern  sky.  In  apparent  continuation  of  these, 
are  visible  the  Persik  hills  in  Thana,  through 
one  of  which  the  G.  I.  P.  Railway  has  carved 
a  way  for  itself;  while  the  Tullenje  hills  of 
Panwell,  which  appear  between  the  sea  and 
the  Cathedral  hills,  also  extend  to  the  left.  In 
the  north-east,  quite  in  the  left  hand  corner,  rise 
the  hills  of  Salsette  running  from  Thana  almost 
to  Bassein  creek,  and  containing  the  famous  mona- 
stary  of  Kanheri  and  the  Vehar  and  Tulsi  lakes, 
fit  emblems  side  by  side  of  ancient  and  modern 
civilization. 

To  the  south  of  Matheran  on  our  right  appear 
the  low  broken  pillar  of  Ishalghad,  and  in  a  line 
with  it  the  singular  top  of  Karnala  with  its  noted 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  37 

funnel-like  rock,  which  is  the  well-known  land 
mark  of  Bombay  harbour  to  all  sailors  entering 
it.  Some  of  the  Kolaba  hills,  especially  the  pyra- 
midal dome  of  Manikghad,  are  hidden  from  our 
view  by  the  twin  islands  in  the  harbour,  great 
and  little  Karanja.  But  from  behind  the  gap 
between  the  two  and  over  the  causeway  con- 
necting them,  we  have  a  fine  glimpse  of  the  Sahya- 
dris  of  which  we  see  the  famous  peaks  of  the 
double-topped  Rajmachi,  the  'royal  terrace'  of 
the  Mahrathas,  and  the  Cobra's  Hood  better 
known  to  us  as  Duke's  Nose  at  Khandala.  Fur- 
ther away  to  the  right  appear  the  hills  that  skirt 
Dharamtar  creek,  those  behind  Mandwa,  among 
which  the  flat  wooded  top  of  the  sacred  Kankesh- 
war  is  prominent,  though  owing  to  clouds  not  so 
clear  as  the  hills  to  our  left.  As  we  proceed,  the 
hills  running  from  Mandwa  to  Alibagrise  in  view 
to  the  south  of  Kankeshwar,  and  we  see  in  the 
distance  the  famous  Sagarghad  from  the  top  of 
which  fort  the  Angriah  Chief  used  to  throw  his 
victims. 

The  islands  in  the  harbour  also  appear  to 
great  advantage  :  to  the  left  the  high  triangular 
Trombay  with  the  village  of  Mahval  and  Pirpao  at 
its  foot ;  near  them,  one  behind  the  other,  lie  Hog 
Island  and  the  famous  Elephanta,  and  in  front 
the  twin  Karanjas  which  may  well  be  called  the 
Adelphi  hills.  The  effect  of  light  and  shade  on 
them  is  very  pretty  in  their  colours,  which  change 
every  now  and  then  from  bright  green  to  sombre 
dark  and   blue.     Such  is  our  poetic   environment 


38  BOMBAY : 

in  the  midst  of  which  we  live  and  move  and 
have  our  being,  if  we  only  have  eyes  to  see  and 
enjoy  it  on  occasions  when  it  reveals  itself  in 
its  full  glory. 

December  1906. 


BURST  OF  THE  MONSOON. 


BURST  OF  THE  MONSOON. 


Burst  Of  The  Monsoon 

Henry  Moses 

The  day  at  length  arrives  when  the  windows 
of  heaven  are  to  be  opened,  and  man's  anxious 
doubts  and  fears  are  to  be  dispelled  by  this 
gracious  provision  for  his  wants.  Dark  clouds> 
towards  noon,  gather  in  the  south-west,  and 
gradually  steal  over  the  azure  firmament,  casting 
a  gloomy  shadow  upon  the  earth,  and  obscuring 
the  intensity  of  the  sun's  rays  as  they  flit  over  his 
surface  in  their  onward  progress.  A  current  of 
cool,  strange  air  now  denotes  some  remarkable 
atmospheric  change.  The  ocean  is  unusually 
agitated;  the  waves  are  lifted  up — hurried" onwards. 
as  the  breeze  increases — the  angry  waters  come 
foaming  and  roaring  towards  the  shore,  and  are 
broken  with  violence  upon  the  rock ;  receding 
but  to  break  again  with  redoubled  force. — Distant 
peals  of  thunder  echo  among  the  lofty  Ghauts  far 
down  the  coast,  and  vivid  streams  of  forked 
lightning  illumine  their  peaked  summits.  The  dry 
leaves  of  the  lofty  palms  rattle  overhead,  and  the 
forests  are  agitated  and  shaken  as  the  hurricane 
roars  through  their  solemn  vistas,  and  breaks: 
in  upon  their  profound  stillness.  The  soaring 
kite  flaps    his    outstretched   wings,    as    he   rises 


42  BOMBAY: 

alarmed  from  his  lone  perch,  and  is  hurried 
away  upon  the  storm.  The  cattle  on  the  plains 
congregate  together,  as  if  driven  by  some 
irresistible  impulse  to  seek  the  shelter  and  protec- 
tion of  each  other,  and  lie  down  with  their  heads 
close  to  the  earth,  as  if  conscious  of  approach- 
ing danger;  and  the  poor  Hindoo  wraps  his 
muslin  kummerband  tighter  around  him,  as  the 
cool  air  expands  its  many  folds,  and  exposes  his 
delicately  formed  limbs  to  the  chilly  blast.  The 
skies  become  darkened,  and  sheets  of  blazing 
lightning,  followed  up  by  the  roar  of  deafening 
thunder,  succeed  each  other  with  fearful  rapidity; 
and,  though  in  broad  day,  the  eye  can  scarcely 
bear  to  look  upon  the  flaming  heavens,  so  in- 
tense   is    their    brightness. 

The  elements  are  indeed  at  war.  Large  drops 
of  rain  begin  to  fall ;  and  falling,  raise  up,  in 
consequence  of  their  weight,  a  cloud  of  dust  ;  and 
then,  within  a  brief  space,  the  mighty  floods 
descend  upon  the  thirsty  land.  The  tempest  is 
terrific  to  behold,  and  man  trembles  beneath  the 
storm.  He  seeks  in  haste  the  shelter  of  his  mud- 
built  cabin,  and  mutters  a  hurried  prayer  to  the 
stone  idol  which  he  has  set  up.  The  high  houses 
in  the  Fort  of  Bombay  vibrate  with  every  clap  of 
thunder ;  doors  and  windows,  and  walls  and 
floors  are  shaken  by  the  loud  artillery  of  heaven. 
Torrents  of  water  pour  down  from  every  roof, 
and  bound  over,  in  broken  streams,  the  sounding 
verandahs     below    them,    sweeping    the   various; 


AN  Anthology.  43 

streets  as  the    flood  rushes  onward,  laden  with 
mud  and   rubbish,  towards    the  sea. 

To  those  persons  who  have  but  just  arrived  in 
the  country,  and  who,  having  never  experienced 
the  setting  in  of  this  remarkable  season,  have 
formed  from  description  but  an  imperfect  idea  of 
that  change,  the  scene  is  pregnant  with  horror  of 
every  kind.  The  newly-arrived  Englishwoman 
in  particular  suffers  exceedingly  at  this  period, 
being  scarcely  able  to  divest  herself  of  the 
impression,  that  everything  around  her  is  about  to 
be  destroyed  or  washed  away;  yet  it  is  very  seldom 
that  accidents  occur  or  that  property  is  seriously 
injured.  Occasionally  we  hear  of  exposed  houses 
being  struck  by  lightning  on  the  Island,  of  old 
palm  trees  blown  down,  and  of  leaf  roofs  being 
dispersed  to  the  four  winds  of  heaven  ;  for  woe 
be  unto  him  who  lives  in  a  bungalow  with  a  bad 
roof,  or  in  one  whose  spouts  are  out  of  order; 
but  with  these  exceptions,  Europeans  on  shore 
have  but  little  to  be  alarmed  about  for  their 
personal   safety. 

Myriads  of  mosquitoes,  now  driven  in  by 
the  rains,  fill  your  apartments ;  and  your  lamps 
at  night,  if  not  properly  covered  over  with  a 
glass  shade,  are  liable  to  be  suddenly  extinguished 
by  the  large  green  beetles  that  have  sought 
shelter  from  the  storm  without.  Flying  bugs 
almost  poison  you  with  their  fetid  effluvia,  and 
contaminate  every  article  of  food  upon  which  they 
may  chance  to  alight.     The  musk  weasels  dart  in 


44  BOMBAY : 

under  your  China  matting,  and  find  their  way 
into  your  wine-cellars,  and  every  cork  they  touchy 
every  bottle  they  spoil.  That  nimble  and  really 
useful  reptile,  the  house  lizard,  climbs  your  walls 
in  all  directions,  and  comes  out  so  regularly  from 
under  your  table  after  dinner,  to  feed  upon  the 
flies  attracted  thither,  that  you  quite  look  for  the 
active  little  creature  as  a  matter  of  course,  ta 
amuse  you  during  dessert  time ;  and  if  he  fail 
to  appear,  express  regret,  as  I  have  heard  an  old 
gentleman  do,  at  its  non-arrival.  The  loathsome 
centipede  gets  into  your  cooking-houses,  and 
hideous  spiders,  with  hairy  bodies  and  long  legs,, 
take  up  their  quarters  in  every  available  corner  and 
door-way.  They  are  not  content  with  staying^ 
at  home  quietly  like  our  own  respectable,  though 
small  species,  and  of  taking  their  chance  of  what 
may  be  sent  them  ;  but  they  must  make  daily  tours 
all  over  the  establishment,  as  if  it  were  expected,, 
that  they  should  pay  visits  to  one  another,  now 
that  the  season  had  brought  them  into  town. 
In  fact,  all  the  entomological  tormentors  of  India 
appear  to  have  a  design  upon  your  house  and 
happiness.  A  continual  buzzing  is  kept  up  a- 
round  you  day  and  night.  Ants  creep  up  your 
legs,  while  fleas  irritate  your  body;  and  farewell 
to  sleep,  if  your  gauze  curtains  display  any  rents 
at  bed-time.  The  punkahs  or  swinging  fans 
suspended  in  your  rooms,  now  have  rest  from 
their  labours,  for  the  atmosphere  is  sufficiently 
cool  without  any  artificial  currents  of  air.  The 
sweet-scented  cuscus  mats,  or  tatties,  hung  outside 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  45 

between  the  pillars  that  support  your  verandah, 
and  kept  wet,  in  order  to  lower  the  temperature 
of  the  heated  breeze  before  it  enters  your  house, 
-are  now  taken  down  and  laid  aside ;  and  quite  a 
■change  takes  place  in  all  your  little  plans  within 
doors. 

Sketches  of  India,  1850,  pages   84-88. 


Storms  Heralding  the  Monsoon. 

Sir  George-Birdwood. 

In  the  afternoon  sullen  thunder  began  in  the 
North-west,  where  clouds  had  all  day  been  gather- 
ing in  towering  piles.  As  they  thundered  the 
clouds  moved  slowly  down  across  the  North  Kon- 
kan,  and  about  four  o'clock  gathered  against 
the  jagged  crest  of  Bava  Malang.  To  the 
North,  and  all  along  the  Bava  Malang  range  the 
sky  and  land  were  filled  with  lurid  clouds,  thunder 
lightning,  and  rain,  the  Kalyan  river  flowing 
back  as  ink  through  a  scene  of  the  most  striking 
desolation  and  gloom.  South  of  this  abrupt  line 
of  storm,  the  country  from  Bombay  to  Khandala 
was  full  of  pure  calm  light.  Every  village,  every 
hut,  every  road  and  forest-track,  even  the  bridge 
over  the  river  at  Chauk,  came  clearly  into  view. 
The  trees  and  groves  looked  magically  green; 
and  the  light  picked  out  the  most  hidden  streams 
and  burnished  them  into  threads  of  molten  silver. 
The  Panvel  and  Nagothna  rivers  shone  like 
mirrors,  and   the   sea    was   scored  with   bars   of 


46  BOMBAY : 

vivid  sunshine.  vSiiddenly  at  about  five,  the- 
storm-rack  poured  over  Bava  Malang  like  a 
tumultuous  sea,  and  swept  into  the  deep  valley 
between  Matheran  and  Prabal  with  furious  blasts 
and  torrents,  awful  thunder,  and  flashes  of  forked 
lightning.  When  the  clouds  had  filled  the  valley, 
the  rain  and  wind  ceased  and  the  storm  stood 
still,  and,  in  dead  stillness,  the  thunder  and  ligh- 
tning raged  without  ceasing  for  an  hour.  The 
thunder  mostly  rolled  from  end  to  end  of  the 
valley,  but  it  sometimes  burst  with  a  crash  fit 
to  loosen  the  bonds  of  the  hills.  At  six 
o'clock  the  storm  again  moved  and  passed 
slowly  south  over  Prabal  towards  Nagothna. 
Another  enchanting  scene  opened  in  the  South. 
Every  hut,  tree  and  stream  grew  strangely  clear,, 
the  rain-filled  rice  fields  and  rivers  flashed 
like  steel,  while  fleecy  clouds  lay  on  every 
hillock  and  slowly  crept  up  every  ravine.  As 
the  sun  set  behind  Bombay  the  air  was  filled 
with  soft  golden  light.  Westwards  towards 
Thana  the  hill-tops  were  bright  with  every  hue 
from  golden  light  to  deep  purple  shadow,  while, 
among  them,  the  winding  Ulhas  shone  like  links 
of  burnished  gold.  Then,  the  moon  rose, 
brightened  the  mists  which  had  gathered  out 
of  the  ravines  and  off  the  hills,  and  cleared  a 
way  across  the  calm  heavens,  while  far  in  the 
south  the  black  embattled  storm-rack  belched 
flame  and  thander  the  whole  night  long. 

The   next   day    (Tuesday)  passed  without  a 
storm.      On     Wednesday,     the    8th,    eastwards^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  47^ 

towards  Khandala  vast  electric  cloud  banks 
began  to  gather.  At  two  in  the  afternoon,  with 
mutterings  of  thunder,  the  sky  grew  suddenly- 
black  and  lurid.  At  half-past  two  the  storm 
passed  west  moving  straight  on  Matheran.  A 
mist  went  before  the  storm,  thickening  as  it 
came,  first  into  trailing  clouds  and  then  into 
dripping  rain,  with  muttering  thunder  all  the 
while.  At  three  the  valley  between  Matheran 
and  Prabal  was  filled  with  storm.  Thunder 
rolled  in  long  echoing  peals,  and  flashes  ligh- 
tened the  dense  fog  with  extraordinary  splendour. 
The  fog  lasted  with  heavy  rain  till  3-45,  when 
a  light  wind  swept  it  west  towards  Bombay,, 
where  about   four  the  monsoon   burst. 

These  appalling  electric  outbursts  end  ser- 
enely. The  storm  clouds  retreat  like  a  drove  of 
bellowing  bulls  and  their  last  echoes  die  beyond 
the  distant  hills.  The  sun  shines  again  in 
majesty,  in  every  dell  the  delicious  sound  of 
running  water  wakens  life,  and  the  Avoods  are 
vocal  with  the  glad  song  of  birds. 

London  Times, 

Tan.  1880 
Apud  Bombay  Gazetteer  Vol.  XIV  pp.  247-249^ 


48  BOMBAY: 

The  Setting  in  of  the  flonsoon. 

Sir  Erskine  Perry. 

The  setting  in  of  the  monsoon,  as  it  is 
called,  or  the  commencement  of  the  annual  rains, 
is  a  grand  meteorological  phenomenon  in  West- 
ern India.  In  Bombay  towards  the  end  of  May, 
when  the  sun  is  nearly  vertical,  the  sea-breeze 
from  the  west,  which  up  to  that  time  had  blown 
strongly  throughout  the  day,  ceases,  and  either  a 
languid  air  from  the  south,  or  more  frequently  a 
complete  lull,  prevails.  The  earth  unrefreshed 
by  a  single  shower  for  eight  long  months  is  bare 
of  all  vegetation,  and  even  the  palms  which  hug 
the  sea-shore  in  dense  profusion,  present  an  adust 
drooping  appearance  affording  no  relief  to  the 
brown  amber  tint  of  the  landscape.  Towards 
sunset  masses  of  clouds  of  gigantic  and  most 
varied  forms  are  seen  rolling  up  from  the  south 
in  an  upper  current  of  the  air,  and  settling  them- 
selves on  the  crest  of  the  mountains.  Some  of 
them  fleecy,  sparkling,  diaphanous,  speak 
of  deepest  summer;  others  highly  charged 
v^ith  electricity,  present  the  lurid  hues  so 
often  precursors  of  a  hurricane  ;  while  mixed  with 
these,  gradually  overwhelming  and  enveloping 
them  all  is  the  storm-cloud,  black,  heavy,  and 
portentous.  Vivid  flashes  of  lightning,  legible  as 
the  writing  on  the  wall,  play  from  one  mountain 
summit  to  another  ;  and  an  inexperienced  observer 
thinks  that  the  long-looked  for  storm  is  imminent. 
But  an  hour  or  two  clears  the  whole  heavens,  and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  49 

one  of  those  beautiful  tropical  nights  succeeds, 
which,  whether  with  the  moon  cuhiiinating 
straight  over  head,  or  with  the  brilliant  constel- 
lations visible  near  the  equator,  offer  visions  of 
loveliness  that  I  never  see  equalled  in  more 
northern  latitudes.  Evenings  such  as  these  occur 
for  days  and  days  together,  affording  at  every 
sunset  views  of  the  mountain  range,  and  of  the 
neighbouring  sea  and  land-locked  harbour, 
unequalled  at  any  other  period  of  the  year,  and 
which,  with  their  highest  qualities  of  glowing 
tint  and  sharpness  of  outline,  do  not  last  more 
than  ten  minutes  at  a  time  in  all  the  intensity 
of  their  beauty.  At  length  the  atmosphere  be- 
comes so  completely  charged  with  vapour  that 
the  catastrophe  can  no  longer  be  delayed,  and 
the  burst  commences.  Sometimes,  perhaps  gene- 
rally, with  a  violent  thunder-storm  ;  sometimes, 
for  I  have  observed  many  varieties  of  the 
commencement  of  the  monsoon,  with  a  gentle 
shower,  which  gradually  increases  until  it  as- 
sumes the  character  of  a  steady  continuous  down 
pour,  such  as  may  be  seen  occasionally  in  southern 
Europe,  but  of  which  we  have  no  experience  in 
England.  In  a  few  days  the  whole  face  of  nature 
assumes  a  different  hue;  the  brown  parched 
appearance  so  characteristic  of  the  East  during 
a  great  portion  of  the  year,  yields  to  tints  of  the 
tenderest  green,  and  vegetation  shoots  forth  in 
every  form,  and  in  most  unexpected  localities. 
Bird's  Eye  View  of  India,  1855,  pages  19-20. 


50  .  BOMBAY : 

The  Opening  flonsoon 

Sir  Joseph  Crowe. 

We  had  been  visited  on  the  nth  of  June  by 
the  opening  monsoon.  No  one  who  has  once- 
witnessed  this  phenomenon  can  forget  the  gran- 
deur of  the  scene  presented  by  the  heavens  on 
that  occasion.  Clouds  suddenly  gathered  in  the 
south-west  and  rapidly  filled  the  sky,  darkening 
the  atmosphere  portentously.  Out  of  the  black 
masses  there  came  volleys  of  fire-works,  peal  after 
peal  of  thunder  rent  the  air,  and  the  rain  poured 
down  in  such  torrents  as  one  only  witnesses  in 
countries  as  warm  as  India.  The  monsoon  at 
Bombay  is  expected  with  pleasure  by  all  classes 
of  inhabitants.  It  fills  the  tanks  and  furnishes, 
water  for  all  purposes;  without  it  life  would  have 
been  impossible  for  half  a  million  of  people  as 
late  as  1858,  when  a  gigantic  system  of  storage 
brought  water  for  the  first  time  artificially  from 
the  hills.  The  monsoon  also  cools  the  air  and 
makes  the  hot  months  of  June,  July,  and  August 
tolerable.  But  it  has  other  curious  effects.  On 
the  eve  of  its  coming  the  glacis  at  Bombay  was 
bare  of  all  vegetation;  twenty-four  hours  later  it 
was  covered  with  an  inch  or  two  of  tender  grasses. 
Weeds  begin  to  grow  on  the  double-tiled  roofs  of 
the  bungalows ;  damp  invades  the  houses,  and 
fungus  spreads  over  everything.  Gloves,  leather 
shoes,  woollen  clothes  are  soon  covered  with 
mushroom  growths,  and  charcoal  fires  are  required 
to  keep  everything  dry.     The  force   of  the  wind 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  51 

which  drives  the  rain  is  amazing,  and  I  recollect 
going  out  to  dinner  in  a  shigram,  or  native 
carriage,  of  which  the  windows  received  the  rain 
and  wind  pressure  at  right  angles,  and  the  waters 
welled  over  in  a  few  second,  and  flooded  the 
bottom  of  the  carriage  to  the  height  of  three  or 
four  inches. 

Reminiscences.  1895,  Pages  249  to  250. 


A  Grand   Phenomenon. 

Elizabeth  Grant. 

The  opening  of  the  monsoon  is  one  of  the 
grandest  phenomena  of  nature.  About  a  week 
or  two  before  the  outbreak  clouds  began  to  gather 
over  a  sky  that  had  been  hitherto  without  relief ; 
each  day  the  gloom  thickened  ;  at  last  the  storm 
broke.  We  were  sitting  down  to  luncheon  when 
a  feeling  of  suffocation,  a  distant  rumbling,  a 
sudden  darkness,  made  us  all  sensible  of  some 
unusual  change.  The  servants  rushed  to  the 
Venetians  and  closed  one  side  of  the  hall,  the 
side  next  the  storm.  The  wind  suddenly  rising 
burst  with  a  violence  which  overwhelmed  every 
opposing  object,  and  while  the  gust  lasted  we 
could  hear  nothing  else,  not  a  step,  nor  a  voice, 
nor  a  sound  of  any  kind.  It  brought  with  it  a 
shower,  a  tempest  rather,  of  sand,  so  fine,  so 
impalpable,  that  it  entered  through  every  crevice, 


52  BOMBAY : 

covered  the  floor,  the  seats,  the  tables  with  a  red 
dust  that  nearly  chocked  us.  This  was  succeeded 
by  a  lull  almost  awful  in  its  intensity.  Then  the 
thunder  growled  ;  at  a  vast  distance  it  seemed  to 
rumble,  then  strengthening,  it  broke  suddenly 
right  over  the  house  with  a  power  that  was  over- 
whelming; then  flash  after  flash  of  lighting; 
then  rain  such  as  is  known  only  in  the  tropics, 
poured  down  in  flakes  with  the  din  of  a  cataract. 
On  came  the  thunder  ;  again  and  again  it  shook 
the  house,  rolling  round  in  its  fearful  might  as  if 
the  annihilation  of  the  world  were  its  dreadful  aim. 

My  mother  and  I  were  as  pale  as  two 
spectres ;  in  my  life,  neither  before  nor  after, 
did  I  feel  so  thoroughly  appalled.  It  lasted  about 
two  hours,  after  which  a  heavy  rain  set  in, 
falling  dully  and  equally  hour  upon  hour  until 
about  tiffin  time  the  following  day,  when  we  had 
a  second  thunderstorm,  less  terrific,  however,  than 
the  first.  After  this  the  heavy  rain  continued 
unceasingly  for  forty-eight  hours,  making  a 
deafening  noise  and  creating  darkness  and  a 
chill  damp  equally  oppressive.  The  roads  were 
soon  like  streams,  the  plain  a  lake,  the  tanks 
overflowing. 

Lady  Strachey^s  "  Memoirs  of  a  Highland  Lady,* 
( 1828,  pub.  1897)  pages  427-428. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  53 

The  Monsoon 

"  Sleepy  Sketches." 

May  brings  thirty-one  days  of  close,  oppres- 
sive heat,  and  thirty-one  nights  of  close,  oppres- 
sive heat;  the  thermometer  lazily  ebbing  and 
flowing  from  88°  to  92°  or  even  95°. 

As  the  days  grow  old,  and  the  heat  more 
and  more  unbearable,  we  are  all  seized  with  in- 
tense anxiety  as  to  the  monsoon.  Has  it  burst 
at  Ceylon  ?  Has  it  reached  Goa  .?  Will  it  break 
to-morrow  or  a  week  hence  in  Bombay  ?  And 
each  day  the  newspapers  tell  us  of  like  anxiety 
in  other  far-off  towns.  Correspondents  give  mi- 
nute accounts  of  the  heat  of  the  places  from 
whence  they  write,  and  record  gravely  the  weak- 
est rumours  and  most  ill-based  statements,  as  to 
whether  the  advent  of  the  monsoon  will  be  early 
or  late. 

At  last,  when  all  possibility  of  sound  sleep 
is  gone,  and  we  wake  each  hour  or  minute  wet 
with  perspiration  ;  when  even  the  crows  have  lost 
every  power  but  that  of  crowing, — a  power,  con- 
found them,  that  they  never  lose, — and  stand  de- 
solate, with  their  hot  wings  held  comically  apart 
from  their  hot  bodies;  then,  at  last,  over  the  moun- 
tains landward  of  Bombay  rise  up,  in  thick  black 
masses,  vast  clouds,  gloomy  and  terrible  against 
the  blue  sky  ;  clinging  round  and  blotting  out  the 
strange  forms  and  flat  tops  of  the  Ghaut  Moun- 
tains ;  full  of  great  thunders  and   lightnings   that 


54  BOMBAY: 

roll  up  and  flash  from  the  distance  into  our  glad 
ears  and  eyes.  But  still  in  Bombay  we  go  to  bed 
with  the  thermometer  at  89°. 

At  last  comes  a  day  when  the  black  clouds 
rise  up  still  higher  and  blot  out  the  hot  blue  sky 
even  to  the  zenith  ;  and,  gathering  darker  each 
moment,  crowd  out  the  light  and  stifle  the  air, 
till  darkness  is  on  us,  our  skins  run  with  perspira- 
tion and  our  lungs  labour  for  breath.  And  then, 
beaten  about  with  a  mighty  wind,  down  come 
the  clouds  in  a  deluge  of  rain,  and  instantly^and 
this,  reader,  is  the  moral — down  comes  the  ther- 
mometer to  84°,  83°,  82°,  81°,  even  80° !  Oh  !  how 
intense  is  the  relief  !  Though  the  rain  beats  into 
our  rooms  so  madly  and  persistetitly,  and  soaks 
through  the  walls  so  irresistibly  that  our  boots, 
books,  glasses,  and  tables  are  each  morning  cover- 
ed with  mildew,  and  no  clothes  can.  be  worn 
till  thoroughly  dried  ;  though  it  brings  creeping 
and  crawling  and  flying  and  croaking  things 
innumerable,  of  diverse  shape  and  form,  as  many 
and  horrible  as  the  devilish  things  that  tempted 
St.  Anthony,  and  a  mighty  wind  that  tosses  our 
buggies  in  the  roads  as  though  at  sea  ; — notwith 
standing  all  this,  we  look  on  the  monsoon  as  a 
friend — it  brings  down  the  thermometer  :  Quality 
as  great  as  Charity. 

And  for  four  months  the  deluge  of  rain  and 
wind  keeps  on.  And  nearly  all  that  time  the 
walls  are  clammy  with  dampness,  and  the  paper 
we    write   on   greasy   with   dampness,   and   our 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  55 

•shirts  limp  with  dampness  ;  but  the  thermometer 
is  below  82°  from  dampness, — morning,  noon,  and 
night  seldom  or  never  falling  below  80° :  morning, 
noon,  and  night  seldom  or  never  rising  above  82^. 
Seldom  or  never  I  write,  for  sometimes  the  rain 
stops  for  a  week,  and  the  blue  sky  comes  back, 
and  all  the  face  of  the  land  looks  bright  and  cool 
in  Its  green  freshness,  but  the  thermometer  jumps 
up  to  88^  or  even  90^ 

And  at  last,  about  the  end  of  September,  the 
rain  and  the  wind  moderate,  and  in  October 
cease  altogether,  ending  their  reign  as  they 
began, — with  masses  of  vast  clouds  full  of  light- 
nings and  thunders  piled  up  over  the  Ghauts. 
And  then  the  sky  is  again  clear,  and  the  earth 
quickly  dries  up  ;  the  greenness  of  nature  passes 
away,  and  the  grass  is  brown  and  scorched  till 
the  monsoon  of  the  next  year  comes. 

1877,  pages  18-22. 


Beneficial  Effects  of  the  Honsoon. 

Henry  Moses. 
We  will  now  steal  out  from  our  bungalow, 
caring  little  for  the  pelting  storm,  for  we  shall 
keep  under  the  magnificent  plantain  leaves  that 
hang  over  the  foot-path,  and  take  a  peep  at  the 
face  of  nature — at  the  fields  and  woods  ;  and  see 
the  wondrous  change  which  a  few  days'  rain  has 
produced  in  the  vegetable  world. 


56  BOMBAY : 

The  dry  and  burnt  up  plain  that  crackled 
under  our  feet  like  the  stubble  of  harvest,  is  now 
covered  with  fine  grass  a  foot  deep,  and  of  that 
rich  emerald  green,  which  is  so  refreshing  to  the 
eye,  and  so  novel  in  its  appearance,  that  you  feel 
transplanted,  as  it  were,  to  some  strange  land,  or 
to  the  waving  meadows  of  England's  Spring. 
The  united  influence  of  heat  and  moisture  is  at 
work.  Every  tree  and  shrub  has  sent  forth  some 
new  leaves  or  tender  shoots,  and  the  gums  which 
so  long  protected  them  are  now  dissolved,  and 
diffuse  a  delicious  perfume  around  you.  The 
cool  rains  and  mild  temperature  at  this  season^ 
produce  a  luxuriance  of  vegetation  unknown^ 
perhaps,  in  any  other  country  on  the  face  of  the 
earth.  The  extraordinary  and  rapid  growth  of 
all  seeds  now  planted,  appears  more  like  the 
work  of  enchantment,  than  the  usual  slow  pro- 
gress of  nature  familiar  to  us  in  our  northern 
latitudes.  The  gourd,  melon  and  cucumber^ 
have  now  gained  the  roof  of  the  peasant's  hut, 
and  promise  by  their  shining  blossoms  a  plenti- 
ful supply  of  their  cooling  fruits  when  the  hot 
season  shall  arrive.  Trees  and  plants,  that  dur- 
ing the  dry  months,  had  shut  up  all  their  pores 
so  as  not  to  be  robbed  of  their  juices  by  evapora- 
tion ;  and  roots,  that  lay  buried  in  the  deep  sands 
or  strong  clay  districts,  now  spring  suddenly  into 
life  and  beauty,  in  places  that  were  before  barren 
to  the  eye. 

Creeping  plants,  that  run  along  the  ground,. 
now   embrace  the   trunks    of  trees,  and  ascend 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  S7 

them  with  astonishing  rapidity,  running  out 
upon  their  branches,  and  so  travelling  from  one 
to  another,  till  the  forests  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Bombay  appear  to  be  bound  together,  and 
canopied  over,  by  the  thousand  lovely  climbers 
that  cast  an  almost  night-like  gloom  on  all  things 
below  them.  From  some  of  these  branches  may 
be  seen  the  charming  blossoms  of  the  convol- 
vulus, and  other  flowering  parasitical  plants,, 
floating  between  heaven  and  earth  in  graceful 
festoons,  uninjured  by  the  floods  of  rain,  and 
affording  support  to  all  those  delicate  birds  and 
insects  that  would  perish  without  this  beautiful 
provision  of  the  great  Author  of  Nature.  The 
woods  are  now  alive  with  the  feathered  tribes,, 
and  the  soft  cooing  of  the  turtle-dove,  a  bird  held 
sacred  in  India,  is  repeated  for  miles  around  you. 
The  golden  oriole,  and  the  azure  jay,  descending 
from  the  lofty  trees,  now  feast  upon  the  luscious 
fruits  ;  and  our  own  English  barn-door  bird,  the 
stately  jungle  cock,  makes  the  coverts  ring  again 
with  his  loud  and  familiar  note,  as  he  sweeps 
through  the  sounding  woods,  and  is  lost  in 
their  deep    shadows. 

We  must  now  turn  aside  from  these  pleasing^ 
pictures  of  the  Indian  forest,  at  which  we  but 
glanced  hurriedly.  Memory  fails  me  in  recall- 
ing the  many  beauties  that  surround  us  here  on 
all  sides,  and  the  abundant  supply  of  food 
that  the  fields  promise  to  man.  The  sea> 
formerly  so  transparent  and  serene,  is  now 
discoloured  by  the  large  rivers,  that  carry  down 


38  BOMBAY : 

enormous  quantities  of  earth  in  their  swift 
and  destructive  progress.  All  coasting  traffic 
ceiGes;  and  the  cocoa-nut  sewn  Pattemars,  and 
iishing  dingis  have  sought  the  shelter  of  some 
friedly  creek  or  landlocked  bay,  for  three  months 
at  least.  The  Company's  steamers  change  the 
time  of  their  going  to  Aden,  and  the  Persian 
Gulf  with  the  overland  mails  ;  and  whereas  a  very 
brii^f  delay  would,  at  any  other  time,  cause 
alarm,  a  week's  detention  now  beyond  their  time, 
is  scarcely  spoken  of  with  surprise,  as  every  one 
is  aware  that  the  monsoons  are  the  cause.  In- 
ternal communication  is  now  almost  laid  aside 
and  no  person,  who  can  possibly  avoid  it, 
travels  either  by  land  or  water.  The  mail  bags, 
usually  forwarded  by  runners,  each  a  stage  of 
three  coss,  or  six  miles,  are  often  detained  for 
weeks,  before  an  opportunity  occufs  to  ford  or 
swim  over  the  swollen  rivers  and  nullahs  !  a  work 
often  of  much  difficulty  and  danger.  Weekly 
reports  of  heart-rending  shipwrecks  fill  the 
native  papers,  and  a  catalogue  of  flooded  dis- 
tricts, and  other  disaterss  from  the  country,  too 
often  give  a  painful  interest  to  the  rainy  season. 
Yet  we  must  not  lose  sight  of  the  goodness  of 
the  Almighty,  in  sending  these  blessed  showers 
at  stated  periods  ;  for  were  they  but  once  with- 
held, the  most  dreadful  consequences  must  ensue, 
^nd  thousands  upon  thousands  of  human 
creatures  would  perish  for  want  of  water. 

Sketches  of  India,  1850,  pages  90-93. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  59 

After  the  Rains. 

David  Price. 

Of  the  verdant  and  beautiful  months  which 
immediately  succeed  to  the  rainy  season,  parti- 
cularly in  this,  our  favourite  island,  the  remem- 
brance will  readily  occur  to  any  one,  whom  the 
chances  of  life  may  have  ever  brought  to  reside 
upon  it.  For  although  the  morbid  exhalation 
from  the  steaming  rice  grounds,  may  sometimes 
be  productive  of  bilious  complaints,  the  healthful 
air,  and  picturesque,  and  varied  scenery,  of  Mala- 
bar hill,  and  its  celebrated  Point,  if  they  do  not 
amply  compensate  for  this  temporary  evil,  certa- 
inly do  form  a  most  agreeable  contrast,  of  many 
a  convivial  party  to  the  Point,  and  the  secluded 
shades  and  pagodas  round  the  noble  tank  on  the 
northern  slope  of  the  hill,  I  still  bear  in  mind  the 
most  pleasing  impressions,  blended  with  tints  of 
melancholy,  when  I  reflect  that  most  of  those 
associates  who  shared  with  me  in  those  delightful 
recreations  are  long  since  become  denizens  of 
another  and  better  world. 

At  Seu,  or  Sion,  on  the  opposite  or  eastern 
extremity  of  the  island,  and  at  the  distance  of 
nine  or  ten  miles,  we  posssessed  another  resort 
for  recreation  ;  as  the  miniature  downs,  and  park- 
like scenery  through  which  we  passed  to  ths 
eastward  of  the  Governor's  country  residence, 
Parell,  brought  to  mind,  in  a  lively  degree,  the 
woodland  beauties  of  *'  the  land  in  the  ocean." 

Memoirs  of  A  Field  Offieer.  1839,  pp.  176  to  177. 


60  BOMBAY: 

The  Monsoon,  the 

True  Indian  Spring. 

E.  H.  A.      , 

[E.  A.  Atkins.] 

Of  our  three  seasons,  my  favourite  is,  and 
always  has  been,  the  monsoon.  It  is  time  of 
refreshing,  and  all  nature  rejoices  in  it,  and  I 
rejoice  with  nature.  What  the  spring  is  to  nor- 
thern latitudes,  the  monsoon  is  to  us.  I  do  not 
mean  that  spring  has  no  place  in  Indian  calendar.. 
That  mysterious  influence  which  comes  with  the 
returning  sun,  and,  undiscerned  by  eye  or  ear^ 
awakens  the  earth,  visits  us  too.     Then 

"  The  wanton  lapwing  gets  himself 

another  crest," 
and  if  a  fuller  crimson  does  not  come  upon  the 
robin's  breast,  it  is  because  in  this  country  that 
is  not  the  region  in  which  his  crimson  is  situated  ; 
but  he  and  the  other  birds"  break  out  into  ancf 
begin  to  build  their  nests,  the  trees  bud,  and 
many  gay  butterflies  awaken  to  life.  So  I  say 
our  true  spring,  the  begining  of  our  year,  the 
birthday  of  our  nature,  is  not  in  March,  but  in 
June.  Let  it  be  ushered  in  with  salvoes  of 
artillery  and  a  carnival  of  the  elements,  or  let  it 
sneak  in  silently  during  the  night  and  greet  us  in 
the  morning,  the  effect  is  the  same.  The  leaves 
of  the  trees  are  washed,  the  dust  on  the  roads  is. 
laid,  and  the  spirits  of  man  and  beast  participate 
in  the  baptism. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  6l 

This  is  par  excellence  the  season  for  rambl- 
ing abroad.  At  every  turn  there  is  something 
new  to  see.  Out  of  earth  and  rock  and  leafless 
bough  the  magic  •  touch  of  the  monsoon  has 
brought  life  and  greenness.  You  can  almost  see 
the  broad-leaved  vines  grow  and  the  twining 
creepers  work  their  snaky  way,  linking  tree  to 
tree  and  binding  branch  to  branch. 

There  is  another  feature  of  the  monsoon 
which  has  a  wonderful  charm  for  me,  I  mean 
the  clouds.  Many  Englishmen  never  throw  off 
the  bondage  of  their  old  English  feelings,  and  a 
cloudy  day  depresses  them  to  the  last.  Such 
conservatism  is  not  in  me.  After  the  monotony 
of  a  fierce  sun  and  a  blue  sky  and  dusky  land- 
scape quivering  in  the  dim  distance,  I  cry  wel- 
come to  the  days  of  mild  light  and  green  earth 
and  purple  hills  coming  near  in  the  clear  and 
transparent  air.  And  later  on,  when  the  monsoon 
begins  to  break  up  and  the  hills  are  dappled 
with  light  and  shade,  and  dark  islands  move 
across  the  bright  green  sea,  the  effect  on  my 
spirits  is  strangely  exhilarating.  Why  is  it  that 
so  few  of  our  Indian  painters  have  given  us 
monsoon  scenes  ? 

A  Naturalist  on  the  Prowl,  l8g2,  pages  70-77. 


K^ 


APPROACH  &  ARRIVAL. 


APPROACH  &  ARRIVAL. 

Smell  Bombay  from  Afar 

Flora  A.  Steeu 

Soy  as  we  sit,  this  last  evening  on  board 
ship,  on  the  forward  anchor,  catching  the  breeze 
of  our  own  making,  the  question  rises,  "  How  far 
out  in  the  Indian  Ocean  may  we  count  India  ?" 

I  knew  a  man  once,  returning  reluctantly  to 
a  jungle  station  after  a  really  fancy  furlough, 
who  said  that  he  could  smell  the  Bombay  bazzar 
in  longitude  68  ;  which  is  absurd,  since,  pungent 
as  a  bazzar  is,  even  assafoetida  cannot  travel 
three  hundred  miles. 

And  yet  the  real  edge  of  India  does  lie  some- 
where about  there  if  not  in  the  charts,  still  in  the 
map  of  the  mind.  For,  look  down  into  the  water 
through  which  the  black  keel  is  slipping  so  oily 
that  the  little  nautilus  boats  take  no  harm,  but 
ride  away  on  the  long  smooth  ripple  which  parts 
the  sea,  leaving  place  for  our  huge  vessel.  Look 
down,  I  say,  and  through  the  milky,  almost 
opalescent  depths,  what  are  those  snake-like 
restless  brown  forms  seen,  half  seen,  twining, 
intertwining  ?  To  the  practical  scientific  botanical 
eye,  it  is  the  zone  of  sea-weed  which,  so  I  am 
told,  drifts  within  certain  limits  all  round  India. 
But  to  the  old  navigators-and  to  the  eye  of  faith 
nowadays — it  is  the  zone  of  sea-serpents,  the  zone 
of  sea-guardians  between  the  outside  world  and 
enchanted  India. 

This  is  the  true  line  dividing  those  who  can 
see  behind  the  veil,  from  those  to  whom  a  spade 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  63: 

must  ever  be  a  spade,  and  not  the  unit  of  man's, 
civilisation,  the  means  by  which  he  first  forced 
Mother  Earth  to  yield  him — not  what  was  to  be- 
found  ready  to  his  sight  and  hand — but  those 
things  that  his  heart  desired. 

India  by  Mortimer  Menpes.  Pages,  j  to  3. 


Imposing  Entrance 

Silk  Buckingham. 

The  entrance  to  Bombay  is  very  imposing. 
On  the  right  or  south  side  of  the  passage,  is  the 
continent  of  India  ;  and  in  the  background,, 
trending  away  to  the  north-east,  rise  the  noble 
hills  called  the  Ghauts,  which  form  the  buttresses 
or  bulwarks  of  the  higher  land  beyond  them. 
On  the  left  is  the  small  low  island  of  Colabah, 
with  its  light-house,  closely  connected  with  the 
nearly  level  island  of  Bombay,  and  this  again> 
joined  by  a  causeway  to  the  larger  and  more 
hilly  island  of  Salsette.  The  ample  expanse  of 
water  between  these  islands  on  the  left,  and  the 
Mahratta  coast  on  the  right,  presents  a  harbour 
capacious  enough  to  shelter  the  whole  navy  of 
England,  while  the  several  smaller  islands 
dotting  its  surface,  including  that  of  Elephanta 
with  its  celebrated  Cave  Temple,  form  objects 
of  picturesque  beauty,  and  afford  good  shelter 
as  breakwaters  against  the  strongest  gales.  The 
soundings  are  of  convenient  depths,   the  holding. 


64  BOMBAY : 

ground  good  ;  and  the  strong  ebb  and  flood  tides, 
rising  eighteen  and  twenty  feet  perpendicular, 
facilitate  the  entrance  and  exit  of  ships  in  all 
winds  and  all  weathers.  No  harbour  in  the 
world,  perhaps,  is  better  entitled  than  this  to  the 
original  name  given  it  by  its  first  European 
possessors,  the  Portuguese,  of  "  Bon  Baia,  "  or 
Good  Bay,  from  whence  the  present  name  of 
Bombay  is  formed. 

Autobiography,  Vol.  II,  1855,  Pages  337-338. 


Approaching    Bombay. 

Prince  Karagecorgewitch. 

The  air  is  heavy  with  indefinable  perfume. 
We  are  already  coasting  the  Indian  shore,  but 
it  remains  invisible,  and  gives  no  sign  but  by 
these  gusts  of  warmer  air  laden  with  that  inscru- 
table aroma  of  musk  and  pepper.  A  lighthouse 
to  port,  which  we  have  for  some  time  taken  for 
a  star,  vanishes  in  the  light  mist  that  hangs  over 
the  coast,  and  then  again  there  is  nothing  but 
the  immensity  of  waters  under  the  clear  night, 
blue  with  moonlight. 

All  the  day  long  a  quantity  of  medusae  have 
surrounded  the  ship;  white,  as  large  as  an  ostrich's 
egg,  with  a  pink  or  lilac  heart,  like  a  flower; 
others  of  enormous  size,  of  a  paler  blue  than  the 
sea,  fringed  with  intense  and   luminous  green — a 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  65 

splash  of  light  on  the  dusk  of  the  deep.  Others, 
again,  white,  blossoming  with  every  shade  of 
rose  and  violet.  Then,  towards  evening,  myriads 
of  very  small  ones,  thickening  the  water,  give  it 
a  yellowish  tinge,  clinging  to  the  ship's  side 
rolling  in  the  furrow  of  its  wake,  a  compact 
swarm,  for  hours  constantly  renewed ;  but  they 
have  at  last  disappeared,  leaving  the  sea  clear, 
transparent,  twinkling  with  large  flecks  of 
phosphorescence  that  rise  slowly  from  the  depths, 
flash  on  the  surface,  and  die  out  at  once  under 
the  light  of  the  sky. 

BTefore  day  break,  in  the  doubtful  light  of 
waning  night,  dim  masses  are  visible — grey 
and  purple  mountains — mountains  shaped  like 
temples,  of  which  two  indeed  seem  to  be  crowned 
with  low  squat  towers  as  if  unfinished. 

The  morning  mist  shrouds  everything  ;  the 
scene  insensibly  passes  through  a  series  of  pale 
tints,  to  reappear  ere  long  in  the  clear  rosy  light, 
which  sheds  a  powdering  of  glowing  gold  on  the 
broad  roadstead  of  Bombay. 

But  the  enchantment  of  this  rose-tinted  land, 
vibrating  in  the  sunshine,  is  evanescent.  The 
city  comes  into  view  in  huge  white  masses — docks, 
and  factories  with  tall  chimneys;  and  coco-palms 
in  long  lines  of  monotonous  growth,  overshadow 
square  houses  devoid  of  style. 

As  we  go  nearer,  gothic  towers  are  distingui- 
shable among  the  buildings— faint  reminiscences 


66  BOMBAY : 

of  Chester,  clumsily    revived   under   the  burning- 
light  of  white  Asia. 

In  the  spacious  harbour,  where  a  whole  fleet 
of  steamships  lies  at  anchor,  a  swarm  of  decked 
boats  are  moving  about,  sober  in  colour,  with  the 
bows  raised  very  high  in  a  long  peak,  and 
immense  narrow  sails  crossed  like  a  pair  of 
scissors,  and  resembling  a  seagull's  wings. 

Enchanted  India,  1 898,  pages  1-3. 


A  Vision  of  Gorgeous  Ind. 

Bayard  Taylor. 

On  the  morning  of  the  27th  of  December — • 
precisely  a  month  after  I  embarked  at  Gibral- 
ter — the  cessation  of  the  monsoon,  the'sultriness 
of  the  air,  the  appearance  of  the  clouds,  and 
the  arrival  of  a  dove  on  board,  denoted  the 
proximity  of  land.  I  have  rarely  approached 
any  country  with  a  keener  interest.  Scarce  Vasco 
de  Gama  himself,  after  weathering  the  Cape  of 
Storms,  could  have  watched  for  the  shores  of 
India  with  more  excited  anticipation.  That 
vision  of  gorgeous  Ind,  the  Empress  far  away 
in  the,  empurpled  East,  throned  on  the  best 
grandeurs  of  History  and  canopied  by  sublime 
tradition,  was  about  to  be  confirmed,  or  displaced 
for  ever.  Near  at  hand,  close  behind  the  blue 
sea-horizon,  lay  that  which  would  either  heighten 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  67 

the  fascination  of  her  name,  or  make  it  thence- 
forth but  an  empty  sound  to  the  ear  of  Fancy. 

Therefore,  in  spite  of  the  breathless  heat,  I 
keep  watch  from  one  of  the  paddle-boxes.  At 
noon  there  is  a  cry  of  "  Land  !"  from  the  foremast, 
and  in  a  short  time  the  tops  of  mountains  are 
faintly  discernible  on  the  horizon.  These  are 
the  Western  Ghauts  which  extend  along  the 
Malabar  Coast,  from  Cape  Comorin  to  Surat. 
The  island  of  Salsette,  north  of  Bombay,  next 
rises,  and  ere  long  we  distinguish  the  light-house 
at  the  entrance  of  the  harbour.  A  considerable 
extent  of  coast,  north  and  south,  is  visible — the 
mountains  picturesque  and  beautiful  in  their 
forms,  and  exhibiting,  in  their  drapery  of  forests, 
a  marked  contrast  to  the  desert  hills  of  Arabia, 
which  we  have  last  seen.  We  are  now  near 
enough  to  distinguish  the  city,  the  dwellings  of 
the  residents  on  Malabar  Hill,  and  the  groves  of 
cocoa-nut  and  date  trees  which  cover  the  island. 
The  sea  swarms  with  fishing-boats,  and  our  native 
pilot   is  already  on  board. 

The  Bay  opens  magnificently  as  we  advance. 
It  lies  between  the  islands  of  Bombay  and  Sal- 
sette and  the  mainland,  and  must  be  fifteen  or 
twenty  miles  in  length.  Both  shores  are  moun- 
tainous and  thickly  covered  with  the  palmy 
growths  of  the  tropics.  All  is  confusion  on  board 
and  I  also  must  prepare  to  set  foot  on  the  land  of 
Brahma,  Vishnu  and  Shiva, 

Visit  to  India  and  China,  1856,  pages  32-33. 


68  BOMBAY : 

Stately  Approach. 

Sir  Frederick  Treves. 

It  was  a  fine  sunny  morning-as  all  had  been^ 
but  ahead  was  a  haze  along  the  horizon  which 
hid  the  land.  There  were  sea  birds  in  the  air, 
and  on  the  water  a  boat  with  a  white  lateen  sail. 
The  life  seemed  to  have  gone  out  of  the  sea,  for 
the  waves  had  become  dull  and  of  a  sluggish 
green.  Every  eye  was  turned  in  the  direction  of 
the  ship's  bow,  and  soon  there  emerged  from  the 
mist  a  low  hill,  alone  like  an  island,  grey  and 
indistinct.     This  was  India. 

As  the  ship  drew  near,  other  high  ground 
came  into  view,  rising  above  a  ghostly  coast. 
In  due  course  a  lighthouse,  gaudy  in  stripes  of 
red,  white  and  black,  appeared.  Behind  the 
light-house  were  a  narrow  spit  of  land  with  soft 
rounded  trees  on  it  and  the  tower  of  a  disused 
pharos.  Here,  too,  were  white  houses  with  red 
roofs,  dotting  the  green,  and  below  them  a  sandy 
beach  by  a  fortified  wall. 

Beyond  this  narrow  spur  of  land— called,  as 
I  came  to  know,  Colaba — was  the  city  of  Bombay, 
shrouded  by  the  mist.  Through  the  haze  it  was 
possible  to  make  out  the  steeples  and  towers,  the 
domes  and  pinnacles  of  a  great  city. 

The  approach  is  stately,  for  the  harbour  is 
magnificent,  but  there  is  no  particular  character 
about  the  scene.  One  is  conscious  of  entering  a 
wide  sound  and  of  a  city  on  a  bright  inlet ;  but 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  69 

the  sound  might  be  in  Italy  and  the  city  in 
England.  This  is  not  the  India  one  has  dreamed 
about.  There  is  no  suggestion  of  "  India's  coral 
strand,  "  no  hot  beach  peopled  by  turbaned  hea- 
then, no  line  of  cocoanut  palms  by  the  water's 
edge.  One  looks  in  vain  for  buildings  that  follow 
in  some  way  the  architecture  of  the  '^  willow 
pattern  plate,"  and,  above  all,  one  looks  for 
elephants  with  howdahs  on  their  backs. 

There  is,  in  place  of  the  palms,  a  line  of 
factory  chimneys  :  while  a  quite  common  row  of 
quays  meets  the  sea  in  place  of  the  coral  strand. 
There  are  no  heathen  recognisable  as  such,  and 
certainly  none  in  the  act  of  bowing  down  to  stocks 
and  stones.  There  are  people  in  turbans,  but 
they  are  evidently  mere  loungers  about  harbour 
sides,  and  the  buildings  appear,  at  the  distance, 
to  differ  but  little  from  those  at  Limehouse.  Of 
elephants  there  are  none. 

The  Other  Side  of  the  Latitcrn.  T905,  pages  29-30. 


2. 

The  charm  of  Bombay  to  those  who  land  for 
the  first  time  upon  its  ''spacious  quays"  is  bound 
up  in  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of  the  cities  of  India, 
that  the  soil  and  the  people  are  Indian,  and 
that  it  is  part  of  that  continent  which  has  entered 
with  so  much  romance  into  the  history  of  the 
world. 


70  BOMBAY : 

There  is  interest  in  everything  that  one 
sees,  in  the  railway  trains,  the  shops,  the  boats 
on  the  beach,  the  policemen,  the  street  sweepers, 
the  unfamiliar  trees  and  shrubs,  and  the  frag- 
mentary demonstrations  of  how  the  people  live. 
Kites  and  crows,  vultures  and  squirrels  are  all 
elements  new  to  city  life;  while  the  first  time 
that  a  parrakeet  is  sighted,  perched  on  a  house 
top,  there  arises  the  conviction  that  it  must 
have  escaped  from  a  cage. 

Beyond  all  this  it  may  be  claimed  that  the 
chief  things,  which  in  tourist  language  will 
"well  repay  a  visit"  in  Bombay,  are  the  native 
quarter  and   Malabar  Hill. 

The  Malabar  Hill  is  a  modest  mound  behind 
the  city,  brave  with  gardens  and  bright  villas, 
from  whose  summit  is  to  be  obtained  a  view  of 
the  sea  and  of  the  gleaming  harbour.  It  is  a 
matter  of  interest  that  all  large  bays,  viewed  from 
a  height,  are  supposed  to  resemble  the  Bay  of 
Naples.  The  harbour  of  Bombay  comes  into 
this  classification  of  bays,  and  is  therefore 
regarded  as  a  local  Bay  of  Naples ;  but  the 
very  stones  of  Malabar  Hill  must  turn  when 
each  inspired  tourist  after  another  discovers 
and  reveals  this  stale  resemblance,  for  the 
sweeping  Sound  of  Bombay  shows  scarcely  a 
feature  which  has  any  parallel  in  the  great 
Italian  inlet. 

The  Other  Side  of  the  Lantern,  1905,  pages  31-32. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  7\ 

The  City  from  the  Sea. 

Walter  Del  Mar. 

Bombay  from  the  sea  is  fair  to  look  upon, 
and  is  always  a  welcome  sight  after  the  monoto- 
nous voyage  of  l66o  miles  from  Aden.  The 
■sea  front  of  the  Back  Bay  extends,  in  a  graceful, 
palm-fringed  crescent,  from  Malabar  Point  to 
Kolaba  Point.  On  the  latter  is  the  old  Kolaba 
lighthouse,  and  south  of  it  the  Prong  lighthouse, 
which  the  steamer  passes  to  enter  the  commo- 
dious harbour,  where  it  casts  anchor  opposite 
the  eastern  front  of  "  the  Fort, "  corresponding 
to  "  the  City  "in  London  or  "down-town"  in 
New  York.  From  the  anchorage  the  view  of  the 
domes  and  pinnacles  of  Bombay  is  dominated  by 
Tata's  Taj  Mahal  Hotel,  one  of  the  most  impos- 
ing modern  buildings  in  India.  In  the  opposite 
direction  the  cliffs  of  Bawa  Malang  (  or  Mallan- 
gadh  )  stand  out  from  the  terraced  trap  peaks  of 
the  Western  Ghats.  To  the  north-east,  in  the 
middle  distance,  is  Butcher's  Island  and 
Elephanta,  while  close  at  hand  are  the  fortified 
islands  in  the  beautiful  harbour,  which  is  alive 
with  ocean  steamers,  yachts,  and  Cv)untry  boats. 
You  barely  have  time  to  take  in  the  scene  before 
the  launch  comes  alongside,  and  in  a  few  minutes 
you  are  landed  on  Ballard's  Pier. 

Bombay  makes  a  favourable  first  impression 
with  its  broad,  well-kept  streets,  sprinkled  with 
oil  to  lay  the  dust,  and  its  handsome  buildings, 
•some  of  which   are   due  to  private  munificence* 


72  BOMBAY : 

but  most  of  them  to  the  public  spirit  which  aims 
to  make  Bombay  "  the  first  city  in  India." 

hidia  of  To-day,  1905,  pages  12-13. 


Islands  in  the  Harbour. 

Norman  Macleod. 

With  very  peculiar  emotions  did  I  ascend 
the  deck  to  look  for  the  first  time  on  that  great 
country,  associated  with  so  much  to  stir  the 
imagination  of  every  British  subject,  and  most 
of  all  of  every  Christian  minister.  The  scene 
which  meets  the  eye  when  entering  the  harbour 
is  most  striking  and  lovely.  Every  other  thought 
is  for  the  moment  lost  in  a  sense  of  its  beauty. 
The  forests  of  palm-trees  which,  in  the  hot  and 
motionless  air,  repose  on  the  lower  hills,  along 
the  margin  of  the  shore,  at  once  attract  attention 
as  being  thoroughly  characteristic  of  Eastern 
climes.  The  islands  as  they  unfold  themselves,, 
with  their  masses  of  verdure,  and  the  bays,  and 
vanishing^  of  the  sea  into  distant  river-like 
reaches,  lost  in  a  soft  bright  haze,  above  which 
singular  hills— rounded,  obelisk  terraced — lift 
themselves,  all  combine  to  form  a  complete  pic- 
ture, framed  by  the  gleaming  blue  sea  below, 
and  by  the  cloudless  sky  above,  full  of  intense 
heat  and  light  of  burnished  brightness.  Look- 
ing nearer,  one  notices  the  ships  from  every 
clime,  and  of  every  size  and  kind,  fixed  in  a  sunny 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  73 

mist  on  a  molten  sea — ships  at  anchor — ships 
crowding  their  masts  near  the  wharves,  and 
boats  without  number,  with,  their  large  matting 
sails  and  covered  poop,  dipping  their  oars  in 
silver  light,  all  going  on  their  several  errands, 
and  a  goodly  number  making  for  our  steamer^ 
Beyond  the  ships  and  masts,  white  houses 
among  trees,  and  here  and  there  a  steeple,  indi- 
cating the  long  land  line  of  the  Colaba  Point,, 
tell  us  where  the  famous  city  of  Bombay  lies, 
with  its  worshippers  of  fire  and  of  fine  gold. 

Far  East.  186S,  Page  II, 


*' Beautiful  Indeed  It  Is  I  " 

"  Life  In  Bombay.  " 

Beautiful  indeed  it  is!  studded  with  nume- 
rous small  islands  and  comprising  in  a  single 
"coup  if 'ceil  "  every  variety  of  landscape 
scenery,  from  the  fertile  Elephanta  covered 
with  the  rich  vegetation  of  the  tropics,  and 
sparkling  like  an  emerald  on  the  bosom  of  the 
waters,  to  the  barren  shores  of  Caranjah,  with 
its  rocky  headlands  projecting  boldly,  as  if  in 
defiance  of  the  softer  beauties  which  surround 
it.  Smaller  isles  rise,  like  specks  upon  a 
surface,  scattered  around  ;  whilst  in  the  midst, 
clearly  indicated  by  its  encircling  belt  of  ships 
and  countless  buildings,  stands  the  far-famed 
Island  of  Bombay.     Small  as  are  its  dimensions^ 


74  BOMBAY : 

and  although  for  so  long  a  period  after  its 
cession  to  the  English  in  the  year  l66l  considered 
as  so  utterly  unimportant,  or  rather  troublesome 
an  appendage  to  our  territories,  perhaps  at  this 
moment  there  is  not  one  spot  throughout  our 
wide-spread  colonial  possessions,  to  which  so 
great  an  interest  is  attached. 

In  a  commercial  point  of  view,  the  advanta- 
ges afforded  by  the  situation,  and  almost 
unequalled  harbour  of  Bombay,  are  too  manifest, 
and  too  generally  known  to  require  repetition. 
Easy  of  access  at  every  season  of  the  year, 
and  affording  a  safe  anchoring  ground  for  the 
largest  of  ships,  the  haven  is  at  all  times 
thronged  by  an  almost  indescribable  variety 
of  vessels,  descending  through  every  gradation 
from  the  statety  London-built  East-India  man, 
with  its  well-appointed  crew,  and  costly  cargo, 
to  the  primitive  native  canoe,  formed  from  the 
bark  of  a  single  tree,  and  contributing,  with  its 
modest  freight  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  to  supply 
the  markets  and  bazaars  of  Bombay. 

Upon  first  landing,  the  immediate  impression 
which  strikes  every  mind,  is  not  only  the  immense 
population  of  the  island,  but  the  unceasing  variety 
of  costumes  and  complexions,  betokening  the 
natives  of  the  Asiatic,  and  of  several  European 
nations.  Parsees,  Mussulmans,  Hindoos  of  every 
caste,  Persians,  Armenians,  Portuguese,  and  Indo- 
Britons,  literally  swarm  under  the  horses'  feet  as 
you  drive  through   the   bazaars  ;    and  it  requires 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  75 

no  small  portion  of  nerve,  as  well  as  dexterity, 
to  steer  one's  course  in  safety  through  streets 
and  roads  absolutely  alive  with  human  beings, 
to  say  nothing  of  the  numerous  vehicles,  horses, 
buffaloes,  and  bullocks  which  impede  one's 
progress  on  all  sides;  invariably  bewildering  a 
stranger  with  the  apparently  interminable  diffi- 
-culties  and  dangers  to  be  encountered. 

1852:  pages  J-6. 


A   Handsome  City  Seated  on 
Two  Bays. 

Sir  Edwin  Arnold. 

The  transformation  effected  in  this  great 
and  populous  capital  of  Western  India  during 
the  past  twenty  years  does  not  very  plainly 
manifest  itself  until  the  traveller  has  landed. 
From  the  new  lighthouse  at  Colaba  Point, 
Bombay  looks  what  it  always  was,  a  handsome 
city  seated  on  two  bays,  of  which  one  is 
richly  diversified  by  islands,  rising,  green  and 
picturesque,  from  the  quiet  water,  and  the  other 
has  for  its  background  the  crescent  of  the 
Esplanade  and  the  bungalow-dotted  heights 
of  Malabar  Hill.  He  who  has  been  long  absent 
from  India  and  returns  here  to  visit  her,  sees 
strange  and  beautiful  buildings  towering  above 
the    well-remembered   yellow  and   white  houses, 


76  BOMBAY : 

but  misses  the  old  line  of  ramparts,  and  the 
wide  expanse  of  the  Maidan  behind  Back  Bay 
which  we  used  to  call  ''Aceldama,  the  place 
to  bury  strangers  in."  And  the  first  drive 
which  he  takes  from  the  Apollo  Bunder — now 
styled  the  Wellington  Pier — reveals  a  series  of 
really  splendid  edifices,  which  have  completely 
altered  the  previous    aspect  of   Bombay. 

Close  to  the  landing-place  the  pretty  facade 
of  the  Yacht  Club — one  of  the  latest  additions 
to  the  city-  is  the  first  to  attract  attention, 
designed  in  a  pleasing  mixture  of  Swiss 
and  Hindu  styles.  In  the  cool  corridors  and 
chambers  of  that  waterside  resort  we  found  a 
kindly  welcome  to  the  Indian  shores,  and  after- 
wards, on  our  way  to  a  temporary  home,  passed, 
with  admiring  eyes,  the  Secretariat,  the  Univer- 
sity, the  Courts  of  Justice,  the  magnificent  new 
Railway  station,  the  Town  Hall,  and  the  General 
Post  Office,  all  very  remarkable  structures, 
conceived  for  the  most  part  with  a  happy  inspi- 
ration, which  blends  the  Gothic  and  the  Indian 
schools  of  architecture.  It  is  impossible  here  to 
describe  the  features  of  these  very  splendid 
edifices  in  detail,  or  the  extraordinary  changes 
which  have  rendered  the  Bombay  of  to-day 
hardly  recognisable  to  one  who  knew  the  place 
in  the  time  of  the  Mutiny  and  in  those  years 
which  followed  it.  Augustus  said  of  Rcme,  "  I 
found  it  mud  ;  I  leave  it  marble,"  and  the  visitor 
to  India  who  traverses  th?  For^  and  the 
Esplanade-road    after    so  long    an    absence   as. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  yj 

mine  might  justly  exclaim,  "  I  left  Bombay  a 
town  of  warehouses  and  offices  ;  I  find  her  a 
■city  of  parks  and  palaces." 

Even  the  main  native  streets  of  business 
and  traffic  are  considerably  developed  and  im- 
proved, with  almost  more  colour  and  animation 
than  of  old.  A  tide  of  seething  Asiatic  huma- 
nity ebbs  and  flows  up  and  down  the  Bhendi 
bazaar,  and  through  the  chief  mercantile 
thoroughfares.  Nowhere  could  be  seen  a  play 
of  livelier  hues,  a  busier  and  brighter  city  life  ! 
Besides  the  endless  crowds  of  Hindu,  Gujarati, 
-and  Mahratta  people  coming  and  going — some 
in  gay  dresses,  but  most  with  next  to  none  at 
all — between  the  rows  of  grotesquely  painted 
houses  and  temples,  there  are  to  be  studied  here 
specimens  of  every  race  and  nation  of  the  East. 
Arabs  from  Muscat,  Persians  from  the  Gulf, 
Afghans  from  the  Northern  frontier,  black 
shaggy  Biluchis,  negroes  of  Zanzibar,  islanders 
from  the  Maldives  and  Laccadives,  Malagashes, 
Malays,  and  Chinese  throng  and  jostle  with 
Parsees  in  their  sloping  hats,  with  Jews,  Lascars, 
fishermen,  Rajpoots,  Fakirs,  Europeans,  Sepoys, 
and  Sahibs.  Innumerable  carts,  drawn  by 
patient,  sleepy-eyed  oxen,  thread  their  creaking 
way  amid  tram-cars,  buggies,  victorias,  palan- 
<iuins,  and  handsome  English  carriages.  Familiar 
to  me,  but  absolutely  bewildering  to  my  two 
•companions,  under  the  fierce,  scorching,  blinding 
sunlight  of  midday,  is  this  play  of  keen  colours, 
and   this    tide  of  ceaseless  clamorous  existence. 


78  BOMBAY : 

But  the  background  of  Hindu  fashions  and- 
manners  remains  unchanged  and  unchangeable. 
Still,  as  ever,  the  motley  population  lives  its. 
accustomed  life  in  the  public  gaze,  doing  a 
thousand  things  in  the  roadway,  in  the  gutter, 
or  in  the  little  open  shop,  which  the  European 
performs  inside  his  closed  abode.  The  unclad 
merchant  posts  up  his  account  of  pice  and  annas 
with  a  reed  upon  long  rolls  of  paper  under 
the  eyes  of  all  the  world.  The  barber  shaves 
his  customer,  and  sets  right  his  ears,  nostrils, 
and  fingers,  on  the  side-walk.  The  shampooer 
cracks  the  joints  and  grinds  the  muscles  of  his 
clients  wherever  they  happen  to  meet  together. 
The  Guru  drones  out  his  Sanskrit  shlokes  to  the 
little  class  of  brown-eyed  Brahman  boys;  the 
bansula-player  pipes ;  the  sitar-singer  twangs- 
his  wires  ;  worshippers  stand  with  clasped  palms, 
before  the  images  of  Rama  and  Parvati,  or  deck 
the  Lingam  with  votive  flowers ;  the  beggars 
squat  in  the  sun,  rocking  themselves  to  and  fro 
to  the  monotonous  cry  of  "  Dhurrum ; "  the 
bheesties  go  about  with  water-skins  sprinkling 
the  dust;  the  bangy-coolies  trot  with  balanced 
bamboos ;  the  slim,  bare-limbed  Indian  girls 
glide  along  with  baskets  full  of  chupatties  or 
"bratties"  of  cow-dung  on  their  heads,  and 
with  small  naked  babies  astride  upon  their  hips.. 

Everywhere,  behind  and  amid  the  vast 
commercial  bustle  of  modern  Bombay,  abides 
ancient,  placid,  conservative  India.,  with  her 
immutable    customs  and  deeply-rooted    popular 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  79 

habits  derived  unbroken  from  immemorial  days. 
And  overhead,  in  every  open  space,  or  vista  of 
quaint  roof-tops,  and  avenues  of  red,  blue,  or 
saffron-hued  houses,  the  feathered  crowns  of 
the  date"' trees  wave,  the  sacred  fig  swings  its 
aerial  roots  and  shelters  the  squirrel  and  the 
parrot,  while  the  air  is  peopled  with  hordes 
of  ubiquitous,  clamorous  grey-necked  crows^ 
and  full  of  the  "Kites  of  Govinda,"  wheeling 
and  screaming  under  a  cloudless  canopy  of 
sunlight.  The  abundance  of  animal  life  even 
in  the  suburbs  of  this  great  capital  appears 
once  more  wonderful,  albeit  so  well  known  and 
remembered  of  old.  You  cannot  drop  a  morsel 
of  bread  or  fruit  but  forty  keen-beaked,  sleek,. 
desperately  audacious  crows  crowd  to  snatch 
at  the  spoil ;  and  in  the  tamarind  tree  which 
overhangs  our  verandah  may  at  this  moment 
be  counted  more  than  a  hundred  red-throated 
parrokeets,  chattering  and  darting,  like  live 
fruit,  among  the  dark-green  branches.  India, 
does  not  change! 

India  Revisited^  1886,  pages  54-58. 


A  Unique  City — a  Diluvies  Gentium. 

Sidney  Low. 

His  first  few  days  in  the  city,  if  the  visitor 
has  never  set  foot  on  the  soil  of  India  before, 
are  likely  to  be  a  period  of  delighted  amaze- 
ment    and     most     enjoyable     confusion.       He 


8o  BOMBAY  : 

wanders  about,  drinking  in  the  fulness  of  the 
new  experience,  perplexed  and  absorbed  by- 
all  he  sees,  trying  to  wind  his  way  through 
the  jumble  of  novel  human  types  and  yjafamiliar 
customs  and  costumes  borne  before  him. 
Bombay  is  different  from  any  other  town 
outside  India;  the  tourist  will  presently  discover 
that  India  itself  has  nowhere  anything  quite 
like  it.  The  Island  City  is  unique — a  diluvies 
gentium,  a  well  into  which  the  races  of  Asia 
have  poured  themselves,  or,  perhaps  one  should 
say,  a  reservoir  out  of  which  they  pass  as  fast 
as  they  flow  in.  It  is  full  of  the  wealth  of  the 
East  and  the  wealth  of  the  West,  and  of  the 
poverty  and  vice  of  both.  It  has  its  palaces 
fit  for  a  prince,  and  its  hum^an  kennels  unfit 
for  a  dog.  The  hand  of  Vishnu  the  Preserver, 
and  of  Siva  the  Destroyer,  are  felt  in  their  might 
daily.  A  splendid  industrial  and  commercial 
activity  makes  Bombay  rich  and  great,  and 
a  canker  is  working  at  its  vitals.  Every 
tenth  person  you  meet  is  doomed  to  swift  and 
painful  death  by  a  disease  for  which  science 
has  no  remedy.  It  is  the  city  of  the  Parsi 
millionaire.      It   is   the   city   of   the    Plague. 

When  you  have  begun  to  disentangle  your 
first  impressions,  you  can  appreciate  the  force 
of  the  contrasts  which  Bombay  presents.  The 
East  and  the  West,  the  Old  and  the  New,  are 
here  in  curious  and  piquant  juxta-position. 
A  great  deal  of  that  part  of  Bombay  which 
is    called    the    Fort,    and    is   the   centre   of   the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  8 1 

European  business  life,  is  very  modern  indeed. 
There  are  enormous  ranges  of  huge  public 
buildings,  designed  with  a  fine  official  disregard 
for  all  loca4  associations,  great  blocks  of  flats, 
and  flourishing  shops,  some  of  which  might 
have  been  transported  from  Bond  Street  and 
others  brought  from  the  Edgware  Road;  and 
a  life,  essentially  English  and  only  touching 
the  East  at  the  fringes,  is  in  being  here.  But 
a  few  hundred  yards  away  are  the  bazaars 
and  the  native  streets,  and  you  are  in  the  heart 
of  Asia.  This  is  true,  more  or  less,  of  many 
Indian  towns;  but  it  is  specially  felt  to  be  the 
case  in  Bombay,  because  there  the  Europeans 
are  not  shepherded  apart  in  cantonments,  or  in 
any  separate  quarter  of  their  own,  but  are 
physically,  at  least,  in  pretty  close  contact 
with  the  natives.  The  lines  touch  at  many 
points,   but   they   do   not   merge. 

A  Vision  of  India  IQOd,  pages  Q-IO. 


All  India  in  fliniature 

G.  W.  Steevens. 

In   the  drive    from    the    Apollo     Bunder  to 

Malabar     Point,  all    India    is  unfolded   in    one 

panorama.     First   the   business   houses   and  the 

great   buildings — those    the    richest,    these    the 

stateliest  in  India,  and  challenging  comparison 


82  '    BOMBAY 

with  almost  any  city  in  the  woricl.  Every  varia- 
tion of  design  is  theirs,  but  they  find  a  link  of 
uniformity  in  the  red-brown  colours  common  to 
most,  and  in  the  oriental  profusion  of  ornament. 
First  comes  the  Venetian  Secretariat,  then  the 
Gothic  University  Library,  and  the  French 
University  Hall;  between  them  the  great  Clock 
Tower,  which  peals  forth  hymn-tunes  on  Sunday 
and  on  week-days  "  God  Save  the  Queen  !  "  and 
"  Home,  Sweet  Home.  "  The  white  pinnacled 
Law  Courts  follow  in  Early  English,  then  the 
Post  and  Telegraph  Offices  in  Miscellaneous 
Gothic.  But  the  jewel  of  Bombay  is  the  Victoria 
Railway  Station,  a  vast  domed  mass  of  stone 
fretted  with  point  and  column  and  statuary. 
Between  them  all  you  catch  vistas  of  green  mead 
and  shrubbery,  purple-belled  creepers,  scarlet- 
starred  shrubs.  The  whole  has  its  feet  in  bowers 
of  succulent  green  and  its  elbows  on  shining- 
leaved  banyan-trees.  A  proud  and  comely 
city,  you  say  ;  the  Briton  feels  himself  a  greater 
man  for  his  first  sight  of  Bombay. 

Then  suddenly  the  magician  turns  his  ring 
and  new  has  become  old,  plain  is  coloured,  solid 
is  tumbled  down,  the  West  has  been  swallowed 
up  utterly  by  the  East.  Cross  but  one  street 
and  you  are  plunged  in  the  native  town.  In 
your  nostrils  is  the  smell  of  the  East,  dear  and 
never  to  be  forgotten  ;  rapturously  you  snuff  that 
blending  of  incense  and  spices  and  garlic, 
and  sugar  and  goats  and  dung.  The  jutting 
houses   close   in    over   you.     The   decoration    of 


AN    ANTHOLOGY.  83 

Bombay  henceforth  is  its  people.  The  windows 
are  frames  for  woman,  the  streets  become  wedges 
of  men.  Under  the  quaint  wooden  sun-hoods 
that  push  out  over  the  serried  windows  of  the 
lodging-houses,  along  the  rickety  paintless 
balconies  and  verandahs,  all  over  the  tottering 
roofs — only  the  shabbiness  of  the  dust  and  dirty 
plaster  relieves  the  gorgeousness  of  one  of  the 
most  astounding  collections  of  human  animals  in 
the  world.  Forty  languages,  it  is  said,  are 
habitually  spoken  in  its  bazaars.  That,  to  him 
who  understands  no  word  of  any  of  them,  is  more 
curious  than  interesting.  But  then  every  race 
has  its  own  costume;  so  that  the  streets  of  Bombay 
are  a  tulip-garden  of  vermilion  turbans  and 
crimson,  orange  and  flame  colour,  of  men  in  blue 
and  brown  and  emerald  waistcoats,  women  in 
cherry-coloured  satin-drawers,  or  mantles,  drawn 
from  the  head,  across  the  bosom  to  the  hip,  of 
blazing  purple  or  green  that  shines  like  a  grass- 
hopper. You  must  go  to  India  to  see  such 
dyes.  They  are  the  very  children  of  the  sun^ 
and  seem  to. shine  with  an  unreflected  radiance 
of  their  own.  If  you  check  your  eye  and  ask 
your  mind  for  the  master-colour  in  the  crowd,  it 
is  white — white  bordered  with  brown  or  fawn 
or  amber  legs.  But  when  you  forget  that  and 
let  the  eye  go  again,  the  scarlets  and  yellows 
and  shining  greens — each  hue  alive  and  quivering 
passionately  like  the  tropical  sun  at  midday — fill 
and  dazzle  it  anew;  in  the  gilding  light  the 
very   arms  and   legs  show  like  bronze  or  amber 


|4  .        BOMBAY: 

or  the  bloom  on  ripe  damsons.    You  are  walking 
in  a  flaring  sunset,  and  come  out  of  it  blinking. 

Look  under  the  turbans.  At  first  all  natives 
look  alike,  but  soon  you  begin  to  mark  distinc- 
tions of  dress  and  even  of  type.  The  first  you 
will  pick  out  is  the  Arab  horse-dealer.  His  long 
robe  and  hood,  bound  round  with  cords  and 
tufts  of  camel's  hair,  mark  him  off  from  the 
wisp-clothed  native  of  India.  The  Arab  gives 
you  the  others  in  focus.  He  is  not  much  account- 
ed by  those  who  know  him  ;  yet,  compared  with 
the  Indian,  his  mien  is  high,  his  movements  free 
and  dignified,  his  features  strongly  cut  and 
resolute.  The  Bagdad  Jew  is  hardly  a  type  of 
lofty  manhood,  but  under  his  figured  turban  and 
fuU-tasselled  fez  his  face  looks  gravely  wise. 
The  blue-bloused  Afghan  is  a  savage  frankly, 
but  a  strong  man  also.  By  the  side  of  any  one 
of  them  the  down-country  native  of  Bombay 
is  poor  and  weak  and  insignificant.  He  looks  as 
if  you  could  break  him  across  ycur  knee.  His 
formless  features  express  nothing  ;  his  eyes  have 
the  shining  meekness,  but  not  the  benevolence, 
of  the  cow's ;  he  moves  slowly  and  without  snap, 
like  a  sick  man.  He  seldom  speaks,  and  when 
he  does  his  voice  is  small.  Sometimes  he  smiles 
faintly — laughs  never. 

In  India,  1899,  pages  17-20. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  8$ 

A  City  of  Vast  Contrasts. 

G.  W.  Steevens. 

When  things  begin  to  come  sorted  and 
sifted,  Bombay  reveals  itself  as  a  city  of 
monstrous  contrasts.  Along  the  sea-front  one 
splendid  public  building  follows  another- 
variegated  stone  facades  with  arch  and 
colonnade,  cupola  and  pinnacle  and  statuary. 
At  their  feet  huddle  flimsy  huts  of  matting, 
thatched  with  leaves,  which  a  day's  rain  would 
reduce  to  mud  and  pulp.  You  sit  in  a  marble- 
paved  club,  vast  and  airy  as  a  Roman  atrium, 
and  look  out  over  gardens  of  heavy  red  and 
violet  flowers  towards  choking  alleys  where 
half-naked  idolaters  herd  by  families  together  in 
open-fronted  rooms,  and  filth  runs  down  gullies 
to  fester  in  the  sunken  street.  In  this  quarter  you 
may  see  the  weaver  twirling  his  green  and  amber 
wool  on  a  hand-loom — a  skeleton  so  simple  and 
fragile  that  a  kick  would  make  sticks  of  it;  go 
to  the  street  corner,  and  you  see  black  smoke 
belch  from  a  hundred  roaring  mills,  whose 
competition  cuts  the  throat   of   all   the   world. 

Yet,  for  all  its  incongruities,  Bombay 
never  will  have  you  forget  that  it  is  a  great 
city.  If  it  had  no  mills  it  would  be  renowned 
for  its  port;  if  it  had  neither  it  would  be 
famous   for   its   beauty. 

In  India,  page  l6. 


86  BOMBAY: 

The  Fascination  of  Bombay 
For  A  German. 

Count  Von  Koenigsmarck. 

Even  the  reek  of  Bombay  makes  me  feel  at 
home — a  blend  of  musk,  of  spices,  and  of  the 
smouldering  sandal-wood  they  burn  at  prayer 
and  festivals.  As  then,  the  fantastic  traffic  of  this 
city,  half  Indian,  half  European,  fascinated  me 
to-day  with  the  garish  ebb  and  flow  of  its  popu- 
lation, perhaps  the  most  variegated  in  hue  of 
the  world.  The  human  skin  reveals  itself  here 
in  every  shade  and  tint,  and  the  variety  of  its 
garb  beggars  every  colour  of  the  palette. 

The  fascination  of  Bombay  lies  in  its 
diversity — the  diversity  of  its  landscape,  of  its 
street  scenes,  of  its  population.  One  would  like 
to  have  a  hundred  eyes  to  be  able  to  take  in 
its  exotic,  kaleiodoscopic  va-et-vient.  Talk  of 
scenes  from  the  Thousand  and  One  Nights ! 
The  Orient,  in  entire  fairy-like  splendour,  and 
alongside  of  it  sober  business-like  Europe  ;  the 
drab  commonplaceness  of  the  West  rubbing 
shoulders  with  these  teeming  crowds  drunk  with 
colour  and  adventure.  Bombay  is  at  one  and  the 
same  time  pan-Asiatic  and  cosmopolitan — a 
melting  pot  of  races  and  religions. 

You  can  tell  at  the  outset  that  this  metropolis 
is  a  daughter  of  Old  England.  The  features  of 
Bombay  bewray  her  history— a  history  that  is 
part   and   parcel   of   those     title-deeds   to   fame 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  87 

ivhich  Britain's  constructive  work  claims  on 
Indian  soil.  Bombay  is  no  mushroom  growth  of 
yesterday;  her  growth  comprises  more  than  two 
centuries — a  gauge  of  the  expansion  of  Anglo- 
Indian  world  empire. 

In  Bombay  the  wealth  and  luxury  of  the 
East  flourish  side  by  side  with  that  of  the  West, 
nor  have  the  misery  and  the  vices  of  either 
hemisphere  spared  this  commercial  metropolis. 
On  every  hand  the  power  of  Vishnu,  the  preserver, 
and  of  Siva,  the  destroyer,  struggle  for  mastery. 
If  brilliant  industrial  enterprise  and  keen  busi- 
ness development  promote  the  prosperity  of 
Bombay,  abuses  of  the  most  divergent  kinds 
jeopardise  the  very  conditions  of  its  continuity. 
About  every  tenth  native  is  condemned  to  death 
by  plague,  against  which  medical  science  hitherto 
fights  in  vain  ;  Bombay,  the  city  of  Parsee 
millionaires,  is  at  the  same  time  the  city  of 
the  plague. 

The  face  of  Bombay  changes  with  its 
distance  from  the  roadstead.  First  seaport,  then 
-commercial  city,  then  the  hub  of  politicals  and 
officialdom.  Further  out  the  city  becomes  a 
garden.  At  our  feet  the  glassy  bay  of  the  Ara- 
bian Sea.  Along  the  beach  in  ( so  it  seems ) 
endless  vistas,  stretch  green  lawns,  shady 
gardens,  playgrounds  for  recreation  and  pastimes. 
An  avenue  of  glorious  palm  trees  intersects  the 
idyllic  landscape  and  further  on  climbs  the 
Malabar  hill  on  the  further  shore  of  the  gulf. 
On  the  topmost  summit   here  flies  the  standard 


88  BOMBAY: 

cf  the  King  ;  on  Malabar  Point  his  representative^ 
the  Governor  of  Bombay,  is  in  residence. 

At  the  foot  of  the  palace  lies  a  town  of 
villas,  Malabar  Hill.  Pretty  houses,  large  and 
small,  simple  and  splendid,  half  hidden  under 
the  wealth  of  foliage  of  the  prodigal  Nature  cf 
the  tropics,  earmark  the  quarter  of  exalted 
officialdom.  The  judges  and  consuls,  the  com- 
mercial magnates  of  the  Presidency  of  Bombay 
have  established  their  household  gods  here. 
Everyone   who  is  any  one  lives  on  Malabar  HilU 

How  radiant  is  the  earth  here,  steeped  with 
the  inexhaustible  sap  of  supernormal  propa- 
gative  forces!  You  can  enjoy  God's  glorious 
world  in  full  draughts  here — if  indeed  not  without 
a  sense  of  gentle  melancholy. 

How  shall  we  be  able  to  endure  our  autumn 
with  the  fall  of  the  leaf  after  the  springtide 
rcses  of  Bombay  ? 

A  German  Staff  Officer  in  India,  1910,  pages  45-48, 


The    Fascination  of  Bombay 
a  Century  Ago. 

Basil  Hall. 

I  was  thrown  into  a  high  fever  of  wonder 
and  enjoyment;  and  assuredly,  as  long  as  I 
have  a  trace  of  memory  left,  must  retain  the 
recollection  of  that  happy  period  carved  brightly 
and   distinctly   on   my   mind. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  8g 

When  the  day  broke,  and  the  sun  rose  upon 
us  over  the  flat — topped  Ghauts  or  mountains  of 
the  Mahratta  country,  I  remember  feeling  almost 
at  a  loss  whether  I  had  been  sleeping  and 
dreaming  during  the  night,  or  whether  the  gay 
reality,  with  its  boundless  vista  of  promises^ 
was  still  before  my  eyes.  But  the  actual  sight 
tDf  the  coast  gave  reality  to  pictures  which^ 
for  many  a  long  year" before,  I  had  busied  my 
fancy  with  painting,  in  colours  drawn  partly 
from  the  Arabian  Nights  and  Persian  Tales,, 
and  partly,  if  not  chiefly,  from  those  brilliant 
clusters  of  oriental  images  which  crowd  and 
adorn  the  pages  of  Scripture. 
I 

Of  all  places  in  the  noble  range  of  coun- 
tries so  happily  called  the  Eastern  world,, 
from  the  pitch  of  the  Cape  to  the  islands  of 
Japan,  from  Bengal  to  Batavia,  nearly  every 
hole  and  corner  of  which  I  have  visited  in 
the  course  of  my  peregrinations,  there  are  few 
which  can  compare  with  Bombay.  If,  indeed,. 
1  were  consulted  by  any  one  who  wished  as 
expeditiously  and  economically  as  possible  to 
see  all  that  was  essentially  characteristic  of 
the  Oriental  world,  I  would  say,  without  hesita- 
tion, "Take  a  run  to  Bombay;  remain  there  a 
week  or  two;  and  having  also  visited  the 
scenes  in  the  ^immediate  neighbourhood^ 
Elephanta,  Carli,  and  Poonah,  you  will  have 
examined  good  specimens  of  most  things  that 
are  curious  or  interesting  in  the  East." 


90  BOMBAY : 

For  this  remarkable  distinction,  quite  peculiar, 
-as  far  as  I  know,  to  that  one  spot  on  the  earth's 
surface,  this  Presidency  is  indebted  to  a  variety 
of  interesting  circumstances.  Bombay,  as  per- 
haps many  people  may  never  have  heard  before, 
is  an  island,  and  by  no  means  a  large  one,  being 
only  between  six  and  sevea^  miles  long  by  one 
or  two  broad.  It  is  not,  however,  by  geographi- 
cal dimensions  that  the  wealth  of  towns,  any 
more  than  the  power  and  wealth  of  nations,  is 
determined.  The  harbour  unites  every  posible 
"desideratum  of  a  great  sea-port ;  it  is  easy  of 
-access  and  egress;  affords  excellent  anchoring 
ground  ;  is  capacious  beyond  the  utmost  probable 
demands  of  commerce  ;  and,  owing  to  the  great 
rise  and  fall  of  the  tides,  is  admirably  adapted 
for  docks  of  every  description.  The  climate  is 
healthy  ;  and  the  country,  being  diversified  by 
numerous  small  ridges  and  hills,  furnishes  an 
endless  choice  of  situations  for  forts,  towns, 
bazaars,  and  villages,  not  to  say  bungalows  or 
villas,  and  all  sorts  of  country-houses,  and  some 
very  splendid  retreats  from  the  bustle  of  business. 
The  roads  which  intersect  this  charming  island 
were  beautifully  Macadamised,  as  I  well  remem- 
ber, long  before  that  grand  improvement  was 
heard  of  in  England  ;  and  as  the  soil  of  the  island 
is  made  up  of  that  rich  kind  of  mould  resulting 
from  decomposed  basalt  or  lava,  the  whole 
surface  affords  a  good  sample  of  the  perennial 
verdure  of  tropical  scenery,  which  dazzles  and 
surprises   the     new-comer,     while     its    interest 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  91 

seldom,  if  ever,  fails  to  rise  still  higher  upon  a 
more  prolonged  and  intimate  acquaintance. 

Such  are  among  the  eminent  physical 
advantages  enjoyed  by  Bombay ;  but  even  these, 
had  they  been  many  times  greater,  would  have 
been  light  in  the  balance  compared  to  those  of 
a  moral,  or  rather  of  a  political  nature,  which 
conspired  in  l8l2  to  render  it  one  of  the  most 
imporant  spots  in  that  quarter  of  the  globe.  At 
the  time  I  speak  of,  it  was  almost  the  only 
possession  exclusively  British  within  several 
hundred  miles  in  any  direction.  The  enormous 
territory  of  the  Mahrattas  lay  close  to  Bombay 
on  the  east :  and  I  mention  this  one  district 
because  the  name  is  more  or  less  familiar  to 
English  ears,  chiefly,  perhaps,  from  its  having 
been  the  scene  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington's 
earliest  campaign  in  command  of  an  army. 
The  brilliant  course  of  that  service  was  wound 
up  by  the  well-known  battle  of  Assye,  not  the 
least  hard  fought  of  his  hundred  fields.  Assaye 
is  about  twice  as  far  from  Bombay  as  Waterloo 
from  London.  To  any  person  familiar  with 
modern  Indian  history,  the  name  of  Bassein, 
where  one  of  the  most  celebrated  treaties  that 
ever  statesmen  agreed  upon  was  signed,  will 
be  well  remembered.  Then  who  is  there  that  has 
not  heard  of  the  caves  of  Elephanta,  those 
singular  temples  of  the  old  Hindoos  excavated 
On  the  side  of  a  hill  on  an  island  in  the  very 
harbour,  and  within  one  hour's  row  from  the  fort  ? 


92  BOMBAY: 

These,  and  many  other  circumstances,  some 
military,  some  historical,  give  a  very  peculiar 
degree  of  liveliness  to  the  interest  we  feel  in- 
that  spot ;  and  I  certainly  have  as  yet  seen  very 
few  places  on  the  globe  which  fasten  themselves;, 
with  more  tenacity  on  the  memory.  I  allude 
chiefly  to  matters  of  taste,  association,  and  other 
refinements,  with  which  the  natives  of  the 
countries  surrounding  Bombay  have  no  concern^ 
To  them  it  possesses,  or  did  then  possess,, 
exclusively,  an  interest  of  a  different  and  far 
more  important  character.  At  that  time  it  was. 
almost  the  only  spot  in  that  range  of  country 
where  persons  and  property  were  perfectly  secure, 
and  in  which  all  men  might  safely  display  and 
enjoy  their  wealth  to  the  utmost  limits  of  their 
taste  for  ostentatious  parade,  or  hoard  it  as 
parsimoniously  as  they  pleased,  without  the 
slightest  chance  of  arbitrary  interference.  In 
addition  to  this,  every  form  of  religious  worship- 
was  not  merely  tolerated,  but  allowed  to  exercise 
itself  with  the  most  ample  and  equal  freedom^ 
Every  native  of  Asia,  or  of  any  other  country  in 
the  world,  so  long  as  he  infringed  none  of  the 
established  laws  of  the  Presidency,  was  allowed" 
equal  privileges;  and  as  the  advantages  of  security^ 
and  freedom,  in  the  most  genuine  senses  of  these 
words,  were  enjoyed  under  none  of  the  native 
governments  adjacent,  but,  on  the  contrary,  were 
almost  entirely  unknown  in  them  all,  Bombay 
became  the  natural  place  of  resort  for  the 
wealthy    from    all  parts  of  India   lying  on   that 


AN,  ANTHOLOGY.  93 

S^ide  of  the   Peninsula,  and  indeed    from  many 
other  regions  much  more  remote. 

The  population  of  Bombay  is  about  two 
hundred  thousand  ;  and  I  think  it  may  be  said 
with  truth,  that  we  can  see  nothing  in  China,  or 
Java,  or  the  Philippine.  Islands,  or  along  the 
Malay  Peninsula^  or  even  in  the  interior  parts 
<){  India,  any  single  caste,  or  dress,  or  custom, 
or  form  of  superstition,  or  anything  else,  belong- 
ing pepuliarly  to  Eastern  manners,  which  we 
may  not  witness  at  Bombay  in  as  genuine  and 
<ipparently  unsophisticated  a  condition  as  on 
the  spot  to  which  it  properly  belongs.  In  twenty 
minutes'  walk  through  the  bazaar  of  Bombay, 
my  ear  has  been  struck  by  the  sounds  of  every 
language  that  I  have  heard  in  any  other  part  of 
the  world,  uttered  not  in  corners  and  by  chance, 
as  it  were,  but  in  a  tone  and  manner  which 
implied  that  the  speakers  felt  quite  at  home. 
In  the  same  short  space  of  time  I  have  countecl 
several  dozens  of  ternples,  pagodas,  JQss-houses, 
and  churches;  and  have  beheld  the  Parsees, 
the  lineal  religious  descendants  of  Zoroaster, 
■worshipping  fire;  the  Hindoos,  with  equal  earnest- 
ness, bowing  their  heads  to  Baal  in  the  shape 
of  a  well-oiled  black  stone,  covered  with  chap- 
lets  of  flowers  and  patches  of  rice;  while  in 
the  next  street  the  Mahomedan  ceremonies  of 
the  grand  Moharam  were  in  full  display;  and 
in  the  midst  of  all  a  Portuguese  procession 
bearing  an  immense  cross,  and  other  Roman 
Catholic  emblems,  as  large  as  life. 


^94  BOMBAY : 

I  have  no  language  competent  to  give  ex- 
pression to  the  feelings  produced  by  the  first 
contemplation  of  so  strange  a  spectacle.  I 
was  startled,  amused,  deeply  interested,  and 
sometimes  not  a  little  shocked.  The  novelty  of 
the  scene  was  scarcely  diminished  by  a  further 
inspection;  which  may  appear  a  contradiction 
in  terms,  but  is  not  so  in  reality.  The  multitude 
of  ideas  caused  by  the  first  view  of  su^h  an 
astonishing  crowd  of  new  and  curious  objects, 
obscures  and  confuses  the  observation,  in  a  cer- 
tain sense,  and  prevents  us  from  distinguishing^ 
one  part  from  another.  So  I  found  it  in  India, 
especially  at  that  most  curious  of  places,  Bombay, 
where  the  more  I  saw  of  the  natives,  the  mcr3 
there  seemed  still  to  discover  that  was  new.  It 
would  be  absurd  to  pretend  that  all  this  pedan- 
tic kind  of  reasoning  process  took  place  at  the 
moment,  for  in  truth,  I  was  too  much  enchanted 
to  speculate  deeply  on  the  causes  of  the 
enjoyment. 

Fragments  of  Voyages,  II  series,  1^32,  pp.  I08-I0Q^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  9s 

The  Panorama   which  Qreet-^ 
the  Eye. 

"  Adventures  of  Thomas  Brown." 
The  splendour  of  the  rising  sun  was  crim- 
soning the  edges  of  the  sea,  as  the  good  ship 
slowly  steamed  into  the  magnificent  harbour  of 
Bombay.  The  panorama  which  greets  the  eye 
of  the  outward-bound  on  entering  the  finest 
harbour  in  the  world,  defies  all  the  power  of 
language.  It  is  the  lot  of  most  of  us  to  see  that 
gorgeous  display  many  and  many  a  time  before 
we  turn  our  backs  for  the  last  time  on  the  golden 
East  and  set  our  faces  towards  the  little  sea-girt 
island  ;  but  who  can  say  that  he  is  competent 
to  paint  in  words  the  varied  beauties  of  the 
sunrise  over  those  purple  hills  and  richly- 
freighted  waves  ? 

Yet  few,  perhaps,  have  welcomed  Bombay 
apparelled  in  more  perfect  harmonies  of  Nature's 
robing  than  on  that  morning  when  I  drank  in 
the  beauties  of  the  swelling  hills,  the  palm  tops 
waving  featherly  in  the  liquid  blue  of  the 
morning  sky,  and  the  rich  red  shoots  of  the  sun's 
gold  splendour  across  the  rippling  waves  as 
they  lapped,  rainbow-hued,  the  dark  sides  of 
many  a  war  ship,  many  a  merchant  argosy  lying 
stately  in  the  majesty  of  dangers  overcome  and 
the  haven  reached. 

l8gi.  pp.  80  to  81. 


96  BOMBAY: 

Ascending  the  Pier  Head,  1782. 
David  Price. 

On  the  22nd  of  April,  1/82,  in  company  with 
rny  Bengal  friends,  I  first  ascended  the  steps  of 
that  projecting  part  of  the  extensive  fortifications 
of  Bombay,  near  the  dockyard,  called  the  Pier 
Head.  Any  one  who  had  recently  taken  leave 
of  the  slim  and  fragile  figures  on  the  beach  at 
Madras,  would  scarcely  fail  to  perceive  the 
striking  contrast  presented  by  the  robust  and 
athletic  forms  of  the  Parsee,  Marwary,  and 
Bhandary,  population  of  the  town  and  island  of 
Bombay.  Of  the  sea  line  of  works,  there  are 
few  but  will  acknowledge  that  the  aspect 
is  truly  formidable;  and  well,  and  honourably 
defended-,  might  bid  defiance  to  any  attack 
that  could  be  brought  to  bear  upon  it:  particu- 
larly when  provided  with  furnaces  for  hot  shot. 

We  were  glad  to  escape  from  the  amalgama 
of  savoury  smells,  arising  from  the  vast  variety 
of  rancid,  oily  commodities,  heaped  together  on 
cur  way  to  the  Bunder:  the  then  residence  of  the 
junior  civil  servants;  and  tq  find  ourselves  at 
last  securely  housed  in  the  Bombay  hotel  ,  at 
this  period  kept  by  Mr.  Macfarlane. 

Memoirs  of  A  Field  Officer.  1839.  Page  59- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  97 

The  Sea  at  Bombay. 

MEADOWS  Taylor. 

I  saw  the  sea!  Day  after  day  I  went  to  its 
edge,  and  gazed  on  its  magnificence.  I  used  to 
lie  on  the  grass  of  the  plain  before  the  fort,  and 
pass  hours  of  a  sort  of  dreamy  ecstasy,  looking 
on  its  varying  aspect, — like  that  of  a  beautiful 
-woman,  now  all  smiles,  again  agitated  by  the 
passion  of  love, — or  listening  to  its  monotonous 
and  sullen  roar,  as  wave  after  wave  bowed  its 
crest,  and  broke  into  sparkling  foam  on  the 
white  sand. 

Confessions  of  a  Thug. 
1839.  CIup  39,  p.  334- 


A  Magnificent  Scene. 

James  Tod. 

We  pursued  our  course  with  a  moderate 
breeze  and  an  unclouded  sky,  making  good  pro- 
gress until  the  shades  of  darkness  began  to 
close  around  us,  when  the  wind  rather  lulled. 
The  night  was  serene  and  beautiful :  "  Orion 
■with  all  his  bands"  rode  triumphant  over  our 
heads,  and  the  deep  silence  was  undisturbed, 
save  by  the  gentle  ripple  of  my  bark  as  she 
glided  slowly  through  the  water.  It  was  a 
night  for  meditation,  and  I  gave  myself  up  to 
the  sweet   influences   of  the  past  and  the  future. 


98  BOMBAY: 

Sleep  had  sealed  the  eyes  of  all  about  us,  save 
Ibrahim,  the  Nakhoda,  and  another  of  the  crew,, 
having  a  like  patriarchal  appellation,  Ayoub,. 
or  Job. 

Nothing  occured  in  our  smooth  navigation 
during  the  five  days  of  lovely  weather,  as  we 
approached  that  magnificent  scene,  the  entrance 
to  Bombay,  possessing  in  every  diversity  and 
the  grandest  forms,  all  the  accessories,  moun- 
tain, wood,  islands  and  water. 

Travels  in  Western  India,  ISjg,  pp.  495-8*. 


Not  One  That  Can  Touch  Bombay. 

LORD  Harris. 

Imagine  a  great  city,  of  over  800,000  souls,, 
lying  on  the  shores  of  a  beautiful  sea,  sparkling 
in  the  sunshine,  glorious  in  the  monsoon,  backed 
by  grand  mountains,  with  many  a  castellated 
peak  nestling  in  palm  groves,  hundreds  of  sea- 
going vessels  anchored  in  its  harbour;  broad 
thoroughfares  and  grand  buildings,  with  a  most 
active  and  intelligent  community  ;  lawns  crowd- 
ed day  and  night  with  pleasure  seekers,  and  its 
brightness  added  to  by  the  most  brilliantly  dress- 
ed ladies  in  the  world,  I  mean,  the  Parsees. 
Imagine  it  if  you  can  !  I  have  seen  many  great 
cities  of  the  East,  but  I  have  not  seen  one  that 
can  touch  Bombay. 

Journal  of  the  Society  of  Arts,  1 90 1,  page 57 1. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  99 

**In  the  Land  of  the  Arabian  Nights" 

Leopold  von  Orlich. 

We  described  in  the  hazy  distance  the  coast 
of  Bombay ;  from  this  time  we  met  many  fishing- 
boats,  which  often  go  out  as  far  as  twenty  miles 
to  sea.  In  joyful  expectation,  we  all  stood  on 
deck  with  our  eyes  riveted  on  the  rocks  and 
light-house  of  Bombay;  but  before  we  could 
clearly  discern  them,  total  darkness  set  in.  The 
captain  sent  up  blue  lights  from  time  to  time, 
which  were  answered  from  the  pilot-boats,  and 
'by  which  such  a  magic  brightness  was  spread 
around,  that  the  ocean  was  illumined  to  a  great 
distance,  and  our  vessel  seemed  to  swim  in  a 
sea  of  light.  Towards  8  o'clock,  we  approach- 
ed the  harbour  which  was  full  of  vessels,  salut- 
ing them  as  we  entered  with  the  thunder  of  our 
guns,  and  ere  long  the  loud  clank  of  the  ponder- 
ous anchor  chain,  announced  the  happy  termina- 
tion of  our  voyage. 

You  may  imagine  that  I  was  all  impatience 
to  set  my  foot  on  shore.  Lieutenant  Bowen  and 
myself  accordingly  engaged  the  first  boat;  our 
luggage  was  speedily  stowed  in  it,  and  in  less 
than  an  hour,  I  trod  the  soil  of  India.  But  how 
shall  I  describe  the  impression  which  almost 
overpowered  me  at  this  moment !  To  find  my- 
self in  the  land  which  was  the  cradle  of  the 
human  race,  the  land  of  poetry,  and  of  the 
Arabian  Nights  !.  I  could  scarcely  conceive  that 
the  dreams  of  my  youth  were  realised.    Though 


100  BOMBAY: 

it  was  dark,  the  naked  forms  that  flitted  before 
me,  the  style  of  the  architecture  of  the  houses, 
and  the  foreign  character  of  the  scenery,  told 
me  that  I  was  indeed  in  a  new  world. 

Travels  in  India.  1845  Vol.  I.   pp.  29-30. 


'•No  Scene  Throughout  the  World 
More  Beautiful." 

Sir  Samuel  Baker. 

Upon  a  first  arrival  in  Bombay  the  stranger 
is  amazed  at  the  architectural  importance  of  a 
city  which  his  imagination  had  pictured  simply 
as  the  great  commercial  port  of  India.  He  is 
surprised  at  the  extent  of  the  native  bazars  and 
streets,  and  bewildered  by  the  crowds  which 
stream  like  the  sluggish  current  of  a  river  slowly 
but  unceasingly  through  every  artery  of  the  city's 
frame.  All  these  crowds  are  peaceable ;  there  is 
no  jostling,  no  angry  clamour  among  the  masses, 
wfiicfi  include  every  shade  of  caste  and  creed; 
^the  police  well  accoutred  and  organised  are. 
"always  at  their  posts,  but  their  presence  appears 
unnecessary  in  the  orderly  streets  of  Bombay. 
The  public  buildings  are  superbly  arranged,  and 
exhibit  the  great  advantage  of  a  preconceived 
plan  which  has:  enabled  the  various  architects 
to  select  designs  that  harmonise  with  those  of 
their  predecessors.  Thus  we  see  at  one  coup 
{foeil  a    grand    area    of   magnificent    buildings 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  loi 

extending  along  the  race-course  and  sea-front 
with  Back  Bay  and  the  palm-covered  heights  of 
Malabar  Hill  terminating  the  view  at  a  distance 
of  four  miles. 

There  is  no  scene  throughout  the  world 
more  beautiful  or  more  impressive  to  an  English- 
man, than  the  landscape  and  sea-view  from  the 
new  public  gardens  opposite  the  reservoir,  upon 
the  basalt  heights  which  command  the  entire 
circuit  of  Bombay,  including  the  vast  harbour, 
the  numerous  islands  and  the  blue  sea,  backed 
by  the  lofty  mountains  in  the  distance.  The 
beauty  of  the  scene  is  full  of  contrast,  and  from 
this  one  point  I  have  counted  forty-eight  tall 
chimneys  denoting  the  manufacturing  industry 
of  the  people,  who,  secure  under  a  British  adminis- 
tration, have  embarked  their  capital  in  factories 
instead  of  hoarding  it  in  secret  places,  and  are 
now  competing  with  the  mills  of  Lancashire 
in  producing  cotton  goods.  The  general  aspect 
of  Bombay  is  a    test  of  British  administration. 

When  standing  upon  the  heights  of  Malabar 
Hill  we  look  down  upon  the  panorama  of 
Bombay,  we  feel  that  although  this  grand 
picture  is  due  to  England,  we  English  are  yet 
a  mere  handful  among  those  countless  natives 
who  are  subjects  of  our  Queen. 

"Reflections  in  India."  Fortnightly  Review, 
August  iS88,  pp.  210-21 1. 


FIRST  IMPRESSIONS. 


FIRST  IMPRESSIONS. 


**  If  this  be  exile,  it  is 
splendid  exile !" 

Elizabeth  Grant. 

We  landed  on  the  8th  of  February  1828  in 
Bombay.  We  entered  that  magnificent  harbour 
at  sunset,  a  circular  basin  of  enormous  size,  filled 
with  islands,  high,  rocky,  wooded,  surrounded  by 
a  range  of  mountains  beautifully  irregular;  and 
to  the  north  on  the  low  shore  spread  the  city,, 
protected  by  the  fort,  screened  by  half  the  ship- 
ping of  the  world.  We  were  standing  on  the 
deck.  "If  this  be  exile,"  said  my  father  musingly,. 
*'it  is  splendid  exile."  "Who  are  those  bowing 
men  ? "  said  my  mother,  touching  his  arm  and 
pointing  to  a  group  of  natives  with  coloured 
high-crowned  caps  on  some  heads,  and  small  red 
turbans  on  others,  all  in  white  dresses,  and  all 
with  shoeless  feet,  who  had  approached  us  with 
extraordinary  deference.  One  of  the  high  caps, 
held  out  a  letter.  It  was  from  uncle  Edward,, 
who  had  turned  the  corner  round  Sir  Griffin 
Wilson's  wall  so  many  years  ago  with  his  hat 
pulled  down  over  such  tearful  eyes,  and  these 
were  his  servants  come  to  conduct  us  to  his 
country    house.     All   was    confusion  around   us^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  105 

friends  arriving,  departing,  luggage  shifting^ 
( each  passenger  being  allowed  to  carry  a  bag^ 
on  shore  with  necessaries),  and  it  grew  dark  in 
a  moment,  increasing  our  perplexity. 

At  last  we  were  ready,- descended  the  side 
of  our  poor  old  ship,  entered  the  bunder-boat,. 
moved,  swung  round  to  the  steps  of  the  ghaut,, 
mounted  them,  found  carriages  waiting,  and 
away  we  drove  some  three  miles  through  part  of 
the  town,  and  then  through  a  wooded  plain,  till 
we  stopped  at  a  shabby  gate  which  opened  an 
a  narrow  road  and  led  us  to  the  wide  steps  of  a 
portico,  reached  by  a  good  long  flight,  edged 
with  two  lines  of  turbaned  servants  glittering 
with  gold  adornments,  reflected  by  the  torch  each 
third  man  held.  A  blaze  of  light  flashed  from 
the  long  building  beyond,  in  front  of  the  entrance 
to  which  stood  a  tall  figure  all  in  white,  queen- 
like as  a  stage  heroine,  who  gave  a  sign,  and 
ffom  her  sides  moved  four  persons  in  scarlet 
robes  trimmed  with  gold  and  bearing  in  their 
hands  gold  sticks  the  height  of  themselves  ; 
they  opened  our  carriage  doors  and  out  we 
stepped ;  and  thus  we  were  received  by  my 
uncle's  wife. 

They  had  come  down  from  Surat,  partly  to 
meet  us,  and  partly  for  my  uncle's  health,  whicb 
repeated  attacks  of  gout  had  much  weakened. 
He  was  at  this  moment  on  the  couch,  incapable 
of  leaving  it,  and  still  in  pain,  yet  he  had  made 
every  possible  arrangement  for  our  comfort.  The 


106  BOMBAY : 

large  house  of  Camballa,  which  he  had  hired  to 
receive  us  in,  was  of  the  usual  Indian  construc- 
tion, the  long,  large  centre  hall  with  broad 
verandahs  round  it ;  but  such  a  hall,  eighty  feet 
long,  eighty  feet  wide,  verandahs  twenty  feet 
wide.  It  stood  on  a  platform  in  the  middle  of 
the  descent  of  a  rocky  hill,  round  which  swept  the 
^ea,  with  a  plain  of  rice  fields,  and  a  tank,  a 
handsome  tank,  between  the  foot  of  it  and  the 
beach.  From  the  hill  end  of  the  hall  rose  a  wide 
staircase  in  stages ;  each  stage  led  off  on 
either  hand  to  a  terrace,  each  terrace  on  the 
one  hand  was  a  flower-garden,  on  the  other  a 
covered  gallery  leading  to  offices.  At  top  of  all, 
-and  very  high  it  was,  the  terraces  were  covered 
in  as  bedrooms,  catching  all  the  air  that  blew 
and  commanding  from  their  latticed  balconies 
such  a  view  as  was  alone  worth  almost  the 
voyage  from  Europe. 

Dinner  was  served  in  one  of  the  verandahs 
to  the  great  hall  with  such  a  display  of  plate, 
so  brilliant  a  light,  and  such  an  array  of 
attendants  as  were  startling  after  our  cuddy 
reminiscences.  I  thought  of  the  Arabian  Nights. 
There  was  light,  vastness,  beauty,  pomp,  and 
true  affection.  All  was  not  gold,  however ;  a 
better  acquaintance  with  our  palace  disturbed 
much  of  our  admiration.  Our  bedrooms  were 
really  merely  barns,  no  ceilings,  the  bare  rafters, 
bare  walls,  no  fastenings  to  the  doors,  the 
bathrooms  very  like  sculleries,  the  flowery 
terraces   suspected     of    concealing    snakes,  and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  107 

most  certainly  harbouring  myriads  of  insects 
.most  supremely  troublesome,  and  the  tank  a 
nuisance ;  beautiful  as  it  seemed,  with  its 
graduated  sides  descending  to  the  water,  inter- 
esting from  the  groups  of  natives  resorting 
there  at  all  times  with  those  pyramids  of 
Etruscan-shaped  pots  upon  their  heads,  and 
their  draperied  clothing,  swinging  on  with  such 
a  graceful  step,  the  tank  at  night  became  horrible 
from  the  multitude  of  frogs — the  large  bull-frog 
with  such  a  dreadful  croak  as  deafened  us. 
Still  those  were  minor  evils.  It  was  all  a  stage- 
play  life,  and  we  were  enchanted  with  it. 

Lady  Strachey's    "  Memoirs    of    a  Highland 
Lady  ",  1898,  pages  415-416. 


2. 

I  wish  I  had  preserved  a  more  minute  re- 
collection of  my  first  Bombay  impressions  ;  they 
were  very  vivid  at  the  time,  and  I  remember 
being  struck  with  surprise  that  all  accounts  of 
India  that  had  fallen  in  my  way  were  so  meagre, 
when  materials  new  and  strange  were  in  such 
abundance. 

The  youth  of  women,  and  the  beauty  of  the 
majority,  was  one  distinguishing  feature  of  the 
society  ;  the  cheerful  spirits  of  all,  ladies  and 
gentlemen,  was  remarkable,  to  be  accounted  for, 
probably,  by  the  easy  circumstances  of  almost 
all,  and  the  occupation  of  their  time.    There  are 


108  BOMBAY  : 

no  idlers  in  India,  every  man  has  his  employ- 
ment; he  may  do  it  well  or  ill,  but  he  has  it 
there  to  do,  a  business  hour  recurring  with  every 
day,  releasing  him  every  afternoon,  and  well  and 
regularly  paid  the  first. bf  every  month.  The 
women  must  attend  to  their  households  and 
their  nurseries  with  watchful  care,  or  they  will 
riie  it,  and  though  some  may  neglect  their 
duties  more  or  less,  none  can  avoid  them.  Then 
it  is  th^  most  sociable  country  in  the  World,  truly 
hospitable  ^  everybody  is  acquainted,  every  door 
is. open,  literally  as  well  as  figuratively,  there  is- 
an  ease,  a  welcome,  a  sort  of  family  feeling 
among  these  colonists  in  a  strange  land  that  knits 
them  together  pleasantly.  There  are  gradations 
in  the  scale  of  course,  and  very  rigidly  observed 
too,  the  ladies  in  particular  preserving  carefully 
their  proper  position.  The  Governor  does  for 
king,  his  suite  for  court,  the  Commander-in-Chief,, 
almost  as  grand ;  then  the  three  members  of 
council  and  their  three  wives  very  grand  indeed  ;; 
an  admiral,  or  rather  head  of  the  Navy ;  all  the 
civilians  according  to  seniority,  all  the  militar]^' 
according  to  their  rank;  the  Judges  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  officials  pertaining  thereto^, 
barristers,  merchants — rather  below  par,  with  one 
or  two  exceptions  ;  attorneys  thought  little  of ;. 
Indian  Navy  ditto ;  Royal  Navy  in  great  repute 
when  a  stray  vessel  came  in.  A  few  French  and 
Americans  admitted,  and  several  of  the  natives 
quite  in  fashion;  rich  Parsees,  and  one  or  two 
Hindus,    All  these  elements    shook  up  together 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  109 

cordially,  and  there  was  an  under-grouping  of 
lower  caste,  native  and  foreign,  all  in  their 
peculiar  costun^es,  which,  with  the  singular 
vehicles,  the  strange  scenery,  the  ocean,  and  the 
•cloudless  sky,  made  a  succession  of  bright 
pictures. 

Lady    Strachey's     ''Memoirs     of   a    Highland 
Lady,"  pages  417-418. 


A  Viceroy  on  his  Landing. 

The  Marquis  of  Dufferin. 

Our  landing  in  Bombay  ( December  1884) 
was  really  a  beautiful  sight.  We  were  asked  to 
remain  on  board  the  ship  until  half-past  four  in 
order  that  the  troops  and  the  spectators  might  not 
be  inconvenienced  by  the  sun.  The  fleet  has 
been  collected  to  add  dignity  to  our  'Avatar/  and 
filled  the  bay  with  smoke  and  thunder.  The  town 
is  situated  on  an  island,  or  rather  on  a  peninsula, 
with  some  picturesque  heights  and  hills  standing 
up  round  it.  The  temperature  was  exquisite, 
the  atmosphere  full  of  li'ght,  while  balmy  breezes 
prevented  it  being  too  hot.  You  can  easily 
imagine  the  scene  upon  the  quay,  bright  with 
guards  of  honour,  cavalry  escorts,  and  military 
and  civil  dignitaries  in  uniform;  but  what  it 
would  be  impossible  for  you  to  conceive  was 
the  extraordinary  strangeness  and  beauty  of  the 
streets.  We  had  to  drive  six  miles  from  the 
landing-stage   to   Government   House,    and    the 


no  BOMBAY: 

road  on  either  side  was  lined  by  crowds  of 
men  in  every  sort  of  costume,  interspersed  with 
others  with  scarcely  any  clothes  at  all.  Indeed, 
there  were  a  good  many  ladies  who  were  by 
no  means  profusely  clad.  But  what  was- 
unimaginable  was  the  colouring  of  the  whole. 
A  bed  of  flowers  gives  you  no  conception  of 
its  brilliancy.  Nor  indeed  was  brillincy  its 
chief  characteristic,  but  rather  the  most  delicious 
harmony — subdued  reds  and  blues  and  yellows- 
intermingled  with  a  confused  mass  of  dusky 
limbs  and  faces,  and  eyes  that  sparkled  like 
jewels.  They  cheered  vociferously,  with  almost 
as  full  an  intonation  as  an  English  crowd.  At 
the  same  time  they  clapped  their  hands  or 
bowed  low,  touching  their  foreheads  or  putting 
their  palms  together.  As  we  passed  from  the 
richer  quarters  of  the  town  into  the  streets 
where  the  mechanics  dwelt,  the  spectacle  was. 
still  more  startling,  as  not  only  the  streets  but 
the  windows  of  the  houses  were  lined  with  a 
mass  of  human  beings  with  scarcely  a  stitch  on 
their  bodies.  In  fact,  there  is  nothing  strikes  the 
new-comer  so  much  as  the  summery  appearance 
of   everybody. 

Nothing  surprised  me  more  than  to  find 
the  European  portion  of  Bombay  having  so 
much  the  appearance  of  a  university  town.  It 
is  crammed  with  handsome  buildings  in  blue 
and  white  stone  in  the  collegiate  Gothic  style. 
Many  of  these  have  been  erected  at  the  cost, 
of   rich    Parsees      One   school   was     filled   with 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  in 

Parsee   ladies   and   girls,   dressed   in  every  kind 
of  lovely   silk   and   satin. 

I  opened  an  Institution  for  sick  cattle. 
Having  pulled  the  doors  of  a  cowshed  asunder 
amidst  the  cheers  of  the  people,  a  gentleman« 
advanced,  bearing  in  his  hand  a  tray  filled 
with  fruits  and  vegetables;  cocoa-nuts  and  egg?,, 
and  bottles  of  variously  coloured  unguents- 
The  eggs  he  dashed  upon  the  ground,  to  the 
great  detriment  of  the  ladies'  dresses.  He 
broke  the  cocoa-nuts  and  sprinkled  the  milk. 
around.  He  then  smeared  the  lintels  of  the 
door-post  with  his  red  and  yellow  coloured 
ointments,  and  finally  strewed  the  rest  of  the 
contents  of  his  basket  on  the  ground.  It  was 
like   seeing  a  chapter  of  Leviticus  in  action. 

This  house  is  an  enormous  building,  like  a 
body  with  four  legs  sprawling  out  from  it.  The 
body  consists  of  a  single  hall  floored  with 
marble,  and  with  a  double  row  of  marble  columns 
running  from  one  end  of  it  to  the  other.  The 
legs  constitute  four  wings,  in  one  of  which  my 
wife  and  I  have  pitched  our  tent,  two  of  the 
remaining  wings  being  devoted  to  guests. 

I  liked  Bombay  much  better  than  Calcutta,. 
the  air  being  far  pleasanter.  In  Calcutta  it  is 
damp  and  muggy  and  more  or  less  depressing,, 
though  not  so  much  so,  at  all  events  at  present,. 
as  the  Bosphorus. 

Letter  to  Lady  Dartrey  in  Life  by  Lyall,  Vol.  II, 
1905.  pages  73-75' 


J 12  BOMBAY: 

A  Viceroys  First   Impressions. 

The  Earl  of  Lytton. 

Our  reception  (April  1876)  by  the  population 
of  Bombay  appeared  to  me  very  enthusiastic. 
The  streets  were  densely  crowded,  and  we  were 
loudly  cheered,  nearly  the  whole  way  to  Govern- 
ment House.  I  think  I  never  in  my  life  saw  a  town 
so  picturesque  as  Bombay — I  do  not  even  except 
Venice;  and  its  very  mixed  population  is  clad  in 
an  almost  infinite  variety  of  costumes  except 
fhose  who  are  not  clad  at  all.  The  Parsee  ladies 
seem  to  wear  no  petticoats;  but  the  Parsee 
gentlemen  make  up  for  the  deficiency  by  wear- 
ing a  great  many  petticoats.  These  Parsees  are, 
I  think,  among  the  very  best  of  your  Majesty's 
Indian  subjects;  and  I  wish  that  your  Majesty 
had  more  of  them.  They  are  a  wonderfully 
thriving  community  wherever  you  find  them. 
I'hey  have  a  genius  for  business,  and  rarely  fail 
in  it.  I  have  not  yet  seen  a  thin  Parsee,  and  I 
doubt  if  I  have  seen  a  poor  one.  They  seem  to  be 
all  fat,  rich,  and  happy.  A  population  engaged  in 
successful  industry,  and  making  money  rapidly,  is 
always  conservative  and  loyal  to  the  power  which 
protects  its  purse.  We  stayed  only  one  day  in 
Bombay  ;  but  during  our  short  sojourn  there  I  was 
able  to  visit  the  principal  institutions  and  one  of 
the  cotton-mills,  besides  receiving  many  of  the 
local    notables. 

Letter  to  Queen  Victoria,  in  Personal  and 
Literary  Letters.     1906,  Vol.  II,  pp.  6-7. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  113 

An  Orientalist's  Impressions. 

Sir  M.  Monier-Williams. 

We  need  not  quote  a  Western  poet  in 
support  of  the  trite  truism  that  impressions 
on 'the  mind,  to  be  deep,  must  be  made  by 
scenes  actually  witnessed. 

There  is  an  Eastern  saying  that  the  distance 
between  the  ear  and  the  eye  is  very  small, 
but  the  difference  between  hearing  and  seeing 
is   very   great. 

Much     information    can    be     gained   about 
India   from   books   and   newspapers,   and    much> 
by   asking   questions   of   old   Indians    who  have 
spent   their   lives   in  the  country,   but,   after   all, 
India  must    be   seen   to    be   understood. 

The  instant  I  set  foot  on  the  landing-place 
at  Bombay,  I  became  absorbed  in  the  interest  of 
every  object  that  met  my  sight — the  magnificent 
harbour  with  its  beautiful  islands,  secluded  creeks, 
and  grand  background  of  hills  ;  the  picturesque 
native  boats  gliding  hither  and  thither;  the 
array  of  ships  from  every  quarter  of  the  globe 
riding  at  anchor — every  feature  in  the  surrounding 
landscape,  every  rock  and  stone  under  my  feet, 
every  animal  and  plant  around  me  on  the  shore, 
every  man,  woman,  and  child  in  the  motley 
throng  passing  and  repassing  on  the  quay, 
from  the  Bhisti,  or  water-carrier,  who  laid  the 
dust  by  means  of  a  skin  slung  on  his  back, 
o   the   boy    who    importuned   me   for  bakhshish 


114  BOMBAY: 

to  exhibit   a  fight   between   a  snake  held   in  his 
hand  and  a  mongoose  concealed  in  a  basket. 

Though  I  was  born  in  India,  and  had 
lived  as  a  child  in  India,  and  had  been  educated 
for  India,  and  had  read,  thought,  spoken,  and 
dreamt  about  India  all  my  life,  I  had  entered 
a    new  world. 

On  the  esplanade,  in  front  of  the  chief 
public  buildings  of  Bombay,  an  extraordinary 
spectacle  presented  itself.  An  immense  concourse 
of  people  was  collected,  waiting  for  the  Prince 
of  Wales,  who  was  expected  at  the  Secretariat 
to  hold  his  first  levee — no  dingy  crowd  of 
Londoners  hustling  each  other  in  a  foggy,  smoky 
atmosphere,  but  at  least  a  hundred  thousand 
turbaned  Asiatics,  in  bright  coloured  dresses 
of  every  hue,  moving  sedately  about  in  orderly 
groups  under  a  glittering  sky.  The  whole 
plain  seemed  to  glow  and  flash  with  kalei- 
doscopic combinations  of  dazzling  variegated 
colours.  Rows  of  well-appointed  carriages 
belonging  to  rich  Bombay  merchants,  some 
containing  Parsi  ladies  and  children  in  gorgeous, 
costumes,  with  coachmen  in  brilliant  liveries, 
line  the  esplanade.  Gem-bespangled  Rajas, 
Maharajas,  and  Nawabs  dashed  by  in  four-horsed 
equipages,  with  troops  of  outriders  before 
and  behind. 

Modern  India   and  the  Indians,  1878,  pp.  27-28^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  115 

A  Lady's    Impressions  Seventy  Four 
Years  Ago 

Emma  Roberts. 

The  bunder,  or  pier,  where  passengers  dis- 
embark upon  their  arrival  in  Bombay,  though 
well-built  and  convenient,  off  ers  a  strong  .  ontrast 
to  the  splendours  of  Chandpaul  Ghaut  in  Calcutta; 
neither  are  the  bunder-boats  at  all  equal  in 
elegance  to  the  budgerows,  bohlias,  and  other 
small  craft,  which  we  find  upon  the  Hooghley. 
There  is  nothing  to  indicate  the  wealth  or  the  im- 
portance of  the  Presidency  to  be  seen  at  a  glance; 
the  Scottish  church,  a  white-washed  building  of  no 
pretensions,  being  the  most  striking  object  fromi 
the  sea.  Landward,  a  range  of  handsome  houses 
flank  so  dense  a  mass  of  buildings,  occupying 
the  interior  of  the  Fort,  as  to  make  the  whole 
appear  more  like  a  fortified  town  than  a  place  of 
arms,  as  the  name  would  denote.  The  tower  of 
the  Cathedral,  rising  in  the  centre,  is  the  only 
feature  in  the  scene  which  boasts  any  architectural 
charm;  and  the  Esplanade,  a  wide  plain,  stretch- 
ing from  the  ramparts  to  the  sea,  is  totally  des- 
titute of  picturesque  beauty. 

The  first  feelings,  therefore,  are  those  of 
disappointment,  and  it  is  not  until  the  eye  has 
been  accustomed  to  the  view,  that  it  becomes 
pleased  with  many  of  the  details  ;  the  interest 
increasing  with  the  development  of  other  and 
more  agreeable  features,  either  not  seen  at  all,  or 


Il6  BOMBAY: 

seen  through  an  unfavourable  medium.  The 
aspect  of  the  place  improved,  as,  after  crossing 
the  Esplanade  or  plain,  the  carriage  drove  along 
roads  cut  through  palm-tree  woods,  and  at  length, 
when  I  reached  my  place  of  destination,  I  thought 
that  I  had  never  seen  any  thing  half  so  beautiful. 

The  apartments  which,  through  the  kindness 
of  hospitable  friends,  I  called  my  own,  command- 
ed an  infinite  variety  of  the  most  magnificent 
scenery  imaginable.  To  the  left,  through  a  wide 
vista  between  two  hills,  which  seemed  cleft  for 
the  purpose  of  admitting  the  view,  lay  the  placid 
waters  of  the  ocean,  land-locked,  as  it  were,  by 
the  bold  bluff  of  distant  islands,  and  dotted  by  a 
fairy  fleet  of  fishing-boats,  with  their  white  sails 
glittering  in  the  sun.  In  front,  over  a  beautifully- 
planted  fore-ground,  I  looked  down  upon  a  per- 
fect sea  of  palms,  the  tall  palmyras  lifting  their 
proud  heads  above  the  rest,  and  all  so  interming- 
led with  other  foliage,  as  to  produce  the  richest 
variety  of  hues.  This  fine  wood,  a  spur  of  what 
may  be  termed  a  forest  further  to  the  right,  skirt- 
ed a  broad  plain  which  stretched  out  to  the 
beach,  the  bright  waters  beyond  expanding  and 
melting  into  the  horizon,  while  to  the  right  it  was 
bounded  by  a  hilly  ridge  feathered  with  palm- 
trees,  the  whole  bathed  in  sunshine,  and  forming 
altogether  a  perfect  Paradise. 

Every  period  of  the  day,  and  every  variation 
in  the  state  of  the  atmosphere,  serve  to  bring 
out  new  beauties  in  this  enchanting  scene ;  and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  H; 

the  freshness  and  delicious  balm  of  the  morning, 
the  gorgeous  splendour  of  mid-day,  the  crimson 
and  amber  pomps  of  evening,  and  the  pale 
moonlight,  tipping  every  palm-tree  top  with 
silver,  produce  an  endless  succession  of  magical 
effects.  In  walking  about  the  garden 
and  grounds  of  this  delightful  residence,  we 
are  continually  finding  some  new  point  from 
which  the  view  appears  to  be  more  beautiful 
than  before.  Upon  arriving  at  tha  verge  of  the 
cleft  between  the  two  hills,  we  look  down  from 
a  considerable  elevation  over  rocky  precipitous 
ground,  with  a  village  (Mazagong  )  skirting  the 
beach,  while  the  prospect,  widening,  shows  the 
whole  of  the  harbour,  with  the  high  Ghauts 
forming  the  back-ground. 

Turning  to  the  other  side,  behind  the  hill 
which  shuts  out  the  sea,  the  landscape  is  of 
the  richest  description — roads  winding  through 
thick  plantations,  houses  peeping  from 
embowering,  trees,  and  an  umbrageous  forest 
beyond.  The  whole  of  Bombay  abounds 
with  landscapes  which,  if  not  equal  to  that 
from  Chinchpooglee  Hill,  which  I  have,  vainly 
I  fear,  attempted  to  describe,  boast  beauties 
peculiarly  their  own,  the  distinguishing  feature 
being  the  palm-tree.  It  is  impossible  to 
imagine  the  luxuriance  and  elegance  of  this 
truly  regal  family  as  it  grows  in  Bombay,  each 
separate  stage,  from  the  first  appearance  of  the 
different  species,  tufting  the  earth    with     those 


Ii8  BOMBAY: 

stately  crowns  which  afterwards  shoot  up  so 
grandly,  being  marked  with  beauty.  The  variety 
of  the  foliage  of  the  cocoa-nut,  the  brab,  and 
others,  the  manner  of  their  growth,  differing 
according  to  the  different  directions  taken,  and 
the  exquisite  grouping  Avhich  continually  occurs, 
prevent  the  monotony  which  their  profusion 
might  otherwise  create,  the  general  effect  being, 
under  all  circumstances,  absolutely  perfect. 
Though  the  principal,  the  palm  is  far  from  being 
the  only  tree,  and  while  frequently  forming 
whole  groves,  it  is  as  frequently  blended  with  two 
species  of  cypress,  the  peepul,  mango,  wild 
cinnamon,  and  several  others. 

Overland  Journey  to  Bombay.  1841,  pp.  213-217. 


A  Russian  Lady's  Impressions 

Madame  Blavatsky. 

Late  in  the  evening  of  the  sixteenth  of 
February,  1879,  after  a  rough  voyage  which 
lasted  thirty-two  days,  joyful  exclamations  were 
heard  everywhere  on  deck.  '"'  Have  you  seen  the 
lighthouse.?"  "There  it  is  at  last,  the  Bombay 
lighthouse." 

Cards,  books,  music,  everything  was  forgot- 
ten. Everyone  rushed  on  deck.  The  moon  had 
not  risen  as  yet,  and,  in  spite  of  the  starry  tropical 
sky,  it  was  quite  dark.  The  stars  were  so  bright 
that,  at  first,  it  seemed  hardly  possible   to   dis- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  119 

tinguish,  far  away  amongst  them,  a  small  fiery- 
point  lit  by  earthly  hands.  The  stars  winked  at 
us  like  so  many  huge  eyes  in  the  black  sky,  on 
one  side  of  which  shone  the  Southern  Cross.  At 
last  we  distinguished  the  lighthouse  on  the  dis- 
tant horizon.  It  was  nothing  but  a  tiny  fiery 
point  diving  in  the  phosphorescent  waves.  The 
tired  travellers  greeted  it  warmly.  The  rejoicing 
was  general. 

What  a  glorious  daybreak  followed  this  dark 
night !  The  sea  no  longer  tossed  our  ship.  Under 
the  skilled  guidance  of  the  pilot,  who  had  just 
arrived,  and  whose  bronze  form  was  so  sharply 
defined  against  the  pale  sky,  our  steamer,  breath- 
ing heavily  with  its  broken  machinery,  slipped 
over  the  quiet,  transparent  waters  of  the  Indian 
Ocean  straight  to  the  harbour.  We  were  only 
four  miles  from  Bombay,  and,  to  us,  who  had 
trembled  with  cold  only  a  few  weeks  ago  in  the 
Bay  of  Biscay,  which  has  been  so  glorified  by 
many  poets  and  so  heartily  cursed  by  all  sailors, 
■our  surroundings  simply  seemed  a  magical  dream. 

After  the  tropical  nights  of  the  Red  Sea 
and  the  scorching  hot  days  that  had  tortured  us 
since  Aden,  we,  people  of  the  distant  North, 
now  experienced  something  strange  and  un- 
wonted, as  if  the  very  fresh  soft  air  had  cast 
its  spell  over  us.  There  was  not  a  cloud  in  the 
sky,  thickly  strewn  with  dying  stars.  Even  the 
moonlight,  which  till  then  had  covered  the  sky 
with  its  silvery  garb,  was  gradually  vanishing  ; 


120  BOMBAY : 

and  the  brighter  grew  the  rosiness  of  dawn 
over  the  small  island  that  lay  before  us  in  the 
East,  the  paler  in  the  West  grew  the  scattered 
rays  of  the  moon  that  sprinkled  with  bright 
flakes  of  light  the  dark  wake  our  ship  left  be- 
hind her,  as  if  the  glory  of  the  West  was  bid- 
ding good-bye  to  us,  while  the  light  of  the  East 
welcomed  the  new-comers  from  far-off  lands. 
Brighter  and  bluer  grew  the  sky,  swiftly  absorb-^ 
ing  the  remaining  pale  stars  one  after  the  other, 
and  we  felt  something  touching  in  the  sweet 
dignity  with  which  the  Queen  of  Night  resigned 
her  rights  to  the  powerful  usurper.  At  last,, 
descending  lower  and  lower,  she  disappeared 
completely. 

And  suddenly,  almost  without  interval 
between  darkness  and  light,  the  red-hot  globe, 
emerging  on  the  opposite  side  from  under  the 
cape,  leant  his  golden  chin  on  the  lower  rocks  of 
the  Island  and  seemed  to  stop  for  a  while,  as 
if  examining  us.  Then,  with  one  powerful 
effort,  the  torch  of  day  rose  high  over  the 
sea  and  gloriously  proceeded  on  its  path,  in- 
cluding in  one  mighty  fiery  embrace  the  blue 
waters  of  the  bay,  the  shore  and  the  islands 
with  their  rocks  and  cocoanut  forests.  His 
golden  rays  fell  upon  a  crowd  of  Parsees,  his 
rightful  worshippers,  who  stood  on  shore  raising 
their  arms  towards  the  mighty  "  Eye  of  Ormuzd." 
The  sight  was  so  impressive  that  everyone  on 
deck  became  silent  fcr  a  moment,  even  a  red- 
nosed  old    sailor,  who  was  busy  quite  close  ta 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  121 

us  over  the  cable,  stopped  working,  and  clearing: 
his  throat,  nodded  at  the  sun. 

Moving  slowly  and  cautiously  along  the 
charming  but  treacherous  bay,  we  had  plenty  of 
time  to  admire  the  picture  around  us.  On  the 
right  was  a  group  of  islands  with  Gharipuri  or 
Elephanta,  with  its  ancient  temple,  at  their 
head.  Gharipuri  translated  means  "  the  town  of 
caves  "  according  to  the  Orientalists,  and  "  the 
town  of  purification"  according  to  the  native 
Sanskrit  scholars.  This  temple,  cut  by  an 
unknown  hand  in  the  very  heart  of  a  rock 
resembling  porphyry,  is  a  true  apple  of  discord 
amongst  the  archoeologists,  of  whom  none  can 
as  yet  fix,  even  approximately,  its  antiquity. 
Elephanta  raises  high  its  rockly  brow,  all 
overgrown  with  secular  cactus,  and  right  under 
it,  at  the  foot  of  the  rock,  are  hollowed  cut 
the  chief  temple  and  the  two  lateral  ones. 
Like  the  serpent  of  our  Russian  fairy  tales,  it 
seems  to  be  opening  its  fierce  black  mouth  ta 
swallow  the  daring  mortal  who  comes  to  take 
possession  of  the  secret  mystery  of  Titan,  ks 
two  remaining  teeth,  dark  with  time,  are  formed 
by  two  huge  pillars  at  the  entrance,  sustaining 
the   palate  of  the  monster. 

How  many  generations  of  Hindus,  how 
many  laces,  have  knelt  in  the  dust  before  the 
Trimurti,  your  three-fold  deity,  O  Elephanta  ? 
How  many  centuries  were  spent  by  weak  man  in 
digging  out  in  your  stone  bosom  this  town  of 
temples  and    carving    your  gigantic  idols  ?  Who 


122  BOMBAY : 

•can  say  ?  Many  years  have  elapsed  since  I  saw 
you  last,  ancient,  mysterious  temple,  and  still 
the  same  restless  thoughts,  the  same  recurrent 
questions  vex  me  now  as  they  did  then,  and 
■still  remain  unanswered.  In  a  few  days  we 
-shall  see  each  other  again.  Once  more  I  shall 
^aze  upon  your  stern  image,  upon  your  three 
liuge  granite  faces,  and  shall  feel  as  hopeless  as 
-ever  of  piercing  the  mystery  of  your  being. 

On  the  left  side  of  the  bay,  exctly  opposite 
Elephanta,  and  as  if  in  contrast  with  all  its 
antiquity  and  greatness,  spreads  Malabar  *HilI, 
the  residence  of  the  modern  Europeans  and 
rich  natives.  Their  brightly  painted  bungalows 
are  bathed  in  the  greenery  of  banyan,  Indian 
fig,  and  various  other  trees,  and  the  tall  and 
straight  trunks  of  cocoanut  palms  cover  with  the 
fringe  of  their  leaves  the  whole  ridge  of  the  hilly 
headland.  There,  on  the  south-western  end  of 
the  rock,  you  see  the  almost  transparent,  lace-like 
Government  House  surrounded  on  three  sides 
by  the  ocean.  This  is  the  coolest  and  the  most 
comfortable  part  of  Bombay,  fanned  by  three 
-different  sea  breezes. 

Bombay  is  part  of  a  considerable  group  of 
Islands,  the  most  remarkable  of  which  are  Sal- 
"sette,  joined  to  Bombay  by  a  mole,  Elephanta, 
so  named  by  the  Portuguese  because  of  a  huge 
rock  cut  in  the  shape  of  an  elephant  thirteen 
feet  long,  and  Trombay,  whose  lovely  rock  rises 
nine  hundred  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  sea. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  123 

Bombay  looks,  on  the  maps,  like  an  enormous 
cray-fish,  and  is  at  the  head  of  the  rest  of  the 
islands.  Spreading  far  out  into  the  sea  its  two 
claws,  Bombay  island  stands  like  a  sleepless 
guardian  watching  over  his  younger  brothers. 
Between  it  and  the  Continent  there  is  a  narrow 
arm  of  a  river,  which  gets  gradually  broader  and 
then  again  narrower,  deeply  indenting  the  sides 
of  both  shores,  and  so  forming  a  haven  that  has 
no  equal  in  the  world.  It  was  not  without  reason 
that  the  Portuguese,  expelled  in  the  course  of 
time  by  the  English,  used  to  call  it  "  Buona 
Bahia." 

In  a  fit  of  tourist  exaltation  some  travellers 
have  compared  it  to  the  Bay  of  Naples;  but,  as 
a  matter  of  fact,  the  one  is  as  much  like  the  other 
as  a  lazzaroni  is  like  a  Kuli.  The  whole  resemb- 
lance between  the  two  consists  in  the  fact 
that  there  is  water  in  both.  In  Bombay,  as  well 
as  in  its  harbour,  eveiything  is  original  and 
■does  not  in  the  least  remind  one  of  Southern 
Europe.  Look  at  those  coasting  vessels  and 
native  boats;  both  are  built  in  the  likeness  of  the 
sea  bird  "sat",  a  kind  of  kingfisher.  When  in 
motion  these  boats  are  the  personification  of 
grace,  with  their  long  prows  and  rounded  poops. 
They  look  as  if  they  were  gliding  backwards, 
and  one  might  mistake  for  wings  the  strangely 
shaped,  long  lateen  sails,  their  narrow  angles 
fastened  upwards  to  a  yard.  Filling  these  two 
wings  with  the  wind,  and  careening,  so  as  almost 
to  touch  the  surface  of  the  water,  these  boats  will 


124  BOMBAY: 

fly  along  with  astonishing  swiftness.  Unlike  our 
European  boats  they  do  not  cut  the  waves,  but 
glide  over  them  like  a  sea-gull. 

The  surroundings  of  the  bay  transported  us 
to  some  fairy  land  of  the  Arabian  Nights.  The 
ridge  of  the  Western  Ghauts,  cut  through  here  and 
there  by  some  separate  hills  almost  as  high  as 
themselves,  stretched  all  along  the  Easte](;n  shore. 
From  the  base  to  their  fantastic  rocky  tops,  they 
are  all  overgrown  with  impenetrable  forests  and 
jungles  inhabited  by  wild  animals.  Every  rock 
has  been  enriched  by  the  popular  imagination 
with  an  independent  legend.  All  over  the  slope 
of  the  mountain  are  scattered  pagodas,  mos- 
ques, and  temples  of  numberless  sects.  Here  and 
their  the  hot  rays  of  the  sun  strike  upon  an  old 
fortress,  once  dreadful  and  inaccessible,  now  half 
ruined  and  covered  with  prickly  cactus.  At  every 
step  some  memorial  of  sancitity.  Here  a  deep 
vihara,  a  cave  cell  of  a  Buddhist  bhikshu  saint, 
there  a  rock  protected  by  the  symbol  of  Shiva, 
further  on  a  Jaina  temple,  or  a  holy  tank,  all 
covered  with  sedge  and  filled  with  water^ 
once  blessed  by  a  Brahman  and  able  to  purify 
every  sin,  an  indispensable  attribute  of  all  pago- 
das. All  the  surroundings  are  covered  with 
symbols  of  gods  and  goddesses.  Each  of  the 
three  hundred  and  thirty  millions  of  deities  of 
the  Hindu  Pantheon  has  its  representative  ia 
something  consecrated  to  it,  a  stone,  a  flower,  a 
tree,  or  a  bird.     On   the    West    side   of   Malabar 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  125 

Hill  peeps  through  the  trees  Valukeshvar, 
the  temple  of  the  "  Lord  of  Sand."  A  long 
stream  of  Hindus  moves  towards  this  celebrated 
temple;  men  and  women,  shining  with  rings  on 
their  fingers  and  toes,  with  bracelets  from  their 
wrists  up  to  their  elbows,  clad  in  bright  turbans 
and  snow  white  muslins,  with  foreheads  freshly 
painted  with  red,  yellow,  and  white,  holy 
sectarian  signs. 

India  is  the  land  of  legends  and  of  mysterious 
nooks  and  corners.  There  is  not  a  ruin,  not  a 
monument,  not  a  thicket,  but  has  a  story 
attached  to  it.  Yet,  however  they  may  be  en- 
tangled in  the  cobweb  of  popular  imagination, 
which  becomes  thicker  with  every  generation,  it 
is  difficult  to  point  out  a  single  one  that  is  not 
founded  on  fact.  With  patience  and,  still  more, 
with  the  help  of  the  learned  Brahmans  you  can 
always  get  at  the  truth,  when  once  you  have 
secured  their  trust  and  friendship. 

The  same  road  leads  to  the  temple  of  the 
Parsee  fire-worshippers.  At  its  altar  burns  an 
unquenchable  fire,  which  daily  consumes  hundred 
weights  of  sandal  wood  and  aromatic  herbs. 
Lit  three  hundred  years  ago,  the  sacred  fire  has 
never  been  extinguished,  notwithstanding  many 
disorders,  sectarian  discords,  and  even  wars. 
The  Parsees  are  very  proud  of  this  temple  of 
Zaratushtra,  as  they  call  Zoroaster.  Compared 
with  it  the  Hindu  pagodas  look  like  brightly 
painted  Easter  eggs.    Generally  they  are  conse- 


126  BOMBAY: 

crated  to  Hanuman,  the  monkey-god  and  the 
faithful  ally  of  Rama,  or  to  the  elephant-headed 
Ganesha,  the  god  of  the  occult  wisdom,  or  to 
one  of  the  Devis.  You  meet  with  these  temples, 
in  every  street.  Before  each  there  is  a  row  of 
pipals  (  Ficus  religiosa  )  centuries  old,  which  no 
temple  can  dispense  with,  because  these  trees  are 
the  abode  of  the  elementals  and  the  sinful  souls. 

All  this  is  entangled,  mixed,  and  scattered^ 
appearing  to  one's  eyes  like  a  picture  in  a  dream. 
Thirty  centuries  have  left  their  traces  here.  The 
innate  laziness  and  the  strong  conservative  ten- 
dencies of  the  Hindus,  even  before  the  European 
invasion,  preserved  all  kinds  of  monuments  from 
the  ruinous  vengeance  of  the  fanatics,  whether 
those  memorials  were  Buddhist,  or  belonged  to 
some  other  unpopular  sect.  The  Hindus  are  not 
naturally  given  to  senseless  vandalism,  and  a 
phrenologist  would  vainly  look  for  a  bump  of 
destructiveness  on  their  skulls.  If  you  meet  witli 
antiquities  that,  having  been  spared  by  time,  are, 
nowadays,  either  destroyed  or  disfigured,  it  is  not 
they  who  are  to  blame,  but  either  Mussulmans,  or 
the  Portuguese  under  the  guidance  of  the  Jesuits. 

As  last  We  were  anchored  and,  in  a  moment,, 
were  besieged,  ourselves  as  well  as  our  luggage>, 
by  numbers  of  naked  skeleton-like  Hindus,. 
Parsees,  Moguls,  and  various  other  tribes.  All 
this  crowd  emerged,  as  if  from  the  bottom  of  the 
sea,  and  began  to  shout,  to  chatter,  and  to  yell, 
as  only  the  tribes  of  Asia  can.     To  get  rid  of  this. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  12^ 

Babel  confusion  of  tongues  as  soon  as  possible^ 
we  took  refuge  in  the  first  bunder  boat  and  made 
for  the  shore. 

From    the    Caves  and    Jungles    of   Hindostan^ 
1892,  pp.  3-II- 


An  American's  First  Impressions. 

Bayard  Taylor. 

We  came  to  a  stone  pier,  with  a  long  flight 
of  steps  leading  down  to  the  water.  The  top  of 
it  was  thronged  with  natives  in  white  dresses- 
and  red  turbans.  Among  them  were  the  runners 
of  the  hotels,  and  I  soon  found  the  one  I  wanted. 
At  a  small  customs  office  on  the  pier,  my  baggage 
was  passed  unexamined,  on  my  declaring  that  I 
had  but  two  pounds  of  Turkish  tobacco.  A  line 
of  cabs,  buggies  and  palanquins  with  their  bearers 
was  drawn  up  on  the  pier,  and  in  order  to  be  as 
Indian  as  possible,  I  took  one  of  the  latter. 

It  was  not  a  pleasant  sensation  to  lie  at  full 
length  in  a  cushioned  box,  and  impose  one's 
whole  weight  (and  I  am  by  no  means  a  feather)' 
upon  the  shoulders  of  four  men.  It  is  a  con- 
veyance invented  by  Despotism,  when  men's. 
necks  were  foot-stools,  and  men's  heads  play- 
things. I  have  never  yet  been  able  to  get  into  it 
without  a  feeling  of  reluctance,  as  if  I  were  in- 
flicting an  injury  on  my  bearers-  Why  should 
they  groan  and  stagger  under  my  weight,  when  I 


128  BOMBAY: 

have  legs  of  my  own  ? — and  yet,  I  warrant  you, 
nothing  would  please  them  less  than  for  me  to 
use  those  legs.  These  wear  pads  on  the  shoulders 
on  which  rests  the  pole  to  which  the  palanquin  is 
suspended,  and  go  forward  at  a  slow,  sliding  trot, 
scarcely  bending  their  knees  or  lifting  their  feet 
from  the  ground.  The  motion  is  agreeable,  yet  as 
you  are  obliged  to  lie  on  your  back,  you  have  a  very 
imperfect  view  of  the  objects  you  pass.  You 
can  travel  from  one  end  of  India  to  another  in  this 
style,  but  it  is  an  expensive  and  unsatisfactory 
conveyance,  and  I  made  as  little  use  of  it  as  poss- 
ible, in  my  subsequent  journeys. 

As  I  was  borne  along,  I  saw,  through  thecor- 
ners  of  my  eyes,  that  we  passed  over  a  moat  and 
through  a  heavy  stone  gateway.  I  then  saw  the 
bottoms  of  a  row  of  fluted  Grecian  pillars — a 
church,  as  I  afterwards  found — then  shops,  very 
much  in  the  European  style,  except  that 
turbaned  Hindoos  and  mitred  Parsees  stood 
in  the  doors,  and  finally  my  bearers  came 
to  a  halt  in  a  wooden  verandah,  were  I  was 
received  by  Mr.  Pallanjee,  the  host  of  the  British 
Hotel.  I  was  ushered  up  lofty  flights  of  wooden 
steps  to  the  third  story,  and  installed  in  a  small 
room,  overlooking  a  wide  prospect  of  tiled  roofs, 
graced  here  and  there  with  a  cocoa-nut  or  brab 
palm.  The  partitions  to  the  rooms  did  not  reach 
the  ceiling;  there  were  no  glass  windows,  but 
merely  blinds,  and  every  breeze  that  came,  swept 
through   the   whole   house.     The   servants    were 


AN  ^ANTHOLOGY.  I2gi 

mostly  Portuguese,  from  Goa,  but  as  India  is 
especially  the  country  of  servant  and  master, 
every  person  is  expected  to  have  one  for  his  own 
use.  I  chose  a  tall  Hindoo,  with  one  red  streak 
and  two  white  ones  (the  signs  of  caste)  on  his 
forehead,  who  for  half  a  rupee  daily,  performed 
the  duties  of  guide,  interpreter,  messenger  and 
valet  de  chamhre.  Nothing  can  exceed  the 
respect  shown  to  Europeans  by  the  native  ser- 
vants. They  go  far  beyond  the  Arab  and  Turkish 
domestics  of  the  East,  or  even  the  slaves  in 
Pgypt.  No  Russian  serf  could  have  a  greater 
reverence  for  his  lord.  As  a  natural  consequence 
of  this,  they  are  noted  for  their  fidelity;  the 
ayahs,  or  nurses,  are  said  to  be  the  best  in  the 
world. 

Bombay,  as  a  city,  presents  few  points  of 
interest  to  a  traveller.  It  is  wholly  of  modern 
growth,  and  more  than  half  European  in  its 
appearance.  It  is  divided  into  two  parts — the 
Fort,  as  it  is  called,  being  enclosed  within  the  old 
Portuguese  fortifications  and  surrounded  by  a 
moat.  It  is  about  a  mile  in  length,  extending 
along  the  shore  of  the  bay.  Outside  of  the  moat 
is  a  broad  esplanade,  beyond  which,  on  the  north- 
ern side,  a  new  city  has  grown  up.  The 
fortifications  are  useless  as  a  means  of  defence, 
the  water  of  the  moat  breeds  mosquitos  and 
fevers,  and  I  do  not  understand  why  the  walls 
should  not  have  been  levelled  long  since.  The 
city  within  the  Fort  is  crowded  to  excess.  Many 
of  the  streets  are  narrow,  dark  and  dirty,  and 


130  BOMBAY : 

as  the  houses  are  frequently  of  wood,  the  place  is 
exposed  to  danger  from  fire.  The  population 
and  trade  of  Bombay  have  increased  so  much 
within  the  last  few  years,  that  this  keeping  up 
of  old  defences  is  a  great  inconvenience.  So 
far  are  the  old  practices  preserved,  that  at  one 
particular  gate,  where  there  was  a  powder 
magazine  twenty  years  ago,  no  person  is  permit- 
ted to  smoke.  Southward  of  the  Fort  is  a  tongue 
of  land— formerly  the  island  of  Colaba,  but  now 
connected  by  a  causeway — on  which  stands  the 
light-house.  To  the  north-west,  beyond  the  city, 
rises  Malabar  Hill,  a  long,  low  height,  looking 
upon  the  open  ocean,  and  completly  covered  with 
the  gardens  and  country-houses  of  the  native 
and  European  merchants. 

Visit  to  India  and  China,  1856,  pp.  35-38. 


An  Under=Secretary's  Impressions. 

Sir  M.  E.  Grant  Duff. 

A  little  before  three  this  morning  (  28  Nov. 
1874)  I  was  awoke  by  the  vessel  stopping  ;  and  as 
I  looked  out  of  my  window,  a  bright  flash  met  my 
eyes.  It  came  from  the  lighthouse  on  the  Prongs, 
and  we.  were  at  length  in  Indian  waters.  Before 
dawn,  most  people  were  on  deck,  and  were 
rewarded  by  a  sunrise  of  great  beauty— long  lines 
of  violet  lying  above  the  flat-topped  hills  of  the 
Maharatta   country,    and  the    numerous  islands 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  131 

formed  like  these  of  trap,  which   stud  the  great 
inlet  of  the  sea  known  as  Bombay  harbour. 

Some  hours  passed  in  the  usual  preparations, 
and  about  eight  o'clock  five  of  us  got  into  a 
steam-launch,  which  the  Governor  had  sent  out, 
and  proceeded  to  the  landing-place  of  Mazagon, 
whence  we  drove  to  his  country  house  at  Parell. 
The  trajet  would,  I  have  no  doubt,  have  looked 
common-place  enough  to  many  eyes  accustomed 
to  India  ;  but  to  mine  it  was  full  of  novelty  and 
interest.  First  came  the  boats,  with  their  grace- 
ful sails,  formed,  most  of  them,  out  of 
many  pieces  of  cloth  sewn  together ;  theft 
the  strange  sandals  of  the  men  on  the 
landing-stairs.  Next  A.  pointed  out  to  me  the 
Cocoa-nut  and  the  Toddy  palm,  the  Mango,  the 
Casuarina  and  the  gold  Mohur  tree.  Then  I  heard 
"  the  inevitable  Indian  crows,"  while  every  group 
had  something  to  arrest  the  eye,  either  from 
strangeness   of  attitude  or  brilliancy  of  colour. 

After  the  heat  of  the  day  was  over,  Sir 
Philip  Wodehouse  took  us  for  a  long  drive. 
Passing  some  of  the  cotton  Mills,  which  are 
already  beginning  to  attract  the  attention  of 
Manchester,  we  turned  to  the  right,  across  a  hid- 
eous flat,  on  which  rice  is  grown  in  the  rains,  and 
reached  the  sea-shore  just  as  the  sun  was  setting. 
A.called  my  attention  to  the  curious  way  in  which, 
in  this  land  of  sudden  darkness,  the  foreground 
becomes  quite  pale  and  dead,  where,  in  England, 
it    would    still    be  blazing   with   colour;  to  the 


132  •  BOMBAY: 

exquisitely  graceful  growth  of  the  Cocoa-nut 
palms,  in  a  grove  through  which  we  passed;  to  the 
Elephant  Creeper  (Argyreia  speciosa) ;  to  the 
pretty  lamps  suspended  in  the  shops  of  the  native 
town,  and  to  much  else.  It  was  indeed  no  small 
privilege  to  have  my  first  peep  of  India  under  the 
guidance  of  an  eye  and  mind  to  which  everything 
was  at  once  familiar  and  fresh. 

Skirting  Back  Bay,  a  name  rather  too  famous 
in  the  modern  history  of  the  Western  Presidency, 
we  arrived  at  the  great  range  of  public  buildings 
which  has  recently  arisen  under  the  initiative  of 
Sir  Bartle  Frere,  and  which  would  do  honour  to 
any  capital.  Then  we  turned  and  passed  home- 
wards, through  the  crowded  streets  of  Bombay 
proper,  said  to  be  about  the  best  native  city  in 
India,  but  which,  even  with  all  the  advantage  of 
darkness,  and  of  its  many  twinkling  lights,  did 
not  strike  me  nearly  so  much  as  Cairo. 

Notes  of  an  hidian  Journey ,  1876  pp.  21-23. 
2. 

We  went  this  morning  with  the  Secretary  to 
Government  over  part  of  the  Secretariat,  which 
commands,  I  suppose,  one  of  the  finest  sea  views 
to  be  had  from  any  Government  office  in  the 
world,  and  in  which  the  arrangements  of  the 
council-room,  &c.,  had  of  course  a  certain  interest. 

Later,  we  drove  round  a  large  part  of  the 
•town  with  Dr.  Wilson — a  great  pleasure — to  be 
■put  in  the  same  class,  as   going  over   Canterbury 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  I33r 

Cathedral  with  the  author  of  the  Memorials,  the 
Greyfriars  churchyard  with  Robert  Chambers, 
or  Holyrood  with  poor  Joseph  Robertson.  Dr. 
Wilson  has  been  here  nearly  fifty  years,  and 
has  seen  generation  after  generation  of  officials 
rise,  culminate,  and  disappear. 

It  would  take  too  long  to  enumerate  all  the 
things  we  saw,  but  I  note  especially  a  Shiah 
mosque,  the  first  I  ever  looked  upon ;  the  street 
which  supplies  all  Asia  with  Mahometan  bookst 
more  being  reproduced  here  (by  lithography 
chiefly)  than  in  Constantinople  or  any  other 
city  ;  a  small  mosque,  which  forms  the  centre  of 
whatever  is  fanatical  and  dangerous  in  the 
Mussulman  population  of  Bombay  ;  a  tiny  temple 
of  the  monkey  god  Hanuman  ;  and  opposite  it 
a  much  larger  one,  dedicated  to  Siva.  We  walk- 
ed through  the  second  of  these,  amidst  a  ghastly 
but  amicable  crowd  of  worshippers,  chiefly  men 
from  Guzerat.  You  remember  thinking  El  Azbar 
one  of  the  most  extraordinary  places  you  ever 
entered.  Well,  this  temple  is  as  much  more 
unfamiliar  than  El.  Azhar,  as  that  is  than  St. 
Sophia.  The  centre  is  formed  by  a  tank,  in 
which  people  were  bathing,  and  round  which 
there  were,  I  think,  four  different  shrines.  Sacred 
cattle  encumbered  the  pathway,  while  hideous 
and  filthy  devotees  squatted  about  everywhere — 
one,  who  was  smeared  with  ashes  from  head  to 
foot,   being  pre-eminently  unpleasant. 

Notes  of  an  Indian  Journey,  pages  41-42. 


134  BOMBAY : 


The  train  from  Poona  came  in  sight,  and, 
picking .  us  up  by  the  courteous  arrangement 
of  the  authorities,  carried  us  down  through  the 
magnificent  pass  known  as  the  Bhore  Ghaut,  ta 
the  lowlands  near  Bombay.  The  line  is  a  noble 
piece  of  engineering,  and  the  scenery  is  even 
more  striking  than  that  along  the  Nervion, 
between  Miranda  and  Bilbao,  which  it  frequently 
recalls. 

The  breeze  blew  fresh  from  the  sea  as  we 
crossed  Salsette,  and  ere  long  we  were  once 
more  at  the  starting-place  of  our  three  month's 
wanderings,  under  the  hospitable  roof  of  Sir 
Philip  Wodehouse. 

Parell,  March  /th  1875. — It  is  very  hot— the 
thermometer  about  90°  in  the  shade,  but  there  is 
a  delicious  breeze.  The  only  really  bad  time  here 
is  the     month    of   May,   when   the   breeze  fails. 

The  garden  is  looking  lovely — two  huge 
white  triumphal  arches  of  the  imperial  Beaumontia 
being  its  chief  feature. 

The  Parell  mangoes,  the  best  in  India,  are 
in  full  flower. 

In  the  evening  I  went  to  the  cathedral,  and 
saw  the  admirable  recumbent  statue  of  J-'s  excel- 
lent friend,  Bishop^  Carr,  which  I  had  missed 
last  December,  though  I  sat  close  to  it.  On  the 
way  back  I  observed,  for  the  first  time,  the 
zodiacal  light,  which  I  have  looked  for  in  vain  so 
often. 


AN    ANTHOLOGY.  135 

March  8th. — I  rose  early,  and  wandered  down 
to  the  sea  across  the  Mahim  palm  groves.  The 
-cocoa-nut  is  the  prevailing  tree,  though  I  saw 
some  of  the  Borassus,  and  a  few  of  the  Areca. 
The  coast  of  Ceylon,  they  tell  me,  is  bordered  by 
just  such  woods  as  these  for  hundreds  of  miles. 
"The  whole  scene  was  thoroughly  tropical,  a 
single  leaf  sometimes  stretching  over  a  road 
where  two  carriages  could  pass  each  other,  and 
the  little  huts  looking  like  vignettes  to  Paul  et 
Virginie.  At  length  I  reached  the  shore.  The 
tide  was  far  out,  but  there  were  few  shells,  and 
none  at  all  attractive— a  great  contrast  this  to  the 
last  beaches  we  explored  together  near  Suez,  and 
at   Ramleh. 

Notes  of  an  Indian  Journey,  pp.  237-g. 


136  .  BOMBAY: 

Jumble  of  Nations 

Sir  James  Mackintosh. 

I  am  carried  in  my  palanquin  by  bearers- 
from  Hyderabad.  I  have  seen  monkeys  and 
their  tricks  exhibited  by  a  man  from  Ougein. 
I  condemn  a  native  of  Ahmedabad  to  the  pillory. 
I  have  given  judgment  on  a  bill  for  brandy 
supplied  by  a  man  who  kept  a  dram-shop  at 
Poonah.  I  have  decided  the  controversies  of 
parties  who  live  in  Cutch;  and  granted  commission 
to  examine  witnesses  at  Cambay,  I  have,  in  the 
same  morning,  received  a  visit  from  a  Roman 
Catholic  Bishop,  of  the  name  of  Ramazzini,  from 
Modena,  a  descendant  of  the  celebrated  physician^ 
Ramazzini,  a  relation  of  Muratori,  who  wondered 
that  an  Englishman  should  be  learned  enough 
to  quote  Virgil ;  of  an  Armenian  Archbishop 
from  Mount  Ararat ;  of  a  Shroif  ( money  dealer  ) 
from  Benares,  who  came  hither  by  the  way  of 
Jyenagur,  and  who  can  draw  bills  on  his 
correspondents  at  Cabul ;  and  of  the  Dustoor, 
or  Chief-Priest,  of  the  Parsees  at  Surat,  who  is 
copying  out  for  me  the  genuine  works  of  Zoroa- 
ster. All  this  jumble  of  nations,  and  usages, 
and  opinions,  looks,  at  a  distance,  as  if  it  would 
be  very  amusing,  and  for  a  moment  it  does, 
entertain. 

The  island  of  Bombay  is  beautiful  and 
picturesque  ;  it  is  of  very  various  surface,  well 
wooded,  with  bold  rocks  and  fine  bays,  studded 
with    smaller    islands.     There    is    scarcely    any 


AN.  ANTHOLOGY.  t^T 

part  of  the  coast  of  England  where  the  sea  has- 
better  neighbours  of  every  kind.  But  what 
avails  all  this,  in  a  cursed  country  where  you 
cannot  ramble  amidst  these  scenes ;  where,  for 
the  far  greater  part  of  the  day,  you  are  confined 
to  the  house,  and  where,  during  your  short 
evening  walk  you  must  be  constantly  on  your 
guard  against  cobra  capells  and  cobra  matiills. 
The  pleasure  of  scenery  is  here  but  little ;  and 
so  seems  to  have  thought  a  young  artist,  whonr 
a  strange  succession  of  accidents  threw  upon  our 
shores,  W...,  a  -brother  of  the  Academician,  and 
a  young  man  who  seems  not  destitute  of  talents. 
Memoirs.  1836,  Vol  I.  Pages  212  to  214. 


A  Picturesque  City 

Sir  Henry  Craik 

Of  the  general  appearence  of  Bombay  I  an> 
conscious  that  it  requires  some  temerity  for  a 
new-comer  to  speak.  One  thing  adds  infinitely 
to  its  picturesqueness,  as  compared  with  a  South 
African  town  :  there  is  no  banning  from  the 
streets  of  native  costume,  or  even  lack  of  cos- 
tume, and  this,  as  it  seems  to  me,  is  all  to  the 
good.  The  ugliest  sight  one  can  see  in  Durban 
or  Johannesburg  is  the  native  clad  in  European 
dress;  the  most  attractive  sight  in  the  thorough- 
fares of  Bombay  is  the  native  in  his  many 
coloured  garb,  and  with  that  lissomeness  of  limb* 
which  its  freedom  gives.     All  along  the  Queen's. 


138  BOMBAY: 

Road,  the  promenade  which  runs  along  the  sea 
to  Malabar  Hill,  crowded  as  it  is  with  carriages, 
motors,  and  bullock-carts,  we  come  across  natives 
peacefully  sleeping  on  the  side  paths,  or  quietly- 
cooking  their  meals  in  the  airiest  of  garments. 
We  pass  the  fishing  village,  and  then  climb  the 
road  to  Malabar  Hill,  and  on  between  picturesque 
gardens  and  the  many-coloured  villas  of  the 
wealthier  natives,  with  their  bright  tiles  glittering 
in  the  sun.  It  is  a  picture  which  we  could  see 
nowhere  else,  and  even  the  stifling  heat  is  re- 
lieved by  the  breeze  which  comes  from  the  wide 
expanse  of  sea  on  each  side  of  us. 

Of  Bombay  as  a  city,  what  can  one  say? 
Its  sea-front  looks  bright  and  magnificent  from 
the  harbour — what  large  piles  of  sumptuous  build- 
ings could  look  otherwise  in  such  a  sunlight  .'* 
The  great  mass  of  the  Taj  Hotel  dominates 
them  all.  It  shows  itself  frankly  for  what  it  is 
■ — a  large  advertisement,  brave  in  its  rather 
exaggerated  caricature  of  an  Indian  palace- 
The  great  ranges  of  flats  and  mansions  have  a 
sumptuousness  of  their  own,  and  would  find  them- 
selves quite  at  home  along  the  sea-front  of 
Brighton,  which  they  would  fitly  embellish. 
The  Yacht  Club  is  more  quiet  and  dignified,  and 
tells  of  comfort  without  gaudiness  in  its  trim 
lawns  and  white  balustrade.  The  principal 
commercial  street  would  be  a  splendid  thorough- 
fare in  any  European  capital,  and  its  ware- 
houses, its  banks,  its  insurance  offices,  need  not 
fear  comparison  with   the   best   of  their  kind  at 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  139 

"home.  It  is  a  thoroughfare  of  generous  width 
bordered  with  rows  of  trees,  and  broken  here 
and  there  by  public  gardens  rich  with  flowers. 
Bombay  there  displays  its  wealth,  but  for  real 
interest  we  must  go  to  the  narrow  and  crowded 
streets  of  the  native  town,  down  the  passage  of 
the  Bazaar  where  natives  of  every  tribe  are  chat- 
tering and  gesticulating,  while  at  every  second 
or  third  stall  the  vendor  is  peacefully  sleeping 
after  his  morning's  work,  and  crowds  of  infants 
grin  at  us  merrily  from  the  corners  and  the 
recesses  at  the  back.  Occasionally  a  specially 
active  stall-holder  offers  us  his  wares;  for  the 
most  part  they  only  turn  on  us  a  vacant  and 
preccupied  glance,  and  sink  back  into  their  own 
inscrutable  indifference. 

It  is  brilliant  city,  brimful  of  interest  in  its 
native  quarter,  lavish  in  its  display  of  wealth  in 
the  business  streets,  picturesque  in  its  residential 
suburbs,  with  their  wealth  of  colour  and  of 
foliage.  It  may  be  a  heresy,  but  to  my  mind 
there  is  one,  and  only  one,  British  building  of 
real  architectural  beauty  in  Bombay.  It  is  the 
old  Town  Hall,  built,  I  suppose,  in  the 
eighteenth  century,  when  the  Adam  influence 
was  strong,  and  when  our  great-grandfathers 
struck  what  one  is  tempted  to  think  was  the 
true  note — that  of  making  their  buildings  dis- 
tinctive of  our  national  character,  and  attempting 
no  flimsy  imitations  in  the  Indo-Saracenic  style. 
Those  who,  no  doubt,  know  better  will  condemn 
my  bad  taste;  but,  frankly,  I  must  confess  that 


140  BOMBAY: 

this  fashion  of  aping  the  beauties  of  alien  style 
does  not  attract  me.  The  University  does  not 
carry  this  too  far,  and  has  an  architectural 
beauty  of  its  own.  The  Secretariat  might  have 
been  even  more  imposing  with  advantage,  as. 
the  outward  embodiment  of  our  rule.  But  the 
railway  stations,  with  their  inharmonious 
imitation  of  the  Eastern  style,  strike  one  only 
as  inept  and  misplaced. 

In  some  respects  Calcutta  is  in  sharp  con- 
trast with  Bombay.  At  Bombay  one  is  chiefly 
struck  by  the  variety  of  the  motley  throng,  by 
the  picturesque  and  brilliant  colouring,  by  the 
entirely  Oriental  aspect"  of  the  place  and  by 
the  rare  occurrence  of  a  white  face  amidst  all  the 
passing  crowd.  Here  in  Calcutta  it  is  quite 
different.  A  Calcutta  crowd  does  not  show  the 
same  brightness  of  colour  and  the  same  teeming- 
variety  as  Bombay.  Nor  can  Calcutta  boast 
the  splendid  sea  front  which  gives  to  Bombay  its- 
claim  to  rank  amongst  the  fairest  cities  of  the 
world.  But  besides  its  busy,  energetic,  vigorous 
life,  and  its  aspect  of  solid  prosperity,  Calcutta 
has  one  invaluable  possession — the  finest  expanse 
of  open  ground  in  its  great  Maidan  of  which 
any  city  can  -  boast.  But  although  it  cannot 
rival  the  beauty  of  the  sea  view  of  Bombay,  and 
does  not  equal  it  in  brilliancy  of  colour,  Calcutta 
has  a  massiveness  and  an  impression  of  energy 
which  are  all  its  own. 

Impressions  of  India,  igo8  pp.^13-16,  209-212, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  141 

Czar  Nicholas  Il's  Impressions 

Prince  Ookhtomsky. 

Having  driven  in  state  through  the  streets 
of  Bombay,  it  is  now  time  to  form  a  clearer  idea 
of  what  surrounds  us,  and  of  the  interest  attach- 
ing to  that  part  of  India  whither  the  journey  of 
their  Highness  has  led  us.  From  the  roomy 
verandah  of  Government  House  on  Malabar  Hill, 
we  have  a  really  magnificent  view  of  the  ocean 
we  have  just  crossed,  of  the  chaos  of  European 
and  native  buildings,  with  stately  towers,  long 
open  galleries  and  soft  outlines  which  seem  to 
melt  into  the  radiant  distance.  Between  the  city 
and  the  Government  House,  at  present  the  abode 
of  the  Cesarewitch,  lie  the  waters  of  the  broad 
and  shallow  Back  Bay  running  up  into  that  part 
of  the  land  which  is  chiefly  occupied  by  the 
newer  quarters  of  Bombay.  The  calm  surface  of 
these  waters  forms  a  marked  contrast  to  the 
harbour  by  the  absence  of  any  large  vessels,  and 
of  the  forest  of  masts,  funnels,  and  sails  which 
lines  the  dark-blue,  foam-flecked  sea  lying 
beyond  the  chief  European  quarter.  We  are 
indeed  in  India,  but  in  an  India  widely  different 
from  that  dreamt  of  on  the  way  hither  when  the 
fancy,  oblivious  of  the  sameness  and  want 
of  beauty  which  is  to  some  extent  peculiar  to  all 
.seaport  towns  with  a  wide  commercial  develop- 
ment, painted  the  Malabar  coast?  without  due 
warrant,  as  an  all  but  virgin  forest,  inhabitod 
by   a  strange   people    and     full   of    mysterious 


142  BOMBAY: 

temples  overpowering  in  their  majesty  and 
unequalled  beauty.  Instead  of  this,  the  first 
impressions  received  in  the  interval  between  our 
entrance  into  the  harbour  and  the  drive  through 
the  streets  of  the  European  quarter  to  the  resid- 
ence of  Lord  Harris  were  in  reality  somewhat 
calculated  to  rouse  disappointment.  What  met 
the  eye  on  the  way  here  did  not,  either  in  colours 
or  in  form,  surpass  or  efface  our  recollections  of 
Egypt  still  fresh  and  clear  in  the  memory.  On  the 
contrary  excepting  the  typical  faces  of  the 
natives,  who  from  afar  off  greeted,  or  rather  gazed 
with  curiosity  and  wonder  at  the  brilliant  proces- 
sion on  its  way  from  the  landing-place  to 
Malabar  Hill,  nothing  seemed  specially  indivi- 
dual, particularly  picturesque  or  distinguished  by 
that  charm  which  met  us  at  every  step  in  the  yet 
unforgotten   land  of  thePharaohs. 

Now  having  collected  oneself  after  receivings 
a  mass  of  new  impressions,  all  that  has  been  seen 
gradually  becomes  clearer,  the  spiritual  eye 
penetrates,  as  it  were,  into  the  reality  of  the 
things  around  us,  and  gradually  leads  the  feeling 
that  the  imagination  already  reflects  a  whole 
new  world,  distinguished  by  this  remarkable 
peculiarity  that  it  does  not  at  first  produce  too 
deep  an  impression  yet  gradually  draws  the 
European  deeper  and  more  irresistibly  into  itself. 
He  who  has  once  set  foot  on  the  shores  of  India, 
who  has  even  for  a  short  time  experienc^ed  its 
charms   will    never   forget   this     beautiful   land,. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  143: 

with  its  peoples  at   first   sight,  unattractive    and 
with  its  beautiful  scenery. 

The  house  in  which  we  now  are  guests  is 
undoubtedly  one  of  the  most  important  centres  of 
Government  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  From  this 
spot  the  Governor  of  Bombay  rules  over  an 
immense  region,  with  a  population  of  twenty-five 
millions :  his  sway  extends  over  the  native 
Principalities  adjoining  the  Presidency  or  forming 
part  of  its  territory ;  Beloochistan  in  the  north 
is  the  boundary  of  the  power  of  the  administra- 
tion to  whom  the  English  nation  Entrusts  on 
the  western  coast  of  India  politically  the  most 
necessary  districts  of  the  Indian  Empire. 

The  greater  part  of  the  trade  of  Europe 
with  the  former  empire  of  the  Great  Moguls  is 
carried  on  through  Bombay.  The  coast  which 
some  two  or  three  centuries  ago  was  regarded 
as  comparatively  insignificant  from  a  commercial 
point  of  view,  desolate,  unhealthy,  and 
dangerous,  on  account  of  the  neighbourhood 
of  pirates,  is  at  present  very  densely  populated,. 
has  good  sanitary  arrangements,  is  covered 
with  habitations,  and  may  in  a  [sense,  be  said 
to  be  fortified.  In  any  case  the  time  lies  far 
behind  us,  when  not  only  Europeans,  but  even 
the  half-savage  natives  were  here  the  rivals 
and  foes  of  the  English  by  sea.  Strictly  speaking 
it  is  but  a  little  while  ago  that  the  latter  gained 
a  firm  footing  on  the  Bombay  coast.  About 
a  hundred  years  ago  they  did  not  even  hold  the 


144  :         BOMBAY:       • 

islands  that  lay  nearest  the  town.  Had  not 
fortune  shown  such  extraordinary  favour  to  th€ 
countrymen  of  Clive  and  Warren  Hastings  in 
India  during  the  last  century,  it  is  a  very 
•doubtful  question  who  would  now  be  ruling 
•over  that  vast  country  which  the  Cesarewitch 
is   about  to   survey. 

Travels  in  the  East  of  Nicholas  11,  Emperor  of 
Russia,  English  Ed.  igoo.  Vol  I  pp.  178-9. 


IMPORTANCE. 


IMPORTANCE. 


H.  M.  King  George  V 
on  Bombay. 

You  have  rightly  said  that  lam  no  stranger 
among  you,  and  I  can  heartily  respond  that  I 
feel  myself  no  stranger  in  your  beautiful  city. 
Six  years  ago  I  arrived  indeed  as  a  new  comer  ; 
but  the  recollection  of  your  cordial  and  sympa- 
thetic greeting  is  still  fresh  in  my  memory.  The 
wondrous  aspect  disclosed  by  the  approach  to 
your  shores,  the  first  glimpse  of  the  palms,  rising 
as  it  were  from  the  bosom  of  the  sea,  have  not 
been  forgotten,  and  have  lost  none  of  their  fascina- 
tion for  me.  From  Bombay  I  set  forth  in  1905, 
encouraged  by  your  affectionate  welcome,  to 
traverse  at  any  rate  a  part  of  this  vast  country, 
and  to  strive  to  gain  some  knowledge  of  its 
people.  Such  knowledge  as  I  acquired  could 
not  but  deepen  my  sympathy  with  all  races  and 
creeds,  and  when  through  the  lamented  death  of 
my  beloved  father  I  was  called  to  the  Throne  of 
my  ancestors,  one  of  my  first  and  most  earnest 
desires  was  to  revisit  my  good  subjects  in  India. 

It  is  with  feelings  of  no  common  emotion  that 
I  find  myself  here  again  to-day  with  the  Queen- 
Empress  at    my   side   and  that  desire  fulfilled. 


148  BOMBAY : 

And  I  come  with  a  heart  full  of  gratitude  that  the 
anxiety  due  to  a  threatened  scarcity  in  certain 
areas  of  the  Presidency  has,  thanks  to  favourable 
and  opportune  rains,  been  happily  dispelled,  and 
that  there  is  every  prospect  of  your  land  being 
blessed  with  a  good  spring  harvest. 

Your  eloquent  Address  has  recalled  to  me  that 
Bombay  was  once  the  dowry  of  a  British  Queen. 
As  such  Humphrey  Cook  took  it  over  two 
hundred  and  fifty  years  ago,  a  mere  fishing 
village.  You,  gentlemen,  and  your  forerunners, 
have  rnade  it  a  jewel  of  the  British  Crown.  I  see 
again  with  joy  the  rich  setting  of  its  beautiful  and 
stately  buildings  ;  I  note  also  the  less  conspicuous 
but  also  more  profitable  improvements  lately 
effected  ;  but,  above  all,  I  recognise  with  pride 
your  efforts  to  heighten  what  must  always  be  the 
supreme  lustre  of  such  a  jewel  as  this,  the  peace, 
happiness,  and  prosperity  of  all  classes  of  the 
citizens.  From  my  heart  I  thank  you  for  the 
generous  reception  accorded  to  the  Queen 
Empress  and  myself  to-day. 

We  earnestly  pray  that  God's  blessing  may 
rest  upon  our  Indian  Empire  and  that  peace  and 
prosperity  may  be  ever  vouchsafed  to  its  people. 

Answer  to  the  Bofnbay  Address  in  Dr.  Reed's 
" King  and  Queen  in  India''  igi2 pages  41-42. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  149 

The  Address  of  Bombay  Citizens 
To  Their  Hajesties. 

"  The  dower  of  a  Royal  Alliance,  Bombay- 
represents  no  chance  settlement  acquired  by 
purchase  from  petty  chiefs,  or  selected  by 
merchants  fugitive  from  other  centres.  Its 
importance  and  future  greatness  were  foreseen 
by  the  sogacity  of  statesmen,  and  its  acquisition 
by  a  Treaty  of  State  constitutes  the  first 
intervention  by  the  Royal  Government  of  England 
in  the  administration  of  the  land  of  India. 
We  proudly  claim  that  the  high  hopes  entertained 
by  the  statesmen  who  acquired  the  Island  and 
by  the  Governors  who  faunded  and  administered 
the  City  have  met  with  rich  fulfilment,  and  that 
this  city  constitutes  the  strongest  link  between 
the  civilization  of  the  East  and  of  the  West, 
which  it  has  ever  been  the  aim  of  the  British 
Government  to  weld  into  one  harmonious 
system. 

"  We  rejoice  to  think  that  Bombay  is  broad 
based  upon  the  firmest  of  foundations  in  being 
united  within  itself  and  that  the  diverse  races 
and  classes  whom  we  represent  are  actuated 
by  a   strong  sense  of  common  citizenship. 

"  In  the  gracious  presence  of  Your  Imperial 
Majesty  the  Queen  Empress,  the  people  of  India, 
regarding  Your  Imperial  Majesty  as  the  lofty 
embodiment  of  the  highest  ideals  of  womanhood, 


150  BOMBAY: 

will  recognise  with  renewed  feelings  of  gratitude 
and  affection  Your  interest  in  them,  as  evinced 
by  this  second  visit  to  their  shores." 

Dr.  S.  Reed's '  King  and  Queen  in  India, '  pp.  38-41, 


Edward  VII  as  Prince  of  Wales 
on  Bombay. 

"  It  is  a  great  pleasure  to  me  to  begin  my 
travels  in  India  at  a  place  so  long  associated 
with  the  Royal  Family  of  England,  and  to  find 
that  during  so  many  generations  of  British  rule 
this  great  port  has  steadily  prospered.  Your 
natural  advantages  would  have  insured  a  large 
amount  of  commerce  under  any  strong  Govern- 
ment, but  in  your  various  and  industrious  popu- 
lation I  gladly  recognise  the  traces  of  a  rule 
which  gives  shelter  to  all  who  obey  the  laws, 
which  recognises  no  invidious  distinctions  of 
race,  which  affords  to  all  perfect  liberty  in 
matters  of  religious  opinion  and  belief,  and 
freedom  in  the  permit  of  trade  and  of  all  lawful 
callings.  I  note  with  satisfaction  the  assuranes 
I  derive  from  your  address,  that  under  British 
rule  men  of  varied  creeds  and  nations  live  in 
harmony  among  themselves,  and  develop  to  the 
utmost  those  energies  which  they  inherit  from 
widely  separate  families  of  mankind,  whilst  all 
join  in  loyal  attachment  to  the  British  Crown,  and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  151 

take  their  share,  as  in  my  native  country,  in  the 
management  of  their  own  local  affairs.  I  shall 
gladly  communicate  to  Her  Majesty  what  you  so 
loyally  and  kindly  say  regarding  the  pleasure 
which  the  people  of  India  derive  from  Her 
Majesty's 'gracious  permission  to  me  to  visit  this 
part  of  Her  Majesty's  Empire.  I  assure  you  that 
the  Princess  of  Wales  has  never  ceased  to  share 
my  regret  that  she  was  unable  to  accompany  me. 
She  has  from  her  very  earliest  years  taken  the 
most  lively  interest  in  this  great  country,  and  the 
cordiality  of  your  greeting  this  day  will  make  her 
yet  more  regret  the  impossibility  of  her  sharing 
in  person  the  pleasure  your  welcome  afforded  me." 

The  Prince  of  Wales'    Tour,  1875-6,    bv  Sir 
W.  Howard  Russell,  pp.  I19-120. 


Wellington  on  Bombay 

Duke  of  Wellington. 

Reply  to  the  address  from  the  British  Inhabi- 
tants of  Bombay.     Bombay,  13th  March  1804. 

'The  approbation  of  this  Settlement  is  a 
<iistinction  which  will  afford  a  permanent  source 
of  gratification  to  my  mind  ;  and  I  receive,  with  a 
high  sense  of  respect,  the  honor  conveyed  me 
by  your  Address. 

The  events  which  preceded  the  war  are  of  a 
nature  to  demonstrate  the  justice  of  our  cause  ; 


152  BOMBAY: 

while  the  forbearance  with  which  the  British 
Government  refrained  from  the  contest  is  calculat- 
ed to  manifest  that  the  efficient  state  of  our  military 
equipment  was  directed  to, the  preservation  of 
peace,  and  consistant  with  the  principles  of  our 
defensive  policy.  The  comprehensive  plan  of 
operations  for  the  conduct  of  the  war  was  equalled 
by  the  extent  of  our  resources,  and  supported  by 
the  concentrated  power  of  the  empire.  The  con- 
flict in  which  the  British  armies  were  in  conse- 
quence engaged  presented  a  theatre  capable  of 
displaying  at  once  the  most  splendid  objects  of 
military  glory,  and  substantial  proofs  of  the- 
pervading  wisdom  of  the  British  councils.  To- 
be  engaged  in  such  a  scene  was  an  object  worthy 
of  the  highest  ambition  ;  and  the  contingencies, 
which  placed  a  division  of  the  army  under 
my  command  enabled  me  to  appreciate  the 
permanent  causes  of  our  success  and  power,  in 
the  established  discipline  of  our  troops,  in  the 
general  union  of  zeal  for  the  public  interests,  in 
the  uniform  effects  of  our  consolidated  strength,, 
and  in  the  commanding  influence  of  our  national 
reputation  in  India. 

In  reviewing  the  consequences  of  our  success,. 
it  is  with  unfeigned  satisfaction  that  I  perceive 
the  increasing  channels  of  wealth  which  have 
been  opened  to  this  opulent  settlement ;  and  it  is 
peculiarly  gratifying  to  my  feelings,  that  I 
should  have  been  instrumental  in  renewing 
the  benefits  of  peace  to  a  settlement,  from  the 
resources     and     public    spirit     of      which,     the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  ISS 

detachments  under  my  command  have  derived 
the  most  essential  aids  during  the  prosecuton 
of  the  war. 

The  occasion  which  it  has  pleased  you  to 
choose  of  uniting  my  name  with  that  of  the 
Governor  General  has  excited  the  warmest 
affections  of  my  heart,  together  with  the  highest 
sentiments  of  public  respect ;  at  the  same  time^ 
therefore,  that  I  receive  with  peculiar  gratitude,, 
this  mark  of  your  kindness,  I  cannot,  discharge 
the  obligations  you  have  imposed  on  me,  in 
a  manner  more  conformable  to  my  sense  of 
the  honour  and  welfare  of  this  settlement,  or 
of  the  reputation  and  interests  of  the  empire, 
than  by  expressing  my  confidence  of  ycur 
cherishing  those  principles  of  loyalty,  subordi- 
nation, and  government,  which  have  raised 
and  finally  established  the  British  empire  ift 
India  on  the  extensive  foundations  of  its^ 
present  security,  prosperity,  dignity  and  renown.*' 

Duke  of  Wellington  s  Despatches — selected  by 
Gurwood,  pages  156-157, 


Marquess  of  Wellesley's 
Praise  of  Bombay. 

Reply  to  the  address  from  the  British  Inhabi- 
tants of  Bombay  presented  on  22nd  March  1804. 

The  congratulations  which  you  are  pleased 
to  offer  to  me  on  the  happy  termination  of  the 
late   war,  manifest  the  most  honourable,  zealous^ 


154  BOMBAY: 

and  just  spirit  of  attachment  to  the  public 
welfare,  and  to  the  national  fame  and  glory. 

I  accept  the  animated  expressions  of  your 
confidence  and  favourable  opinion  with  a  due 
estimation  of  the  liberal  sentiments  which 
dictated  your  address,  and  with  a  high  sense  of 
the  honour  conveyed  to  me  by  this  public 
testimony  of  your  approbation. 

Your  vicinity  to  the  theatre  of  the  war  in  the 
Deccan  has  enabled  you  to  appreciate  with 
accuracy  and  justice,  the  magnitude  of  the 
dangers  which  have  been  surmounted,  and  the 
extent  of  the  substantial  advantages  which  have 
been  obtained  by  this  signal  triumph  of  the 
British  arms.  In  the  commencement  and  progress 
of  the  war  in  the  western  quarter  of  India,  the 
efficiency  of  various  important  branches  of  our 
military  operations  was  secured  by  the  active 
aid  of  the  government,  of  the  civil  and  military 
service,  and  of  the  British  inhabitants  of  Bombay, 
and  the  useful  and  cordial  assistance  which  you 
contributed  in  your  several  capacities  to  promote 
the  common  cause  in  the  hour  of  peril,  entitles 
you  to  participate  in  the  honour  which  has 
attended  our  glorious  success. 

The  exertions  of  Bombay  during  the  late 
contest  have  recalled  to  my  recollection  the 
distinguished  services  of  that  settlement  in  a 
crisis  of  equal  importance;  and  I  have  viewed 
with  confidence  and  satisfaction  the  revival  of 
the  same  energy  and  zeal  which  facilitated  the 
success  of  our  arms  in  Mysore. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  155 

It  is  grateful  to  my  mind,  that  the  conclu- 
-sion  of  peace  should  have  established  national 
advantages,  from  which,  peculiar  benefit  will  be 
derived  to  the  settlement  of  Bombay,  by  the 
-security  and  extension  of  its  commerce,  military 
resources,  territorial  revenues,  and  political  in- 
fluence and  power.  The  magnitude  and  impor- 
tance of  these  advantages  afford  a  due  reward 
to  the  loyalty,  public  zeal  and  courage  uniformly 
displayed  by  the  settlement  of  Bombay  during 
my  administration.  Having  borne  a  consider- 
able share  in  the  burthen  and  hazard  of  war, 
you  have  received  a  just  proportion  of  the 
benefits  of  peace. 

You  may  rely  on  the  continuance  of  my 
earnest  endeavours  to  promote  the  improvement 
of  those  benefits,  in  your  opulent  and  public 
-spirited  settlement;  and  to  maintain  the  interests 
honour,  and  welfare  of  Bombay,  by  a  just 
application  of  the  same  principles  of  public 
policy  which  have  contributed  to  secure  the 
general  prosperity  of  the  British  Empire  in  Asia. 

Marquis  of  Wellesley's  Despatches^  Vol.  Illy 
pages  595-596. 


156  BOMBAY: 

Queen    Among  Cities 

G.  W.  Steevens. 

Bombay  is  indeed  a  queen  amon^  cities- 
Drive  down  from  the  Ridge  by  the  white 
flooding  moonlight,  beneath  fleshy  green  leaves 
as  huge,  and  flowers  as  languorously  gorgeous^ 
as  in  any  fairy  tale, — beneath  hundred-fingered 
fronds  of  palm  and  wax-foliaged  banyans  that 
feel  for  earth  with  roots  hanging  from  their 
branches ;  past  tall  broad-shouldered  architecture 
rising  above  these.  Western  in  its  design,  Eastern 
in  the  profusion  of  its  embellishment ;  looking, 
always  out  to  the  blue-veiled  bay  with  the  goldea 
lights  on  its  horns.  Then  Ihink  of  the  factory 
smoke,  the  numberless  bales  of  cotton,  the  hives 
of  coolies,  the  panting  steamers  in  the  harbour^ 
the  grim-eyed  batteries,  and  the  white  warships^ 
Bombay  is  a  beautiful  queen  in  silver  armour  and. 
a  girdle  of  gold. 

In  India,  1899,  page  23. 


First  to  Receive  the  King 

Dr.  Stanley  Reed. 

In  all  India  none  made  preparation  to  greet 
the  King  and  Queen  more  joyously  than  Bombay. 
Delhi  could  rightly  claim  to  be  the  scene  of  the 
Imperial  Durbar.  Calcutta,  as  the  seat  of  the 
Government  of  India,  absorbed  a  large  share  of 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  157 

the  Emperor's  limited  time.  But  none  could 
challenge  the  title  of  Bombay  to  be  the  first  to 
receive  the  Emperor  of  United  India.  Standing 
in  the  midst  of  a  western  seaboard  which  possesses 
no  other  great  natural  harbour  and  in  close  touch 
with  the  most  productive  districts  of  the  country, 
the  fortunes  of  the  city  are  broad  based  on 
unshakeable  geographical  advantages.  They 
are  buttressed  by  a  population  composed  of  the 
most  acute  trading  races  of  the  East.  Parsis, 
Banias,  Khojas  and  Bhattias,  inspired  by  the 
example  of  Englishmen,  have  here  united  to 
make  this  one  of  the  great  cities  of  the  world, 
justifying  in  remarkable  degree  the  prescience 
of  the  Viceroy  of  Goa  who  declared  that  India 
will  be  lost  on  the  day  when  the  English  nation 
is  settled  in  Bombay — then  a  collection  of  mean 
islets  separated  by  swamps.  Here  too  the 
significance  of  the  Royal  visit  was  recognised 
from  the  day  when  it  was  announced  ;  it  was 
seen  that  the  event  was  one  of  profound  Imperial 
significance  a  demonstration  to  the  peoples  of 
the  land,  and  to  the  wider  Empire  of  which  it 
forms  a  great  and  splendid  part,  made  in  the 
most  conspicuous  manner  possible,  that  not 
only  is  India  indissolubly  one  with  the  far  flung 
Dominions  of  the  Crown,  but  has  a  great 
and  special  place  in  the  responsibilities  of  the 
Royal  House.  The  citizens  of  Bombay  can  also 
claim,  with  better  right  than  any  other  part  of 
India,  to  be  a  united  people.  Not  that  there  are 
no  differences,   racial,  communal,  religious,  and 


158  BOMBAY: 

sectarian  amongst  its  million  inhabitants,  but 
because  when  occasion  arises  they  are  brushed 
aside  like  an  impalpable  cobweb  and  all  act  as 
one  enterprising  homogeneous  body.  Commerce 
has  proved  a  wonderful  solvent,  and  the  influence- 
of  the  Parsis,  free  from  caste  restrictions  and 
religious  bigotry,  standing  between  Englishmait 
and  Indian,  has  welded  all  far  more  closeljr 
than  has  been  practicable  elsewhere  in  Asia. 

King  and  Queen  in  India,  1912,  pages  28-2g.. 


The  Gateway  Between  the  East  and 
the  West 

Sir  Raymond  West. 

There  was  a  city  in  ancient  days  founded  by 
a  great  conqueror,-!  am  speaking  of  Alexandria,- 
and  when  that  great  conqueror  founded  that  city 
he  established  it  as  a  gateway  of  communication 
and  as  a  means  of  connection  between  the  East 
and  the  West.  That  great  city  of  commerce  was. 
the  seat  of  a  long  line  of  kings.  It  had  wealth 
beyond  most  cities  of  the  ancient  world,  and  it 
was  the  favoured  resort  of  many  of  the  great  ones 
of  the  earth.  It  has  occupied  a  great  place  in 
history,  but  the  greatest  place  it  has  taken  has 
been  on  account  of  its  library,  on  account  of  its- 
learned  men,  and  on  account  of  the  philosophy 
and  learning  which   grew  up  there,  and   which 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  159 

have  left  its  name,  whatever  its  future  fate  may- 
be, imperishable  in  the  intellectual  history  of 
mankind.  Now  in  our  day  and  our  age  Bombay 
occupies  quite  an  analogous  position  to  that  of 
Alexandria  in  the  ancient  world.  Bombay  is 
for  us  the  gateway  between  the  East  and  the 
West.  There  meet  the  men  of  various  nations,, 
and  there  they  exchange  their  merchandise. 

There  also  then,  I  say,  should  be  that 
interchange  of  thoughts  and  ideas  by  which 
Bombay,  like  Alexandria,  may  rise  to  a  fame 
quite  independent  of  the  wealth  of  its  citizens, 
and  of  any  fate  which  may  befall  it.  Here  in 
Bombay,  where  converging  races  from  the  East 
and  West  meet,  should  rise  a  school  of  scholar- 
ship and  philosophy,  which  should  make  this 
city  a  worthy  successor  to  the  great  city  founded 
by  Alexander  the  Great.  Surely  to  forward  such 
a  work  as  this  is  an  ambition  worthy  of  the 
greatest  and  most  distinguished  of  our  citizens. 
I  hope  they  will  now  and  in  all  future  time  rise 
to  the  occasion,  and  it  will  be  a  part  of  their 
ambition — certainly  it  will  be  the  noblest  and 
purest  part  of  their  ambition — to  endow  the  learn- 
ed institutions,  and  especially  the  University  in 
this  city,  with  such  gifts,  make  them  so  rich,  and 
furnish  such  encouragements  to  learning,  re- 
search, and  study,  as  shall  make  Bombay  intelle- 
ctually the  first  city  in  Asia  and  second  to  none 
in  the  world.  Let  me  remind  these  citizens  that 
at  the  period  of  the  Renaissance  in  Europe,  which 


160  BOMBAY : 

corresponds  in  many  ways  to  the  awakening 
of  thought  and  intellectual  light  which  is  now 
making  its  way  in  India,  the  citizens -of  the  great 
-cities  were  lavish  in  their  gifts  and  in  their 
■expenditure  for  the  encouragement  of  learning. 
The  great  merchants  of  Florence,  as  some  of 
their  day-books,  their  "  mels^^  preserved  down 
to  our  own  time  show,  not  only  had  their 
correspondents  in  all  parts  of  the  world  for 
gathering  up  rich  merchandise,  but  also  to  seek 
out  learned  men  and  to  send  home  valuable 
manuscripts.  There  is  an  example  for  our  citi- 
zens to  follow.  Again,  I  find  at  the  same  stage 
in  the  world's  progress  that  a  city  like  Bologna 
spent  half  of  its  municipal  funds  in  the  support 
of  its  University.  Padua,  another  great  city, 
supported  at  one  time  thirty  Professors  in  its 
University — Professors  of  Law  and  Medicine  and 
General  Literature. 

But  at  the  same  time  that  the  municipalities 
of  Italy  at  the  period  of  the  Renaissance  were  so 
liberal  in  their  gifts  in  aid  of  learning,  there  was 
still  a  field  left  for  the  princes  and  nobles  and 
chiefs  of  that  country,  and  there  is  still  a  field  left 
for  the  princes  and  nobles  and  chiefs  of  India  to 
do  a  great  deal  for  the  University  of  Bombay.  It 
will  be  familiar  to  those  of  you  who  have  read 
the  history  of  that  great  period  of  the  re- 
awakening of  European  life  and  knowledge  that 
the  new  learning  was  but  somewhat  coldly  receiv- 
ed by  the  Universities  themselves,  which  by  that 
time   after   a   period   of  three  or   four  centuries 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  i6i 

of  activity  had  already  sunk  pretty  deep  into 
the  ruts  of  routine.  It  was  in  the  courts  of 
Popes  and  of  the  princes  and  nobles  of  Italy 
that  the  great  scholars  found  means  for  carrying 
on  their  studies  and  the  Universities,  which 
were  somewhat  chary  of  receiving  them,  found 
to  their  cost  afterwards  that  the  wave  of  learning 
had  in  the  long  run  passed  them  by  and  left 
them  standing.  Here  is  an  example  for  the 
chiefs  in  India,  especially  chiefs  who  have  any 
relation  to  the  Presidency  of  Bombay.  Here  is 
an  institution  which  would  be  in  no  wise  jealous 
of  anything  they  can  do  for  learning.  It  invites 
them  to  come  into  its  arms  and  to  go  hand  in  hand 
along  with  them  in  the  work  of  assisting  and 
promoting  learning,  literature,  and  science.  I 
suppose  there  are  few  chiefs  of  higher  rank  who 
would  not  give  a  lakh  or  even  two  or  five  lakhs 
for  an  addition  of  one  gun  to  their  salutes. 
I  do  not  ask  these  gentlemen  in  any  way  to 
despise  the  salute,  which  shows  the  respect  felt 
for  them  by  the  Paramount  Power  in  India. 
Far  from  it ;  but  I  ask  them  to  win  a  still 
greater  and  nobler  salute  by  giving  a  lakh  or 
two  or  five  to  an  institution  of  this  kind,  and 
then  on  every  occasion  of  their  entering  this 
building,  and  showing  their  face  among  the 
community  to  which  they  belong,  they  will 
receive  the  noblest  salute  of  a  people's  applause. 
I  would  fain  see  on  every  one  of  the  panels 
of  this  hall,  in  which  we  are  assembled,  a 
tablet    containing    the    names    of     chief    after 


1(52  BOMBAY : 

chief,  hereditary  donors  of  bounties  to  this 
University,  hereditary  benefactors  who  would 
within  its  sacred  walls  find  a  nobler  Walhallah 
than  anything  that  northern  mythical  imagination 
can  conceive,  where  instead  of  drinking  mead 
out  of  the  skulls  of  their  slain  foes,  they  would 
move  about  in  ideal  society,  one  with  the  other^ 
an  idolized  body  of  benefactors  worthy  of  the 
recollection  and  almost  of  the  worship  of  those 
who  in  future  generations  will  flock  into  this- 
hall,  as  they  have  done  to-day,  to  take  their 
degrees  and  to  receive  the  recognition  of  those 
who   come  to  witness  the  proceedings. 

University  Convocation  Address,  1887,  pages  184-186^ 


In  this  very  city  we  have  seen  the  mill 
industry  grow  up,  which  makes  Bombay  one  of 
the  great  manufacturing  cities  of  the  world,  and 
here,  especially,  the  want:  of  technological 
instruction  has  been  a  growing  want,  which  has 
made  itself  keenly  felt  and  has  been  loudly 
expressed.  Now  comes  an  institution  which,  I 
trust,  will  supply  that  great  want :  nor  let  it  be 
supposed  for  a  moment  that  an  institution  of  that 
kind  need  be  deficient  in  the  higher  elements  of 
intellectual  cultivation.  It  is  certainly  true  that 
technical  instruction,  when  it  is  pursued  on  a 
scientific    basis,    affords    exercise    to   the   very 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  163 

highest  powers  of  the  intellect.  If  we  follow 
out  the  development  of  any  one  of  the  great 
branches  of  physics  or  chemistry  or  any  of  the 
great  inventions  by  which  the  world  has  been 
enriched  in  its  material  sphere,  from  the  early 
gropings  of  its  first  devotees  down  to  its  develop- 
ment in  our  days,  we  find  in  that  task  a  noble 
and  worthy  exercise  of  the  highest  capacity.  If 
we  attempt  to  appreciate  the  influence  of  such 
an  invention  or  discovery  on  the  world  as  it 
exists  now,  we  are  involved  in  a  very  compre- 
hensive view  of  the  existing  conditions  of  human 
existence.  If  we  attempt  to  anticipate  what 
these  inventions  are  to  produce  in  the  future, 
we  are  engaged  on  a  problem  which  is  worthy 
of  the  very  highest  speculative  ability.  It 
should  fiever  be  said  then  that  technological 
instruction,  when  properly  pursued  on  a  scientific 
basis,  is  in  any  way  opposed  to  the  high 
cultivation  of  the  mind  or  to  the  objects  of  a 
University.  It  takes  its  part  beside,  and  in  no 
way  under,  it. 

Convocation  Address,  1888,  pages  199-200. 


We  live  at  the  time  of  a  momentous  con- 
fluence and  conflict  of  ideas,  principles,  and 
Interests.  You  will  probably  have  to  take  your 
part  in  a  profound  moral  strife;  but  if  that  part 
is  a  noble  one,  you  may  rest  assuredof  abundant 


t64  BOMBAY : 

sympathy.  The  establishment  of  the  Victoria 
Jubilee  Technical  Institute,  which  will  make  a 
new  departure  in  the  educational  system  of 
Bombay  and  of  India,  will  stand  also,  like  this 
University,  as  a  striking  and  permanent  sign  of 
our  readiness  to  admit  and  welcome  every  duly 
accredited  addition  to  the  means  of  advancing 
the  moral  and  material  welfare  of  the  com- 
munity. It  is  a  wedding  by  which  we  bring  a 
new  sister  into  the  family, -without  abating  one 
jot  of  our  love  and  reverence  for  the  members 
who  were  there  before.  The  literature  in  which 
we  delighted  aforetime  is  still  dear  to  us;  the 
rigorous  laws  of  mathematical  science  still  com- 
mand our  reverence  and  admiration.  But  we 
think  that  while  we  keep  room  for  our  possible 
Newtons,  Wordsworths,  and  iMacaulays,  we 
may  find  a  place  also  for  our  Faradays  and 
Darwins.  We  may  hold  out  hands  of  fellowship 
to  an  Indian  Watt  or  Arkwright,  a  Stephenson. 
or  Bessemer,  and  strive  by  mastering  the 
principles  which  their  genius  anticipated  to 
make  the  path  smoother  for  new  conquests 
of  nature.  When  I  see  my  beloved  country 
seated  majestically  in  her  centre  of  empire, 
yet  thus  diffusing  the  highest  blessings  she 
herself  enjoys  to  all  who  will  accept  them  in 
this  great  dependency,  I  feel  myself  filled,  I 
confess,  with  a  patriotic  pride,  which  no  tales  of 
mere  victory  could  inspire.  To  her,  and  her 
alone,  I  feel  those  fine  lines  of  Claudian  are 
applicable: — 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  165 

Haec  est  in  gremio  victos  quae  sola  recepit 

Humanumque  genus  communi  nomine  fovit 

Matris  non  dominae  ritu ;  civesque  vocavit 
Quos  domuit. 

All  of  you  are  invited  to  come  in  and  realize 
these  blessings  of  a  peaceful  and  beneficent 
dominion,  and  share  the  pride  of  a  common 
citizenship  with  the  great  men  whose  writings 
have  formed  the  nurture  of  your  adolescence. 
But  more,  you  are  called  on  to  go  forth  from 
this  institution  as  apostles  and  interpreters  to 
your  countrymen  in  this  generation  and  the 
next,  of  the  vivifying  influence  by  which  in  our 
own  day  Europe  has  been  renovated.  The 
historical  glory  of  a  great  civilization  glows 
behind  you;  the  rising  splendour  of  an  enlarged 
nationality,  and  of  a  new  intellectual  world  is 
before  you.  You  may  well  be  stirred  with  noble 
emotion  at  the  sight  of  where  you  are  and  what 
you  have  to  do.  Accept  this  as  a  command  from 
Heaven,  as  a  divine  impulse  to  work  and  wait 
for  the  complete  regeneration  of  your  people, 
and  resolve  to  act  worthily  of  so  high  and  sacred 
a  behest. 

Convocation  Address,  1888,  pp.  205-206, 


I66  BOMBAY : 

Bombay  Essential 
to  the  Empire 

Philip  Anderson. 

Amongst  the  foreign  dependencies  of  the 
British  Crown  none  is  of  greater  and  more 
increasing  importance  than  Bombay.  The  growth 
of  the  Australian  Colonies  has  been  indeed  far 
more  rapid,  and  their  sudden  acquisition  of 
wealth  more  astonishing, than  any  progress  which 
has  been  made  in  India.  But  the  possession  of 
Australia  and  other  colonies  is  not  essential  to 
the  maintenance  of  England's  power  and  glory  ; 
if  their  independence  was  to  be  at  once  pro- 
claimed, no  serious  consequences  need  be  appre- 
hended on  her  account.  It  is,  however,  essential 
to  her  prosperity  that  she  should  preserve  her 
Indian  Empire,  and  every  year  strengthens  the 
conviction  of  thinking  men,  that  whether  that 
Empire  be  regarded  from  a  political  or  commer- 
cial point  of  view,  its  most  important  possession 
is  the  island   of  Bombay. 

For  many  years  the  English  had  been 
anxious  to  lay  their  hands  upon  this  treasure ; 
yet  strange  to  say,  when  they  had  obtained  it, 
its  value  remained  for  a  while  hidden  from  the 
penetration  of  their  statesmen,  the  practised 
eyes  of  their  naval  and  military  commanders, 
and  the  keen  avidity  of  their  enterprizing 
merchants.  Its  retention  was  considered  scarcely 
worth    a  struggle,  and   the  question    whether   it 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  167 

should  be  rasigned  was  actually  debated.  Even 
the  Dutch  historian  ( Baldacus )  of  the  age,  a 
shrewd  and  accurate  man,  considered  that  this 
possession  was  worthless. 

English  in  Western  India,  l8j4,  pp.  50-1. 


riingling  of  Peoples 

"The  Times." 

But  transcending  even  these  natural  advan- 
tages is  the  asset  Bombay  possesses  in  the 
character  of  its  people.  In  all  other  parts  of 
India  society  is  divided  into  water-tight  compart- 
ments. In  Calcutta  industry  and  commerce  are 
entirely  in  the  hands  of  English  and  Scotch 
manufacturers  and  merchants,  whilst  the  retail 
trade  is  monopolised  by  the  keen  Marwaris. 
The  Bengali  loathes  the  office  and  the  desk, 
expending  all  his  energies  in  the  law  and 
journalism,  and  when  he  has  money  to  invest  he 
puts  it  in  the  safest  four  per  cents.  In  Madras 
the  division  between  business  and  the  professions 
in  no  less  sharp.  But  Bombay  is  a  cosmopolitan 
city,  its  trade  and  industry  are  shared  by  every 
■section  of  the  population  to  a  degree  unparallel- 
ed in  any  other  part  of  the  Indian  Empire. 
When  the  St.  George's  Cross  was  raised  over 
Bombay  Castle,  the  proselytizing  methods  of 
the  Jesuits  and  Franciscans  had  made  European 


1 68  BOMBAY: 

domination  a  hated  thing.  The  British  at  once 
established  a  reign  of  complete  religious  tolera- 
tion, and  the  keenest  brains  and  boldest  charac- 
ters from  all  Western  India  flocked  to  an  island 
where  a  security  which  the  native  rulers  could 
not  guarantee  might  be  had  with  complete 
freedom  of  conscience  and  religious  observance^ 
The  Parsis,  driven  from  Persia  by  the  Maho- 
medan  conquerors,  centuries  before,  who  had  been 
allowed  to  settle  as  hewers  of  wood  and  drawers, 
of  water  in  Gujarat,  were  amongst  the  first 
arrivals.  They  brought  freedom  from*  caste 
prejudice  and  restriction,  and  the  quickness  and 
clannishness  bred  of  oppression,  which  made 
them  the  natural  channel  of  communication 
between  the  English  and  the  children  of  the 
soil,  and  gave  them  a  large  share  in  the  seaborne 
trade  shunned  by  Hindus  because  of  the  pollution 
involved  in  voyaging  across  "The  Black  Water.'' 
The  Khojas,  forced  converts  from  Hinduism,  came 
from  Cutch,  the  Banias  from  Gujarat,  the  Bhattias 
form  Cutch  and  Gujarat,  the  Konkani  Mahome- 
dans  from  the  south,  and  a  sprinkling  of  Jews 
from  Baghdad.  These  are  amongst  the  keenest 
trading  races  in  the  world;  their  natural  vogue  is 
commerce ;  and  if  they  have  a  fault,  it  is  that 
they  are  too  speculative  rather  than  ultra-con- 
servative— the  besetting  sin  of  most  of  India.  It 
is  on  this  secure  human  foundation  that  the 
commercial  fortunes  of  Bombay  are  firmly  based. 
A  full  appreciation  of  the  position  of  the 
various  Indian  communities  in  the  city  is    essen_ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  i6^ 

tial  to  an  understanding  of  the  place  of  Bombay 
in  India  and  the  Empire.  In  most  parts  of  India 
the  line  of  demarcation  between  the  Englishman 
and  the  Indian  is  sharply  drawn  ;  in  some  parts  it 
is  possible  for  a  man  to  pass  a  lifetime  in  the 
country  and  never  come  into  intimate  contact 
with  an  Indian  gentleman.  In  Bombay  the  line 
is  so  faint  that  it  must  soon  be  extinguished. 
Englishman  and  Indian,  Parsi  and  Mahomedan, 
Jew  and  Hindu,  meet  in  daily  and  intimate 
commercial  dealing.  They  sit  side  by  side  in  the 
Hall  of  the  Municipality  and  the  Senate  of  the 
University,  they  foregather  nightly  at  the  Orient 
Club,  and  interdine  frequently.  Touch  any 
commercial  house  and  you  find  that  its  ramifica- 
tions are  so  intertwined  with  Englishman  and 
Indian  that  acute  racial  feeling  is  impossible  ; 
at  any  public  gathering,  every  race  and  creed  in 
the  cosmopolitan  city  will  be  represented.  Whilst 
communal  life  in  Bombay  is  strong,  it  is  rarely 
bigoted;  commerce,  and  the  amenities  commerce 
has  brought  in  its  train,  has  been  a  mighty  solvent 
of  particularism  and  intolerance.  In  all  these 
respects  Bombay  is  nearly  a  generation  ahead  of 
any  other  part  of  India.  It  has  acquired  a  unique 
reputation  for  common  sense  and  sobriety 
of  opinion.  The  Bengali  is  generally  more 
cultured,  he  is  almost  always  a  finer  orator  and 
ihetorician  ;  Madras  has  carried  its  educational 
machinery  to  a  higher  pitch  and  produced  more 
accomplished  Brahmin  administrators;  but 
Bombay    leads  India  in  the  sobriety  of  thought 


lyo  BOMBAY : 

-and  breadth  of  view  which  comes  from  travel  and 
commerce  and  the  magic  influence  of  property. 
If  it  cannot  be  said  that  what  Bombay  thinks 
to-day  India  thinks  to-morrow,  it  may  be  said 
without  exaggeration  that  at  all  times  of  political 
-excitement  India  looks  to  Bombay  for  an  informed 
opinion,  and  for  the  brake  which  will  arrest 
runaway  political  thought.  It  is  to  Bombay  that 
the  Government  look  for  the  reflection  of  the  best 
Indian  opinion  on  the  politics  of  the  day,  and  for 
a  lead  in  currency  and  finance. 

India  and  the  Durbar  1911,  pp.  270-272. 


"  The  Eye   of  India  " 

W.  S.  Caine. 

Bombay  has  been  called  "The  Eye  of  India". 
It  is  the  largest,  most  populous,  and  enterprising 
city  in  the  Empire.  More  than  half  the  imports 
and  exports  of  all  India  pass  through  its  custom 
house.  Nine-tenths  of  the  persons  entering  or 
leaving  the  country  do  so  at  Bombay;  it  is  with- 
out exception  the  finest  modern  city  in  Asia,  and 
the  noblest  monument  of  British  enterprise  in 
the  world.  The  traveller,  eager  for  the  wonders 
of  Agra,  Delhi,  or  Benares,  is  too  often  satisfied 
with  a  couple  of  days  spent  in  driving  through 
its  spacious  streets,  neglectful  of  the  wonderful 
life  of  this  great  city  and  seaport,  seeing  nothing 
of  its  institutions,  its  arts    and    manufactures,  or 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  171 

the  interesting  peoples  who  make  up  its  popula- 
tion of  800,000  souls.  A  month  may  be  spent  in 
Bombay,  and  at  the  end  many  things  will  still  be 
unseen  that  ought  to  have  been  seen. 

As  the  steamer  rounds  Colaba  point,  and 
proceeds  slowly  to  her  moorings,  the  panorama 
of  Bombay  city,  with  the  noble  buildings  tower- 
ing above  the  masts  in  her  docks,  the  low  coast 
line  beyond  sweeping  round  the  vast  bay  dotted 
with  palm-clad  islands,  backed  by  the  lofty  blue 
mountains  of  Matheran  and  Mahableshwar,  fully 
justify  the  name  given  by  the  old  Portuguese 
navigators  in  the  16th  century — Bom  Bahia,  the 
beautiful  bay. 

Picturesque  India,  l8gi,  pages  I  -2. 


Cosmopolitan  yet  Homogenous 

"  The  Times." 

It  is  well-nigh  impossible  for  the  untravelled 
"Englishman  to  realize  the  giant  strides  that  are 
being  made  by  the  commercial  cities  of  India 
that  have  sprung  into  existence  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Pax  Britannica.  He  needs  to  sail 
into  Bombay  Harbour,  to  survey  its  miles  of 
deep  water  anchorage,  and  drive  round  the 
wharves  and  quays  that  accommodate  a  sea- 
borne trade  of  four  million  tons  a  year.  He 
must  drive  through  the  main  streets  of  the  city, 
where  he  will  find  roads  and  public  buildings 
that  would    not   be   unworthy   of   Munich.   Most 


172  BOMBAY : 

significant  of  all,  he  should  stand  on  some 
eminence  looking  north,  and  mark  the  scores  of 
tall  chimneys  belching  forth  smoke,  then  descend 
into  the  industrial  quarter,  and  listen  to  the  roar 
of  machinery  that  is  bound  some  day  to  drive 
Lancashire  textiles  out  of  India.  All  these  indust- 
rial potentialities  are  established  in  a  setting  of 
unsurpassed  beauty.  Alone  amongst  the  modern 
cities  of  India,  Bombay  can  claim  to  be  called 
beautiful,  and  the  glories  of  its  deep  bays  and 
noble  harbour,  of  its  wooded  slopes  and  saph- 
ire  sea  command  the  unstinted  admiration  of 
the  visitor  and  cannot  pall  on  the  oldest  inhabi- 
tant. And  these  conditions  are  found  in  a  climate 
which,  whilst  enervating,  is  never  really  hot,  and 
in  the  worst  months  of  the  year  is  tempered  by  a 
sea-sweetened  breeze.  Broad-based  as  its  for- 
tunes are  on  geographical  position,  harbour,  and 
industry,  the  future  of  Bombay  is  yet  more  secu- 
rely founded  on  its  people.  Cosmopolitan  to  an 
almost  unparralled  degree,  yet  it  owns  a  homo- 
geneity unknown  elsewhere  in  India,  and  a  civic 
patriotism  based  on  the  consciousness  that  all 
are  citizens  of  no  mean  city.  No  city  could  be 
more  conscious  of  its  future  as  the  second  city 
in  the  British  Empire,  or  more  willing  to  spend 
prodigally  in  order  to  be  worthy  of  that  destiny; 
so  that  Bombay  may  truly  fulfil  the  ideal  of 
Gerald  Aungier,  one  of  the  first  and  greatest  of 
her  Governors,  as  the  city  that  by  God's  grace 
is  destined  to  be  built. 

India  and  the  Biirbar,  191 1,  pages  281-282. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  173 

The    Modern  Alexandria 

Sir   M.  E.  Grant-Duff. 

I  leave  Bombay  with  a  much  stronger 
impression  than  I  had  of  its  great  Asiatic  as  dis- 
tinguished from  merely  Indian  importance.  It  is,. 
and  will  be,  more  and  more  to  all  this  part  of 
the  world  what  Ephesus  or  Alexandria  were  to 
the  eastern  basin  of  the  Mediterranean  in  the 
days  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

I  wish  I  could  give  it  a  fortnight,  and  be 
allowed  to  pick  Dr.  Wilson's  brains  all  the  time  ; 
but  the  "  limitations  of  existence"  say  *no'  to  that. 

Notes  of  an  bidian  Journey,  1876,  page    44. 


Bombay  an  Asylum  for  All 

Francis  Warden. 

If  in  addition  to  these  local  improvements, 
we  estimate  the  importance  of  Bombay  in  a 
national  point  of  view,  in  reference  to  the  resources 
which  it  has  afforded  towards  the  extension  and 
consolidation  of  the  British  Empire  in  India; 
to  the  means  of  promoting  the  vend  of  the 
manufactures  of  the  mother  country  for  upwards 
of  a  century  and  a  half  in  every  quarter  of 
India,  throughout  Persia  and  Arabia ;  to  the 
aid  which  it  has  afforded  in  upholding  her 
military  reputation  and  in  contributing  to  her 
naval  power  and  resources,  we  cannot  too  highly 


174  BOMBAY : 

e^tol  the  liberal  policy,  which  has  acquired  ancf 
cherished  those  advantages  ;  and  in  viewing  the- 
commanding  situation  of  this  possession,  either 
in  a  commercial  or  in  a  plitical  light,  on  the 
security  of  which  the  permanency  of  our  Eastern 
Empire  mainly  depends,  we  cannot  be  too  cautious 
in  preserving  unimpaired  the  resources  of  the 
island,  by  encouraging  and  conciliating  not  only 
its  own  subjects,  but  those  of  the  surrounding- 
country  ;  to  convert  the  floating  population  into 
permanent  residents ;  that  Bombay,  and  ultimately 
the  adjacent  island  of  Salsette, "  may  continue- 
what  it  has  hitherto  proved,  an  asylum  to  those 
who  seek  for  refuge  and  protection  from  the 
oppression  of  their  own  arbitrary  governments. 

The  Court  of  Directors  have,  from  the 
earliest  period,  entertained  an  opinion  that  the 
island  of  Bombay  might  be  rendered  an  advanta- 
geous settlement,  and  have,  therefore,  repeatedly- 
enjoined  the  exercise  of  a  mild  and  good  Govern- 
ment, to  encourage  people  from  all  other  parts 
to  come  and  reside  under  their  protection  ;  the 
impartial  administration  of  justice  has  been 
anxiously  urged,  and  that  every  facility  might 
be  aftorded  to  the  new  inhabitants  to  build 
themselves  habitations. 

Land  Tenures,  1814,  pages  75-76. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  175 

Variety    of  Races  and  Religions 

.'Murray  Mitchell. 

Even  in  1838  the  importance  of  Bombay  as 
the  great  western  gate  of  India  was  clearly 
recognished,  and  one  heard  of  many  new  mer- 
cantile houses  springing  up.  The  arrival  of  the 
monthly  steamer  from  Suez  was  working  a  vast 
revolution. 

Then,  as  now,  the  population  of  Bombay 
was  remarkably  mixed.  Equal  to  the  variety  of 
races  was  the  variety  of  religions.  Hinduism 
( to  use  the  term  in  all  its  vast  and  vague  com- 
prehensiveness) ;  Mohammadanism  in  several 
forms;  Jainism  ;  Zoroastrianism ;  Judaism;  and 
Christianity — the  last,  especially  in  its  Roman 
Catholic  form.  Even  in  ancient  Alexandria  the 
races  and  the  systems  of  belief  could  not  have 
been  more  diversified. 

There  could  not  have  been  a  more  stimula- 
ting field  of  labour.  All  of  these  systems  had  to 
be  studied,  and,  if  possible  (no  easy  task  )^ 
understood.  It  was  not  difficult  to  refute,  it  was 
tempting  to  denounce,  them  ;  but  that  did  little 
good.  The  question  was,  what  gave  these 
systems  their  terrible  power  over  human  hearts  ? 

The  Marathas— the  inhabitants  of  Maha- 
rashtra, *  the  great  country' — had  long  been  the 
leading  race  in  Western  India.  They  had  begun 
to  act  a  conspicuous  part  more  than  two  hundred 
and  fifty  years  before.   Their  first  leader,  Shivaji, 


176  BOMBAY : 

was  a  man  of  remarkable  skill  and  energy  ;  and 
under  him  the  stifTdy  Maratha  was  a  match  for 
the  trained  Moslem  warrior.  The  Maratha  horse- 
men soon  swept  victoriously  over  the  land  from 
Agra  to  Tanjore.  Maratha  dynasties  were  set 
up  far  beyond  the  limits  of  Maharashtra.  But 
the  Marathas  were,  at  best,  what  Sir  Thomas 
Munro  called  them,  a  horde  of  Imperial  robbers. 
Their  work  was  plunder  and  devastation. 
Doubtless  the  Mohammadan  yoke  pressed  sore 
on  the  vanquished  Hindus,  It  did  so  especially 
in  the  time  of  Shivaji,  under  the  bigoted 
Aurangzib.  And  Shivaji  waged  what  may  be 
called  mainly  a  religious  war.  He  had  conse- 
crated his  sword  to  the  destroying  goddess 
Bhawani  and  called  it  by  her  name.  He 
unfurled  a  sacred  banner  and  summoned  his 
countrymen  to  rally  round  it  *  for  the  Protection 
of  Brahmans  and  cows.'  Yes;  and  the  wily 
chieftain  knew  his  men;  they  flocked  enthusi- 
astically round  him,  at  the  call.  Ere  long  the 
Peshwas,  who  were  Brahmans,  did  with  the 
descendants  of  Shivaji  as  the  Mayors  of  the 
Palace  had  done  with  the  early  kings  of 
France.  And  now  everything  was  modelled 
according  to  the  Shastras.  The  Brahman  and 
his  fellow-sufferer  the  cow  were  reinstated  in 
divine  honour. 

So  through  the  eighteenth  century  the 
Marathas  fought  on  with  varying  success,  but 
plunging  India  into  greater  and  greater  misery. 
Still  worse  were  the  Pindharis,-lawless  freeboot- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,        *  177 

«rs,  who  were  generally  their  allies.  In  their 
rapid  movements  they  spread  desolation  on 
-every  side. 

The  strength  of  the  Marathas  had  been 
broken  at  the  great  battle  of  Asai  ( Assaye)  in 
1803  ;  and  in  1818  the  Peshwa  was  overthrown 
near  Poona  and  stripped  of  his  dominions.  The 
■shock  was  tremendous.  But  the  fierce  Maratha 
spirit  was  only  curbed,  not  crushed ;  and  it 
fretted  with  ill-concealed  impatience  under  the 
British  rein. 

God  grant,  for  the  sake  of  India  even  more 
than  that  of  Britain,  that  the  Pax  Britannica  may 
long  endure  ;  Let  Britain  be  just  and  fear  not ;  yet 
also,  to  the  justice  let  her  add  a  large  measure 
of  sympathy.  She  seldoms  fails  in  the  former; 
she  often  fails  in  the  latter. 

In  Western  India,  1899,  pages  23-25, 


Bombay  and  Calcutta. 

Emma  Roberts. 

Comparisons  are  so  frequently  both  unfair 
and  invidious,  that  I  had  determined,  upon  my 
arrival  at  Bombay,  to  abstain  from  making  them, 
and  to  judge  of  it  according  to  its  own  merits, 
without  reference  to  those  of  the  rival  presidency. 
It  was  impossible,  however,  to  adhere  to  this 
resolution,  and  being  called   upon  continually  to 


178  BOMBAY : 

give  an  opinion  concerning  its  claims  to  superi- 
ority  over  Calcutta,  I  was  reluctantly  compelled 
to  consider  it  in  a  less  favourable  point  of  view 
than  Ishould  have  done  had  the  City  of  Palaces 
been  left  out  of  the  question. 

That  Bombay  is  the  rising  presidency 
there  can  be  no  doubt,  and  there  seems  to  be 
every  probability  of  its  becoming  the  seat  of 
the  Supreme  Government;  nothing  short  of  a 
rail-road  between  the  two  presidencies  can  avert 
this  catastrophe;  the  number  of  days  which 
elapse  before  important  news  reaching  Bombay 
can  be  known  and  acted  upon  by  the  authori- 
ties of  Calcutta  rendering  the  measure  almost 
imperative.  Bengal,  too  proudly  triumphing  in 
her  greatness,  has  now  to  bear  the  mortifica- 
tions to  which  she  delighted  to  subject  Bombay,, 
a  place  contemptuously  designated  as  "  a 
fishing  village",  while  its  inhabitants,  in  con- 
sequence of  their  isolated  situation,  were  called 
*'  the  Benighted.  " 

Steam-communication  brought  the  news  to 
Bombay  of  the  accession  of  Queen  Victoria  to 
the  throne  of  England,  and  this  event  was  cele- 
brated at  the  same  time  that  the  Bengallees 
were  toasting  the  health  of  William  the  Fourth  at 
a  dinner  given  in  honour  of  his  birth-day.  "Who 
are  the  Benighted  now  ?*  was  the  universal  cry; 
and  the  story  is  told  wit|i  great  glee  to  all 
new  arrivals. 

Overland  Journey  to  Bombay,  1841,  pp.  244-246^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  179 

Bombay  and  Paris 

Gerson  da  Cunha. 

The  great  events  that  have  materially 
contributed  to  the  making  of  modern  Bombay 
are  the  Treaty  of  Bassein,  which,  destroyed 
the  Maratha  Confederacy,  the  annexation  of 
the  Dekkan,  and  the  opening  of  the  Suez 
Canal,  which  helped  considerably  to  raise  this 
city  to  the  proud  position  of  the  gateway  of 
India.  On  the  ruins  of  the  Peishwa's  dominion 
was  thus  rising  the  edifice  of  a  snug  little  island 
on  the  Konkan  coast,  destined  to  rule  over  a 
great  part  of  a  vast  Continent.  Since  then  it 
has  passed  through  various  critical  phases  of 
growth  and  development,  through  years  of  joy 
and  of  sorrow,  periods  of  unnatural  inflation 
alternating  with  those  of  apparently  hopeless 
depression  ;  but,  in  spite  of  all  this,  Bombay, 
like  Paris,  fuctitat  nee  mergitur  and,  like  Paris, 
Bombay  has  grown,  due  allowance  being  made 
for  the  boldness  of  the  comparison,  slowly  at 
first,  but  rapidly  during  the  last  quarter  of  this 
century.  From  Charlamagne  to  Napoleon,  Paris 
took  nearly  ten  centuries  to  become  a  populous 
city,  and  Bombay,  from  Humphrey  Cooke  to 
Jonathan  Duncan,  has  spent  about  one  hundred 
and  fifty  years  to  develop  frcm  a  mere  hamlet 
into  a    fair  town. 

Thus  Bombay  resembles  Paris,  as  some 
other  cities,  in  the  rapidity  of  its  expansion 
within  the  last  quarter  of  a  century.  In  1814  the 


J8o  BOMBAY: 

population  of  Bombay  was  about  200,000,  and 
the  tenements  20,000.  Now  the  population  has 
quadrupled,  and  the  number  of  buildings  has 
nearly  doubled.  There  is  more  concentration 
and  pressure  of  the  populace  in  Bombay  than 
in  Calcutta.  Like  the  Adriatic  tribes  who  took 
refuge  in  the  city  of  the  Lagoons,  all  tribes  in 
Western  India  flock  to  Bombay,  and  from 
traditional  beliefs,  social  instincts  and  tribal 
affinities  are  drawn  to  certain  areas  in  the  town 
where  their  tendency  is  to  agglomerate  rather 
than  to  disperse.  Within  the  memory  of  many 
of  us  fields,  which  once  were  open  and  cultivated, 
have  now  been  built  over  with  houses  of  all 
shapes  and  sizes. 

Another  feature  common  to  both  Paris 
and  Bombay  is  prestige  and  influence,  which 
each  of  them  exercises  over  all  the  country,  far 
beyond  the  limits  of  their  own  administrative 
spheres.  Bombay  draws,  as  the  metropolis, 
the  best  talent  from  provinces  and  districts 
around,  and  dictates  laws  and  fashions  to  India 
as  Paris  does  to  France. 

It  is  said  that  Bombay  is  the  Alexandria  of 
India.  Its  geographical  position  and  commercial 
relations  bear  evidently  some  resemblance  to  the 
great  easXern  entrepot  of  the  Mediterranean.  As 
the  swampy  Rhakotis,  a  mere  fishing  village, 
which  Alexander  the  Great  transformed  into  the 
splendid  city  of  Alexandria,  the  desolate  islet  of 
the  Bombay  Koli  fishermen  was  changed  into  the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  i«t 

present  capital  of  Western  India.  Like  Alexan- 
dria, it  is,  moreover,  on  the  highway  to  other 
cities.  As  the  visitor  hurries  from  steamer  to 
rail  on  the  way  to  the  Pyramids  and  to  Luxor,  the 
Indian  tourist  rushes  from  the  Ballard  Pier  to  the 
Victoria  Station  on  the  way  to  the  Taj  Mahal, 
Delhi,  and  Benares.  But  in  all  other  respects 
Bombay  is  the  Paris  of  India.  It  is  true  it  does 
not  possess  the  beautiful,  and,  according  to 
Lebrun,  the  honest  smiling  river — 

La  Seine  aux  bords  riants,   nymphe   tran- 
quille  et  pure, 

Porte  son  doux  crista!,  ennemi  du  parjtire^ 

A  V immense  Thetis; 

but  it  has  instead  one  of  the  most  splendid 
-harbours  in  the  world,  about  which  the  old 
Portuguese  Viceroy,  Antonio  de  Mello  e  Castro, 
wrote  to  the  King  of  Portugal,  D.  Affonso  VI 
in  1662:  **  Moreover,  I  see  the  best  port  your 
Majesty  possesses  in  India,  with  which  that  of 
Lisbon  is  not  to  be  compared,  treated  as  of  little 
value  by  the  Portuguese  themselves." 

The  history  of  the  two  cities  has  hitherto 
proved  that  they  are  both  endowed  with  powers 
of  recuperation  to  meet  the  effects  of  disaster. 
But  while  Paris  possesses  the  vitality  of  a  virile 
constitution,  seasoned  and  braced  up  by  the 
lapse  of  some  centuries,  to  guarantee  its  future, 
Bombay  is  yet  too  young  to  justify  any  dogmatic 
prognostications  of  continued  prosperity. 


182  BOMBAY: 

History,  like  drama,  delights  in  contrasts  and 
coincidences.  But  if  the  historical  parallels  of 
the  past  were  logical  arguments  in  relation  to 
the  changed  conditions  of  to-day,  the  tragic  fate 
of  nearly  all  the  cities  in  Western  India,  whose 
existence  could  hardly  be  counted  by  the  cycle  of 
three  centuries,  would  lead  us,  indeed,  to  very 
gloomy  forebodings. 

I  will  not  claim  to  possess  the  prophetic 
instinct  to  foresee  what  is  in  store  for  Bombay. 
But  as  it  has  adopted  the  happy  motto  of  Urbs 
prima  in  Indis,  it  may  be  hoped  that  this  will 
prove  of  good  augury,  and  that  among  other 
privileges  Bombay  will  own  that  of  priority 
among  the  Indian  cities  for  longevity  in 
undecaying  prosperity. 

Origins  of  Bombay,  1900,  pp.  3-6. 


Another   Carthage 

James  Douglas. 

It  was  in  1675  that  Dr.  Fryer,  a  member  of 
the  Royal  Society,  suggested  that  out  of  all 
this  scum  there  might  arise  another  Carthage. 
He  was  a  far-seeing  man,  for  among  the  long 
bead-roll  of  illustrious  names  on  the  page  of 
Bombay  history,  or  books  of  travels,  not  one 
among  them  all  ventures  to  forecast  the  great- 
ness of  the  city  or  even  hazard  a  conjecture 
thereon.     Xavier,  Heber,  Wilson  } 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  183 

I  do  not  ask  to  see 
The  distant  scene,  one  step  enough   for  me. 

And  it  was  ever  thus.  Not  Aungier,  not 
Wellesley,  not  Elphinstone,  nor  the  eagle  eye  of 
Mackintosh  which  scans  the  destiny  of  nations, 
vouchsafes  a  single  glance  to  revive  the  flagging 
-courage  of  the  plodding  servant  of  Government, 
or  animate  the  hopes  of  the  merchant  or  the 
missionary,  who  had  cast  his  lot  on  the  dreary 
shores  of  old  Bombaim.  To  him  Bombay  is 
■"  the  most  obscure  corner  of  India." 

But  from  first  to  last  it  was  all  the  same;  we 
■sowed  the  seed  and  awaited  patiently  the  harvest. 
In  spite  of  the  blundering  and  villainy  of  Cooke, 
the  rebellion  of  Keigwin,  and  a  climate  that 
mowed  us  down  before  the  reaper's  sickle,  we 
held  our  ground  by  sending  out  fresh  men  to 
repair  disaster.  In  the  dullest  and  most  discour- 
aging of  times  there  was  always  some  advance. 
Sometimes  floundering  but  never  despairing,  our 
powers  of  endurance  and  administrative  ability 
were  tested  to  the  very  utmost.  The  work, 
however,  killed  seven  Governors  in  one  genera- 
tion— we  mean  in  thirty  years.  We  may  also  tack 
on  to  this,  one  ambassador  and  one  admiral. 
These  were  the  days  of  darkness,  when  men's 
hearts  failed  them  for  fear,  and  when  the  tumults 
■of  the  people  were  like  the  noise  of  the  sea  and 
the  waves  roaring.  It  was  then  we  saw  the  sun 
set  behind  the  Dutch  fleet,  which  blocked  up  the 
view  seawards  and  hung    like  a   black  thunder- 


1 84  BOMBAY: 

cloud  at  the  mouth  of  Back  Bay.  It  was  therr 
that  the  Great  Moghul,  or  the  Seedee  for  him,  was 
battering  at  the  gates  of  Bombay  Castle.  Though 
the  Dutch  and  the  Moghul  are  now  of  little 
account,  they  were  then  about  the  strongest  powers 
respectively  in  Europe  and  in  Asia.  The  Dutch 
in  the  generation  we  speak  of  were  the  terror  of 
the  seas,  had  burned  Sheerness  and  entered  the 
Medway  and  the  Thames  :  and  Aurungzebe  had 
insulted  the  majesty  of  England  by  tying  the 
hands  of  our  envoys  behind  their  backs  and  send- 
ing the  Governor  of  Bombay  about  his  business. 

But  we  survived  it  all.  There  was  a  provi- 
dence that  watched  over  the  infancy  of  Bombay^ 
and  well  did  she  stand  her  baptism  of  fire.  By 
and  bye  the  great  Augean  stable  was  partially 
cleaned  out  and  the  Bombay  climate  became 
tolerable.  Either  good  or  bad,  strong  or  weak  as 
the  party  is  that  useth  it;  like  the  sword  of 
Scanderbeg.  She  chased  the  pirates  from  the 
sea  and  the  Pindaris  from  the  land.  By  opening 
up  roads  Bombay  unlocked  the  granaries  of 
Western  India  for  her  starving  children,  and  by 
clearing  the  sea  of  desperadoes  the  Indian  Ocean 
became  the  property  of  all  the  nations  of  the  world. 
She  did  not  wait  for  the  trumpet  blast  of  the 
Anti-Corn  Law  League,  but  quietly  on  her  own 
account  inaugurated  Free  Trade  in  l8i2  during, 
the  Baroda  Famine. 

In  terms  of  her  first  proclamation  she  became 
an  asylum  for  all;  many  men  came  fiom  the  west 
with    the  seeds  of  religion  and  civilisation,    the 


AN    ANTHOLOGY.  185 

blessings  of  which  are  now  apparent.  They  were 
welcome.  Not  one  of  them  was  injured.  During 
the  long  period  we  have  held  this  island — and  it 
is  a  blessed  fact  to  be  able  to  record — no  man  has. 
suffered  death  for  his  religion.  So  perfect  was 
the  security  of  life  and  property  that  many  of 
the  settlers  slept  with  open  doors  and  windows. 
At  length  walls  were  found  to  be  no  longer 
necessary.  They  were  a  hundred  years  in 
building,  and  were  demolished  not  by  the 
hands  of  an  enemy,  for  no  enemy  was  ever 
seen  within  her  gates.  The  same  men  (  or  their 
descendants  )  who  erected  them  levelled  them  to 
the  earth,  and  let  him  that  rebuildeth  them 
beware  of  the  curse  of  Hiel  the  Bethelite.  Little 
by  little  as  from  the  slime  and  miasma  of  some 
geologic  era,  an  island-city  rose  slowly  from  the 
bosom  of  the  sea,  fair  to  look  upon,  green  with- 
the  verdure  of  an  eternal  summer,  beautiful  as 
Tyre  and  more  populous  than  either  ancient 
Carthage  or  Alexandria — crowned  not  only  with 
the  monuments  of  human  industry,  but  with 
buildings  to  teach  men  the  art  of  being  indus- 
trious; with  a  Government  India  had  never  known 
before,  that  protects  the  weak  from  the  oppression 
of  the  strong,  and  measures  out  equal  law  to 
every  one  irrespective  of  his  colour  or  his  creed- 
Clear  innocence  her  shield;  her  breastplate 
prayers, 

Armour   of   trustier    proof     than    aught  the 
warrior  wears. 

Book  of  Bombay,  1883,  pp.  15-20. 


1^6'  BOMBAY: 

Bombay  and  European  and 
American  Cities 

William  Curtis. 

There  are  two  cities  in  Bombay,  the  native 
-city  and  the  foreign  city.  The  foreign  city  spreads 
out  over  a  large  area,  and,  although  the  popula- 
tion is  only  a  small  per  cent  of  that  of  the  native 
city,  it  occupies  a  much  larger  space,  which  is 
devoted  to  groves,  gardens,  lawns,  and  other 
breathing  places  and  pleasure  grounds,  while,  as 
is  the  custom  in  the  Orient,  the  natives  are 
packed  away  several  hundreds  to  the  acre  in  tall 
houses,  which,  with  over-hanging  balconies  and 
tile  roofs,  line  the  crooked  and  narrow  streets  on 
both  sides.  Behind  some  of  these  tall  and 
narrow  fronts,  however,  are  dwellings  that 
cover  a  good  deal  of  ground,  being  much  larger 
than  the  houses  we  are  accustomed  to,  because 
the  Hindus  have  larger  families  and  they  all  live 
together.  When  a  young  man  marries  he 
brings  his  bride  home  to  his  father's  house,  unless 
his  mother-in-law  happens  to  be  a  widow,  when 
they  often  take  up  their  abode  with  her.  But  it 
is  not  common  for  young  couples  to  have  their 
own  homes;  hence  the  dwellings  in  the  native 
■quarters  are  packed  with  several  generations  of 
the  same  family,  and  that  makes  the  occupants 
easy  prey  to  plague,  famine  and  other  agents  of 
human  destruction. 

The  Parsees  love  air  and  light,  and  many 
rich  Hindus   have    followed   the  foreign     colony 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  187 

-<)ut   into  the  suburbs,  where  you   find  a  succes- 
sion   of   handsome  villas   or  bungalows,  as  they 
are    called,    half-hidden    by    high    walls    that 
inclose   charming  gardens.     Some   of  these  bun- 
galows are  very  attractive,  some  are  even  sump- 
tuous   in    their   appointments — veritable  places, 
filled  with  costly   furniture  and  ornaments — but 
the     climate     forbids   the   use   of  many  of   the 
creature  comforts  which  American  and  European 
taste  demands.     The  floors  must   be   of  tiles  or 
cement   and   the    curtains   of   bamboo,   because 
hangings,   carpets,  rugs  and  upholstery  furnish 
shelter  for  destructive   and   disagreeable  insects, 
and  the  aim   of  everybody  is  to  secure  as   much 
air  as  possible  without  admitting  the  heat. 

Bombay  is  justly  proud  of  her  public  build- 
ings.    Few   cities   have   such   a  splendid   array. 
None  that  I  have  ever  visited  except  Vienna  can 
show  an   assemblage   so  imposing,     with    such 
harmony  and  artistic  uniformity  combined  with 
convenience  of  location,    taste  of  arrangement 
and   general      architectural      effect.      There     is 
nothing,  of  course,   in  Bombay  that  will  compare 
with  our  Capitol  or  Library  at  Washington,  and 
its  state  and   Municipal   buildings,  cannot   com- 
pete individually  with  the   Parliament   House  in 
London,  the  Hotel  de  Ville  de  Paris  or  the  Palace 
■of  Justice  in  Brussels,   or   many   others   I   might 
name.     But  neither  Washington  nor  London  nor 
Paris  nor  any  other  European  or  American  city 
possesses   such   a   broad,   shaded    boulevard   as 
Bombay,  with  the   Indian  Ocean  upon  one  side 


m  BOMBAY: 

and  on  the  other,  stretching  for  a  mile  or  more, 
a  succession  of  stately  edifices.  Vienna  has  the 
boulevard  and  the  buildings,  but  lacks  the  water 
effect.  It  is  as  if  all  the  buildings  of  the  Univer- 
sity  of  Chicago  were  scattered  along  the  lake 
front  in  Chicago  from  the  river  to  Twelfth  street. 

Modern  India,  pages,  27  to  28^ 


A  Peerless  Harbour 

Dr.  George  Smith. 

Bombay,  with  the  marvellous  progress  of 
which,  as  city  and  province,  Wilson  was  to  be 
identified  during  the  next  forty-seven  years,  has. 
a  history  that  finds  its  true  parallels  in  the 
Mediterranean  emporia  of  Tyre  and  Alexandria. 
Like  the  Phoenician  "  Rock "  of  Baal,  which 
Hiram  enlarged  and  adorned,  the  island  of  the 
goddess  Mumbaior  Mahima,  "  the  Great  Mother,"' 
was  originally  one  of  a  series  of  rocks  which  the 
British  Government  has  connected  into  a  long: 
peninsula,  with  an  area  of  18  square  miles.  Like 
the  greater  port  which  Alexander  created  to  take 
the  place  of  Tyre,  and  called  by  his  own  name,. 
Bombay  carries  in  its  ships  the  commerce  of  the 
Mediterranean,  opened  to  it  by  the  Suez  CanaU 
but  it  bears  that  also  of  the  vaster  Indian  Ocean 
and  Persian  Gulf.  Although  it  can  boast  of  no- 
river  like  the  Nile,  by  which  alone  Alexandria 
now  exists,  Bombay  possesses  a  natural  harbour 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  189 

peerless  alike  in  West  and  East,  such  as  all  the 
capital  and  the  engineering  of  modern  science 
can  never  create  for  the  land  of  Egypt.  Instead' 
of  the  "  low  "  sands  which  gave  Canaan  its 
name,  and  the  muddy  flats  of  the  Nile  delta, 
Bombay  presents  ridge  after  ridge  intersecting 
noble  bays,  and  hill  upon  hill,  rising  up  into  the 
guardian  range  of  the  Western  Ghauts.  From 
their  giant  defiles  and  green  terraces  fed  by  the 
periodic  rains,  the  whole  tableland  of  the  Indian 
Peninsula  gently  slopes  eastward  to  the  Bay  of 
Bengal,  seamed  by  mighty  rivers,  and  covered 
by  countless  forts  and  villages,  the  homes  of  a 
toiling  population  of  millions.  On  one-fourth, 
and  that  the  most  fertile  fourth,  of  the  two 
centuries  of  Bombay's  history,  John  Wilson, 
more  than  any  other  single  influence,  has  left  his 
mark  for  ever. 

Life  of  Dr.  Wilson  of  Bombay,  1878,  pp.  37-38, 


Advantage  Over  Every  Port 
in  India 

Maria  Graham. 

Bombay  possesses  more  natural  advantages 
than  any  other  European  settlement  in  India, 
but  it  is,  unaccountably,  that  which  has  been 
most  neglected ;  however,  it  is  only  a  few  years 
since  the  Mahrattas  have  been  so  far  subdued 
as  to  render  the  surrounding   districts  safe.    It 


190  BOMBAY: 

is  nine  miles  in  length  and  three  in  breadth  ;  fulf 
of  towns  and  villages,  and  every  foot  of  the 
land  in  cultivation.  It  is  connected  by  a. 
causeway,  with  the  large  and  fruitful,  thoughx 
neglected,  island  of  Salsette,  and  forms  with  it,- 
Caranja,  and  Elephanta,  a  most  commodious 
harbour.  It  has  the  advantage  over  every  port- 
in  India  in  the  rise  of  the  tides,  which  is  seventeen^ 
feet,  whereas  the  highest  springs  in  Prince  of 
Wales's  Island,  and  the  wonderful  harbour  of 
Trincomale  only  rise  to  ten  feet.  It  is  conse- 
quently well  adapted  for  building  and  dockings 
large  ships,  the  timber  for  which  is  furnished* 
by  the  Malabar  coast;  and  its  situation  opposite 
to  the  Persian  and  Arabian  shores  makes  it 
peculiarly  fit  for  commerce.  I  know  no  place 
so  well  situated.  Its  excellent  well-defended' 
harbour,  the  fertility  of  the  adjointing  districts- 
the  agreeableness  of  the  climate,  and  the  ex- 
treme beauty  of  the  scenery,  all  contribute  to  make 
it  one  of  the  most  charming  spots  in  the  world ^. 
as  far  as  the  gifts  of  nature  are  concerned,  and 
with  the  state  of  its  society  I  have  at  present  noth- 
ing to  do,  although  I  feel  it  difficult  to  restrain 
myself  from  talking  of  a  place  which  is  rendered 
interesting  to  me  by  a  thousand  agreeable 
recollections. 

Letters  on  India,  1814,  pp.  165  to  166^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  191 

"  The  Brightest  Jewel  of  our 
Dependencies  " 

Mrs.    Postans. 

The  "  brightest  jewel  "  of  our  British  depen- 
dencies is  now  brought  within  the  observation  of 
the  intelligent  and  "  thinking  people  of  England;" 
and  policy  seems  at  last  to  urge  the  necessity  of 
attention  to  the  best  interests  of  India. 

A  full  development  of  its  sources  of  natural 
wealth  must  increase  the  value  of  that  magnificent 
country,  the  richest  and  most  productive  of  all 
our  colonies.  To  effect  this,  the  commerce  of  the 
Presidencies  must  be  encouraged ;  and  to  the 
Provinces  must  be  held  out  a  sufficient  stimulus,, 
to  arouse  the  industry  of  their  agricultural  and 
manufacturing  classes.  The  great  marts  of  the 
ancient  world,  Tyre,  Sidon,  and  Ophir,  with  the 
fair  cities  of  the  plain,  exist  but  in  the  history  of 
the  past ;  the  btusite  of  their  desolate  grandeur 
will  teach  Britain  the  instability  of  possessions^ 
which  have  already  cost  a  heavy  price  in  blood 
and  treasure.  The  progress  of  opinion,  no  less 
than  the  force  of  present  circumstances,  renders 
it  more  than  ever  desirable,  that  the  natives  of 
Western  India  most  particularly,  should,  as  an 
intelligent  and  commercial  people,  value  our 
allegiance  as  friends,  rather  than  regard  us  as 
the  grinding  oppressors  of  their  fatherland,  whom 
they  require  only  Mnion  and  opportunity,  to  expel 
from  their  shores. 


192  BOMBAY: 

That  the  material  exists  for  restoring  freedom 
and  wealth  to  the  people  of  India,  there  can 
remain  no  doubt.  We  see  the  bazaars  of  the 
native  town  of  the  most  interesting  Presidency, 
rich  and  populous,  teeming  with  an  enterprising 
and  mercantile  people,  and  abounding  with 
productions  of  natural  wealth,  rich  gems,  and 
precious  metals.  The  neighbouring  bay  is  ani- 
mated with  rude  and  foreign  crafts,  laden  with 
curious  manufactures,  or  the  exuberant  produce 
of  the  most  fertile  soils.  The  dock-yards,  justly 
considered  the  finest  in  the  world,  send  forth 
their  teak-built  vessels,  to  enrich  with  their  cargo 
the  isles  of  the  far  distant  West;  and  the  raw  and 
unpolished  material  is  exported  from  a 
land,  which  possessed  a  knowledge  of 
those  arts  calculated  to  improve  the  conditon 
of  a  people,  and  whose  fine  linens,  brilliant 
dyes,  costly  wools,  and  glittering  jewels,  awak- 
ened the  admiration  of  the  civilized  nations  of 
the  West,  while  yet  the  inhabitants  of  our 
remote  and  sea-girt  isle  roamed  wild  and  unclad, 
among  the  fastnesses  of  their  mountain  homes. 
We  look  on  the  East,  and  her  desert  lands 
seem  to  whisper  a  reproach  that  they  are  not 
now  teeming  and  fruitful  as  of  old;  we  see 
that  in  the  crowded  and  busy  ways  of  the 
Burrah  bazaars,  is  accumulated  ihe  rich  produce 
of  such  localities  as  are  calculated  to  afford 
increased  revenue  to  our  several  civil  and 
financial  departments,  but  the  art  of  the  weaver 
and  the  lapidary  is  forgotten.     We,   the  consum- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  193 

mately  civilized,  have  brought  ignorance  in  the 
wake  of  our  conquests;  and  this  to  a  people, 
*'  old  in  arts  and  literature,  before  the  primeval 
forests  of  Britain  had  started  from  their  ancient 
silence   at   the   voice   of   man.  " 

The  sinews  of  war  are  again  strained  for 
territorial  protection  and  acquirement;  but  the 
influence  of  public  opinion  will,  it  is  to  be 
trusted,  change  the  object  of  the  struggle.  The 
splendid  scheme  of  navigating  the  noble  Indus, 
will  probably  become  the  means  of  introducing 
industry  and  manufacture  among  isolated 
thousands;  and  of  bringing  justice  and  wisdom 
to   the    courts   of  their  barbarian   princes. 

In  exchange  for  these  benefits,  monuments 
more  durable  than  the  altars  of  the  triumphant 
Greek,  will  record  the  dominion  of  British  power; 
and  where  the  great  invader  of  eastern  freedom 
first  felt  the  strength  of  an  arm  determined 
to  support  its  rights,  the  rude  descendants  of 
the  princely  Porus  may  again  esteem  the  arts 
and   elegancies  of   civilized  existence. 

The  commercial  interests  of  the  world 
would  gain  much  by  a  liberal  line  of  policy; 
the  stimulus  of  interest  might  awaken  the 
slumbering  knowledge  of  olden  times;  hungry 
barbarism  give  place  to  commercial  opulence, 
and  fabrics  of  costly  and  inimitable  manufac- 
ture again  attract  the  wealthy  trader;  while 
thus  the  shores  of  Western  India,  with  the 
Stores  of  her  great  bazaars,  might  be   as  eagerly 


194  BOxMBAY : 

sought  in  the  maritime  enterprise  of  foreign 
lands,  as  were  the  crowning  cities  of  the 
East,  when  the  princely  merchants  of  Venice 
displayed  their  red,  gold,  and  costly  stuffs^ 
upon  the   busy   pass^  of  the   Rialto. 

Western  India,  1839.  Vol.  I,  pages  98-102.. 


Commercial  Importance 

General  John  Taylor. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  offer  a  few  obser- 
vations on  the  political  and  military  advantages 
derived  from  the  settlement  of  Bombay.  It  will 
be  allowed  that  the  expenses  attending  distant 
colonies  or  dependencies  should  be  proportionate- 
to  their  revenues  or  income.  In  some  cases,, 
either  great  political  reasons,  or  the  prospect 
of  future  advantage,  counter-balance  any  extra- 
ordinary expense  that  may  be  incurred  in  retain- 
ing a  distant  garrison,  or  particular  colony 
beyond  its  internal  resources.  When  this- 
happens,  the  advantages  to  be  derived,  whether 
present  or  future,  should  much  more  than  prepon- 
derate in  the  scale  of  the  expenditure,  and  this, 
too,  should  be  very  clearly  ascertained. 

That  the  Island  of  Bombay  is  favourably 
situated  for  trade,  its  docks  necessary  for  the 
repairs  of  shipping  and  the  construction  of 
durable  vessels,  that  it  is  an  ancient  settlement  of 
the  Company's,   I   will   readily   admit;  but  whert 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  195 

put  in  competition  with  these  benefits,  the 
immense  sum  of  nearly  half  a  million,  which  is 
the  annual  sacrifice  for  retaining  this  settlement, 
independent  of  its  own  resources,  we  may  well 
wonder  that  its  political  value  has  not  been 
more  strictly  enquired  into.  It  is  far  from  my 
intention  to  depreciate  the  advantages  of  Bombay; 
on  the  contrary,  that  island  is  essential  to 
our  interest. 

1st.  As  the  centre  of  our  trade  from  the 
northward,  from  the  Mahratta  country,  and  the 
Gulf  of  Persia. 

2ndly.  Asa  dock-yard  for  our  ships  of  war 
and  Indiamen. 

3rdly.  As  a  harbour  for  water  and  refresh- 
ment for  the  use  of  the  ships  that  protect  our  trade 
in  the  Indian  Seas. 

4thly.  As  a  place  of  respectability  and 
strength  on  the  coast  of  Malabar. 

Bombay,  in  a  political  point  of  view,  is 
certainly  of  very  little  consequence  to  our  affairs 
in  India;  as  a  place  of  commercial  resort  it  is  no 
doubt  deserving  of  attention. 

Travels  from  England    to    India  in  1789. 

1799,  pages  167-I68. 


196  BOMBAY: 

Finest  Site  for  Commerce  in  the 
World 

Lord  Mayo. 

Saturday,  26th  December,  1868 — Drove  in  the 
morning  to  see  the  works  of  the  Elphinstone 
Land  Company,  which  astonished  me  by  their 
magnitude.  Nearly  the  whole  frontage  to  the 
harbour  of  the  commercial  port  of  Bombay  is 
now  occupied  by  the  property  belonging  to  the 
P.  and  O.  Company,  the  Elphinstone  Land 
Company,  and  the  Government.  It  is,  perhaps, 
the  finest  site  for  commerce  in  the  world.  Steam- 
ed round  the  harbour,  and  saw  a  portion  of  the 
various  defences  which  are  proposed.  The  con- 
struction of  the  batteries  has  been  stopped,  pend- 
ing the  decision  with  regard  to  the  Moncrieff  gun- 
carriage.  We  then  steamed  over  to  the  island  of 
Elephanta,  saw  the  caves,  and  walked  round  the 
island.  A  beautiful  view.  Mr.  W.  was  very 
much  disgusted  on  finding  the  cave  occupied  by 
some  drunken  British  soldiers  and  an  American 
party,  one  of  whom  was  playing  on  a  banjo. 
This  day  enabled  me  to  form  an  estimate  of  the 
works,  military  and  naval,  in  the  harbour  of 
Bombay. 

Sir  W.  W.  Hunter's  Life  of  Mayo,  1875,   Vol  I, 

page  168. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  197 

An  Extensive  Emporium 

HOBART  Gaunter. 

This  island  owes  its  original  importance  to 
the  Portuguese,  to  whom  it  was  ceded  in  1530. 
They  retained  possession  for  upwards  of  a  cen- 
tury, when  Gharles  the  Second  got  it  as  a  part  of 
his  queen's  portion,  During  the  Portuguese 
government  it  was  a  comparative  desert ;  but 
almost  from  the  moment  it  fell  under  British 
domination  it  became  a  flourishing  settlement. 
It  was  finally  transferred  from  the  crown  to  the 
East  India  Gompany,  the  27th  of  March  1668, 
upon  payment  of  an  annual  rent  of  ten  pounds 
in  gold  on  the  30th  of  September  of  every  succes- 
sive year.  In  1691  this  island  was  visited  by 
plague,  which,  when  its  ravages  ceased,  left  only 
three  civil  servants  alive.  In  1702  it  was  again 
devastated  by  this  dreadful  scourge,  and  the 
garrison  reduced  to  seventy-six  men. 

From  its  position,  Bombay  commands  an 
extensive  traffic  with  those  countries  which  lie 
upon  the  shores  of  the  Persian  and  Arabian  gulfs 
with  both  the  western  and  eastern  coasts  of 
India  as  well  as  with  Ghina,  where  it  exports 
vast  quantities  of  cotton-wool.  The  other  chief 
exports  are  sandal-wood,  pearls,  gums,  and 
drugs,  from  Arabia,  Abyssinia,  and  Persia; 
pepper  from  the  Malabar  coast;  birds'  nests 
and  other  produce  from  the  Maldives,  Lackadives 
and  eastern  islands,  and   elephants'  teeth   from 


198  BOMBAY: 

Cambay.  The  China  ships  generally  arrive  at 
Canton  towards  the  end  of  June  or  beginning 
of  July,  and  lie  there  idle,  except  delivering 
and  receiving  their  return  cargoes,  until  the 
month  of  December  or  January. 

In  1808  the  quantity  of  cotton  brought  to 
Bombay  for  exportation  was  eighty-five  thousand 
bales  of  seven  hundred  and  thirty-five  pounds, 
making  a  total  of  sixty-two  million  four  hun- 
dred and  seventy-five  thousand  pounds'  weight. 

This  settlement  likewise  carries  on  a  con- 
siderable commerce  with  Europe  and  with 
diffej-ent  parts  of  America,  though  their  most 
extensive  trade  is  to  China.  The  imports  from 
Europe  are  principally  articles  of  the  finer 
manufacture,  such  as  cottons  and  other  piece- 
goods,  wine,  beer,  and  articles  for  domestic 
consumption. 

Here  are  excellent  rope-walks,  equal  to  any 
in  Great  Britain,  except  in  the  King's  yard 
at  Portsmouth.  The  dockyard  is  very  capacious, 
and  admirably  contrived,  being  well  supplied 
with  naval  stores  of  all  kinds,  and  fitted  up 
with  every  convenience  for  shipbuilding  and 
repairs  of  vessels;  for  which  purposes  a  large 
stock  of  timber  is  kept  up.  The  new  dock 
constructed  by  Major  Cooper  is  a  noble  work, 
scarcely    inferior   to   the  finest  docks  in  Europe. 

Oriental  Annual,  1836,  pages  2IJ  to  219. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  199 

Great  Cotton  Mart 

Sir  W.  W.  Hunter. 

After  the  downfall  of  the  Peshwa  in  1818, 
Bombay  became  the  capital  of  a  large  territory, 
^nd  from  that  year  may  be  dated  her  pre- 
eminence in  Western  India.  She  was  especially 
fortunate  in  her  early  governors.  From  1819  to 
1830,  she  was  ruled  successively  by  the  Hon. 
Mountstuart  Elphinstone  and  Sir  John  Malcolm. 
The  first  founded  the  present  system  of  admini- 
stration ;  the  second,  by  opening  the  road  through 
the  Bhor-Ghat,  broke  down  the  natural  barrier 
that  separated  the  sea-coast  from  the  table-land 
of  the  Deccan.  The  next  stage  in  the  course  of 
onward  prosperity  was  reached  when  Bombay 
was  brought  into  direct  communication  with 
Europe  through  the  energy  and  exertion  of 
Lieutenant  Waghorn,  the  pioneer  of  the  Over- 
land Route.  In  the  early  years  of  the  present 
century,  express  couriers  or  adventurous  travel- 
lers used  sometimes  to  make  their  way  to  or  from 
India  across  the  isthmus  of  Suez,  or  occasion- 
ally even  through  Persia.  A  monthly  mail 
tservice  was  commenced  by  way  of  Egypt  in  1838 
and  the  contract  was  first  taken  up  by  the  Penin- 
sular and  Oriental  Company  in  1855.  Bombay 
is  now  recognised  as  the  one  port  of  arrival  and 
departure  for  all  the  English  mails,  and  also  for 
the  troopships  of  the  Indian  army.  But  the  city 
could  not  have  attained  this  position,  if  the 
means  of  communication   on   the   landward   side 


200  BOMBAY: 

had  not  received  a  corresponding  development. 
In  1850,  the  first  sod  was  turned  of  the  Great 
Indian  Peninsula  Railway,  and  three  years  after- 
wards the  line  was  opened  as  far  as  Thana,  the 
first  railway  in  the  country.  By  1863,  the  railway 
had  been  led  up  the  formidable  Bhor-Ghat  to 
Poona,  by  a  triumph  of  engineering  skill.  In 
l870,through  communication  was  established  with 
Calcutta,  in  1871  with  Madras.  The  city  has  a 
successful  tramway  system.  There  is  now  a  pros- 
pect of  more  direct  railway  communication  being 
established,  via  Nagpurin  the  Central  Provinces,, 
with  Calcutta. 

But  it  is  not  only  as  the  capital  of  a 
Presidency,  or  as  the  central  point  of  arrival 
and  departure  for  Indian  travellers,  that  Bombay 
has  achieved  its  highest  reputation.  It  is  best 
known  as  the  great  cotton  market  of  Western 
and  Central  India,  to  which  the  manufacturers 
of  Lancashire  turned  when  the  American  war 
cut  off  their  supplies.  Even  in  the  last  century 
the  East  India  Company  was  accustomed  to  export 
raw  cotton  as  part  of  its  investment,  both  to  the 
United  Kingdom  and  to  China.  This  trade  con- 
tinued during  the  early  years  of  the  present 
century,  but  it  was  marked  by  extreme  vicissi- 
tudes in  quantity  and  price,  the  demand  being 
entirely  determined  by  the  out-turn  of  the  Ameri- 
can crop.  The  war  between  the  Northern  and 
Southern  States  was  declared  in  1861,  and  the 
merchants  and  shippers  of  Bombay  promptly 
took  advantage  of  their  opportunity.  The  exports. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  20r 

of  cotton  rapidly  augmented  under  the  stimulus, 
of  high  prices,  until  in  1864-65,  the  last  year  of 
the  war,  they  reached  a  total  value  of  30  mil- 
lions sterling,  or  nearly  ten-fold  the  average  of 
ten  years  before.  Large  fortunes  were  acquired 
by  successful  ventures,  and  the  wild  spirit  of 
speculation  thus  engendered  spread  through  all 
classes  of  the  community.  The  scenes  of  the 
South  Sea  Bubble  were  revived.  No  joint-stock 
project  seemed  too  absurd  to  find  subscribers.^ 
Banks,  financial  associations,  and  land  companies 
each  with  millions  of  nominal  capital,  were  start- 
ed every  month,  and  their  shares  were  immediate- 
ly run  up  to  fabulous  premiums.  The  crash 
came  in  the  spring  of  1865,  when  the  news  was 
received  of  the  termination  of  the  American  war. 
A  panic  ensued  which  baffles  description,  and 
the  entire  edifice  of  stock  exchange  speculation 
came  toppling  down  like  a  house  of  cards.  Mer- 
chants and  private  individuals  were  ruined  by 
hundreds,  and  the  quasi-official  Bank  of  Bombay 
collapsed  along  with  the  rest.  But  despite  this 
sudden  flood  of  disaster,  honest  trade  soon  reviv- 
ed on  a  stable  basis;  and  the  city  of  Bombay 
at  the  present  day,  in  its  buildings,  its  docks,, 
and  its  land  reclamations,  stands  as  a  monu- 
ment of  the  grand  schemes  of  public  usefulness 
which  were  started  during  these  four  years  of 
unhealthy  excitement. 

Imperial  Gazetteer.   2nd  Ed.  1887,  Vol.  III., 

PP'  75-77^ 


202  BOMBAY : 

Cotton  Green 

W.  S.  Caine. 

Bombay,  after  New  Orleans,  is  the  greatest 
-cotton  port  in  the  world,  and  a  visit  should  be 
paid  to  the  Cotton  Green  about  noon,  at  which 
time  "  high  change  "  sets  in  at  a  yard  opposite 
to  the  Colaba  terminus  of  the  tramway.  Any 
open  market  in  India  is  sure  to  be  a  striking 
picture  of  native  life,  brightened  with  an  endless 
variety  of  costume  and  kaleidoscopic  colour. 
The  cotton  market  of  Bombay  is  no  exception. 
Four  million  cwts.  are  exported  from  Bombay  in 
the  year,  and  over  two  millions  more  are  consum- 
ed in  the  82  mills  in  the  Bombay  Presidency, 
the  bulk  of  which  are  in  the  city  ;  the  value  of  all 
this  cotton  is  about  twelve  million  sterling. 

Picturesque  India,  i8qi,  pages  II-I2. 


Centre  of  Gravity  of  The  Empire 
in  the  Future 

Sir  George  Birdwood. 

But  the  past  of  Bombay  is  of  the  deepest  and 
universal  interest,  not  only  with  reference  to  its 
prophetic  significance,  but  in  itself  ;  for  as  the 
modern  representative  of  mediaeval  Tannah,  and 
ancient  Kalyan,  it  has  an  immemorial  history  of 
commercial  command,  political  authority,  and 
religious  supremacy.  The  whole  Deccan,  with 
all    Hindustan,   exclusive  of  the   valley    of    the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  205 

Indus,  may  be  regarded  as  physically  and 
commercially,  and,  in  the  last  result,  politically, 
as  but  the  "  hinterland  "  of  the  Town  and  Island 
•of  Bombay.  They  are  still  half  mythical  regions, 
■**  the  world's  green  end,"  "  the  abodes  of  the 
±)lameless  ^Ethiops/'  and  "  the  dancing  places  of 
Aurora,  the  mother  of  the  Dawn,  and  of  the 
risings  of  the  sun  ;  "  very  picturesque  indeed,  and 
very  poetical,  but  they  nowhere  provide  the 
-offensive  and  defensive  strongholds  of  a  widely 
•extended  and  mighty  transmarine  commercial 
Empire.  Bombay  can  never  be  silted  up  as 
Tannah  and  Kalyan  higher  up  the  same  river, 
successively  were ;  and  as  Karachi  is  continu- 
ally being  silted  up  in  spite  of  every  effort 
to  keep  the  port  way  clear;  and,  therefore, 
Bombay  will  always  remain  the  accessible, 
•commodious,  and  safe  harbour  it  has  ever  been, 
and  predominant  over  all  others  throughout  the 
Indian  Ocean.  If  only  the  opportunity  of  so 
vast  and  impregnable  a  harbour,  and  so  attrac- 
.tive  an  emporium  of  the  commerce  of  East 
Africa,  and  Southern  Asia,  had  occurred  at,  or 
nearer  to  the  site  of  Karachi,  India,  under  a 
powerful  Government,  would  be  as  absolutely 
sealed  against  any  menace  of  invasion  from 
•Central  Asia,  as  it  is,  under  our  rule,  from  the  sea. 
But  its  actual  position  detracts  very  little 
from  the  immense  strategic  value  of  Bombay; 
and  great  as  its  history  has  been  in  the  past,  it 
inust  be  greater  still  in  the  future.  With  the  con- 
centration of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  Dominion 


204  BOMBAY: 

of  Canada,  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  and 
the  coming  Confederation  of  South  Africa,  into- 
a  homogeneous  British  Empire,  with  which^ 
moreover,  the  United  States  of  America  are  be- 
coming, for  all  commercial  and  moral  and  re- 
ligious purposes,  more  and  more  indissolubly  one^ 
the  inevitable  tendency  must  be  to  shift  the 
mercantile  and  naval  and  military  centre  of 
gravity  of  the  Empire  eastward,  to  Alexandria 
or  Bombay.  Alexander  founded  Alexandria  before- 
its  time,  for  he  did  not  anticipate  the  invasion  of 
Europe  by  the  Goths  and  Huns  and  Vandals,  or 
of  Anterior  Asia  and  Africa  by  the  Saracens 
and  Turks.  But  Alexandria  will  find  its  fulness, 
of  time  within  the  20th  century.  Bombay  will^ 
however,  press  it  closely;  and  being  absolutely 
defensible,  and  commanding  all  the  exhaustless. 
resources  of  its  whole  Indian  "  hinterland,"  it 
may  yet  snatch  the  crown  of  mercantile  and 
maritime  supremacy  from  Alexandria.  In  a  word, 
it  is  the  boundless  and  incalculable  destiny  of  the 
sea-throned  city  of  Bombay  under  British  rule,, 
which  gives  absorbing  interest  to  the  story  of 
its  auspicious  beginnings  under  the  Pprtuguese 
and  the  English  which  Mr.  Forrest  will  now 
unfold   to  you. 

Remarks  introductory  to  Mr.  L.  R.  W.  Forrest's 
Papcrou  Bombay  before  the  Society  of  Arts— Journal 
of  Society  of  Arts,  I901,  p.  570. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  205 

Development  of  Bombay. 

Lord  Sydenham. 

The  rise  of  Bombay  from  an  unknown 
village  to  a  great  commercial  and  industrial 
city  occupies  a  very  short  space  in  the  long 
vista  of  the  history  of  India,  but  it  is  the  most 
remarkable  development,  which  is  exercising 
a  powerful  influence  extending  over  a  large 
portion  of  the  Presidency.  Only  two  hundred 
years  ago,  Kunaji  Angria  had  just  occupied 
the  Keneri  Island,  and  for  many  years  no  ship 
-could  enter  or  leave  this  great  harbour  without 
the  risk  of  being  captured.  Less  than  a  hundred 
years  ago  a  lady  wrote  of  the  country  within 
twenty  miles  of  Bombay  that  *'  in  the  shops 
every  artisan  has  his  sword  and  spear  beside 
and  the  cultivators  plough  with  arms  in  their 
hands.  "  Peace  and  security  are  essential 
conditions  of  the  prosperity  of  commerce  and 
industry  which  have  raised  Bombay  to  its 
present  proud  position  among  the  great  cities 
of  the  East.  Nature  has  been  bountiful  in 
providing  a  magnificent  area  of  shelter  water. 
The  same  has  brought  the  markets  of  the 
world  within  easy  and  certain  reach  of  these 
waters,  and  perhaps  the  most  important  of  all, 
the  great  railway  systems  of  India  have 
enabled  the  produce  to  be  brought  to  the  sea 
for  export  and  to  be  distributed  far  inland 
rapidly  at  small  cost.  All  the  circumstances 
were,,  therefore, .  favourable  to  the  development 


206  BOMBAY : 

of  Bombay  as  the  great  western  gate  of  India 
with  the  populace  contained  in  its  hinter- 
land. But  more  was  needed.  The  rapid  growth 
of  sea-borne  oommerce  created  many  pressing^ 
requirements  which  can  be  met  only  by  the: 
science  of  the  engineer  -applied  through  the 
agency  of  a  wise  and  businesslike  administration.. 

Speeches  of  Lord  Sydenham,  19 13,  ed.  Dongre 

Sec.  IV  pp.  7-8^ 


Gateway  to  a  Land  of 
Enchantment 

LORD  CURZON. 

This  is  the  fifth  time  that  I  have  gazed  from 
the  sea  upon  the  majestic  panorama  of  your  city 
of  palaces  and  palms;  and  if  my  previous  visits, 
have  been  those  of  a  private  traveller  only» 
they  have  yet  given  me  an  interest,  which  official 
experience  can  but  enhance,  in  your  city — itself 
so  worthy  a  gateway  to  a  land  of  enchantment 
and  in  its  occupations,  so  typical  of  the  busy 
industry  to  which  the  peoples  of  India  have 
turned  under  the  security  assured  to  them  by 
British  rule. 

In  .your  address  you  call  my  attention  to- 
the  fact  that,  during  the  past  few  3'^ears,  India 
has  been  subject  to  the  triple  scourge  of  war, 
pestilence  and  famine,  and  that  your  own   Presi- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  2or 

dency  has  suffered  sorely  from  the  ravages  of 
the  two  latter  in  particular.  In  England  our 
hearts  have  ^ne  out  to  you  in  your  trouble — 
our  pursestrings  have,  as  you  know,  been 
unloosened  on  your  behalf.  The  unceasing 
and  devoted  efforts  of  your  rulers — of  the 
present  illustrious  Viceroy  (The  Earl  of  Elgin  > 
and  in  this  place,  of  your  Governor  (  Lord  Sand- 
hurst )  whose  application  to  the  onerous  work 
imposed  upon  him  by  the  plague  has  excited 
widespread  gratitude  and  admiration — have» 
I  believe,  enabled  India  to  cope  with  these  trials, 
in  a  manner  more  successful  than  on  any  previ- 
ous occasions.  In  this  great  city  the  patience 
of  your  people,  the  voluntary  co-operation  of 
your  leading  citizens,  and  the  natural  vitality  of 
your  resources  have  greatly  assisted  in  the  work 
of  recuperation ;  and  I  would  fain  believe  that 
the  corner  has  now  been  turned  and  that  an  era 
of  reviving  prosperity  is  already  beginning  ta 
dawn.  To  that  movement  it  will  be  my  agree- 
able duty  to  lend  whatever  impulse  I  can ;  and 
it  is  with  feelings  of  sympathy  that  I  regard,  and 
shall  take  an  early  apportunity  of  inquiring  into^ 
the  great  undertaking  (City  Improvement)  ta 
which  ,  with  so  marked  a  combination  of  courage 
and  wisdom,  you  are  about  to  address  your- 
selves in  Bombay. 

Reply  to  the  Bombay  Municipal  Address,  Dec.  1898, 

Speeches,  Ed.  Raleigh,  Vol.  /.,  p.  32^ 


208  BOMBAY : 

Patriotism  of  Citizens 

LORD  CURZON. 
I  have  seen  it  in  prosperity  and  I  have 
seen  it  in  sulYering;  and  I  have  always  been 
greatly  struck  by  the  spirit  and  patriotism  of 
its  citizens.  There  seems  to  me  to  be  here 
an  excellent  feeling  between  the  very  different 
races  and  creeds.  Bombay  possesses  an  ex- 
ceptional number  of  public-spirited  citizens, 
and  the  sense  of  civic  duty  is  as  highly 
developed  as  in  any  great  city  that  I  know. 
If  there  is  a  big  movement  afoot,  you  lend 
yourselves  so  it  with  a  powerful  and  concentrated 
will,  and  a  united  Bombay  is  not  a  force  to  be 
gainsaid.  Let  me  give  as  an  illustration  the 
magnificent  success  of  your  reception  and 
entertainment  of  Their  Royal  Highnesses  the 
Prince  and  Princess  of  Wales.  Moreover,  you 
have  the  advantage  of  one  of  the  best  conduct- 
ed and  ablest  newspapers  in  Asia  (  The  Times 
of  India). 

Lord  Ciirzon's  Farewell  to  India,  ed. 

R.  P.  Karkaria,  iQOy,  p.  I. 


Commercial  Capital  of  the  East 

James  Routledge. 

The  first  impression  received  of  Bombay 
after  the  voyage  from  England  is  not  easy  to 
represent  on  paper.  The  splendid  bay,  covered 
with  shipping,  may  perhaps  be  entered  a  second 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  209 

time  without  emotion,  but  hardly  so  the  first 
time  by  an  Englishman.  After  travelling  over 
6000  miles  through  the  lands  and  along  the 
shores  of  strangers,  here  is  English  life,  strong, 
intellectual,  and  self-reliant;  a  Government-house, 
a  fort,  military  lines,  law  courts,  a  custom  house, 
colleges,  markets  of  uncommon  excellence, 
European  residences  skirting  carriage-drives 
open  to  the  sea,  jetties  and  wharves,  churches 
and  chapels,  reading  rooms  and  libraries,  clubs, 
cotton  and  other  mills — everything,  in  fact,  of  all 
that  Englishmen  have  accustomed  themselves  to 
term  necessaries  of  civilised  (meaning  English) 
life.  With  an  inland  trade  ever  increasing  as 
the  Railway  system  is  extended,  and  a  direct 
communication  with  England  by  the  Canal, 
Bombay  has  put  forward  substantial  claims  to 
become  the  capital  of  India,  Calcutta  being  dis- 
missed as  too  far  away  from  England  and  as 
unfit  for  European  residence  all  the  year  through, 
and  the  old  capitals  of  the  Moguls  as  only  suited 
to  a  purely  military  people,  possessing  no  basis 
on  the  sea.  Nothing  of  all  this,  it  is  true,  shakes 
the  imperial  position  of  the  great  city  on  the 
Hoogly,  while  Allahabad  is  fast  becoming,  if  it 
has  not  already  become,  the  military  capital  of 
India.  Yet  there  is  something  in  Bombay  that  is 
all  its  own,  and  which  at  least  gives  it  an  indis- 
putable right  to  be  called  the  commercial  capital 
of  the  East. 
English  Rule  and  Native  Opinion  in  India,  1878,  p.  21, 


210  BOMBAY: 

Great  Work  of  the  flunicipality 

Sir  Bartle  Frere. 

We  have  been  lately  reminded  that  Her 
Majesty  the  Queen,  in  all  her  vast  dominions,  has 
but  one  city  which  is  more  populous  than  Bombay, 
and  few  which  are  the  seats  of  such  important 
commercial  interests.  It  numbers  twice  the  po- 
pulation of  Glasgow,  and  there  are  hardly  two 
of  your  great  English  cities  which  in  this  respect 
would,  if  united,  out-number  the  population  with 
which  you  have  to  deal.  Then  consider  the 
magnitude  of  the  task  which  the  Bench  has 
undertaken  to  discharge— to  make  good  the 
omissions  and  neglect  of  former  ages,  and  to 
provide  all  the  vast  multitude  of  people  with 
good  air,  good  water,  good  roads  and  everything 
else  which  should  distinguish  the  second  city  of 
of  the  British  Empire.  I  think,  Sir,  that  to  take 
a  part  in  the  great  work  the  Municipality  has  in 
hand,  is  an  object  in  no  way  unworthy  of  any 
Englishman  who  desires  to  serve  his  country  in 
this  distant  land.  But  though  the  task  is  great 
and  difficult,  I  have  every  confidence  it  will  be 
well  performed.  Much  has  been  already  effected 
in  a  very  short  time,  and  I  look  forward  with 
the  utmost  confidence  to  the  time  when  we  shall 
hear  that  Bombay  has  taken  her  place  among 
cities,  owing  as  much  to  art  as  she  does  to  nature 
and  position. 

Reply  to  Address  of  the  Bench  of  Justices,  1 867, 
Speeches  of  Bartle  Frere.  ed.  Pit  ale,  1870,  p.  433. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  *     2il 

Importance  and 
Growth  of  Bombay 

LORD  Sydenham. 

Bombay  was  not  one  of  the  many  rich  gifts 
of  the  sea  to  England,  although  it  must  have 
passed  from  her  hands  if  naval  supremacy  had 
not  been  asserted  at  the  periods  of  great  national 
crises.  The  finest  harbour  in  the  East  became 
a  possession  of  the  Crown  on  the  marriage  of 
Charles  II.  to  Catherine  of  Braganza,  and  was 
leased  to  the  East  India  Company  in  1669  for 
the  modest  rental  of  £  10  per  annum.  Why  this 
important  possession  was  selected  by  the 
Portuguese  as  part  of  the  dowry  of  their  Princess 
is  not  clear;  but  in  1662  the  Viceroy  of  Goa 
wrote  to  his  King:  "I  see  the  best  port  your 
Majesty  possesses  in  India,  with  which  that  of 
Lisbon  is  not  to  be  compared,  treated  as  of  little 
value  by  the  Portuguese  themselves."  If  the 
great  importance  of  Bombay  was  not  realised  by 
its  first  European  owners,  no  clearer  perception 
was  vouchsafed  to  their  British  successors  for 
many  years.  As  ships  increased  in  tonnage  and 
as  the  trade  of  India  developed,  Bombay  in- 
evitably grew  into  a  great  maritime  port,  and 
the  opening  of  the  Suez  Canal  made  it  at  once 
the  main  gate  of  communication  between  India 
and  the  Western  world.  Bombay  now  has  about 
one  million  inhabitants,  and  is  the  centre  oi  a 
great  volume  of  valuable  trade  and  of  a  most 
important  mill   industry.     It   is   one  of   the   best 


212  BOMBAY: 

governed   and   certainly   the   healthiest    city  in 
the  East. 

A  noble  city  has  arisen  on  the  barren  island 
ceded  by  the  Portuguese,  and  while  there  is  still 
ample  scope  for  progress  the  British  people  may 
well  feel  proud  of  what  has  been  accomplished. 
The  maintenance  of  peace  and  order  throughout 
India  has  led  to  the  creation  of  a  vast  trade  of 
infinite  value  to  the  people.  The  enrichment  of 
Indians  through  the  operation  of  that  trade  is 
nowhere  so  conspicuous  as  in  Bombay,  where  the 
Parsis  were  the  pioneers  of  Indian  enterprises 
which  are  now  rivalled  by  those  of  Hindus  and 
Mahomedans  successfully  following  in  their 
footsteps.  While  the  wealth  of  Bombay  tenas 
more  and  more  to  flow  to  Indians  of  many  classes, 
British  administration  has  left  an  indelible  im- 
press upon  the  great  city,  although  the  guiding 
hand  is  now  lightly  felt. 

Man  had  laid  a  heavy  hand  upon  the  natural 
beauties  which  many  visitors  have  recorded.  A 
thick  pall  of  smoke,  the  wasteful  outpouring  of 
numberless  chimneys  overhangs  the  island 
and  obscures  the  splendid  background  of  the 
Western  Ghats.  Yet  when  the  sunset  paints 
the  waters  of  the  harbour  andtinges  the  sails  of 
the  old  world  craft  that  still  ply  their  trade 
unchanged  since  the  time  of  the  Angrias,  or 
when  at  night  the  necklace  of  lights  embraces 
the  noble  sweep  of  Back  Bay  under  the  stars, 
none  can   deny   the   fascinati®ns   of    the   great 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  213 

Eastern  gate  of  India,  of  the  city  which,  in 
Gerald  Aungier's  words,  was  to  be  built  "  by. 
God's  assistance.  " 

Introduction  to  Bombay  in  the  Making,  1910, 

pp.  10-14* 


The  Most  Impressive 
City  in  the  Orient 

"The  Times." 

The  continuous  growth  of  Bombay  is  one  of 
the  brightest  and  most  hopeful  episodes  in  the 
modern  history  of  India.  Seventeen  years  ago 
the  city  was  sorely  stricken.  The  appearance 
of  plague  in  the  midst  of  its  teeming  population 
seemed  like  a  disaster  of  the  first  magnitude. 
The  inhabitants  fled  by  the  hundred  thousand. 
The  deaths  reached  an  appalling  total.  vSuccessive 
epidemics  produced  temporary  despair.  There 
were  moments  when  the  possibility  was  seriously 
discussed  that  Bombay  might  share  the  fate  of 
those  great  cities  of  Asia  which  have  been  desert- 
ed and  forgotten.  But  the  public  spirit  of  its 
citizens  remained  undefeated.  Lord  Sandhurst 
set  on  foot  a  scheme  for  the  reconstruction  of  the 
slums  which  has  since  had  far-reaching  results. 
Trade  revived,  the  city  took  heart  of  grace,  and 
to-day  it  enjoys  a  prosperity  such  as  it  has  never 
before  known. 


214  '         BOMBAY: 

The  story  of  Bombay  in  recent  years  is  almost 
a  romance.  Its  own  inhabitants  are  hardly  con- 
scious of  all  they  have  achieved.  Though  the 
world  has  heard  little  about  it,  their  indomitable 
f:onfidence  and  preseverance  have  wrought  a 
change  greater  than  that  effected  in  the  stricken 
city  of  San  Francisco.  So  many  new  and  palatial 
buildings  have  been  erected  in  the  business  and 
the  new  European  residential  quarters  that  to 
those  who  quitted  it  twenty  years  ago,  Bombay 
would  now  be  almost  unrecognizable.  Long  ago 
LordCurzon  christened  it  "the  city  of  palaces  and 
palms,"  and  ever  since  it  has  striven  to  deserve 
the  description  more  worthily.  If  Lord  Syden- 
ham's scheme  for  great  reclamations  on  the 
shores  of  Back  Bay  is  ever  carried  out,  as  we 
trust  it  may  be,  Bombay  will  become  the  most 
impressive  city  in  the  Orient.  We  are  not  sure 
that  in  some  respects  it  is  not  so  to-day.  No 
city  in  Asia,  not  even  Canton  seen  from  its 
Pagoda,  nor  Hong-Kong  from  its  Peak,  impresses 
the  stranger  as  does  the  wide-spread  and  beauti- 
ful panorama  of  Bombay  seen  towards  sunset 
from  the  crest  of  Malabar  Hill.  It  impresses  not 
only  by  its  hugeness  and  its  beauty,  its  glorious 
bay  and  golden  sands  and  innumerable  palms, 
and  its  frame  of  dim  blue  mountains. 

Far  more  moving  is  the  thought  it  brings 
that,  to  a  degree  which  cannot  be  said  of  any 
other  city  in  India,  Bombay  though  founded  by 
the  British,  has  been  the  joint  creation  of  English- 
men and  Indians  working   together  in    friendly 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  215 

unison  for  a  common  object.  It  contains  and 
typifies,  could  both  races  see  it,  the  secret  upon 
which  the  future  welfare  of  the  Indian  Empire 
must  depend,  Bombay  was  seven  islands  once. 
Now  it  has  been  made  one  by  the  infinite  toil  of 
man,  and  within  its  narrow  confines  there  has 
^rown  a  noble  city  which  owes  much  to  both 
the  East  and  to  the  West.  So,  out  of  divided 
provinces  and  myriads  of  people  divided  by  race 
and  by  religion,  must  an  enduring  Empire  be 
wrought  if  India  is  to  find  salvation. 

The  Times  (  Loudon  ).    21  March  1 91 4  p.  g 


SCENES  IN  BOBAY. 


SCENES  IN    BOMBAY. 


The  Yacht  Club  at  Evening 

J.  A.  Spender. 

At  the  Yacht  Club  towards  sunset  you  will 
find  the  English  colony  assembled  on  a  green 
lawn  fronting  the  sea,  with  the  club-house 
behind.  The  view  seawards  embraces  the  great 
circle  of  the  bay,  and  the  distant  promontories 
are  deep  purple  against  a  flaming  orange  sunset 
which  is  topped  by  masses  of  crimson  and  warm 
grey  clouds.  Tone  it  all  down  and  in  the  dim 
light  the  view  might  be  that  from  Plymouth  Hoe. 
The  twilight  passes  quickly,  festoons  of  electric 
light  make  a  dazzle  on  a  hundred  tea-tables, 
and  an  excellent  military  band  strikes  up  a 
selection  from  "  Samson  and  Delilah.  "  While 
you  are  here,  you  forget  the  great,  seething, 
miasmic  city  behind  you,  and  wonder  at  the 
cheerfulness,  smartness,  good  looks,  and  good 
manners  of  the  Bombay  English  and  their 
womenkind.  Civilians  or  Soldiers,  they  are 
<:learly  a  strong,  self-reliant,  well-favoured  race, 
with  an  indefinable  air  of  being  in  authority. 
It  is  an  authority,  however,  which  is  not  flaunt- 
ed. You  see  the  native  policeman  everywhere,  but 
the  soldier  hardly  at  all.  All  the  military  men 
are   in   mufti,   and   there   is   no  outward  sign  to 


220  BOMBAY : 

distinguish  the  civilian  administrator  from  an- 
Englishman  on  business.  You  hear  no  big  talk  ;. 
it  is  indeed,  the  most  difficult  thing  in  the 
world  to  induce  any  of  them  to  talk  at  all 
about  themselves  or  their  duties.  They  seemr 
to  take  for  granted  that  they  should  be  there- 
and  doing  what  they  are  doing.  The  first 
dominant  impression  you  bear  away  is  that 
they  have  a  great  interest  in  governing  and 
none  at  all  in  possessing.  Hence,  in  spite  of 
the  alien  rule,  Bombay  strikes  you  as  eminently 
belonging  to  itself,  as  being  in  fact  a  real. 
Indian  town,  and  as  remote  as  possible  from  a 
British  colony.  This,  perhaps,  is  the  greatest 
tribute  that  can  be  paid  to  the  English  who 
made  it,   or  at  least   made  it   possible. 

The  Indian  Scene,  1912,  pages  26  to  28^ 


Sunset 

"Sleepy  Sketches." 

When  night  comes  on,  and  Providence  send& 
a  few  clouds  to  make  the  sunset  glorious,  then- 
the  scene  of  Bombay  harbour  is  wonderful.  Out 
at  sea,  at  the  harbour's  mouth,  great  streaks  ancJ 
blotches  and  broken  points  of  gold  crowd  the 
western  sky,  bright  and  dazzling  on  the  back- 
ground of  crimson  that  runs  far  along  the  horizon 
and  rises  upwards  till  it  pales  and  is  lost  in  the 
pure    blue   above ;    the    broken    water    of    the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  221 

harbour  burns  gold  and  red  and  yellow  in  reflec- 
tion ;  the  masts  and  yards,  sails  and  hulls,  of 
the  anchored  vessels  are  gold  ;  the  ugliest  collier 
has  become  meet  to  carry  Cleopatra  ;  the  houses 
of  Bombay  are  translated,  and  the  town  is  a  town 
of  gorgeous  palaces ;  the  mountains  in  the  dis- 
tance catch  the  bright  lights  and,  mindful  that 
true  greatness  is  humble,  deck  themeselves  in 
soft,  faint  colours  ;  and  over  all  is  the  blue  sky 
pure  and  clear.  Then,  slowly,  the  light  fades, 
^nd  darkness  approaches  and  settles  down.  But 
sometimes  there  is  a  change,  and  darkness  is 
driven  back.  Then,  all  through  the  air  and  light, 
there  is  a  strange,  tremulous  motion.  The  ships, 
the  sea  and  the  land,  the  mountains  in  the  dis- 
tance, quiver  fantastically  and  seem  no  longer 
substantial.  It  is  a  battle  between  the  full 
moon,  the  sun,  and  darkness.  Darkness  is  beat- 
en, the  sun  sets,  and  the  moon  begins  to  rule. 
The  gold,  the  red  and  yellow,  have  all  gone ; 
only  a  steady  white  light  marks  the  shadows  of 
the  ships  and  the  ripples  of  the  water,  and 
charily  touches  an  edge  here  and  there  with  a 
brighter  emphasis  of  silver. 

The  sudden  change — a  change  in  a  few 
minutes — from  sunset-light  to  moonlight,  is  as- 
tounding !  It  is  the  creation  of  a  new  world,  of 
new  thoughts.  The  brightest  of  bright  moon- 
light nights  in  England  gives  no  idea  of  an 
Indian  moonlight  night.  Ghosts,  pixies,  trolls, 
gnomes  are  not  in  India;  there  is  no  sentiment  for 
them  to  feed  on ;  and  Jinns,  Afreets,  and  Shaitan 


222  BOMBAY : 

make  but  a  poor  substitute.  The  moonlight 
here  suggests  nothing  of  the  spiritual,  nothing 
of  the  sentimental.  All  scenery  in  daylight 
is  wanting  in  shadow  and  depth  of  colour; 
each  landscape  under  the  sun  looks  like  a 
faintly-tinted  photograph,  sharp  in  outline,  but 
faded  till  almost  invisible  in  parts.  But  by 
moonlight  this  is  changed;  deep,  heavy  sha- 
dows sit  on  the  mountains  and  hills  where 
before  were  only  their  neutral  tints  ;  and  though 
all  bright  colour  be  gone,  nature  has  a  sturdy, 
earnest  appearance  that  is  invigorating,  after 
its  wan,  transparent  look  of  the  day.  It  is  this 
robust  look  that  the  landscape  gains  which  is 
so  striking.  Life  under  the  moon  seems  more 
vigorous.  It  gives  no  desire  for  sentiment,  but 
rather  for  physical  exercise.  To  sail  out  in 
the  harbour  on  a  moonlight  night  is  delightful. 
But  it  is  delightful  because  it  makes  one  feel 
brighter  and  more  active,  and  gives  a  good 
appetite  for  dinner;  not  because  the  scene  and 
light  set  one  dreaming  of  home  or  love. 

Sleepy  Sketches,  1877,  pp.  2S-31. 


A  Street  by  Moonlight 

Sir  Fred.  Treves. 

It  is  at  night  and  under  the  moon  that  the 
streets  of  an  Indian  town  become  filled  with  the 
most  unearthly  spirit  of  romance.  I  recall  one 
such  night  in  Bombay  when  the  moon  was  high 
in  the  heavens. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  22$ 

The  street  was  narrow,  for  the  houses  on 
either  side  of  it  leaned  towards  one  another. 
They  were  lofty  and  fantastic  in  shape,  so 
that  the  gap  of  light  that  marked  the  road 
made  it  look  like  a  narrow  way  through  a  gorge 
of  rocks.  The  white  glory  of  the  moon,  falling 
from  broken  housetops,  turned  into  marble  the 
wood-carved  mullions  of  an  overhanging  window^ 
poured  slanting-wise,  into  a  verandah  and  made 
beautiful  its  poor  roof,  its  arches,  and  its  bulg- 
ing rail,  and  then  dripping  through  rents  and 
holes  in  ragged  awnings,  filled  little  pools  of 
cool  light  in  the  hot,  untidy  road. 

The  shops  were  closed  and  were  lost  in 
the  blackest  shadows,  although,  here  and  there, 
a  splash  of  moonlight  would  strike  the  stone 
platform  which  staod  in  front  of  them,  and 
reveal  a  bench,  a  barred  door,  or  a  heavy 
chest.  A  few  steps  of  a  rambling  stair  would 
climb  up  through  the  glamour  and  then  vanish 
in  the  dusk.  The  pillars  of  a  stone  balcony 
would  stand  out  like  alabaster  in  the  moon, 
appearing  poised  in  the  air,  as  if  the  corner 
of  a  palace  projected  into  the  street.  A  denser 
mass  of  shadow  would  mask  an  arched  entry 
whose  flagstones  led  through  utter  darkness  to  a 
courtyard  flooded  with  light. 

On  the  pale  stones  of  one  such  courtyard 
was  the  recumbent  figure  of  a  man  wrapped 
from  head  to  foot  in  a  purple  cloak,  like  a 
corpse  laid  out  for  burial.  Under  the  veran- 
dahs and  in    caverns    of   darkness    many  other 


224  BOMBAY : 

figures  were  stretched  out  on  mats,  on  low- 
tables,  or  on  bare  stones,  all  wrapped  up  so 
that  no  face  could  be  seen,  all  motionless,  all 
lean  like  the  dead.  These  mummy-like  bundles 
(that  were  sleeping  men)  might  all  have  been 
lifeless  bodies  put  out  of  doors  to  wait  for  some 
tumbril  to  come  by. 

On  certain  lintels  was  the  mark  in  red  paint 
which  showed  that  the  plague  had  visited  the 
house,  and  so  quiet  was  the  place  and  so  still 
the  wrapped  up  men  that  one  could  fancy  that 
the  lane  was  in  a  city  of  death.  The  figures 
looked  so  thin  and  lay  so  flat  as  to  show, 
under  the  meagre  covering,  the  feet,  the  points 
of  the  knees,  and  the  outline  of  the  head.  One 
figure  drew  up  a  bony  leg  as  I  passed,  and  it 
seemed  as   if  a  man  left  for  dead  was   still  alive. 

Some  were  wrapped  in  red  garments,  some 
in  yellow,  and  a  few  in  white.  In  every  one 
the  wrapping  entirely  enveloped  the  head,  for 
the  native  of  India  when  he  sleeps — whether  in 
a  room  or  in  the  open — will  always  cover  up 
his   face. 

Possibly  a  few  of  those  who  slept  were 
servants  lying  outside  their  masters'  houses^ 
but  the  greater  number  of  them  were  the  home- 
less men  of  the  city.  .Some  were  asleep  in  the 
very  roadway,  so  that  the  passer-by  would  need 
to   step   over  them. 

The  quiet  in  the  place  was  terrible.  The 
only  sound  came  from  the  shuffling    feet    of   two 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  225 

prowling  dogs  who  rooted  among  the  garbage  in 
the  gutter.  It  was  just  such  a  street  as  Dore 
was  wont  to  paint  and  such  an  one  as  figures 
in  many  a  rapier-and-cloaked-figure  romance.  It 
was  a  street  that  breathed  murder,  and  to  which 
would  be  fitting  the  stab  in  the  back,  the  sudden 
shriek,  the  struggling  body  dragged  into  a  dark 
doorway  by  knuckles  clutching  at  the  livid  neck. 
It  was  the  street  of  the  Arabian  Nights,  and  there 
was  in  it  the  hush  that  comes  before  a  tragedy. 

In  one  place  in  the  street  a  bar  of  red  light 
from  an  open  door  fell  ^across  the  road  and 
across  a  muffled  figure  asleep  upon  the  stones.  In 
another  place  a  motionless  woman  bent  over  the 
rail  of  a  verandah,  her  head  outlined  against  the 
^lare  of  a  lamp  in  the  room  behind  her.  For  what 
she  watched,  Heaven  knows  ! 

Beyond  these  two  streaks  of  light,  which 
burnt  into  the  arctic  pallor  of  the  moon,  there 
was  nothing  to  suggest  that  the  dwellers  in  the 
street  did  more  than  mimic  death. 

The  Other  Side  of  th?  Lantern,  1905  pp.  55-56. 


The  City  at  Dawn 

LORD  LAMINGTON. 
No  one  who  has  filled  the  post  of  Governor 
of  Bombay  could  have  anything  but  a  natural 
pride  in  having  had  the  privilege  of  being  asso- 
ciated with  that  province,  possessed  of  so  many 
and  varied  interests,  and  having  for    its    capital 


226  BOMBAY : 

one  of  the  most  magnificent  cities  of    the    worlds 
It  will  ever  be  a  memory  to  gladden  my  spirit  to 
recall  the  view  from  Malabar  Hill.     More    parti- 
cularly on  one  occasion,  just    before   dawn,  do  I 
remember  the  effect  produced    by    the    rays    of 
sunlight  behind  the  Ghats,    throwing    the    latter 
into  relief,  lighting  up  the  harbour  and  reddening- 
the  roofs  and  pinnacles  of  the  stately    buildings 
in  the  Fort,  whilst  nearer  at  hand     below    slum- 
bered Back  Bay   and    its    palm-covered    shores ; 
and  to  the  North-East  streaks  of  smoke  from  the 
tall  chimneys  showed  that    the  industrial    world 
was  awakening,  and  for  once    this    evidence    of 
human  activity  really  lent  a  picturesque  touch  to 
the  scene.     At  times  the  disfigurement  due  to  the 
grimy  out-pourings  of  the  factories  is  deplorable. 
In  private  and  in  public  I  have  discoursed  on  this 
theme.     Prosecutions  did  take  place  but    it    was 
very  difficult  to  secure  a    conviction    against  in- 
dividual   offenders.     I    gather    from    the    latest 
reports  that  smoke  consumption    appliances   are. 
being  adopted.  Let  us  hope  that  the  use  of  these, 
combined  with    the     introduction    of    electricity 
produced  by  water  power,  and  with    regulations 
more  stringently  enforced    in    the     future,    will 
ensure  that  cne  of  the  most     glorious    of    lands- 
capes will  cease  to  be  besmirched    by  a  careless 
and  wasteful  expenditure  of  coal. 
Paper  en  BorNbay  before  the  Society  of  Arts,  JO  Ap. 
igo8.  Journal  of  the  Society,  igo8. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  227 

After  the  Rains 

Robert  Brown. 

The  rains  are  now  nearly  over,  having  lasted 
about  three  months,  though  not  without  intermis- 
sion,  for  a  deluge   continues   about    a  fortnight, 
then  there  is  fine  weather  for  a  week.     There  are 
snatches  of    sunsjiine   too    during     the  deluges, 
and   it   is    interesting    to    see     people      watch- 
ing a  shower  coming  over  the   sea,   and  calculat- 
ing the  time  they  can    stay   out    with    impunity. 
It  is  good  fun   to   see   some   unfortunate     wight, 
who  has   made  rather  too    fine   a     calculation, 
Caught  in  the  shower;  in  about  three  seconds  he 
is  wet  to   the  skin,   and  a    drookit   rat   is    a  dry 
animal  and  a  nice-looking  beast    compared  with 
him.  I  speak  feelingly  on  this  point,  having  been 
lately  caught  once  or  twice  myself,    and   I  was 
certainly  conscious   that  .  I   looked    a     fool  !  The 
grins  depicted     on  the   faces    of   the    natives  I 
passed  left  no  doubt  on  the    subject.  Fortunately 
one  never  catches  cold   after  a    ducking,  if    you 
keep  the  blood  in  circulation  by    a    smart  gallop, 
and  change  whenever  you  get  home.  We  have  had 
some  beautiful  evenings  lately,    which    reminded 
ni3of  summer  in  England,  for   the  air  was  pure, 
and  very  little  warmer  than  you  have  it,   at  least 
I  fancied   so,   and   the    moonlight      nights    that 
followed  were  lovely  in  the  extreme.  It  gets  dark 
just  now  about   seven,   but  people  scarcely  ever 
go  out  here   after   dinner;   a   siesta  is    generally 
preferred.   The  other   night    I    dined    alone,  the 


228  BOMBAY: 

first  time  since  I  arrived  here,  and  I  felt  very- 
curious,  do  you  know  ? — something  in  the  old 
lodging  style  at  Liverpool;  but  I  suppose  I  must 
consider  myself  a  more  important  man  now. 
After  reading  some  reminiscences  of  Thomas 
Campbell,  I  betook  myself  to  the  sleeping  bun- 
galow, and  seated  in  the  verandah  there,  while 
.solitude  and  silence  reigned  abound,  interrupted 
occasionally  by  the  squeak  of  the  lizard,  or 
that  hum  of  innumerable  insects  which  are  called 
into  being,  as  it  were,  by  the  night  air,  while 
the  moon  shed  its  silver  light  on  the  Temple  of 
Maha  Luxumee,  and  the  billows  rolled  in  on  the 
rocks,  their  crests  beautifully  white, — while 
this  was  going  on,  I  seated  myself  in  an 
arm-chair,  and  breathed  out  in  the  most  exqui- 
site tones,  *  Ye  banks  and  braes.'  You  may 
recollect  that  Orpheus  had  the  power  of  charm- 
ing beasts,  and  even  trees,  by  his  music;  at  the 
last  note  of  my  Scotch  air,  two  goats  that  were 
standing  on  the  edge  of  the  verandah  fell  on 
their  backs,  and  kicked  convulsively  for  seven 
minutes  !  writhing  in  the  most  intense  agony, 
which  their  medical  man  opines  has  caused  a 
constitutional  nervousness  for  life.  This  is  a 
curious  contrast  to  mesmerism. 

Memorials,  1867,  pp.  34-3^- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  229 

In  a  Bombay  Garden 

Lady  Falkland. 

I  had  not  been  long  in  Bombay,  before  it  be- 
came my  habit  to  sit  at  early  morning,  in  a 
verandah,  overlooking  the  beautiful  garden  at- 
tached to  our  house,  wondering  at  everything. 

There  was  nothing  in  the  scene  to  remind  me 
of  Europe,  except  perhaps,  at  very  rare  inter- 
vals, an  English  servant,  determined  to  wear  a 
black  beaver  hat,  and  doing  all  he  could  to  have 
a  sun  stroke.  Despite  the  early  hour,  it  was 
always  overpoweringly  hot.  There  were  nd 
clouds  rising  in  the  deep  blue  sky,  and  the  sun 
would  pour  down  its  heat  on  the  burnt-up  grass, 
and  trees,  and  drooping  shrubs.  Nature  herself 
as  well  as  human  beings,  apparently  sighing  for 
the  rains. 

The  flower  garden,  though  not  large,  was 
tastefully  laid  out ;  and  a  terrace  at  the  end  of 
it,  having  mango  trees  on  one  side,  and  a  large 
piece  of  water  on  the  other,  rendered  it  a  pleasant 
walk  in  the  evening. 

Along  the  sides  of  all  the  walks  of  this 
garden  are  stone  channels,  into  which,  the  water 
runs  from  the  wells,  and  thence  into  the  beds  of 
plants  and  flowers,  which  for  a  time  stand  in  a 
refreshing  pool. 

The  trees  were  all  new  to  me,  especially  a 
teak,  (Tectona  Grandis,)  with  its  last  year's 
foliage,  the  large  leaves  being  very  much. 'the* 
worse  for  wear/ 


230  BOMBAY: 

At  the  end  of  the  garden  were  superb  mango 
trees  so  famous  for  their  delicious  fruit,  that 
comes  into  season  in  April,  but  unfortunately 
only  last  till  June.  I  have  met  with  some  persons 
who  do  not  like  the  mango,  but  they  are  '  few 
and  far  between.'  It  is  perfection — you  do  not 
wish  it  larger,  nor  smaller,  nor  is  it  too  sweet  or 
too  sour.  When  you  have  eaten  one,  it  is  enough, 
but  a  second  is  by  no  means  too  much.  The 
flavour  combines  that  of  the  melon,  apricot,  and 
strawberry.  The  blossom  is  beautiful,  the  rind 
has  tints  of  green,  red,  and  orange.  It  must  have 
been  the  fruit  which  tempted  Eve,  and  that 
weak  man  Adam,  who  afterwards  threw  all  the 
blame  on  his  poor  wife. 

Near  me  was  the  Asoka,  which  in  spring 
bears  beautiful  red  blossoms,  many  casuarinas 
with  their  light  and  graceful  foliage  being  inter- 
mixed and  contrasted  with  the  broad  leaves  of 
various  kinds  of  palms,  among  them  the  lofty 
Caryota  Urens,  and  the  traveller's  palm,  from 
which  a  watery  juice  is  extracted,  and  the  broad 
leaves  of  which  grow  in  a  complete  fan-like 
form  ;  the  beauty  of  the  whole  scene  being  en- 
hanced and  enlivened  by  the  brilliant-coloured 
turbans  worn  by  -the  native  servants  belonging 
to  the  establishment  of  the  *  burra  sahib,'  of 
which  there  are  so  many  that  it  is  not  easy  at 
first  to  know  their  different  offices. 

First,  a  very  tall,  portly  Parsee,  who  is  the 
maitre    d'hotel,  would    walk    forth   to   begin  his 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  231 

day's  occupations,  and  then  appeared  sundry 
Parsee  and  Mussulman-servants  carrying  tea  or 
coffee  to  their  different  masters'  rooms.  These 
would  be  followed  by  the  durjeys  or  tailors  go- 
ing to  their  work.  Everybody  has  a  private 
tailor  in  India ;  the  governor  has  a  tailor ; 
captains,  councilors,  and  cadets,  ladies,  lords, 
and  secretaries,  all  have  one  a  piece.  A  separate 
tailor  seems  to  be  considered  essential  to  Anglo- 
Indian  happiness.  Then  the  dobie  (washerman) 
passed  by  with  a  red  turban,  and  a  long  white 
dress,  carrying  a  basket  full  of  linen,  which  he 
meant  to  wash  by  beating  and  slapping  it  on  a 
stone  in  the  tank,  at  tho  back  of  the  garden. 
Then  at  a  quick  pace  cams  the  gardeners  (mali), 
having  on  their  heads  red  cloth  skullcaps,  and 
very  little  other  apparel,  carrying  on  their 
shoulders  a  long  bamboo-stick,  at  each  end  of 
which  hangs  a  large  copper  chattie,  full  of  water, 
with  which  they  were  going  to  refresh  the  droop- 
ing plants.  Such  was  the  scene  from  my 
verandah,  looking  outwards. 

If  I  turned  round,  in  a  room  immediately 
adjacent  was  an  individual  (wearing  moustaches, 
like  all  the  natives)  clothed  in  white  drapery 
( twisted  round  his  body  and  descending  to  the 
knees),  a  white  jacket,  and  a  blue  and  white 
turban-his  black  shining  legs  and  feet  being 
uncovered  ;  over  his  shoulder  hung  his  badge  of 
oflfice-a  duster-with  which  he  occasionally  rub- 
bed a  chair  or  table;  he  represents  the  housemaid; 


232  BOMBAY: 

and,  as  I  have  before  said,  is  called  a  hamaL 
Near  him  was  another  Hindoo  in  a  similar  dress^ 
except  that  he  wore  a  blue  turban,  and  held  a 
tray  of  small  glasses  full  of  cocoa-nut  oil  to  place 
in  the  lamps  suspended  round  the  room  ;  he  is- 
called  a  mussal ;  and  the  lamps  and  lights  are 
his  especial  department. 

Chow-Chcw,  Vol.  I,  pages  31-35^ 


Nature    in    Bombay 

Madame  Blavatsky. 

We  occupied  three  small  bungalows,  lost,  like 
nests,  in  the  garden,  their  roofs  literally  smoth- 
ered in  roses  blossoming  on  bushes  twenty 
feet  high,  and  their  windows  covered  only  with 
muslin,  instead  of  the  usual  panes  of  glass.  The 
bungalows  were  situated  in  the  native  part  of 
the  town,  so  that  we  were  transported,  all  at  once 
into  the  real  India.  We  were  living  in  India, 
unlike  English  people,  who  are  only  surrounded 
by  India  at  a  certain  distance.  We  were  enabled 
to  study  her  character  and  customs,  her  religion^ 
superstitions  and  rites,  to  learn  her  legends  in 
fact,  to  live  among  Hindus. 

Everything  in  India,  this  land  of  the  elephant 
and  the  poisonous  cobra,  of  the  tiger  and  the 
unsuccessful  English  missionary,  is  original  and 
strange.  Everything  seems  unusual,  unexpected^ 
and  striking,  even   to   one  who   has   travelled   in 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  233 

Turkey,  Egypt,  Damascus,  and  Palestine.  In 
these  tropical  regions  the  conditions  of  nature 
are  so  various  that  all  the  forms  of  the  animal 
and  vegetable  kingdoms  must  radically  differ 
from  what  we  are  used  to  in  Europe.  Look,  for 
instance,  at  those  women  on  their  way  to  a  well 
through  a  garden,  which  is  private  and  at  the 
same  time  open  to  anyone,  because  somebody's 
cows  are  grazing  in  it-  To  whom  does  it  not 
happen  to  meet  with  women,  to  see  cows,  and 
admire  a  garden  }  Doubtless  these  are  among  the 
commonest  of  all  things.  But  a  single  attentive 
glance  will  suffice  to  show  you  the  difference 
that  exists  between  the  same  objects  in  Europe 
and  in  India.  Nowhere  more  than  in  India  does 
a  human  being  feel  his  weakness  and  insigni- 
ficance. The  majesty  of  the  tropical  growth  is 
such  that  our  highest  trees  would  look  dwarfed 
compared  with  banyans  and  especially  with 
palms.  A  European  cow,  mistaking,  at  first 
sight,  her  Indian  sister  for  a  calf,  would  deny 
the  existence  of  any  kinship  between  them,  as 
neither  the  mouse-coloured  wool,  nor  the  straight 
goat-like  horns,  nor  the  humped  back  of  the 
latter  would  permit  her  to  make  such  an  error 
As  to  the  women,  each  of  them  whould  make 
any  artist  feel  enthusiastic  about  the  gracefulness 
of  the  movements  and  drapery,  but  still,  no  pink 
and  white,  stout  Anna  Ivanovna  would  condes- 
cend to  greet  her. 

From  the  Caves  and  Jungles  of  Hindostan, 

J892,  pp.  13-14. 


234  BOMBAY : 

The  Plague 

LOVAT   FRASER. 

Outwardly  "  a  city  of  palaces  and  palms," 
with  a  magnificent  harbour  and  life-giving  sea- 
breezes  which  never  fail,  it  was  nevertheless  the 
home  of  an  immense  population  living  under  the 
most  unwholesome  conditions.  At  the  northern 
end  of  the  island  the  native  city  had  been  cram- 
med within  restricted  limits,  notby  official  man- 
date, but  by  the  greed  of  property-owners.  Huge 
insanitary  tenement  houses  had  been  erected, 
which  almost  rivalled  the  "sky-scrapers"  of  New 
York  in  her  less  aspiring  days.  Eighty  per  cent 
of  the  million  inhabitants  were  living  in  tene- 
ments of  a  single  room  ;  and  the  average  number 
of  occupants  of  each  room  was  four.  Many  of 
these  rooms  had  neither  light  nor  ventilation  ; 
into  them  the  sunlight  could  never  penetrate; 
large  numbers  of  the  houses  were  deliberately 
built  back  to  back  ;  and  in  these  noisome  dens, 
with  damp  mud  floors,  rats  and  humanity  swarm- 
ed. Bombay  owed  its  plight  to  a  rapid  influx  of 
populations,  to  a  great  rise  in  land-values,  and 
to  defective  building  regulations  inadequately 
administered  by  a  Corporation  which  had  in- 
herited a  situation  with  which  it  was  unable  to 
cope.  When  plague  came  there  was  a  panic.  I 
witnessed  the  scenes  of  that  first  mad  exodus  at 
the  end  of  1896,  when  the  railway  stations  were 
<rammed  with  people  who  fought  for   places   in 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  235 

the  trains,  and  when  the  roads  of  Salsette  were 
thronged  with  fugitives  fleeing  from  the  pestilence 
they  knew  not  whither. 

Itidia  under  Curzofi,  IQH,  PP-  2rj0  to  27 1. 


Experienced  officers  have  sometimes  told  me 
that  in  their  opinion  plague  leaves  surprisingly 
little  impression  upon  India.  Their  argument  is 
that  in  such  a  teeming  population  pestilence  has 
no  very  abiding  result.  I  am  bound  to  say  that 
my  own  experience  leads  to  very  much  the  same 
•conclusion.  I  lived  for  a  considerable  number  of 
years  in  a  city  from  which  plague  was  never 
absent.  I  have  seen  the  clerk  seized  at  his  desk, 
the  servant  stretched  dead  at  my  gate,  the  dis- 
appearance of  one  familiar  face  after  another.  1 
have  even,  when  playing  golf,  seen  a  woman 
tstagger  and  fall  upon  the  green  as  I  approached 
it,  and  die  of  plague  before  she  could  be  moved. 
Yet  after  the  first  mad  terror  was  over  the  city 
waxed  busy,  and  grew,  and  all  the  thronging  fune- 
rals never  seemed  to  give  more  than  a  momentary 
<:heck  to  its  feverish  prosperity.  I  sometimes 
wonder  whether  we  Englishmen  judge  the  situa- 
tion correctly,  and  whether  plague  has  not  had  a 
<leeper  effect  upon  some  parts  of  India  than  we 
are  able  to  discern.  If  you  live  long  in  the 
presence  of  a  great  infliction,  it  becomes  common- 


236  BOMBAY: 

place,  and  ceases  to  impress.  I  know  now  why- 
men  who  have  endured  a  protracted  siege  dislike 
to  talk  about  it,  why  the  historians  of  past  centu^ 
ries  say  so  little  about  plague,  although  they 
dwelt  in  its  midst.  There  came  a  time  when  we- 
were  wearied  of  the  very  name  of  plague,  and 
looked  with  dull  indifference  on  the  flames  of 
death  aglow. 

India  under  Curzon,  igil,  page  278^ 


The  Mango    Trick 

Norman  Macleod. 

Through  one  of  my  friends,  I  asked  for  the 
wellknown  Mango  trick.  I  am  told  that  many 
intelligent  young  men  profess  to  know  how  it  is. 
done.  When  inquiry  is  made  on  this  point,  how^ 
ever,  I  have  hitherto  found  to  my  regret,  that  at 
the  moment  of  expectancy  they  always  forget  it. 

While  the  tom-tom  was  beating  and  the  pipe 
playing,  the  juggler,  singing  all  the  time  in  low 
accents,  smoothed  a  place  in  the  gravel  three  or 
four  yards  before  us-  Having  thus  prepared  a 
bed  for  the  plant  to  grow  in,  he  took  a  basket 
and  placed  it  over  the  prepared  place,  coverings 
it  with  a  thin  blanket.  The  man  himself  did  not 
wear  a  thread  of  clothing,  except  a  strip  round 
the  loins.  The  time  seemed  now  to  have  come 
for  the  detective's  eye !  So,  just  as  he  was 
becoming  more  earnest  in  his  song,  and  while  the 
tom-tom  beat  and  the  pipe  shrilled  more  loudly^ 
I  stepped  forward  with    becoming  dignity,  and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  237 

begged  him  to  bring  the  basket  and  its  cover  to 
me.  He  cheerfully  complied  and  I  examined  the 
basket,  which  was  made  of  open  wicker-work.  I 
then  examined  the  cloth  covering,  which  was  thin, 
almost  transparent,  and  certainly  concealed 
nothing.  I  then  examined  the  cloth  covering, 
which  was  thin,  almost  trans-parent,  and  certainly 
<:oncealed  nothing.  I  then  fixed  my  eyes  on  his 
strip  of  clothing  with  such  intentness  that  it  was 
not  possible  it  could  have  been  touched  without 
discovery,  and  badehim  go  on,  feeling  sure  that  the 
trick  could  not  succeed.  Sitting  down,  he  stretch- 
ed his  naked  arms  under  the  basket,  singing  and 
smiling  as  he  did  so  ;  then  he  lifted  the  basket 
off  the  ground-and  behold  a  green  plant,  about 
a  foot  high  !  Satisfied  with  our  applause,  he 
went  on  with  his  incantations.  After  having  sat 
a  little  longer,  to  give  his  plant  time  to  grow,  he 
again  lifted  the  basket,  and  the  plant  was  now 
two  feet  high.  He  asked  us  to  wait,  that  we 
might  taste  the  fruit !  But  on  being  assured,  by 
those  who  had  seen  the  trick  performed  before, 
that  this  result  would  be  obtained,  I  confessed 
myself  *  done '  without  the  slightest  notion  of  the 
how.  I  examined  the  ground,  and  found  it  was 
smooth  and  unturned.  Apparently  delighted 
with  my  surprise,  the  juggler  stood  up  laughing, 
when  one  of  his  companions  chucked  a  pebble 
to  him,  which  he  put  tnto  his  mouth.  Immediately 
the  same  companion,  walking  backwards,  drew 
forth  a  cord  of  silk,  twenty  yards  or  so  in  length** 
after  which  the  juggler,   with   his  hands   behind 


238  BOMBAY : 

his  back;  threw  forth  from  his  mouth  two  decan- 
ter stoppers,  two  shells,  a  spinning-top,  a  stone, 
and  several  other  things,  followed  by  a  long  jet 
of  fire  !  If  the  wise  reader  regrets  so  much  spacer 
being  occupied  by  such  a  story,  let  him  pass  itr 
on  to  the  children,  as  foolish  as  myself,  who  wilE 
be  glad  to  read  it. 

Far  East,  ed.  1893,  pages  17  to  18^ 


Palm=Tree 

Norman  Macleod. 

Turning  away  from  man  and  looking  at 
nature,  there  is  a  feature  of  Bombay  which  never 
ceases  to  please:  this  is  the  glorious  palm  trees  t 
Palms  are  so  associated  with  the  East  in  our 
thoughts  that  we  have  heard  of  an  artist  intro- 
ducing them  into  a  picture  of  a  scene  up-country^ 
where  no  palm  tree  evef  grows,  on  the  ground 
that  "  the  British  public  would  expect  them  in 
an  Indian  landscape."  I  never  felt  weary  look- 
ing at  them.  Their  tall  stems  and  picturesque 
heads  cluster  in  the  still  air  of  the  sunny  sky^ 
and  they  are  always  beautiful,  whatever  their 
species  may  be.  They  are  characteristic  of 
Bombay  as  of  no  other  city  visited  by  me  on  the 
continent  of  India  ;  and  they  so  hide  portions  of 
the  scattered  town  as  to  appear  almost  an  un- 
broken forest. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.        239^ 

Observing  wild-looking  huts,  with  out-of- 
the-way  people  among  the  trees,  I  was  told  that 
they  are  inhabited  by  a  class  who  extract 
"  toddy "  from  palms,  and  thus  make  their 
living. 

Far  East,  page  13^ 


Fish  at   Bombay 

James  Forbes 

The  surrounding  ocean  supplies  Bombay 
with  a  variety  of  excellent  fish;  some  of  them  are 
similar  to  those  in  Europe,  others  are  peculiar  to 
India.  The  pomfret  is  not  unlike  a  srr>all  turbot„ 
but  of  a  more  delicate  flavour;  and  epicures  esteem 
the  black  pomfret  a  great  dainty:  the  sable,  or 
salmon-fish,  a  little  resembles  the  European  fish 
from  whence  it  is  named:  the  robal,  the  seir-fish, 
the  grey  mullet,  and  some  others,  are  very  good; 
but  the  bumbalo,  a  small  fish,  extremely  nutritive, 
and  caught  in  immense  numbers,  is  the  favourite 
-with  those  natives  who  are  allowed  by  their 
religion  to  eat  fish:  they  are  dried  for  home  com- 
sumption,  and  furnish  a  principal  article  of  food 
for  the  Lascars,  or  Indian  sailors,  on  board  their 
vessels;  they  are  also  a  considerable  article  of 
commerce  in  their  dried  state.  Turtle  are  some- 
times caught  at  Bombay  and  the  adjacent  islands; 
as  are  sea  cray-fish,  oysters,  limpets,  and  other 
shell    fish. 

Oriental  Memoirs,  Vol.  pages  36  to  37. 


MO  BOMBAY : 

The   Banian  Tree 

E.  H.  A. 
(E.   H.  AlTKEN.  ) 

The  leaves  of  the  Banian  come  before  the 
heat,  and  its  shade  is  a  shade  indeed.  And  to 
sit  in  contemplation  under  the  majesty  of  a 
noble  Banian  would  make  a  man  a  Rishi  if  he 
were  not  so  before. 

What  a  world  it  is  in  itself>  populous  with 
beasts  and  birds  and  myriads  of  little  things, 
which  though  we  call  them  insignificant,  are 
sharers  with  us  in  the  mystery  of  life  and  happi- 
ness. And  how  bountifully  the  tree  feeds 
them  all.  It  is  literally  a  land  flowing  with 
milk   and  honey. 

If  you  wish  to  form  a  just  idea  of  the  place 
which  the  Banian  tree  fills  in  the  world  you 
must  visit  it  when  every  twig  is  fringed  with 
scarlet  figs.  If  this  should  be,  as  it  generally 
is,  in  the  cold  season,  when  food  is  scarce, 
then  there  is  indeed  a  bazaar.  Early  in  the 
morning  the  birds  begin  to  gather,  the  riotous 
Rosy  Pastor  and  the  self-possessed  Myna,  the 
graceful  Brahminy  Myna,  with  its  silky  black 
crest  and  buffy-red  waistcoat,  and  the  yet  more 
elegant  Hoary  Headed  Myna,  and  the  cheery 
Bulbuls  and  the  Coppersmiths,  quiet  and  silent 
just  now,  except  when  they  quarrel  and  rail 
hoarsely  at  each  other,  and  the  Golden  Orioles, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  241 

and  here  and  there  a  great  blackguard  Crow, 
devoid  alike  of  shame  and  fear.  They  are  all 
in  high  spirits,  and  plenty  makes  fastidious. 
Watch  that  Myna  as  he  hops  about,  judging 
the  fruit  with  one  eye,  till  he  finds  a  fine, 
mellow  fig,  not  too  raw  and  not  too  ripe,  but 
just  right.  Then  he  digs  a  hole  in  it  with 
his  sharp  beak.  Of  parrots  there  are  not  many, 
for  the  parrot  is  a  sybarite  and  the  fig  is  plain, 
wholesome  fare.  Another  fruit-eater  also  is 
absent-the  Green  Pigeon :  its  mellow  whistle 
is  seldom  heard  in  the  Banian  tree.  The  reason 
is  that  the  Green  Pigeon  cannot  dig  holes  in 
fruits  :  it  swallows  them  whole.  Now  the  Banian 
fig  is  tough  and  so  firmly  joint  to  the  twig  that 
the  Green   Pigeon  has  not  strength  to  pull  if  off. 

A  Naturalist  on  the  Prowl  1892,  p.  50-53, 


Native  Schools 

Mrs.  Postans. 

The  Native  Education  Society's  Schools  are 
situated  near  the  great  bazaars,  at  the  extreme 
end  of  the  Esplanade.  Committees  and  examina- 
tions are  held  in  the  library,  a  splendid  apart- 
ment fitted  with  a  good  collection  of  useful  works 
with  globes,  maps,  and  papers,  and  adorned  at 
either  end  with  full  length  portraits  of  the  great 
benefactors  of  the  institution,  Sir  John  Malcolm, 


242  BOMBAY : 

and  the  Hon.  Mountstuart  Elphinstone.  The 
last  is  the  work  of  Sir  Thomas  Lawrence,  and  one 
of  those  startling  and  wonderful  likenesses,  which 
gained  for  the  magic  pencil  of  the  elegant,  yet 
truthtelling  artist,  its  immortality  of  fame. 
There  is,  moreover,  an  exquisite  touch  of  oriental 
landscape  in  the  background,  to  which  the  eye  is 
agreeably  referred,  after  a  full  contemplation  of 
the  principal  subject  of  the  painting;  beautifully 
coloured,  the  tall  minarets  seem  brightly  reflected 
in  the  placid  waters  stealing  round  the  sacred 
fanes  which  the  artist  has  chosen  for  his  subject; 
while  the  figure  of  Mr.  Elphinstone,  seated  in  a 
library  chair,  is  animated  by  a  countenance  beam- 
ing with  intelligent  benevolence.  To  a  fanci- 
ful spectator,  this  fine  portrait  might  suggest 
numerous  reflections  on  the  history  of  the  great 
and  nobleminded  man,  who,  amidst  the  pomp  and 
circumstance  of  eastern  greatness,  devoted  his 
best  energies  to  the  promotion  of  the  happiness 
of  those  he  governed  ;  valuing  power  as  it  afford- 
ed means  for  the  exercise  of  his  enlightened 
philanthropy. 

Western  India,  183Q,  Vol  I,  pp.  48-50. 


1 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  243 

The  riohurrum   in  Bombay 

S.  M.  Edwardes. 

Although  the  regular  Mohurrum  ceremonies 
do  not  commence  until  the  fifth  day  of  the 
Mohurrum  moon,  the  Mahomedan  quarters  of 
the  city  are  astir  on  the  first  of  the  month.  From 
morn  till  eve  the  streets  are  filled  with  bands  of 
boys,  and  sometimes  girls,  blowing  raucous 
blasts  on  hollow  bamboos,  which  are  adorned 
with  a  tin  '  panja  ' — the  sacred  open  hand  emble- 
matical of  the  Prophet,  his  daughter  Fatima,  her 
husband  Ali  and  their  two  martyred  sons.  The 
sacred  five,  in  the  form  of  the  outstretched  hand, 
adorn  nearly  all  Mohurrum  symbols,  from  the 
toy  trumpet  and  the  top  of  the  banner-pole  to 
the  horse-shoe  rod  of  the  devotee  and  the  *tazia* 
or  domed  bier.  Youths,  preceded  by  drummers 
and  clarionet-players,  wander  through  the 
streets  laying  all  the  shop-keepers  under  contri- 
bution for  subscriptions;  the  well-to-do  house- 
holder sets  to  building  a  '  sabil '  or  charity-foun- 
tain in  one  corner  of  his  verandah  or  on  a  site 
somewhat  removed  from  the  fairway  of  traffic; 
while  a  continuous  stream  of  people  afflicted  by 
the  evil-eye  flows  into  the  courtyard  of  the  Bara 
Imam  Chilla  near  the  Nal  Bazaar  to  receive  abso- 
lution from  the  peacock-feather  brush  and  sword 
there  preserved.  Meanwhile  in  almost  every  street 
where  a  *  tabut  '  is  being  prepared,  elegiac  dis- 
courses ( 'waaz'  )  are  nightly  delivered  up  to  the 
tenth  of  the  month  by  a  maulvi,  who  draws  from 


244  BOMBAY : 

Rs.  JO  to  Rs.  100  for  his  five  nights'  description 
of  the  martyrdom  of  Hasain;  while  but  a  little 
distance  away  boys  painted  to  resemble  tigers 
Jleap  to  the  rhythm  of  a  drum,  and  the  Arab 
mummer  with  the  split  bamboo  shatters  the 
nerves  of  the  passer-by  by  suddenly  cracking 
it  behind  his  back.  The  fact  that  this  Arab 
usually  takes  up  a  strong  position  near  a  'tazia 
suggests  the  idea  that  he  must  originally  have 
represented  a  guardian  or  scapegoat,  designed 
to  break  by  means  of  his  abuse,  buffoonery  and 
laughter  the  spell  of  the  spirits  who  long  for 
quarters  within  the  rich  mimic  tomb;  and  the  fact 
that  the  crowds  who  come  to  gaze  in  admiration 
on  the  '  tazia'  never  retort  or  round  upon  him,  for 
the  sudden  fright  or  anger  that  he  evokes  gives 
one  the  impression  that  the  crack  of  the  bamboo 
is  in  their  belief  a  potent  scarer  of  unhoused  and 
malignant  spirits. 

By-ways  of  Bombay,  1912,  2nd  ed.  pp.  46-4J. 


riohurrum 

M.  T.  Hainsselin. 

On  the  final  aay  the  streets  were  crowded 
beyond  imagination  all  along  the  route.  Sitting 
n  a  balcony  at  any  point  you  could  have  watch- 
ed for  hour  after  hour  while  the  thousands  of 
natives  thronged  past  at  a  run,  till  you  wondered 
where  they   could   possibly   come   from    in  such 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  245 

incalculable  numbers.  Now  a  tall  tomb  of  gilded 
wicker-work,  elaborately  ornamented  with  flags 
and  paper  streamers,  would  be  borne  along  on  a 
wagon  drawn  by  two  patient  oxen;  around  it  a 
crowd  of  excited  natives,  brandishing  ten-foot 
bamboo  poles,  kept  up  a  perpetual  shouting  in 
which  the  names  of  Hassan  and  Hussein  were 
continually  repeated.  Some  halt-a-dozen  of  the 
crowd  would  ever  and  anon  separate  themselves 
from  the  seething  human  mass  and  act  like 
qhorus-leaders  to  the  rest,  turning  round  to  face 
them  and  dancing  backwards  with  wild  gesticu- 
lations, and  conducting  the  shouting  till  it  be- 
came, from  a  mere  confused  noise,  a  regularly- 
timed  concert  of  staccato  cries,  like  the  splash  of 
oars  in  a  racing  boat.  So  the  tomb  and  its  atten- 
dant mob  would  pass  along,  and  then  perhaps 
for  a  few  minutes  a  quiet  interval  when  the  people 
dribbled  past  scantily;  then  another  crowd, 
thicker  than  ever,  and  taking  longer  to  go  by,  all 
running  and  shouting,  though  they  had  neither 
tomb  nor  anything  else  to  shout  at;  and  every 
man's  white  clothes  were  thickly  bespattered 
with  great  splashes  of  coloured  dyes,  red  and 
purple,  to  represent  the  blood  of  the  martyred 
saints.  Here  for  a  moment  or  two  the  crowd 
would  thicken  at  a  corner,  swaying  and  surging 
till  it  looked  as  if  there  was  going  to  be  a  very 
ugly  crush;  but  at  the  critical  moment  a  mounted 
white  policeman,  who  had  all  the  time  been 
viewing  the  proceedings  with  blase  contempt, 
would  quietly  back  his  horse   into   the  thickest 


246  BOMBAY : 

part  of  the  crowd,  and  the  natives  would  scatter 
and  fly.  Next,  perhaps  would  come  a  little  band 
of  three  or  four  men,  naked,  except  for  the 
dhooti  around  their  loins,  and  painted  from  head 
to  foot  in  stripes,  yellow  and  white,  to  represent 
tigers  ;  these  kept  up  a  weird  sort  of  animal 
dance,  with  some  symbolism  attached  to  it  relat- 
ing to  the  events  in  celebration.  After  them, 
another  tomb,  taller  still  and  more  elaborate 
than  the  former,  and  then  another  and  still 
another.  And  so  on,  for  hours,  all  wending 
their  way  along  a  winding  route  all  through  the 
city,  till  they  finally  reached  the  bridge,  where 
the  tombs  were  cast  over  to  float  away  with  the 
tide. 

Markhani  of  Mohistan.  Pages  1 80  to  1 81. 


Collins  the  Armenian  Loafer 

Arthur  Crawford. 
No  acount  of  Bombay  loafers  would  be 
complete  without  a  reference  to  the  harmless 
old  fellow  whose  death,  I  think,  I  read  of  two  or 
three  years  ago.  For  a  quarter  of  a  century 
or  more,  Collins,  I  believe  he  was  named, 
was  to  be  found  somewhere  or  other  squatted 
in  some  favourite  nook  in  the  Fort,  his  pref- 
erence being  for  some  lane  opposite  Watson's 
Grand  Hotel.  Many  of  us  thought  that  he  was 
an  Armenian,  and  his  features  favoured  this  sup- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  247 

position.  He  never  solicited  alms — in  fact,  he 
never  spoke,  but  there  was  a  mute  appeal  in  his 
sad,  worn-looking  eyes,  a  dignity  in  his  grand 
face,  with  its  long  gray  beard  flowing  to  his 
waist,  which  attracted  the  passer-by,  and  made 
him  forget  the  squalid  appearance  of  this  curious 
old  fellow.  Many  a  coin  was  silently  passed 
into  his  hands  by  European  and  Native,  and  as 
silently  received,  to  be  immediately  put  away  in 
some  place  of  concealment  in  the  bundle  of  in- 
describable rags  which  made  up  his  clothes.  He 
was  popularly  supposed  to  have  lost  his  wits  in 
his  youth,  after  some  great  domestic  affliction, 
but  there  was  nothing  in  his  eye  that  betokened 
a  weak  intellect — at  any  rate,  he  was  quite 
harmless,  and  was  officially  tolerated  by  the 
Police.  To  what  lair  he  retreated  at  night  is 
best  known  to  them.  When  he  died,  if  I  remem- 
ber aright,  a  respectable  sum  of  money  was 
found  about  his  person. 

Reminiscences  of  an  Anglo-Indian  Police  Officer, 

1894,  pp.  247—249, 


An  Afternoon  Scene  in  the  Town 

Prince  Karageorgevitch. 

Afternoon  in  the  bazaar,  in  the  warm  glow 
of  the  sinking  sun,  wonderfully  quiet.  No  sound 
but  that  of  some  workmen's  tools  ;  no  passers-by, 
no  shouting  of  voices,  no  bargaining.  A  few 
poor  people  stand  by  the  stalls   and  examine  the 


248  BOMBAY: 

goods,  but  the  seller  does  not  seem  to  care. 
Invisible  guzals  vibrate  in  the  air,  and  the  piping 
invitation  of  a  moollah  falls  from  the  top  of  a 
minaret. 

Then  suddenly  there  was  a  clatter  of  tom- 
toms, and  rattling  of  castanets,  a  Hindu  funeral 
passing  by.  The  dead  lay  stretched  on  a  bier, 
his  face  painted  and  horrible,  a  livid  grin 
between  the  dreadful  scarlet  cheeks,  covered 
with  wreaths  of  jasmine  and  roses.  A  man 
walking  before  the  corpse  carried  a  jar  of  burn- 
ing charcoal  to  light  the  funeral  pile.  Friends 
followed  the  bier,  each  bringing  a  log  of  wood, 
to  add  to  the    pyre  as  a  last  homage  to  the  dead. 

A  Mohomedan  funeral  now.  The  body  was 
in  a  coffin,  covered  with  red  stuff,  sparkling 
with  gold  thread.  The  bearers  and  mourners 
chanted  an  almost  cheerful  measure,  as  they 
marched  very  slowly  to  the  burial-ground  by 
the  seaside,  where  the  dead  rest  under  spreading 
banyans  and  flowering  jasmine. 

Enchanted  India,  i8g8,  p.  23, 


LIFE  AND  SOCIETY 


M; 


LIFE  AND  SOCIETY 


Society  in  Bombay 

"Sleepy  Sketches." 

There  are  features,  however,  in  Bombay  soci- 
-^ty  which,  I  think,  distinguish  it  most  favourably 
from  society  at  home.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  far 
more  natural;  there  is  far  less  of  assumption  or  pre- 
tence than  in  England.  I  have  said  there  is  little 
musical  or  scientific  society  in  Bombay.  Now, 
in  England,  it  is  true  there  is  not  this  want  ;  but 
in  England,  while  even  real  lovers  of  music  or 
science  are  few,  there  are  immense  numbers  of 
people  who,  without  any  refined  love  of  or  inter- 
est in  art  or  science,  assume  refined  love  and 
interest,  to  gain  credit  in  the  fashionable  world, 
to  increase  the  apparent  difference  between  their 
own  being  and  that  of  the  lower  classes.  But 
this  is  not  so  in  Bombay.  There,  in  truth,  we 
may  have  no  refined  taste  in  music,  but  we  make 
no  pretence  that  our  taste  is  refined.  We  do  not, 
hating  classical  music,  suffer  long  performances 
of  Beethoven  or  Bach,  because  to  like  their  music 
shows  refined  taste  ;  we  don't  care  for  Beethoven 
or  Bach  or  classical  writers,  and  we  do  care  for 
light  music;  and,  without  pretending  that  our  lik- 
ing is  other  than  what  it  is,  we  play  and  sing  and 
listen  to,  light  music  only.  And  so  in  literature. 
Darwin,  Spencer,  Lyell  may  write  books,  and  we 


252  BOMBAY: 

may  have  no  interest  in  them,  preferring  instead 
the  romances  of  Dumas.  But  we  do  not  pretend 
to  have  any  such  interest.  I  think  I  am  justified 
in  saying  that  there  is  an  almost  entire  absence 
of  humbug  amongst  us,  which  makes  up  almost 
for  our  absence  of  refined  interest  in  art  and 
science.  And  as  a  result  of  this  absence  of  hum- 
bug, every  one  in  society  is  bound  to  act  without 
assumption ;  side  or  swagger  cannot  be  long 
maintained  by  any  one.  The  young  civilian^ 
army  man,  merchant,  or  barrister  who,  from 
association  with  his  inferiors,  the  flattery  of  rela- 
tives, or  inordinate  vanity,  comes  out  with  arr 
arrogant  manner,  must  soon  get  rid  of  it  or  be-, 
cut.  And  all  men  who  come  out  to  India  come 
out  to  work,  and  so  any  position  they  may  gain 
is  owing,  in  some  measure  at  least,  to  their  new 
efforts,  and,  I  fancy,  no  man  who  is  conscious; 
that  his  place  in  the  world  is  the  result  of  his. 
own  endeavours  is  guilty  of  side.  Again,  we^ 
show  in  Bombay  far  more  general  hospitality  and 
kindness  one  to  another,  and  this  from  disinter- 
ested motives,  than  is  the  case  in  England. 

Of  course,  as  all  the  world  over,  there  are 
some  who  form  their  friendships  solely  with  a 
view  to  self-advantage,  who  consistently  cut 
poor  and  shabby  men,  and  consistently  invite  ta 
dinner  those  who  have  influence.  But  it  is  at 
the  same  time  a  fact,  and  a  very  strange  fact,., 
that  many,  very  many — I  believe  myself,  the 
great  majority  of'thosewho  have  the  means — ask 
others  not  in  so  happy  a  position,   to  dine    with: 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  253 

them,  to  stay  at  their  houses  or  go  away  with 
them  for  vacation ;  not  because  there  is  any 
return  advantage  to  be  gained,  or  because  there 
is  any  obligation  from  friendships  in  England, 
but  out  of  pure  kindness  and  sympathy  with  the 
men  asked  for  in  their  less  free  position.  I  believe 
there  are  many  people  in  Bombay  who,  when 
going  away  for  vacation,  look  round  among 
their  friends,  and  ask  themselves,  who  is  ill  and 
would  be  better  for  a  change  ?  or  who  wants  to 
get  away  and  cannot,  unless  some  chance  turn 
up  that  he  may  do  so  at  little  expense  ?  I  myself 
-can  say  I  have  benefitted  from  this  ;  and  not  once, 
but  often,  have  I  heard  other  men    say  the  same. 

Sleepy  Sketches,  1877,  pp.  10-13. 


Life  in    Bombay 

Lady  Burton. 

Turning  now  to  society  at  Bombay,  and 
indeed  Indian  society  generally,  I  must  say  that 
it  is  not  to  be  outdone  for  hospitality.  There  is 
a  certain  amount  of  formality  about  precedence 
in  all  English  stations,  and  if  one  could  only 
dispense  with  it,  society  would  be  twice  as 
charming  and  attractive.  I  do  not  mean  of 
course  the  formality  of  etiquette  and  good- 
breeding,  but  of  all  those  silly  little  conventions 
and  rules  which  arise  for  the  most  part  from  un- 
important people  trying  to  make  themselves  of 
importance.     Of  course  they  make  a  gre^t  point 


254  BOMBAY : 

about  what  is  called  "  official  rank"  in  India,  and 
the  women  squabble  terribly  over  their  warrants 
of  precedence :  the  gradations  thereof  would 
puzzle  even  the  chamberlain  of  some  petty 
German  court.  The  Anglo-Indian  ladies  of 
Bombay  struck  me  for  the  most  part  as  spiritless. 
They  had  a  faded,  washed-out  look;  and  I  do 
not  wonder  at  it,  considering  the  life  they  lead. 
They  get  up  about  nine,  breakfast  and  pay  or 
receive  visits,  then  tififen,  siesta,  a  drive  to  the 
Apollo  Bunder,  to  hear  the  band,  or  to  meet  their 
husbands  at  the  Fort,  dine  and  bed— that  is  the 
programme  of  the  day.  The  men  are  better 
because  they  have  cricket  and  polo.  I  found 
nobody  stiff  individually,  but  society  very  much 
so  in  the  mass.  The  order  of  precedence  seemed 
to  be  uppermost  in  every  mind,  and  as  an  out- 
sider I  thought  how  tedious  *'  ye  manners  and 
customs  of  ye  Anglo-Indians  "  would  be  all  the 
year  round. 

I  found  the  native  populace  much  more  in- 
teresting. The  great  mass  consists  of  Konkani 
Moslems,  with  dark  features  and  scraggy  beards. 
They  were  clad  in  chintz  turbans,  resembling  the 
Parsee  headgear,  and  in  long  cotton  coats,  with 
shoes  turned  up  at  the  toes,  and  short  drawers 
or  pyjamas.  There  were  also  Persians,  with  a 
totally  different  type  of  face,  and  clothed  in 
quite  a  different  way,  mainly  in  white  with 
white  turbans.  There  were  Arabs  from  the 
Persian  Gulf,  sitting  and  lolling  in  the  coffee-hou- 
ses. There  wereathlelic  Afghans,  and  many  other 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  255 

strange  tribes.  There  were  conjurers  and  snake- 
charmers,  vendors  of  pipes  and  mangoes,  and 
Hindu  women  in  colours  that  pale  those  of 
Egypt  and  Syria.  There  were  two  sorts  of 
Parsees,  one  white-turbaned,  and  the  other 
whose  headgear  was  black,  spotted  with  red. 
I  was  much  struck  with  the  imrnense  variety  of 
turban  on  the  men,  and  the  cfwli  and  headgear 
on  the  women.  Some  of  the  turbans  were  cf 
the  size  of  a  moderate  round  tea-table.  Others 
fit  the  head  tight.  Some  are  worn  straight,  and 
some  are  cocked  sideways.  Some  are  red  and 
horned.  The  choli  is  a  bodice  which  is  put  on 
the  female  child,  who  never  knows  what  stays 
are.  It  always  supports  the  bosom,  and  she  is 
never  without  it  day  or  night,  unless  after 
marriage,  and  whilst  she  is  growing,  it  is  of 
course  changed  to  her  size  from  time  to  time. 
They  are  of  all  colours  and  shapes,  according 
to  the  race.  No  English-woman  could  wear  one, 
unless  it  were  made  on  purpose  for  her  ;  but  I 
cannot  explain  why, 

77?^  Romance  of  Isabel   Lady   Burton, 

by  W.  H.  Wilkins,  1897,  pp.  589-591. 


Byculla  Club 

Sir  Bartle  Frere. 

It  has  always  struck  me  that  in  England  we 
are  in  the  habit  of  doing  very  scant  justice  to 
institutions    like   this.      We  have   got   into   the 


256  BOMBAY : 

habit  of  regarding  them  as  mere  excrescences  in 
our  social  organisation,  but  I  have  often  thought 
that  they  take  a  very  important  place  in  the 
political  organization  of  England,  and  are  a 
valuable  means  of  preparing  Englishmen  for 
that  political  life  which  is  more  or  less  the  part 
of  every  one  of  us.  In  the  first  place  we  acquire 
in  those  clubs  a  complete  deference  to  the  verdict 
of  the  majority— which  is  of  itself  a  great  thing. 
We  are  trained  also  to  a  habitual  deference  to 
the  government  of  the  best  and  wisest  among 
us,  whom  we  have  selected  to  rule  over  us.  But 
above  all,  gentlemen,  we  are  trained  to  a  tolerant 
regard  for  the  minority ;  and  I  cannot  help 
thinking  that  it  is  to  a  great  extent  to  this 
feeling — which  plays  so  important  a  part  in  our 
club  organisation  and  club  habits — that  we 
owe  that  toleration  to  which  your  chairman 
(  Sir  A.  Scoble  )  has  alluded  in  speaking  of  the 
way  in  which  we  treat  the  Natives  of  this 
country.  In  all  party  contests,  political  or 
otherwise,  there  is  a  great  disposition  on  the  part 
of  the  majority  or  those  who  get  the  victory,  to 
treat  with  scant  consideration  those  over  whom 
they  have  triumphed ;  but  it  is  very  different,  as 
you  know,  in  clubs,  for  when  a  question  is  once 
settled,  there  is  great  toleration  always  shown  to 
the  minority,  and  the  object  of  the  committee  of 
a  good  club  is  always  to  make  up  differences 
which  have  been  caused  by  a  club  quarrel. 

Now,  Gentlemen,    I  »do  not  think   this  is  an 
unimportant   [matter    when    so    many    of     our 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  257 

countrymen  come  out  to  rule  over  a  nation,  or  as  I 
may  say  an  assemblage  of  nations,  in  India.  But, 
Gentlemen,  whatever  may  be  the  claims  of  a  Club 
in  England  on  the  gratitude  of  the  community,  I 
think  there  are  very  few  who  will  not  recognise 
far  greater  claims  here  in  Bombay,  where  this 
institution  has  been  to  so  many  of  our  younger 
brethren  a  home  and  a  very  happy  home.  We 
know  that  in  England  there  is  often  a  choice  bet- 
ween a  home  and  a  Club  ;  but  here,  where  many 
of  us  have  no  home  of  our  own,  we  owe  a  double 
debt  of  gratitude  to  the  Club.  And,  Gentlemen,  I 
have  always  thought  that  this  institution  afford- 
ed to  us  so  many  of  the  advantages  of  club  life 
at  home,  in  establishing  a  standard  of  judgment 
upon  all  social  questions,  and  passing  a  free  and 
unbiassed  verdict  upon  all  those  questions,- and 
in  affording  a  home  to  our  younger  brethren  and 
keeping  them  generally  in  very  good  order — 
that  it  deserved  the  gratitude  of  all  who  look  to 
the  character  of  Englishmen  in  this  country  as 
of  paramount  importance  to  the  character  of 
English  Government.  And  I  have  viewed  with 
satisfaction  the  growth  of  such  institutions 
—especially  of  the  infant  one  at  Poona  where  I 
had  lately  the  pleasure  of  being  entertained — as 
a  good  sign  of  the  advancement  of  society  in 
Bombay. 

Speech  at  the  Byculla  Club,  1867.  Speeches, 
ed,  Pitale,  pp.  472-473- 


258  BOMBAY : 

A  Judge's  House 
Establishment,  1828 

Elizabeth  Grant. 

Our  establishment  consisted  of  a  head  ser- 
vant, a  Parsee,  who  managed  all,  hired  the  rest, 
marketed,  ordered,  took  charge  of  everything, 
doing  it  all  admirably,  and  yet  a  rogue ;  an 
under-steward  or  butler,  a  Mohammedan,  who 
waited  on  me ;  four  chobdars,  officers  of  the  Sup- 
reme Court  who  attended  my  father  there,  waited 
at  meals  on  him  and  my  mother,  and  always 
went  behind  the  carriage  ;  they  were  dressed  in 
long  scarlet  gowns  edged  with  gold  lace,  white 
turbans,  gold  belts,  and  they  bore  long  gilt  staves 
in  their  hands.  The  Parsee  wore  a  short  cotton 
tunic  with  a  shawl  round  the  waist,  very  wide 
silk  trousers,  and  the  high  brown  silk  cap  peculiar 
to  the  Parsees.  My  Mohammedan  had  a  white 
turban,  white  tunic,  red  shawl,  and  red  trousers 
tight  to  the  leg.  My  father's  valet  was  a  Portu- 
guese Christian  in  a  white  jacket  and  trousers^ 
European  style.  Besides  these  there  were  four 
sepoys  for  going  messages,  who  wore  green  and 
red  and  gold  fancifully  about  their  turbans  and 
tunics — the  family  livery;  two  hammauls  to  clean 
the  house,  two  bheesties  to  fetch  the  water,  two 
men  to  light  the  lamps,  one  water-cooler  and 
butter-maker  (this  last  piece  of  business  being 
done  in  a  bottle  on  his  knee),  a  gardener,  a  cook 
with  an  assistant,  two    dhobies    or    washermen, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  259 

and  a  slop-emptier,  all  these  being  Hindus  of 
various  castes,  except  the  cook,  who  was 
a  Portuguese. 

The  stable  establishment  was  on  a  similar 
scale  :  two  pairs  of  carriage  horses,  my  father's 
riding-horse  and  mine,  a  coachman,  a  groom  to 
each  horse  who  always  ran  beside  him  whether 
we  drove  or  rode,  and  a  grass-cutter  for  every 
pair.  Wages  had  need  to  be  small  in  a  country 
where  such  a  retinue  was  requisite  for  three 
people ;  no  one  doing  more  than  one  particular 
kind  of  work  rendered  this  mob  of  idlers 
necessary.  My  mother  had  her  maid  and  I  had 
mine,  whose  daughter  also  lived  with  us  and 
was  very  useful.  We  hired  a  tailor  when  we 
wanted  one,  a  mender,  or  a  mantua-maker  or 
a  milliner  as  required. 

Our  life  was  monotonous.  My  father  and  I 
rose  before  the  sun,  an  hour  or  more,  groped  our 
way  downstairs,  mounted  our  horses,  and  rode 
till  heat  and  light,  coming  together,  warned 
us  to  return.  I  then  bathed  and  breakfasted 
and  lay  upon  the  sofa  reading  till  Fatima 
came  to  dress  me.  I  always  appeared  at  the 
family  breakfast,  though  but  for  form.  My 
father,  who  had  been  hard  at  work  fasting, 
made  a  good  meal,  and  my  mother,  just  up,  did 
the  same.  We  had  frequently  visitors  at  this 
hour;  after  they  went  my  mother  walked 
about  with  the  hamfuauls  after  her,  dusting  her 
china—  of  which  she  soon  collected  a  good  stock^-^ 


260  BOMBAY: 

calling  out  to  them  suhbr  when  she  wanted 
them  to  goon,  and  ^^5/^  when  they  had  omitted 
a  cup  or  vase,  for  she  never  could  manage 
their  easy  language.  I  wrote  or  worked  or  play- 
ed or  sang  while  the  weather  remained  tole- 
rably cool;  in  the  hot  months  I  was  not  able 
to  do  anything.  My  mother  and  I  were  often 
amused  by  receiving  presents  from  the  natives, 
and  by  the  arrival  of  boras  to  tempt  us  with  the 
newest  fashions  just  procured  from  "a  ship  come 
in  last  night,"  shown  first  to  us  as  '  'such 
great  ladies."  My  father  took  no  presents 
himself,  and  permitted  us  to  accept  none 
but  fruits  and  flowers  ;  very  valuable  ones 
were  at  first  ofl'ered,  but  being  invariably 
only  touched  and  returned,  they  soon  ceased. 
The  flowers  generally  came  tied  up  with  silver 
thread  in  the  hands  of  the  gardener,  but 
the  fruits,  fresh  or  dried,  were  always  in  silver 
bowls,  covered  with  silver  gauze,  and  brought 
in  on  the  head  of  the  messenger.  Some  ladies, 
it  was  said,  used  to  keep  the  bowls,  but  we 
better  instructed,  returned  the  dull-looking  pre- 
cious part  of  the  offering  with  its  dirty  bit  of 
covering,  quite  content  with  our  simpler  share. 

The  bora  entered  more  ostentatiously  with 
a  long  string  of  native  porters,  each  bearing  on 
his  head  a  box.  All  were  set  down  and  opened, 
and  the  goods  displayed  upon  the  floor,  very 
pretty  and  very  good,  and  only  about  double 
as   dear    as    at    home,    a    rupee    for   a  shilling, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  261 

about.  The  native  manufactures  were  cheap 
enough,  except  the  shawls  ;  and,  by  the  bye,  Mr. 
Gardiner  gave  me  one,  which  cost  a  hundred 
pounds.  Jt  is  a  good  thing  to  be  the  last  married 
of  a  sisterhood,  when  one  meets  such  generous 
brothers-in-law  !  At  two  o'clock  or  rather  sooner 
we  had  our  tiffin,  after  which  we  were  never 
disturbed,  every  one  retiring  during  those  hot 
hours,  undressing  and  sleeping. 

The  drives  were  beautiful  whichever  way  we 
went,  on  the  beach,  on  the  Breach  Candy  road, 
or  the  Esplanade,  and  twice  a  week  across  the 
rice-fields  to  Matoonga  to  listen  to  the  artillery 
band,  all  the  Presidency  collecting  there.  We 
drove  up  and  down,  stopped  alongside  another 
carriage,  sometimes  on  a  cool  evening  got  out 
and  walked  to  speak  to  our  friends.  We  were  all 
very  sociable,  and  the  band  was  delightful.  The 
equipages  were  extraordinary,  all  the  horses  fine 
but  the  carriages  very  shabby.  The  smartest  soon 
fades  in  such  a  climate;  what  with  the  heat  of  one 
season,  the  wet  of  another,  the  red  dust,  the  in- 
sects, the  constant  use  and  not  much  care,  the 
London-built  carriage  makes  but  a  poor  figure 
the  second  year,  and  as  the  renewal  of  them  is 
not  always  convenient,  and  a  daily  carriage 
drive  is  essential,  they  are  used  in  bad  enough 
condition  sometimes. 

On  the  sun  going  down,  which  he  does  like 
a  shot — there  is  no  twilight — the  crowd  separates, 
the  ladies  glad  enough  of  a  warm  shawl  on  their 


262  BOMBAY: 

back  return  home,  for  it  was  often  very  cold 
driving  back.  Then,  if  we  were  to  pass  a  quiet 
evening,  a  very  few  minutes  prepared  us  for 
dinner;  but  if,  as  was  often  the  case,  we  were  to 
be  in  company  at  home  or  abroad,  there  was 
great  commotion  among  the  ayahs  to  have  their 
preparations  made  in  time.  My  Arab,  Fatima, 
was  always  ready;  she  was  so  quick  and  so 
quiet.  There  are  many  drawbacks  to  an  Indian 
life,  but  the  servants  in  Bombay  at  that  time 
were  a  luxury. 

Lady  Strachey's  ''  Memoirs  of  a  Highland  Lady,  " 

1898,  pp.  421-423- 


A  Governor's  Life  a  Century  Ago 

MOUNTSTUART    ELPHINSTONE. 

*My  dear  Adam,— 

'  Now  to  answer  your  questions.  How  I  like 
Bombay  }  Very  well ;  and  the  first  month,  which 
you  thought  would  be  so  disagreeable,  better 
than  I  expect  to  like  any  future  month.  There 
were  no  troublesome  forms  and  ceremonies,  and 
much  novelty  and  variety.  The  new  and  un- 
known details  you  allude  to  give  me  little  trouble, 
as  I  have  always  Warden  to  tell  me  w^hat  is 
usual;  and  as  to  the  new  business  not  of  detail, 
I  like  learning  it.  Besides,  I  am  not  nearly  so 
hard   worked   as   in   the   Deccan ;   and  much  of 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  263 

my  work  ( that  is,  much  of  what  takes  up  my 
time  )  is  half  play,  such  as  talking  to  people  who 
come  to  me  on  business  instead  of  puzzling  over 
records  or  pumping  natives,  going  to  Council, 
going  to  church.  What  I  dread,  detest,  and  abhor, 
to  a  degree  which  1  fancy  never  was  equalled,  is 
making  speeches,  and  ceremonies  of  that  nature. 
I  avoid  them  as  much  as  I  can  by  avowing  my 
horror  of  the  practice;  but  sometimes  they  occur. 
All  the  other  people  of  Bombay  harangue  to  such 
-a  degree  that  if  I  were  Charles  Fox  I  should  hold 
my  tongue  on  purpose  to  put  down  the  fashion. 
No  party  of  thirty  meets  without  thirty  regular 
speeches.  This,  though  sometimes  amusing,  is 
the  great  reproach  of  Bombay ;  otherwise  the 
society  is  pleasant  and  easy,  at  least  as  much  so 
as  Calcutta.  People  either  always  dance  or  have 
a  good  deal  of  music  and  singing  when  there  is 
a  party,  and  no  stift  private  circle.  The  Governor 
too,  by  the  custom  of  Bombay,  constantly  drives 
out,  and  is  quite  a  private  gentleman,  which 
suits  well  with  my  habits  and  tastes  (  3,  Dec.  1819 ). 

Life  by  Sir  E.  Colebrooke,  1 884,  Vol.  Ii,  page  lOS. 


Life  in  Bombay  in  the  Sixties 

J.  M.  Maclean. 

Many  a  pleasant  evening  we  spent  in  ihose 
<lays  at  the  Byculla  Club  in  symposia  which  were 
not  unworthy  to  be  classed  with  the  "  Noctes 
Ambrosianae "  of   Christopher  North;    and   here 


264  BOMBAY: 

let  me  pay  a  passing  tribute  to  the  delightful 
society  which  flourished  in  India  forty  or  fifty 
years  ago.  The  Anglo-Indians  of  Bombay  then 
formed  a  community  of  a  democratic  kind  such  as. 
could  not  be  found  elsewhere.  It  comprised  no> 
old  men  or  children,  and  comparatively  few- 
women.  There  were  no  millionaires  or  paupers. 
All  menial  offices  v/here  discharged  by  the  native 
population.  Every  Englishman  was  comfortably 
off,  had  been  well  educated,  and  belonged  either 
to  the  civil  or  military  service  of  the  crown,  or 
to  the  mercantile  or  professional  classes. 

Everybody,  therefore,  lived  on  a  footing  of 
perfect  equality  ;  intercourse  was  easy  and 
pleasant,  and  there  was  none  of  the  appalling 
snobbishness  towards  good  society  and  people- 
in  high  places  which  is  the  curse  of  London  life, 
and  which  has  been  stimulated  to  a  height  never 
dreamt  of  even  by  Thackeray  by  the  eager 
competition  of  American  and  Colonial  capitalists 
anxious  to  make  their  way  to  the  front.  I  sup- 
pose that  for  a  parallel  to  such  a  community  as 
then  existed  in  Bombay,  it  wouldbe  necessary  to  go 
back  to  the  old  Greek  Republics.  Conversation 
was  very  frank  and  outspoken,  and  criticism 
very  prolific  and  enlightenend,  for  the  Gevern- 
ment  had  not  then  thought  it  necessary,  as  they 
now  have,  to  close  the  safety  valve  by  formally 
prohibiting  public  servants,  on  pain  of  dismissal, 
from  making  any  observations  on  the  conduct  of 
their  superiors  in  office. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  265 

There  were  great  merchants  in  those  days 
who  lived  for  many  years  in  Bombay,  kept  great 
houses  on  Malabar  Hill,  and  entertained  in  good 
style.  Their  place  has  now  been  taken  by  clerks 
who  are  mere  agents  for  firms  at  home  or  for  the 
German  or  Greek  houses  which  everywhere  do  so 
much  business  under  the  British  flag.  Nothing 
surprised  me  so  much,  I  went  back  to  India  on  a 
visit  three  years  ago,.  (1899),  than  to  find  that  the 
Europeans  in  Bombay  had  taken  a  back  seat.  All 
the  best  houses  in  the  island  were  occupied  by 
wealthy  natives,  and  Englishmen  seemed  to 
possess  nothing  except  the  fringe  of  ground 
adjoining  the  harbour  on  which  the  Yacht  Club 
is  built.  In  my  time  the  Englishman  walked 
about  Bombay  as  if  he  realised  Goldsmith's 
description: — 

**  Pride  in  their  port,  defiance  in  their  eye,. 
I  see  the  lords  of  humankind  pass  by  " 

The  natives  then  occupied  a  distinctly  in- 
ferior position,  and  they  did  not  seem  to  resent 
it.  Most  of  them  had  made  money  through 
English  agency,  and  they  looked  up  to  the  heads 
of  the  great  firms,  like  Michael  Scott,  John 
Fleming,  and  Donald  Graham,  with  pride  and 
affection.  They  loved  to  give  great  entertain- 
ments in  honour  of  their  English  friends,  and 
never  forgot  them  when  the  Englishmen  came 
home.  The  feelings  of  good  will  between  English- 
men and  natives  were  much  stronger  and  more 
lasting  then  than  they   are    now,   when   there   is 


266  BOMBAY : 

much  less  of  the  feeling  of  fellowship    between 
the  two  races. 

My  personal  relations  with  leading  natives 
were  always  of  a  pleasant  character,  and  I  made 
many  friends  among  them,  who,  when  I  went  to 
India  in  I899,  after  nearly  twenty  years'  absence, 
crowded  round  me,  and  gave  me  a  cordial  wel- 
come. But  I  always  opposed  the  political  views 
of  the  ambitious  young  natives  who  dreamed  of 
self-government  for  India,  and  so  aroused  the 
lasting  resentment  of  the  Maratha  Brahmins 
of  Poona.  The  Parsees  of  Bombay,  however, 
have  cherished  a  warm  feeling  of  gratitude 
towards  me  since  I  took  up  their  cause  against  a 
mob  that  had  wrecked  their  fire  temples  in  1874. 

A  good  many  of  the  Europeans  lived  in 
liouses  of  their  own,  but  many  of  them  stayed  at 
the  Clubs,  which  were  always  a  main  source  of 
attraction  in  the  evening  in  a  city  which,  as  a 
rule,  was  destitute  of  theatrical  performances. 
When  we  became  more  wealthy,  we  tried  the 
experiment  of  importing  on  opera  company  from 
Italy,  but  it  did  not  succeed.  When  I  first  went  out, 
soon  after  the  Mutiny,  the  military  element  was 
much  stronger  than  it  afterwards  became.  There 
were  twenty  or  more  commissioned  officers  to 
•every  regiment,  and  their  mess  tents  were  the 
-scene  of  much  hospitality.  They  had  the  pleasant 
custom  of  inviting  residents  in  Bombay  to  become 
honorary  members  of  the  mess,  and  on  guest 
nights  it  was  not  unusual   for  forty  or  fifty  men  to 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  267 

-sit  down  to  dinner.  I  thus  extended  my  acquain- 
tance very  largely,  and  became  known  to  many 
of  the  men  who  afterwards  made  their  mark. 

Recollections  of  Westminister  &  India,  190S, 

pp.  23-27. 


Indian  Life 

Basil  Hall. 

I  have  no  language  competent  to  give 
expression  to  the  feelings  produced  by  the  first 
contemplation  of  so  strange  a  spectacle.  I  was 
startled,  amused,  deeply  interested,  and  some- 
times not  a  little  shocked.  The  novelty  of  the 
■scene  was  scarcely  diminished  by  a  further 
inspection  ;  which  may  appear  a  contradiction 
in  terms,  but  is  not  so  in  reality.  The  multitude 
of  ideas  caused  by  the  first  view  of  such  an 
astonishing  crowd  of  new  and  curious  objects^ 
obscures  and  confuses  the  observation,  in  a  certain 
sense,  and  prevents  us  from  distinguishing  one 
part  from  another.  In  like  manner,  I  remember 
being  almost  stupefied  with  astonishment,  when 
Sir  John  Herschel  first  showed  me  one  of  the 
great  nebulae  or  clusters  of  stars  in  his  telescope 
at  Slough.  When,  however,  the  philosopher 
unfolded  the  results  of  his  own  observations,  and 
ventured  to  separate  and  distinguish  the  different 
orders  of  nebulae  and  double  stars,  or  pointed 
the  instrument  to  the  planet  which   his  illustrious 


268  BOMBAY : 

father  discovered,  and  made  me  understand,  or 
tried  to  make  me  understand,  the  revolutions  of 
its  satellites,  I  felt  the  confusion  by  which  at 
first  I  was  distracted  gradually  subsiding,  while 
the  fresh  interest  of  the  spectacle,  strictly  speak- 
ing, was  greatly  increased.  And  so  I  found  it 
in  India,  especially  at  the  most  curious  of  places^ 
Bombay,  where  the  more  I  saw  of  the  natives,, 
the  more  there  seemed  still  to  discover  that  was 
new.  It  would  be  absurd  to  pretend  that  all 
this  pedantic  kind  of  reasoning  process  took 
place  at  the  moment,  for,  in  truth,  I  was  toc^ 
much  enchanted  to  speculate  deeply  on  the- 
causes  of  the  enjoyment.  I  shall  never  forget, 
however,  the  pleasure  with  which  I  heard  a 
native,  with  a  bowl  in  his  hand,  apply  to  a 
dealer  in  corn  for  some  of  the  grain  called 
Sesame.  The  word,  in  strictness,  is  not  the 
Indian  name  for  this  seed,  though  it  is  used 
generally  in  Hindustan.  Til  is  the  native  term 
for  the  plant  from  which  the  oil  of  sesamum  is  ex- 
pressed ;  Semsem  being  the  original  Arabic  word. 
I  need  not  say  how  immediate  the  sound  recalled 
the  'Open  Sesame  !'  of  the  Arabian  Nights  ;  and 
the  whole  of  the  surrounding  scene,  being  in 
strict  character  with  that  of  the  tale,  I  felt  as  if  I 
had  been  touched  with  some  magic  wand,  and 
transported  into  the  highest  heaven  of  Eastern 
invention.  As  I  gazed  at  all  things  round  me  irr 
wonder  and  delight,  I  could  fix  my  eye  on  nothing" 
I  had  ever  seen  before.  The  dresses,  in  endless 
variety   of  flowing  robes   and  twisted    turbans,. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  269 

flitted  like  a  vision  before  me.  The  Hindoos,  of 
innumerable  castes,  were  there  each  distinguish- 
ed from  the  other  by  marks  drawn  with  brilliant 
colours  on  his  brow.  There  stood  Persian  mer- 
chants with  shawls  and  other  goods  from 
Cashmere,  mingled  with  numerous  Arab  horse- 
dealers  careering  about;  Malays  from  the  Straits 
of  Malacca,  chatting  familiarly  with  those  good- 
natured,  merry  fellows,  the  long-tailed  Chinese, 
-whose  most  ungraceful  Tartar  dress  and  tuft 
contrast  curiously  in  such  a  crowd  with  the  taste- 
fully arranged  drapery  and  gorgeous  turbans  of 
the  Mahometans  and  Hindoos, 

Some  of  these  groups  were  fully  as  much 
distinguished  by  their  sandals  and  slippers  as 
by  their  head-gear;  others  arrested  the  atten- 
tion by  the  sound  of  their  voices,  and  many  by 
the  [>eculiarity  of  their  features  and  complexion. 
It  really  signified  little  which  way  the  eye  was 
turned,  for  it  could  rest  on  nothing,  animate  or 
inanimate,  which  was  not  strange  and  full  of  in- 
terest. Most  of  the  trees  which  shaded  us,  and 
especially  a  tall  variety  of  the  palm  tribe, 
commonly  called  the  Brab,  I  had  never  seen 
before.  It  is  named  by  botanists  Barassus  flab- 
elliformis,  or  Tara  Palm ;  Tara  or  Tari  being 
the  native  word  for  the  toddy  which  is  yielded  by 
these  trees.  It  grows,  in  respect  to  its  stem, 
like  the  coca-nut,  with  a  glorious  set  of  project- 
ing arms  at  the  top.  But  these  branches,  differ- 
ent from  those  of  the  cocoa-nut,  do  not  send 
forth    along  their     whole   length    lateral    leaves 


270  BOMBAY : 

resembling  the  ostrich  feather,  to  which  the 
cocoa-nut  leaf  is  very  similar  in  form.  They  are- 
smooth  and  naked  to  the  end,  on  which  is  opened 
out,  rather  fantastically,  a  huge  circular  leaf^. 
marked  with  divisions  like  those  of  a  fan,  radiat- 
ing from  a  centre,  each  ray  or  division  being^^^ 
sharp-pointed. 

But  the  chief  object  of  attraction,  and  I  may 
well  say  of  admiration,  in  this  gay  scene,  was. 
the  appearance  of  the  women,  who  are  not  only 
not  concealed,  but  go  about  freely,  and,  gene- 
rally speaking,  occupy  themselves  out  of  doors- 
in  works  not  requiring  any  considerable  strength^ 
but  a  good  deal  of  dexterity.  Of  course,  this, 
does  not  include  the  highest  classes,  who  are 
kept  quite  secluded.  The  females  appear  to  be 
the  great  water-carriers  ;  and  the  pots  or  chatties^, 
as  they  are  called,  which  are  invariably  borne 
on  the  head,  are  of  the  most  elegant  forms 
imaginable.  Indeed,  when  standing  by  the  side 
of  a  Hindoo  tank,  or  reservoir,  as  I  have  often 
done  for  hours  together,  I  have  been  reminded 
of  those  beautiful  Etruscan  vases,  the  discovery 
of  which  has  given  so  new  a  character  to  modern 
forms.  This  practice  of  carrying  all  loads  on 
the  head  is  necessarily  accompanied  by  an 
erect  carriage  of  body,  and  accordingly  the  most 
graceful  of  dancers,  even  the  matchless  Bigottini 
hereself,  might  have  "  snatched  a  grace  beyond 
the  reach  of  art, "  from  observing  the  most 
ordinary   Hindoo  girl    on    her   return  from   the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  lyt 

tank,  with  her  hand  sometimes  just  touching^ 
the  vessel  poised  on  her  head,  and  sometimes, 
not,  so  true  is  the  balance,  and  so  certain  the 
bearer's  step.  The  dress  of  these  women  consists, 
chiefly  of  one  strip  of  cloth,  many  yards  in 
length.  This  narrow  web  is  wound  round  the 
body  and  limbs  with  so  much  propriety,  that 
while  the  most  scrupulous  delicacy  could  find 
nothing  to  censure  on  the  score  of  deficiency 
in  covering,  it  is  arranged  with  such  innate 
and  judicious  taste,  that  even  the  eye  of  a 
sculptor  could  hardly  wish  many  of  its  folds 
removed.  The  figure  of  the  Hindoos,  both  male 
and  female,  is  small  and  delicate;  and,  although 
their  features  are  not  always  handsome,  there  is 
something  about  their  expression  which  strikes 
every  stranger  as  singularly  pleasing,  perhaps 
from  its  being  indicative  of  that  patience,  doci- 
lity, and  contentment,  which  are  certainly  their 
chief  characteristics.  We  see  at  least,  in  every 
part  of  our  Eastern  empire,  that,  with  a  little 
care,  coupled  with  a  full  understanding  cf 
their  habits  and  wishes,  and  backed  by  a 
thorough  disinterestedness,  and  genuine  public 
spirit  on  the  part  of  their  rulers,  the  above- 
mentioned  qualities  of  the  Hindoos  may  be 
turned  to  the  highest  account  in  all  the  arts 
of  war,   and  many  of  the  arts  of  peace. 

Perhaps  not  the  least  curious  sight  in  the 
bazaar  of  Bombay  are  the  ornaments  worn  by  the 
women  and  children,   by  which,  with  the  most 


272  BOMBAY : 

lavish  profusion,  and  the  most  ill-directed  taste, 
they  succeed  in  disfiguring  themselves  as  much 
as  possible.  And  this  might  lead  us  almost  to 
suspect  that  their  taste  in  the  other  parts  of  their 
dress,  like  the  gracefulness  of  their  carriage,  is 
the  result,  not  of  choice  and  study,  but  of  happy 
accident.  The  custom  of  carrying  their  water- 
vessels  on  the  head  requires  an  erectness  of  gait 
during  the  performance  of  that  duty,  which  may 
become  the  easiest  and  most  natural  at  other 
times.  And  probably  some  circumstances  inci- 
dent to  the  climate  may,  in  like  manner,  direct 
the  fashion  in  adjusting  their  drapery. 

Most  of  the  women  wear  nose-rings,  of  great 
dimensions.  I  have  seen  many  which  hung  below 
the  chin;  and  certainly  to  us  this  seems  a  strange 
ornament.  I  forget  whether  or  not  the  Hindoo 
women  cover  their  fingers  with  rings,  as  our 
ladies  do,  but  their  principal  fashion  seems  to 
consist  in  loading  the  wrists  and  ankles  with 
armlets  and  bangles,  as  they  are  called,  of 
gold  and  silver.  The  virgin  gold  generally  used 
for  this  purpose  is  almost  always  rich,  and  grate- 
ful to  the  eye.  But,  I  imagine  no  art  can  make  a 
silver  ornament  look  any  thing  but  vulgar.  Just 
as  we  sometimes  see  persons  in  Europe  crowd 
ring  upon  ring  on  their  fingers,  till  all  beauty  is 
lost  in  the  heap,  and  all  taste  sacrificed  for  the 
mere  sake  of  ostentatious  display,  so,  in  India, 
I  have  observed  women,  whose  legs  were  covered 
with  huge  circles  of  gold  and  silver  from   the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  •  273 

instep  nearly  to  the  knee,  and  their  arms  similarly 
hooped  round  almost  to  the  elbow.  The  jingle  made 
by  these  ornaments  striking  against  one  another 
gives  ample  warning  of  a  woman's  approach  ; 
a  circumstance  which  has  probably  led  to  the 
Tiotion  that  this  custom  of  attaching,  as  it 
were,  a  set  of  bells  to  the  heels  of  the  ladies, 
may  have  been  an  institution  of  jealousy  devised 
by  the  husbands  of  those  warm  latitudes,  to  aid 
their  search  after  their  gadding  spouses.  I 
cannot  say  how  this  theory  squares  with  history  ; 
but  I  have  never  heard  any  hypothesis  equally 
good  to  account  for  the  still  more  ridiculous,  not 
to  say  cruel  custom,  of  covering  the  legs  and 
arms  of  their  poor  little  children  with  these  rings. 
I  have  seen  a  girl  three  years  old  so  loaded  with 
them,  that  she  could  not  walk  or  hold  out  her 
arms ;  and  I  once  counted  no  fewer  than  twenty 
heavy  gold  chains  on  a  child's  neck,  besides 
such  numbers  of  rings  on  its  arms  and  legs,  that 
the  little  thing  looked  more  like  an  armadillo 
of  the  picture-books  than  a  human  being.  Such 
is  the  passion  of  some  Hindoo  parents  for  this 
practice,  that  I  have  been  assured  they  often 
■convert  their  whole  worldly  substance  into  this 
most  useless  form  of  the  precious  metals,  and 
thus  transform  their  progeny  into  a  sort  of 
money-chest.  Small  happiness  is  it  for  these 
innocent  wretches,  however,  who,  as  the  head 
police-magistrate  informed  me,  are  not  infre- 
■quently  murdered  for  the  sake  of  the  property 
they  carry  about  with  them  ! 


274  BOMBAY : 

I  have  before  remarked,  that  when  a  travel- 
ler is  first  thrown  into  such  a  scene  as  I  have 
here  alluded  to,  although  his  enjoyment  cer- 
tainly is  very  great,  there  often  comes  across 
him  a  feeling  of  hopelessness,  when  he  admits 
to  himself  his  total  inability  to  record  one 
hundredth,  one  millionth  part,  I  may  say,  of  the 
splendid  original.  Everything  is  totally  new 
to  him;  even  the  commonest  implements  of  hus- 
bandry, the  pots  and  pans,  the  baskets  and 
barrels,  the  carts  and  carriages,  all  are  strange 
to  his  eyes,  and  far  beyond  the  reach  of  his 
pen  ;  while  things  which  stand  higher  in  the 
scale  come  still  less  within  its  range.  Then  what 
is  he  to  do  with  the  sounds  he  hears,  or  the 
motion  he  perceives  }  And  strange  it  is  to  admit, 
but  true,  that  the  interest  is  at  times  actually 
increased  by  circumstances  which  are  in 
themselves  very  annoying.  I  well  remember 
submitting  even  to  the  intense  heat  and  glare 
with  great  patience,  and  almost  relish,  in 
consideration  of  their  being  strictly  in  character 
with  a  scene  I  had  so  long  ardently  desired  to 
witness.  The  formidable  smell  of  assafoetida, 
which  reigns  in  every  Indian  market,  I  nearly 
learned  to  bear  without  a  qualm,  for  the  same 
reason.  Other  annoyances  I  cared  very  little 
about;  and  had  it  not  been  for  the  well-cursed 
mosquitoes,  I  should  not  hesitate  to  declare,  that, 
as  far  as  travelling  human  nature  is  capable  of 
happiness,  I  was  perfectly  happy  when  cruising 
about  the  bazaars  of  Bombay. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  27S 

Full  well  am  I  aware,  that  much  of  all  this 
will  appear  to  many  excellent  persons  who  have 
been  in  the  East,  or  who  may  visit  it  after  me,  as 
sufficiently  fanciful  and  exaggerated;  and  there 
are  many  who  will  pass  through  the  very  scenes 
which  excited  in  me  so  much  rapture,  and  will 
have  no  more  anxious  wish  than  to  get  safely  out 
of  it  before  they  are  splashed  with  mud  from  the 
feet  of  the  wild-looking,  blue-skinned  buffaloes, 
or  have  their  toes  trodden  upon  by  bullocks  with 
great  humps  between  their  shoulders.  It  is  impos- 
sible to  expect  general  sympathy  for  such  things; 
and  accordingly,  my  English  friends  at  Bombay 
used  often  to  laugh  heartily  when  t  returned  from 
these  Arabian  Night  sort  of  excursions,  with  my 
head  brimful  of  turbaned  Turks,  Hindoo  pagodas, 
and  ail  kinds  of  Oriental  associations  about  the 
Indus  and  the  Ganges,  or  Brahma  and  Vishnu, 
or  with  speculations  on  the  custorrfs,  languages, 
afid  manners,  of  the  extraordinary  collection  of 
people  I  had  been  rambling  amongst. 

Fragments  of  Voyages,  2nd  series,  1832, 

pp.  108-111, 


Native  Life. 

J.  A.  Spender. 

I  never  imagined  such  variety  as  Bombay 
displays  in  its  circuit  of  twenty  miles,  I  have 
driven  in  a  taxi-cab  for  two  hours  through  the 
native  town    and   out    into  the   villages   beyond 


276  BOMBAY : 

and  am  trying  in  vain  to  scrt  my  impressions. 
Every  street  swarms  with  people,  and  no 
half-dozen  seem  alike.  There  are  white  men, 
brown  men,  yellow  men,  chocolate  men,  and 
very  nearly  black  men.  Their  costume  varies 
from  the  frock  coat  to  the  loin-cloth,  through  a 
brilliant  scale  of  orange,  vermilion,  green,  blue, 
and  brown.  There  are  troops  of  children, 
apparently  free  of  school,  and  some  of  these, 
again,  are  stark  naked,  while  others  are  elabo- 
rately decked  out,  as  for  some  fantastic  childrens' 
carnival  The  women  are  as  various  as  the  men 
and  children,  and  the  darker  skins  affect  the 
brightest  colours.  Scores  of  opulent  native 
gentlemen  thread  their  way  in  and  out  among  the 
crowds  in  the  newest  motor-cars  ;  and  other  hand- 
some carriages  shuttered  or  curtained,  suggest  the 
presence  of  the  piirdaJi  women.  '  There  is  an 
incessant  hubbub ;  the  slightest  transaction 
iappears  to  require  the  unloosing  simultaneously 
of  all  tongues  in  a  wide  circle  of  disinterested 
spectators,  as  well  as  among  those  immediately 
concerned. 

The  houses  are  as  various  as  the  people. 
The  European  part  of  Bombay  might  be  Vienna 
slightly  orientalized.  The  native  is  a  grand 
jumble  of  all  styles,  but  it  gives  you  the  queer 
impression  of  an  immense  hive,  very  intricate 
and  deeply  recessed,  with  layer  of  people 
living  in  a  condition  of  vertical  overcrowding 
which  must  give  the  plague  its  richest  opportuni- 
ties.    The  absence  of  glass  enables  you  to  look 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  277 

right  into  the  heart  of  the  houses,  and  the  back 
rooms  are  little  dark  caverns.  The  main  impres- 
sion is  that  they  swarm  with  people.  Every 
veranda  is  crowded;  there  is  a  head  or  two 
heads  at  every  window.  I  have  some  acquain- 
tance with  the  East  End  of  London  and  its 
crowded  tenements,  but  nowhere  in  London  or 
in  any  European  city  that  I  know,  except  possibly 
in  one  quarter  of  Naples,  have  I  ever  seen  any- 
thing like  this  swarming,  vivid,  various  humanity. 
You  might  suppose  them  to  be  an  amiable,  to- 
lerant people,  jostling  each  other  with  a  good- 
natured  friendliness  which  took  no  account  of 
the  differences  of  creed  or  race.  And  so  in  a 
superficial  way  they  must  be.  No  multitude 
could  live  thus  close-packed  without  establishing 
some  rough  rule  of  mutual  forbearance.  Yet 
those  who  know  them  tell  you  that  this  immense 
jumble  of  humanity  sorts  itself  into  hundreds  of 
intensely  separate  little  heaps.,  each  of  which  is 
guarded  from  the  others  by  an  unimaginable  code 
of  pride  or  prejudice. 

The   Indian  Scene,  1912,  pp.  17  to  20. 


Bombay  Beats  the  Whole  World 
As  a  Place  to  Go  Away  From 

"Sleepy  Sketches." 
The  buoyancy  of  the  life  felt  in    England  is 
never  experienced  here.  Brain-work  is    irksome, 
and   muscles  are  unstrung.  But   we   live   in   big 


2/8  BOMBAY : 

houses  and  big  rooms;  there  are  no  windows  to 
shut  out  the  air;  the  sky  is  blue,  and  every  morning 
a  cool  breeze  blows  over  us  from  the  land,  and 
every  evening  a  cool,  soft  breeze  fans  us  from  the 
sea.  And,  if  the  air,  steaming  and  bubbling  with 
heat,  grow  unbearable,  are  there  not  pegs  and 
icebergs  of  cold,  glistening  ice. 

And  the  sun  dries  up  our  livers  till  they 
are  infinitesimal,  or  swells  them  till  they  are 
monstrous;  and  the  wise  have  no  beer  and  worpen 
no  complexions,  and  we  go  home. 

But  Bombay  is  not  a  bad  place  to  live  in,  and 
beats  the  whole  world  as  a  place  to  go  away  from^ 
No  one  can  appreciate  the  delights  of  a  temperate 
climate  who  has  not  been  here.  After  steaming  in 
Bombay  for  month  after  month,  the  pleasure  of 
getting  away  to  a  hill  station  is  indescribable.  To 
sleep  under  one  or  even  two  blankets,  to  be 
forced  by  cold  to  huddle  over  a  fire,  to  shiver  in 
the  morning  bath,  and  absolutely  be  obliged  to 
walk  about  in  the  sun  to  get  warm,  give  an 
indescribable  feeling  of  self-satisfaction  that  is 
the  result  entirely  of  previous  life  in  a 
vapour  bath. 

If  we  poor  devils  out  here  are  to  be  pitied 
for  the  discomforts  we  have  to  put  up  with  in 
tropical  residence,  we  are,  too,  to  be  envied  for 
the  exceptional  pleasures  we  at  times  enjoy. 

Sleepy  Sketches,  1877,  pp.  22-23. 


BAZAARS  AND  STREETS 


BAZAARS   AND    STREETS 


Pen  Pictures  of    Native  Town 

Karageorgevitch. 

Outside  Bombay,  at  the  end  of  an  avenue  of 
tamarind  trees  between  hedges  starred  with  lilac 
and  pink,  we  came  to  Pinjerapol,  the  hospital 
for  animals.  Here,  in  a  sanded  garden  dotted 
with  shrubs  and  flowers,  stand  sheds  in  which 
sick  cows,  horses  and  buffaloes  are  treated  and 
cared  for.  In  another  part,  in  a  little  building^ 
divided  into  compartments  by  wire  bars,  poor 
crippled  dogs  whined  to  me  as  I  passed  to  take 
them  away.  Hens  wandered  about  on  wooden 
4egs;  arkd  an  ancient  parrot,  in  the  greatest  exci- 
tement, yelled  with  all  his  might;  he  was  under- 
going treatment  to  make  his  lost  feathers  grow 
again,  his  hideous  little  black  body  being  quite 
naked,  with  its  large  head  and  beak.  In  an  open 
box,  overhung  with  flowering  jasmine,  an  Arab 
horse  was  suspended  to  the  beams  of  the  roof; 
two  keepers  by  his  side  waved  long  white 
horsehair  fans  to  keep  away  the  flies.  A  perfect 
crowd  of  servants  is  employed  in  the  care  of  the 
animals,  and   the  litter  is  sweet  and  clean. 

Enchanted  India,  l8g8,  pp.  25-26^ 


282  BOMBAY : 


In  the  evening,  as  I  again  went  past  the 
Towers  of  Silence  the  palm  trees  were  once 
more  crowded  with  sleeping  birds  gorged  with 
all  the  food  sent  them  by  the  plague.  On  the 
other  side  of  Back  Bay,  above  the  field  of  Burning, 
a  thick  column  of  smoke  rose  up,  red  in  the  last 
beams  of  the  crimson  sun. 

In  the  silence  of  a  moonless  night  nine  o'clock 
struck  from  the  great  tower  of  the  University 
— a  pretty  set  of  chimes  reminding  me  of  Bruges 
or  Antwerp;  and  when  the  peal  had  died  away 
a  bugle  in  the  sepoys'  quarters  took  up  the  strain 
of  the  chimes,  only  infinitely  softer,  saddened  to 
a  minor  key  and  to  a  slower  measure;  while 
in  the  distance  an  English  trumpet,  loud  and 
clear,  sounded  the  recall  in  counterpart. 

Enchanted  India,  pp.  31-32- 


3. 

Here,  one  by  one,  in  came  the  nautch-girls, 
dancers.  Robed  in  stiff  sarees,  their  legs 
encumbered  with  very  full  trousers,  they  stood 
-extravagantly  upright,  their  arms  away  from 
their  sides  and  their  hands  hanging  loosely. 
At  the  first  sound  of  the  tambourines,  beaten 
by  men  who  squatted  close  to  the  wall,  they 
began  to  dance;  jumping  forward  on  both  feet, 
then  backward,  striking    their    ankles    together 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  283 

to  make  their  fianporas  ring,  very  heavy 
anklets  weighing  on  their  feet,  bare  with  silver 
toe-rings.  One  of  them  spun  on  and  on  for  a 
long  time,  while  the  others  held  a  high,  shrill 
note — higher,  shriller  still;  then  suddenly  every- 
thing stopped,  the  music  first,  then  the  dancing — 
in  the  air,  as  it  were — and  the  nautch-girls  hud- 
dled together  like  sheep  in  a  corner  of  the  room, 
tried  to  move  us  with  the  only  three  English 
words  they  knew,  the  old  woman  repeating 
them;  and  as  finally  we  positively  would  not 
understand,  the  jumping  and  idiotic  spinning 
and  shouts  began  again  in  the  heated  air  of 
the  room. 

"Nautch-girls  for  tourists,  like  Europeans,  " 
said  my  Indian  servant  Abibulla.  "  Can-can 
dancing-girls,  "  he  added,  with  an  air  of  triumph 
at.  having  shown  me  a  wonder! 

Enchanted  India,  pp.  28-29. 


A  Night  Scene 

Count  Von  Koenigsmarck. 

At  eleven  o'clock  the  party  breaks  up.  But 
it  is  still  too  hot  to  sleep.  I  whistle  for  a  cab 
and  shout  "Grant  Road"  to  the  driver.  We 
pass  Munlader's  Tank,  drive  down  Abdul 
Rahman  Street,  through  the  Bhendi  Bazaar, 
and  at  length  reach  Grant  Road,  the  pleas- 
ure-haunt    par  excellence   for    the    native  town- 


284  BOMBAY : 

Here  the  typical  life  of  the  Arabian  Nights; 
obtains.  The  narrow,  dimly  lighted,  dirty, 
unsavoury,  dusty  street  swarms  with  folk. 
Howling,  shouting,  groaning,  the  gaily  coloured 
tangle  of  humanity  rolls  past  me  unchecked.. 
Wave  upon  wave  flows  past,  a  hurrying  flood-tide 
of  human  passions.  The  coachman  has  to  drive- 
at  walking  pace,  and  at  length  pulls  up.  You 
alight  and  mingle  with  the  throng^ — the  rustling^, 
living  mass  which  ebbs  and  flows,  incessantly^ 
without  aim  or  object,  all  through  the  livelong: 
night.  A  strange  sight,  like  a  masquerade  or  a 
carnival. 

But,  in  spite  of  this  seeming  inextricable- 
confusion,  law  and  order  prevails.  Guardians  of 
the  peace  rarely  show  themselves;  only  a  single 
white  policeman  stands  at  the  corner  of  Bhendi 
Bazaar,  a  slim  young  Englishman  in  khaki  kit 
and  helmet.  In  silent  sympathetic  interest  he 
watches  the  flood  of  humanity  speeding  past- 
Bobby  is  conscious  of  his  white  superiority,  but 
he  does  not  rub  it  in.     His  presence    is    enough  I 

All  the  houses  open  on  to  the  street  ;  their 
inhabitants  squat  in  the  doorways,  gossip ing,. 
eating,  drinking,  laughing  and  making  merry. 
It  is  only  late  at  night  that  the  Indians  seem  to- 
wake  up.  You  only  rarely  see  women,  and  yet 
they  are  playing  the  principal  part  here. 

So  these  are  the  enchantments  of  the  Arabian 
Nights  !    "  Once,  and  never  again,"    the  stranger 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  285 

•says  to  himself,  and  is  glad  to  find  his  cab  once 
more,  to  be  borne  away  with  all  despatch  out  of 
the  chaotic  symposium  of  voices  of  this  human 
ant-hill. 

A  German  Staff  Officer  in  India,  1910,  pp.  58-59- 


A  Hart  of  Nations 

Mrs.  Postans. 

The  early  riser,  desiring  to  pursue  his  ride 
into  the  lovely  scenes  which  skirt  the  town,  will 
find  the  roads  clear,  clean,  and  void  of  all 
■offence.  The  porters  and  artisans  then  lie  shroud- 
•ed  in  their  cuwlics',  the  market  people  have  a 
wide  path,  as  they  bring  in  the  fresh  fruits  of  the 
neighbouring  country  ;  the  toddy-drawer  appears, 
crowned  with  an  earthen  vessel,  overflowing  with 
the  delicious  juice  of  the  graceful  palm  tree  ;  and 
Hindoo  girls  seated  behind  baskets  of  bright 
blossoms,  string  fragrant  wreaths,  to  adorn  the 
altars  of  their  gods.  Thus  fresh  and  tranquil 
Tennain  the  elements  of  the  scene,  until  the  hurry 
and  the  toil  of  life  fill  it  with  that  suffocating 
heat  and  deafening  clamour,  attendant  upon  the 
interests  of  eager  traffic. 

Offensive  to  every  sense,  as  the  dust  and 
noise  of  these  crowded  ways  must  be,  steaming 
under  the  noontide  influence  of  a  tropic  sun,  'tis 
worth  the  cost,  to  stop  a  moment  at  the  entrance 
of  a  great  bazaar,   and   looking   along  the    wide 


286  BOMBAY : 

and  busy  way,  watch  the  full  tide  of  human^ 
beings,  jostling  and  vociferating  against  each 
other,  as  the  throng  presses  onwards,  each  in- 
dividual animated  with  the  object  of  labour  or  of 
profit.  More  strange  and  interesting  is  it  still, 
to  move  among  the  groups,  and  passing,  mark 
the  varied  characters  which  form  the  living; 
mass. 

To  a  stranger's  eye,  the  chintz  bazaar  will 
afford  the  most  curious  scene ;  the  road  skirts 
that  particular  portion  of  the  bay  occupied  by- 
native  shipping,  and  is  wholly  devoted  to  the 
purposes  of  commerce.  Here  indeed  is  a  *'  mart 
of  nations,"  where  the  genius  of  traffic  reigns- 
triumphant,  and  -the  merchandize  and  produce 
of  all  the  nations  of  the  east  seem  garnered  in 
one  common  store,  awaiting  an  escort  to  the 
lands  where  the  arts  and  manufactures  of  civiliz- 
ed life  will  increase  the  value  of  nature's  gifts. 
Piles  of  rich  gums  and  aromatic  spices,  carboys 
of  oil  and  rose  water,  pure  ivory  from  the  forests 
of  Ceylon,  rhinoceros  hides  from  the  burning: 
coast  of  Zanzibar,  the  richest  produce  of  Africa 
India,  Persia,  and  Arabia,  is  here  cast  in  large- 
heaps,  mingling  with  coir  cables,  huge  blocks^, 
and  ponderous  anchors,  the  requisite  material 
of  island  exportation. 

On  the  highway,  porters  bending  beneath 
square  bales  of  tightly  compressed  cotton,, 
stagger  to  and  fro,  as  if  overpowered  with  their 
loads  ;  Arabs  with  ponderous  turbans  of  finely- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  287 

checked  cloth,  and  kabas  loosely  flowing,  lounge 
lazily  along  ;  Persians  in  silken  vests,  with  black 
lamb-skin  caps,  the  softest  produce  of  Bokhara, 
tower  above  the  crowd  ;  Banians,  dirty  and  bustl- 
ing, wearing  red  turbans  bristling  with  pens  and 
memoranda,  jostle  roughly  to  the  right  and  left  ; 
Bangies  with  suspended  bales,  or  well-filled 
water  vessels  ;  Fakirs  from  every  part  of  India  ; 
Jains  in  their  snowy  vests,  with  staff  and  brush, 
like  palmers  of  the  olden  time  ;  Padres  with 
round  black  hats  and  sable  cloaks  ;  Jews  of  the 
tribe  of  Beni  Israel,  all  mingle  in  the  throng; 
while  ever  and  again,  a  bullock  hackery  strug- 
gles against  the  mass,  or  a  Parsee,  dashing  on- 
wards in  his  gaily  painted  buggy,  forces  an 
avenue  for  an  instant,  when  the  eager  crowd, 
rapidly  closing  in  its  rear,  sweeps  on  a  resistless 
torrent  as  before. 

The  Arab  stables,  which  occupy  a  consider- 
able space  in  the  great  bazaar,  form  a  powerful 
attraction  to  the  gentlemen  of  the  Presidency. 
Military  men,  of  whatever  rank,  in  India,  con- 
sider it  necessary  to  possess  at  least  a  couple  of 
horses.  Colts  being  usually  preferred  for  a  new 
purchase,  the  stables  are  eagerly  resorted  to 
whenever  a  fresh  importation  arrives  from  the 
Gulf.  The  appearance  of  the  poor  steeds,  on 
their  debarkation,  is  wretched  indeed  ;  the  want 
of  pure  air  and  exercise,  the  filth  and  close 
stowage  of  the  Arab  boats,  "  forcing  their  bones 
to  stick  out  like  the  corners    of   a  real,"    reduce 


288  BOMBAY : 

them  to  the  proportions  of  that  horse  so  good, 
which  appertained  to  the  chivalrous  state  of  Lii 
Mancha's  knight.  In  this  sad  plight  good  judges 
secure  the  best  for  the  turf  ;  and  the  rest  remain  in 
the  stables,  where  they  fetch  prices,  either  com- 
mensurate with  the  merits  they  may  possess,  or 
the  lack  of  knowledge  in  the  purchaser. 

The  horse  merchants  of  the  Presidency  are 
not  more  conscientious  than  the  Tattersalls  of 
the  west;  and  the  "  griffin  logue"  are  conse- 
quently victimised  by  most  grievous  impositions. 
Tempted  beyond  the  power  of  resistance,  the 
representations  of  the  dealer  meet  with  easy 
credence  from  the  uninitiated,  and  his  offers  of 
credit  are  readily  accepted. 

A  good  hack,  or  roadster,  may  be  purchased 
for  about  fifty  pounds;  but  a  hundred  and  fifty 
is  considered  a  fair  price  for  an  Arab  colt  of 
promise,  calculated  either  for  the  duties  of  a 
charger,  or,  if  possessing  "the  speed  of  thought" 
in  all  his  limbs,  for  the  exciting  interests  of 
the  turf. 

On  a  visitor  to  the  stables  desiring  to  see  the 
action  of  a  valuable  colt,  one 

"  Wild  as  the  wild  deer,  and  untaught, 
With  spur  and  bridle  undefiled," 

an  Arab  rider  grasps  its  flowing  mane,  flings 
himself  suddenly  on  its  back,  strikes  his  bare 
heels  into  its  glossy  sides,  and  with  hair  and 
garments  wildly  flying,  urges  the    noble  creature 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  28^ 

to  a  furious  gallop;  then,  with  a  skilful  check  in 
mid  career,  he  brings  it,  with  expanded  eye  and 
reeking  flank,  back  to  the  appointed  stall. 

With  the  exception  of  horses  intended  for  the 
cavalry,  it  is  not  customary  to  subject  Arabs  to 
the  exercise  of  the  manege;  the  natural  disposi- 
tion of  the  "desert  born"  being  itself  so  noble,  so 
full  of  nervous  energy,  yet  so  tractable  and  gentle 
withal,  that  good  treatment  is  alone  required  to 
ensure  his  ready  obedience  to  the  rider's  will. 

Western  Itidia,  1839,  Vol.  /,  pp.  Y^St. 


nixture  of  Types  In  the  Bazaar 

LOUIS  ROUSSELET. 

On  entering  its  huge  bazaars  for  the  first 
time,  one  is  immediately  deafened  by  the  din 
that  prevails,  and  half  suffocated  by  the  smells 
that  impregnate  the  atmosphere.  A  heavy  per- 
fume of  "  ghee  "  and  grease,  which  is  exhaled 
from  numerous  shops  belonging  to  the  poorer 
class  of  confectioners,  turns  the  stomachs  of  al? 
who,  for  the  first  time,  experience  it.  In  spite 
of  this  source  of  discomfort,  the  visitor  cannot 
help  admiring  these  famous  bazaars.  A  world 
of  peoples  and  races,  of  perfectly  distinct  types 
and  costumes,  are  crowded  together  in  the  streets 
of  this  capital,  which  distributes  the  products  of 
Europe  to  two-thirds  of  India.  It  is  the  port  of 
arrival    for    all    who    come   from    Persia/  froia 


299  BOMBAY: 

Arabia,  from  Afghanistan,  and  the  coast  of 
Africa  ;  and  from  it  the  pilgrims  from  Hindostan 
bound  to  Mecca,  Karbala,  or  Nujiff,  take  their 
departure.  Beside  the  indigenous  races  which 
still  present  such  varieties,  we  see  the  Persian, 
with  his  high  cap  of  Astrakan  ;  the  Arab,  in  his 
Biblical  costume ;  the  Somali  negro,  with  fine 
intelligent  features ;  the  Chinese,  the  Burmese, 
and  the  Malay.  This  diversity  gives  to  the 
crowd  a  peculiar  stamp,  which  no  other  town  in 
the  world  can  present.  The  corpulent  Buniahs 
of  Cutch  or  Gujerat,  with  their  pyramids  of 
muslin  on  their  heads,  raise  their  voices  in  rivalry 
with  the  natives  of  Cabul  or  Scinde;  the  Hindoo 
fakir,  naked  and  hideously  painted,  elbows  the 
Portuguese  priest  in  his  sable  robe.  The  Tower 
of  Babel  could  not  have  assembled  at  its  founda- 
tion a  more  complete  collection  of  the  human 
race.  Palanquins,  native  carriages,  surmounted 
by  domes  of  red  cloth,  beneath  which  dusky 
beauties  conceal  themselves,  pass  by,  drawn  by 
beautiful  oxen  from  Surat,  as  well  as  handsome 
open  carriages  from  Paris  or  London.  The 
street  is  bordered  by  small  booths,  the  flooring 
of  which,  raised  several  feet  above  the  roadway, 
serves  for  counter  and  stall ;  the  most  diverse 
branches  of  industry  are  there  displayed  side  by 
side  :  but  those  which  call  for  particular  notice 
are  the  stores  of  manufactures  '  in  sandal-wood, 
ebony,  furniture,   and   works   of    art   in   copper. 

The  houses  which  skirt  the  bazaars  are  gene- 
rally laid  out  in  several  storeys,  and  constructed 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  291 

of  wood  and  bricks.  Their  fronts,  adorned  with 
verandahs,  the  pillars  of  which  are  delicately 
carved  and  painted  in  lively  colours,  afford  a 
peculiarity  of  appearance  altogether  unknown  in 
exclusively  Mussulman  countries.  All  the  streets 
that  traverse  this  immense  town  are  very  large  ; 
the  Bhendi  Bazaar,  amongst  others,  is  one  of  the 
finest.  Here  are  the  famous  Arab  stables,  from 
which  come  all  the  magnificent  and  costly  horses 
used  in  the  island,  and  which,  for  the  sportsman, 
forni  one  of  the  most  interesting  places  of  resort. 
Here  are  to  be  found  the  finest  kinds  of  horses 
in  the  East.  Most  of  them  come  from  the 
provinces  bordering  on  the  Persian  Gulf,  from 
Kattywar  and  from  Cabul ;  but  the  most 
excellent  are  those  of  Djowfet  and  Nedjed,  of  the 
purest  Arab  race.  •  Unfortunately  their  value  is 
considerable,  the  prices  ranging  from  £  120  to 
£240  or  £250  for  those  of  the  best  class,  and  from 
£40  downwards  for  the  inferior  sort. 

These  stables  attract  the  attention  of  all  the 
horse-riding  people  of  this  part  of  the  world,  and 
the  coffee-houses  facing  them  present,  therefore, 
a  very  singular  appearance.  All  day  long  we 
may  see  there  Arabs,  Negroes,  Bedouins,  squat- 
ting on  couches  of  rope  drawn  up  alongside  the 
shops,  and  quaffing  aromatic  drinks,  or  smoking 
the  long  hubble-tubble ;  the  Persians,  in  their  long 
caps,  assemble  in  the  shops  devoted  to  meethceee, 
where  they  consume  enormous  balls,  composed  of 
flour,  sugar,  and  milk  ;  and  at  the  corners  of 
streets  the  natives  of  Cabul,  in    their    long   and 


292  BOMBAY : 

disgustingly  dirty  linen  smocks  and  blue  turbans^ 
regale  themselves  frugally  on  dried  dates.  Con- 
tinuing our  excursion  across  the  Black  Town,  we 
reach  the  China  Bazaar,  which  is  always  encum- 
bered by  a  dense  crowd.  It  extends  along  that 
part  of  the  port  reserved  for  native  vessels.  The 
quays  are  covered  with  all  the  rich  products  of 
Asia — buffalo-horns,  tortoise-shells,  elephant- 
tusks,  bags  of  spices,  coffee,  pepper,  &c.  Coolies 
of  great  strength  pass  through  the  crowd,  bearing 
on  each  end  of  long  bamboos  bales  of  merchan- 
dise;  and  Parsees  take  note  of  the  arrivals,  or 
discuss  prices.  Everything,  in  fact,  presents 
this  mixture  of  types,  which  is  universal  at 
Bombay,  and  always  surprising  to  strangers. 

India  and  its  Native  Princes,  1 882,  pp.  7-9. 


The  Bombay  Bazaar,  Unique 

J.  H.  Stocqueler. 

Few  things  can  afford  more  interesting  or 
picturesque  effects  than  the  great  bazaar,  begin- 
ning with  the  gay,  open  Esplanade,  its  pretty 
bungalows  and  animated  groups,  with  the  Fort 
and  Bay  in  advance,  and  ending  with  the  dark 
cocoa-nut  woods  in  Girgaum  and  Mazagon, 
speckled  with  the  handsome  villas  of  the  Euro- 
pean gentry. 

The  beautiful  Parsee  w^omen,  with  their  gay 
green  and  orange-coloured  sarees,  chatting  at 
the   wells   to   the   graceful,    handsome     sepoys, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  293 

whose  high  caste  compels  them  to  draw  water 
for  themselves ;  the  crowded  ways,  peopled 
with  professors  of  almost  every  known  creed,  and 
natives  of  almost  every  land ;  the  open  shops, 
filled  with  goods  to  suit  all  tastes,  "  corn,  and 
wine,  and  oil,"  in  their  literal  sense,  with  women's 
bracelets  (  a  trade  in  itself),  culinary  utensils, 
and  fair  ivory  work  ;  the  quaint,  though  bar- 
barous, paintings  that  deck  many  of  the  ex- 
teriors of  the  houses ;  the  streets  devoted  to  the 
cunning  work  of  gold  and  silver;  the  richly- 
carved  decorations  ;  the  variety  of  costumes  that 
meet  the  eye,  and  the  languages  that  fall  upon 
the  ear ;  the  native  procession  that  stops  the  way; 
the  devotee,  performing  his  unnatural  penance  ; 
the  harmonies  of  light  and  colour;  the  rich 
•dresses  ;  the  contrasts  of  life  and  character — such 
as  the  stately  yet  half-nude  Brahmin,  the  English 
-sailor,  the  dancing-girl,  and  the  devotee,  with 
the  intermediate  shades — each  and  all,  to  the  re- 
flecting mind,  are  full  of  interest ;  and  although, 
towards  twilight,  the  bazaar  is  deeply  shadowed, 
and  the  fresh  breeze  reaches  it  not, — although 
the  dust  rises  in  clouds,  the  air  is  stagnant,  and 
the  native  drivers  care  nothing  for  the  right  of 
road,  pressing  to  either  side  as  suits  them  best, 
causing  irritation,  suspense,  and  danger  to  all 
whom  they  encounter  ;  still,  the  Bombay  bazaar 
outbalances,  in  interest,  all  its  worst  annoyances 
and  is,  in  its  peculiarities,  unique. 

Hami-book  of  India,  [844,  pp.  323-325. 


294  BOMBAY : 

Animated  Life  of  the  Bazaars 

Lady  Falkland. 

The  same  evening  we  drove  through  the 
native  town  and  bazaar  of  Bombay.  Here  I  was 
quite  bewildered  with  the  novelty  of  the  scene 
around  me — too  much  so,  indeed — as  we  passed 
rather  quickly  though  the  streets,  to  note  separa- 
tely the  endless  variety  of  groups  and  pictures 
that  presented  themselves,  in  all  directions;  still 
I  saw  a  great  deal.  A  bridal-party  first  drew  my 
attention.  The  young  bride  rode  a  califourchon 
on  a  miserable  pony;  and  behind  her,  on  the 
same  animal,  sat  the  bridegroom.  They  both 
wore  gilt-paper  crowns ;  and  down  their  faces 
hung  many  strips  of  tinsel,  and  coloured  beads, 
completely  concealing  their  features ;  relations 
and  friends  on  foot,  and  men  beating  the  'tom- 
tom' (native  drum)  and  playing  on  musical  in- 
struments, both  followed  and  preceded  the 
happy  couple. 

The  street  from  that  part  of  the  bazaar  which 
is  called  the  '  Bhendy  Bazaar,'  to  the  Esplanade, 
is  crowded  from  sunrise  to  nine  o'clock  at  night  ; 
and,  as  the  people  walk  generally  in  the  middle  of 
the  streets,  the  coachmen  and  gorah-wallahs 
(running  footmen),  who  attend  the  carriages  of 
Europeans  and  wealthy  natives,  are  constantly 
calling  out  to  the  pedestrians  to  get  out  of  the  way- 

The  most  interesting  part  of  the  native  town 
"begins  at  the  horse-bazaar;  where,  in  the  cool  of 
the  evening,   the   picturesquely-clothed     Persian 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  295 

and  Arab  horse-dealers  sit  in  the  open  air,  sip- 
ping coffee  and  smoking  with  their  friends.  All 
is  much  'Europeanized'  in  Bombay,  to  use  an 
Anglo-Indian  expression;  and  these  men,  instead 
of  squatting  on  the  ground,  sit  on  old  chairs 
and  stools. 

Proceeding  onwards,  the  scene  becomes  more 
animated;  and  one  is  constantly  looking  to  the 
right  and  left,  fearing  to  miss  some  new  and 
curious  sight.  Many  of  the  houses  are  lofty,  and 
the  ornaments  outside  carved  in  wood. 
Presently,  we  pass  ,what  I  am  told  is  a  Jain 
temple,  and  I  strain  my  eyes  to  look  inside,  but 
only  see  the  pillars  and  external  ornaments, 
painted  red  and  green,  and  I  wonder  who  the 
Jains  can  be.  Some  are  pointed  out,  wearing  very 
high  turbans,  passing  in  and  out  of  the  building. 
I  learn  they  are  a  sect  of  Buddhists,  and  long  to 
know  all  about  them;  but  there  is  no  time  for 
hearing  more  just  now.  A  Brahmin  priest  passes, 
he  is  turbanless,  his  hair  floating  in  the  breeze, 
his  white  robes  falling  in  ample  folds  around  him; 
in  one  hand  he  holds  a  copper  drinking  vessel; 
in  the  other,  a  few  sacred  flowers — an  offering  to 
some  god  in  a  temple  close  by.  To  the  right  is  a 
Musjid,  or  Mussulman  temple,  into  which  the 
followers  of  the  prophet  are  crowding  for  their 
evening  devotions.  Near  us  is  a  Fakir,  or  religious 
(Mussulman)  fanatic,  with  a  long  beard,  calling 
out  to  passers-by  for  alms;  close  to  him  stands  a 
Hindoo  saint  who  has  devoted  himself  by  a  vow 
to  a  life  of   begging,  meditation,   and    idleness; 


296  BOMBAY : 

his  face  and  matted  hair  are  besmeared  with 
ashes,  as  also  is  his  body,  on  which  he  has  as  little 
covering  as  may  be.  I  have  scarcely  time  to  look  at 
this  unpleasant  specimen  of  humanity,  when  I 
S3e  a  group  of  women,  with  their  heavy  anklets, 
*  making  a  tinkling  with  their  feet,'  their  sarees 
folded  over  their  heads  and  persons,  and  carrying 
little  chubby  children  on  their  shoulders,  or 
astride  on  their  hips  ;  and  now  these  are  lost  to 
sight,  a  fresh  group  appears,  consisting  of  Hindoo 
women  of  various  castes,  clothed  in  jackets  and 
sarees  of  divers  colours,  and  wearing  '  the  chains 
and  the  bracelets,'  '  the  ear-ring,'  '  the  rings  and 
the  nose-rings,'  ( Isaiah  III,  l6  ).  I  must  not  forget 
the  toe-rings,  which  are  thick  and  heavy,  and  must 
cause,  I  should  think,  some  pain  and  inconvenience 
to  the  wearers.  On  their  heads  they  bear  large 
copper  water-pots,  and  they  walk  with  a  stately 
and  measured  step,  though  the  crowd  presses  on 
them,  some  not  even  holding  the  vessels  with  one 
hand.  Next  comes  a  hackery,  or  peasant's  cart, 
drawn  by  two  pretty  little  Indian  bullocks,  with 
rings  through  their  noses,  through  which  a  cord  is 
drawn,  which  serves  the  purpose  of  a  bridle.  In 
the  vehicle  are  several  native  women,  returning 
from  a  fete,  with  flowers  in  their  black  hair;  then 
a  European  carriage,  painted  light  blue,  and 
elaborately  mounted  in  silver,  in  which  a  fat 
native  gentleman  is  sitting,  rushes  furiously  past 
driven  by  a  Parsee  coachman. 

On  all  sides,  jostling  and  passing  each  other, 
are  seen  Persian  dyers  ;    Bannian  shop-keepers  ; 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  297 

•Chinese  with  long  tails;  Arab  horse-dealers; 
Abyssinian  youths,  servants  of  the  latter  ;  Bohras 
(pedlars)  ;toddy-drawers,  carrying  large  vessels 
on  their  heads  ;  Armenian  priests,  with  flowing 
robes  and  beards  ;  Jews  in  long  tunics  and  mant- 
les, their  dress,  half  Persian,  half  Moorish; 
Portuguese,  small  under-sized  men,  clad  in 
scanty  short  trousers,  white  jackets  and  frequent- 
ly wearing  white  linen  caps.  Then  we  meet 
the  Parsee  priest,  all  in  white  from  top  to  toe, 
except  his  dark  face  and  black  beard  ;  Hindoo, 
Mussulman,  and  Portuguese  nurses  or  atten- 
dants on  European  children  and  ladies,  mingle  in 
the  crowd,  and  everywhere  I  see  something  new 
to  look  at  every  moment.  What  bits  to  sketch  ! 
what  effects  here  !   what  colouring  there  ! 

At  times  the  crowd  is  broken  into  by  the 
^orah-wallahs  belonging  to  the  carriage  of  a 
*  burrah  bibi '  (  great  lady),  wife  of  a  European 
sahib,  '  high  up'  in  the  military  or  civil  service 
of  the  Honourable  Company. 

I  have  as  yet  said  nothing  of  the  shops, 
where  the  sellers  sit  squatting  and  waiting  for 
purchasers.  In  the  East,  it  is  usual  for  all  the 
members  of  a  trade  to  live  in  the  same  vicinity* 
and  thus  we  find  a  row  of  many  shops  here,  all 
tenanted  by  coppersmiths,  there,  by  cutters  of 
stones,  by  vendors  of  gold  and  silver  ornaments, 
of  wearing  apparel  for  the  natives,  each  having 
their  proper  locale — a  custom  we  read  of  among 
IhTC    ancient     Jews;    for     '  Zedekiah    the    king 


298  BOMBAY: 

commanded  that  they  should  commit  Jeremiah 
into  the  court  of  the  prison,'  and  that  'they 
should  give  him  daily  a  piece  of  bread  out  of 
the  bakers'  street:  ( Jeremiah,  XXXVII,  21.)  Amidst 
such  a  variety  of  novel  sights  it  is  impossible 
to  note  all.  There  are  sellers  of  flowers  for 
weddings — of  flowers  for  offerings  at  temples  ; 
shops  where  rice,  split  peas,  salt,  oil,  vinegar,, 
ghee  or  clarified  butter,  made  from  the  milk 
of  the  buffalo,  betel-nuts,  pawn-leaves,  and  fruits 
are  retailed  ;  beside  confectioners,  dealers  in  snuff" 
and  tobacco,  or  copper  vessels  for  household  use 
among  the  natives,  and  lamps,  some  of  which  are- 
very  curious,  and  indeed  classical  in  form.  Here 
and  there  the  foliage  of  palms,  and  other  trees,, 
particularly  that  of  the  pipul,  mingles  with  the 
houses.  From  the  branches  of  the  last-named  tree 
hang  clusters  of  flying  foxes,  head  downwards^ 
apparently  by  one  leg :  these  animals  are  in  a 
dormant  state  from  sunrise  to  sunset,  at  which 
time  they  show  signs  of  life,  and  commence 
their  nocturnal  wanderings.  They  have  the 
wings,  body,  and  legs  of  the  bat,  and  the  head 
of  a  fox  most  exquisitely  and  delicately  formed,, 
resembling  that  of  the  quadruped  alike  in 
colour,  shape,  and  fur.  The  body  is  generally 
about  a  foot  long,  and  the  wings,  when  extended,, 
from  three  to  four  feet  between  the  extremities^ 
By  day,  when  seen  suspended  from  the  pipuU 
they  look  like  very  large  cotelettes  a  la  mainterioft 
attached  to  the  frailest  boughs;  but  while  flying,., 
in   the    dusk   of   the     evening,   they    have     the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  299 

appearance  of  crows  of  a  large  size.  Their 
flight  is  heavy,  and  apparently  slow,  as  if  they 
were  never  quite  awake. 

The  variety  of  colour  exhibited  in  the  turbans, 
and  costumes  of  the  natives,  astonishes  a  Euro- 
pean. The  dresses  of  the  men  (  at  least  of  those 
who  do  wear  clothes  )  are  frequently  white,  but 
the  turbans  are  of  all  colours,  and  the  forms 
various, — the  reds  are  particularly  fine;  indeed,, 
all  the  dyes  are  beautiful. 

Such  were  my  impressions  on  my  first  drive 
through  the  native  town  of  Bombay,  and,  after 
all,  I  saw  very  little  compared  with  what  there 
was  to  see. 

Chmv-CJiow,  1857,  Vol.  I,  pp.  4—11^ 


The  Horse  Bazaar 

Balcarres  Ramsay. 

As  you  roam  through  the  bazaars  you  will 
often  come  upon  an  Arab  horse-dealer's  stable  ;: 
most  of  them  are  commission  stables — that  is  to 
say,  an  Arab  merchant  will  bring  a  batch  of 
some  twenty  or  thirty  to  sell,  and  will  sit  all  day 
smoking  with  oriental  indifference,  not  even 
rising  to  receive  you.  In  the  hottest  weather 
these  Arabs  were  wrapped  in  thick  woollen 
garments.    The  Persian  dealers    wear    an    open 


300  BOMBAY : 

tunic  over  a  light  vest  and  wide  sleeves,  v^ith  a 
high  conical  fur  cap.  The  horses  of  high  caste 
wrere  kept  apart  from  the  others,  and  only- 
brought  out  when  likely  purchasers  appeared. 
Amongst  the  rest,  all  that  average  fourteen 
hands  were  bought  for  the  cavalry  and  artillery  ; 
so  that  at  the  dealer's  you  can  only  buy  horses 
of  great  value  or  mere  ponies.  These  dealers 
were  apparently  very  indifferent  as  to  selling 
their  horses.  The  probability  was,  if  a  stranger 
went  in,  he  would  with  difficulty  induce  them  to 
bring  out  their  valuable  horses;  and  then  they 
asked  ten  times  their  value,  and  if  remonstrated 
with,  coolly  ordered  the  horses  to  be  taken  back, 
taking  no  further  notice  of  the  intending  purcha- 
ser. This  was  not  flattering  to  the  vanity  of  the 
stranger,  accustomed  to  the  civility  and  blandish- 
ments of  an  English  horse-dealer;  but  the  fact  is, 
these  men  were  aware  that  every  horse  of  value 
that  is  landed  was  known  to  all  the  gentlemen 
whose  patronage  they  were  anxious  to  secure,  and 
to  some  of  whom  they  would  be  sure  to  sell  the 
horse.  And  they  would  rather  sell  a  likely  horse 
for  the  turf  to  a  well-known  man,  who  would 
bring  him  out  on  the  race-course,  at  a  lower 
figure,  than  to  a  stranger  at  a  high  price  ;  for  they 
have  a  very  laudable  ambition,  and  crowds  of 
them  may  be  seen  every  morning  at  the  race- 
course. They  generally  gave  a  cup  to  be  run  for, 
and  were  therefore  glad  to  see  their  best  horses 
pass  into  the  hands  of  such  men  as  Elliot,  Blood, 
Howard,  Coghlan,  &c. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  301 

A  person  newly  arrived  in  the  country 
should  be  very  careful  as  to  trusting  to  his  own 
judgment  in  buying  a  horse,  as  however 
good  a  judge  he  may  be  at  home,  it  is  impossible 
that  he  can  at  once  understand  all  the  points  of 
the  Arab,  especially  in  the  miserable  condition 
they  are  landed  from  the  Gulf,  apparently  only 
fitted  for  the  knacker's  yard — frequently  cruelly 
mangled  by  the  ropes  which  confined  them,  and 
hardly  able  to  stand.  I  was  recommended  by 
Captain  Thornhill,  the  remount  agent,  to  give 
1 200  rupees  for  a  miserable-looking  animal,  to 
my  idea  only  fit  for  the  knacker's  yard.  He  could 
not  stand,  had  a  frightful  gash  on  his  flank,  and 
two  hind  legs  the  size  of  mill-posts.  However, 
acting  on  the  best  advice,  I  bought  him,  and  he 
turned  out  one  of  the  handsomest  horses  in  the 
Presidency.  My  advice  to  the  new-comer  is, 
distrust  your  own  judgment.  There  are  always 
men  long  resident  who  know  every  Arab  by  heart, 
and  will  help  you  to  choose. 

I  was  never  tired  of  rambling  in  the  bazaars 
when  I  had  a  chance.  Captain  Basil  Hall,  the 
celebrated  traveller,  experienced  the  same  delight, 
and  was  often  laughed  at  by  his  Bombay  friends 
for  his  love  of  wandering  about  them. 

Rough  Recollections y  1882,  Vol  /,  pp.  79-81. 


302  BOMBAY  : 

A  Gay  Street 

Louis  Rousselet. 

Girgaum,  the  Breda  Street  of  Bombay,  is  a 
vast  wood  of  cocoa-nut  trees,  which  extends  from 
the  bazaars  to  Chowpatti,  at  the  head  of  Back  Bay. 
In  the  midst  of  this  picturesque  forest  are 
innumerable  huts,  half  concealed  by  a  rich  tropical 
vegetation,  in  which  reside  bayaderes  of  every 
nation,  and  of  all  colours, — the  demi-monde  of 
this  immense  capital.  As  the  night  draws  on,  the 
depths  of  the  wood  become  lighted  up ;  on  all  sides 
resound  the  tom-tom,  the  guitar,  and  the  voice  of 
song  ;  and  the  illumined  windows  are  filled  with 
women  in  dazzling  costumes.  One  would  say  that 
a  great  fete  was  in  preparation.  The  uninitiated 
stranger  stops,  hesitates,  asks  himself  whether  it 
is  for  him  that  these  garlands  of  flowers  have 
been  suspended,  these  coloured  lamps  hung  out. 
But  soon  it  would  seem  as  if  all  the  nations  in  the 
world  had  arranged  a  meeting  in  this  wood  of 
Cythera.  The  refreshment-rooms  in  the  taverns 
are  thronged  by  Europeans,  Malays,  Arabs,  and 
Chinese.  Far  into  the  night  will  the  songs 
resound,  and  the  lamps  shed  their  light;  then, 
when  the  morning  is  come,  all  will  return  to 
gloom,  and  the  worthy  English  merchant,  driving 
past  in  his  shigram,  or  office  carriage,  may 
wonder  who  can  be  the  inhabitants  of  this 
sombre  grove. 

bidia  and  its  Native  Princes,  1882,  pp  II-I2, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  303 

Scenes  in  the  Bazaars 

Balcarres  Ramsay. 

It  was  a  constant  source  of  pleasure  to  me  to 
pass  through  the  bazaars.  A  year's  residence 
did  not  wear  off  the  novelty.  The  only  feeling 
that  generally  possesses  the  resident  with  regard 
to  them  is  how  to  reach  his  destination  without 
passing  through  them,  but  to  me  they  were 
replete  with  interest:  Hindoo  temples,  Mussulman 
mosques,  Portuguese  Christian  churches,  with 
quaint  and  curiously  carved  doors,  and  eve/y 
sort  of  architectural  curiosity,  present  them- 
selves to  you  at  every  turn.  People  of  every 
nation  are 'sauntering  about  in  rich  and  varied 
costume.  The  stately  Parsee  or  fire-worshipper, 
the  grave  Mussulman,  Hindoos  of  every  caste — 
the  distinguishing  mark  of  which  is  a  daub  of 
paint  (white,  red  or  yellow)  on  his  forehead — the 
Persian  horse-dealer,  the  Sindee,  the  Greek,  the 
Chinaman,  the  Bokhara  and  Cabul  merchants  ; 
the  Africans  -  conspicuous  for  their  want  of 
costume — most  of  them  employed  on  board  our 
steamers  as  firemen.  Now  you  come  upon  a 
grand  Mohammedan  festival,  then  a  Catholic 
procession  of  the  Host ;  while  at  a  corner  of  the 
street  you  see  the  Hindoo  prostrate  before  a  stone 
daubed  with  red  paint  and  covered  with 
flowers,  his  god. 

RcujB;h  Recollections,  T882,  Vol.  I,  pp.  77-78. 


304  BOMBAY : 

The  Crawford  Market 

Walter  Crane. 

The  Crawford  Market  is  one  of  the  sights  of" 
Bombay.  Outside,  with  its  steep  roofs,  belfry, 
and  projecting  eaves,  it  has  a  rather  English 
Gothic  look,  but  inside  the  scene  is  entirely 
oriental,  crowded  with  natives  in  all  sorts  of 
colours,  moving  among  fish,  fruit,  grain,  and 
provisions  of  all  kinds,  buying  and  selling 
amid  a  clamour  of  tongues — a  busy  scene  of 
colour  and  variety,  in  a  symphony  of  smells,, 
dominated  by  that  of  the  smoke  of  joss-sticks 
kept  burning  at  some  of  the  stalls  as  well  as  a 
suspicion  of  opium,  which  pervades  all*the  native 
([uarters  in  Indian  cities.  There  is  a  sort  of  court 
or  garden  enclosed  by  the  buildings,  and  here  the 
live  stock  is  kept,  all  sorts  of  birds  and  animals. 

India  Impressiojis,  igoj,  p.  26. 


Flower  and  Fruit  flarket 

Mrs.  Guthrie. 

G.  kindly  took  me  to  see  the  markets  before 
the  heat  had  tarnished  the  early  beauty  of  the 
flowers  and  fruit.  We  found  the  [  Crawford } 
Markets  exquisitely  clean  and  admirably  arrang- 
ed. The  flower,  fruit,  and  vegetable  market  is  a 
circular  building,  lighted  from  above,  which 
encloses  a  beautiful  public  garden. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  305 

Never  had  I  seen  such  a  luxurious  profusion 
of  beautiful  flowers  and  fruits  as  was  set  forth 
upon  the  white  marble  slabs,  which  sloped  up  on 
each  side  of  the  broad  promenade,  which  was 
thronged,  not  crowded,  by  endless  streams  of 
people,  in  strange  costumes  and  gay  apparel,  ever 
passing  into  strange  combinations,  like  the  bits 
of  coloured  glass  in  a  kaleidoscope.  There  were 
pyramids  of  flowers,  not  set  forth  in  the  Euro- 
pean fashion,  but  picked  with  little  stem  and  no 
leaves,  and  heaped  up  carelessly.  There  were 
lovely  pale  pink  roses,  and  an  endless  variety  of 
double  jessamine  flowers,  pink  and  white,  pro- 
bably destined  to  be  threaded  together  for  the 
adornment  of  temples.  The  tuberoses  were  al- 
most too  sweet.  There  were  gorgeous  hillocks  of 
the  double  yellow  marigold,  to  be  woven  into 
coronets  for  women,  their  intense  colour  being 
well  calculated  to  set  off  the  dark  skins  and  shiny 
black  hair  which  they  were  meant  to  adorn.  Some 
of  the  smaller  flowers  and  fragrant  leaves,  made 
into  tiny  sprigs,  were  intended  to  be  thrown  into 
the  finger-glasses  which  figure  at  every  Anglo- 
Indian's  meal,  the  lemon-scented  verbena  being 
often  employed  for  this  purpose. 

Glowing  fruits  peeped  forth  from  beds  of 
cool  green  leaves.  The  more  delicate  sorts  were 
placed  in  wicker  baskets,  artistically  lined  with 
pieces  of  the  plantain  leaf  cut  into  shape.  We 
bought  one  of  these  little  boats,  with  its  cargo  of 
dull-hued  lilac  figs,  luscious  and  small,  with  just 
one    tear   of   liquid   sugar  upon   each— the  true 


306  BOMBAY: 

goutte  d'or.     Among  the  fruits  with  which   I  was- 
familiar,  were  many  species   which  I  had  never 
seen  before ;  but  to  enumerate  them   would  be 
tedious.     The  vegetables  were  of  infinite  variety, 
including  gourds  of  the  most   grotesque  forms,, 
which  nature  must  have  imagined  in  a  mirthful 
hour.     Some  of  them  were   intended  for  eating,, 
but  others   would  be   carefully   cleaned  out,  and 
the  hard  rinds  converted  into  vessels  for  water,, 
and  other  liquids.      The  capsicums  and  chillies 
were  curious  and  pretty,  some  being  large,  shiny,, 
and  intensely  green,  while  others  were  small  and 
red  and  pointed,  and  made   one  hot  to  look  at 
them.     There  were  many  varieties  of  the  egg- 
plant, some  of  them  white  and  smooth  like  ivory^ 
others  resembling  balls  of  gold;  and  the  long 
purple  aubergines  were  very  handsome.     I  could 
have    spent    hours    with   satisfaction    in    these 
markets,   which  were  the  finest  I  had  ever  seen  ; 
but  time  pressed  and  we  passed  into  the  interior 
garden,  a  charming,  cool,   and  verdant  spot,  in 
which  there  were  numerous  varieties  of  the  palm 
tribe,  all  sorts  of  velvety,  long-leaved  plants  and 
trembling    ferns    of    exquisite    beauty.     It   was 
strange   to  see     caneless  clumps  of  the  caladium 
of   tender   green,  spotted   with    white   and    red, 
along     with    other     plants,     only    at    home    to 
be    seen    in     a   hot-house,    where     one    lingers 
for    a    moment,     in    mortal  dread     of   catching- 
one's  death  of  cold  on  again  breathing   the  raw 
air  outside.    I  should  have  liked  to  have  explored 
the  fish  market,  which  no  doubt  contained  many 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  307 

curious  and  strange  varieties  ;  but  the  sun  was 
up,  and  as  we  hesitated  at  the  door  of  the  market, 
we  perceived  that  its  atmosphere  was  not  as 
odoriferous  as  that  of  the  floral  Paradise  which 
we  had  quitted. 

My  Year  t?i  an  Indian  Fort,  1877,  Vol,  I,  pp.  54-57. 


The    Bazaars    during    the    Feast 
of  Lamps 

Sidney  Low. 

Get  into  your  gharry  and  tell  the  driver  to 
take  you  by  the  Grant  Road  past  the  Mumbadevi 
Tank,  along  Abdul  Rahman  Street,  by  the  Bhendi 
Bazaar,  and  about  the  native  quarter  generally. 
You  will  not  lack  entertainment :  especially  if 
you  strike  Bombay,  as  I  did,  on  the  eve  of  a 
Royal  visit,  and  at  the  new  moon  of  the  month 
Kartik,  which  is  the  Hindu  Feast  of  Lanterns. 

The  night,  indeed,  like  Prospero's  isle,  is 
*  full  of  noises' :  the  Indian  night  always  is,  even 
in  the  quieter  suburbs  of  the  towns,  for  there 
are  the  noises  of  beast  and  bird,  as  well  as  the 
sounds  made  by  human  hands  and  throats.  The 
field  crickets  and  grasshoppers  are  chirping 
with  a  loud  metallic  clank ;  the  grey-backed 
crows,  which  you  have  noticed  all  day  feeding 
on  dead  rats  and  other  carrion,    retire    to  their 


308  BOMBAY: 

nests  with  raucous  cawings  ;  weird  squeals  and 
chatterings  are  heard  from  a  thicket,  and  you 
know — that  is,  you  know  when  your  driver  tells 
you — that  they  are  emitted  by  the  monkeys  who 
are  swinging  in  the  boughs. 

When  you  reach  the  native  bazaar,  your 
coachman  must  drive  at  a  foot's-pace,  with  many 
stoppages.  The  narrow  twisting  streets  are 
swarming  with  people,  spreading  all  over  the 
roadway  in  close  groups  and  solid  columns.  You 
will  make  better  progress  by  leaving  your 
carriage  and  walking;  besides,  this  will  give  you 
an  opportunity  of  observing  the  people  in  their 
various  types  and  tribes. 

The  bazaar  is  always  crowded  from  early 
morning  until  late  night;  it  is  always  full  of 
people  walking,  sitting,  lying  on  the  ground,  jos- 
tling against  one  another  like  ants.  But  perhaps 
the  throng  is  a  little  more  than  normal  on  this 
Feast  of  Lamps,  the  Diwali,  which  is  one  of  the 
-great  festivals  of  the  Hindu  year.  The  Diwali 
is  held  in  honour  of  Lakhshmi,  the  Venus  of  the 
Indian  Pantheon,  the  wife  of  Vishnu  the  Preser- 
ver. Lakhshmi,  like  her  Hellenic  antitype,  arose 
out  of  the  foam  of  the  sea  waves,  and  she  is  the 
Goddess  of  Beauty;  but  she  is  also  the  Goddess 
of  Wealth  and  Prosperity,  and  is  therefore  held 
in  special  honour  by  shopkeepers  and  tradesmen. 

On  the  Feast  of  Lamps  the  gains  of  the 
year  are  dedicated  to  the  goddess,  and  every 
house  is  lighted  for  her.  The  larger  Europeanised 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  309 

stores  in  the  bazaar,  the  'cheap  jacks,'  where 
they  sell  all  sorts  of  things,  from  bicycles  to 
safety-pins,  the  motor  garage  where  the  wealthy- 
native  buys  his  up-to-date  car,  are  hung  with 
tiers  of  electric  lights  and  glow-lamps;  but  each 
little  square  booth  has  its  own  small  illumination. 
All  the  shops  are  open,  and  the  owners  are  seen 
sitting  beside  the  implements  and  objects  of 
their  trade.  The  goldsmith  has  rows  of  candles 
to  set  off  his  golden  bowls,  his  cups  and  chains 
and  jewellery  work;  the  shroff,  the  small  money- 
lender or  usurer,  piles  up  his  account-books  in  a 
heap,  with  a  kerosene  lamp  on  top.  A  white 
Hindu  temple  is  all  festooned  with  ropes  and 
wreaths  of  flowers;  a  yellow  Jain  chapel  sparkles 
with  coloured  lights,  and  looks  rather  like  a 
Paris  cafe,  with  its  open  rooms  and  balconies 
and  lounging  groups.  Only  the  Mohammedan 
mosque  stands  grimly  shut  and  dark  and  silent; 
for  Diwali  is  a  Hindu  festival,  and  the  children 
of  the  Faith  have  no  part  in  it.  There  were 
times  when  the  celebration  was  a  fruitful  source 
of  faction-fighting  and  serious  riot.  But  the 
vigilant  Bombay  constables,  little  sturdy  men  in 
blue,  are  scattered  freely  among  the  crowds,  and 
in  the  very  centre  of  the  whole  turmoil,  where 
the  chief  Mohammedan  street  crosses  the  Hindu 
bazaar,  there  is  a  small  square  brick  building, 
which  is  the  police  post.  Here  a  couple  of  sepoys 
are  talking  to  a  khaki-clad  sowar  of  the  mounted 
force  standing  beside  his  horse,  ready  to  ride  to 
the  barracks  for  assistance,     if    need  be;   and 


310  .  BOMBAY: 

against  the  door-post  leans  a  tall  young  English- 
man, in  white  uniform  and  helmet,  surveying  the 
passing  stream  of  humanity  with  good-humoured, 
but  not  inattentive,  indifference — a  symbol  of  that 
impartial  tolerance,  combined  with  the  vigorous 
assertion  of  public  authority  in  the  maintenance 
of  order,  which  is  the  attitude  of  the  British  raj 
towards  the  creeds  and  sects  of  India. 

A  Vision  of  India,  1906,  pp.  12-16. 


Streets  During  The  Diwali 

Mrs.  John  Wilson. 

On  returning  from  chapel  at  9  o'clock  this 
evening,  the  whole  native  town  was  illuminated 
in  honour  of  the  Diwali.  A  torrent  of  light 
seemed  to  issue  from  every  house  ;  lamps  were 
suspended  in  gardens,  and  in  the  streets  ;  and 
the  air  reverberated  with  incessant  and  deafen- 
ing clamour  of  the  counties^;  throngs  who  walked 
to  and  fro  in  the  bazaars.  The  heat  was  oppres- 
sive, and  the  atmosphere  heavily  charged  with 
electricity.  Above  our  heads,  the  sky  was  clear 
and  beautiful ;  an  innumerable  multitude  of 
stars  walked  their  midnight  rounds  ;  and  you  can 
scarcely  imagine  the  relief  gained  in  looking 
upwards  to  their  pure  light,  for  it  was  impossible 
to  shut  our  eyes  upon  the  rude  but  splendid 
exhibitions  in  the  streets.  The  lightning  issuing 
from  a  distant  cloud  had  a  magnificent  and  awful 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  31 1 

appearance,  and  reminded  me  of  the  accounts 
given  in  Scripture  of  the  advent  of  the  Son  of 
Man,  and  of  His  terrible  majesty,  when  He  shall 
come  in  the  clouds  of  heaven  with  power  and 
great  glory. 

Dr.  Wilson's  Memoir  of  Mrs.  John  ivilson,  1838 ^ 

page  42Q. 


The     Streets     During     The     King's 
Visit,  1911 

Teh  Hon.  John  Fortescue. 

The  crowd  was  immense,  and  the  variety 
of  shades  indescribable-here  a  group  of  men  in 
rich  dark-red  turbans,  with  perhaps  one  of  vivid 
grass  green  flaming  among  them  ;  there  a  group 
of  children,  wide-eyed  and  open-mouthed,  with 
one  or  two  little  maids  in  blazing  crimson  silk 
huddled  into  their  midst;  there  again  a  body  of 
Parsi  ladies  in  simple  gowns  of  the  palest  pink, 
blue  or  dove-colour,  draped  on  one  side  with 
light  transparent  muslin  in  graceful  folds,  which 
made  the  delicate  hues  more  dainty  still.  There 
was  no  rest  for  the  eye  in  the  ever-changing 
,  feast  of  colour. 

The  most  striking  of  all  was  the  scene  in  the 
quaint  irregular  buildings  and  narrow  streets  of 
the  native  town.  There  is  no  appearance  of 
wealth  in  the  houses,  the  stucco  being  often  decay 


312  BOMBAY : 

ed  and  fortunately  rarely  repainted;  but  there 
are  quaint  wooden  stairways,  balconies  and 
loggias,  which  the  wealthy  owners  had  beautified 
with  the  best  and  simplest  of  all  street-decora- 
tions by  simply  throwing  over  them  rugs  and 
carpets,  or  occasionally  a  great  sheet  of  rich  dark 
silk  shot  with  gold.  The  houses  were  crammed 
with  spectators.  The  housetops  and  the  highest 
stories  were  occupied  chiefly  by  peeping  women^ 
nearly  all  of  whom  displayed  at  least  a  scrap  of 
costly  red  material ;  the  lower  windows  were 
simply  packed  with  tier  upon  tier  of  heads — I 
counted  over  thirty  in  one  of  no  extraordinary 
size — and  even  the  steep  narrow  scraps  of  veran- 
dah over  the  native  shops  were  swarming  with 
men  and  boys. 

Royal  Visit  to  India,  1912,  pp.  IIO-III. 


Legions  of  Dark=hued   Faces 

Sir  Henry   Craik. 

As  we  pass  through  the  streets,  what  are  our 
impressions  1  The  countless  legions  of  dark-hued 
faces,  the  strange  rarity  of  the  white  complexion- 
It  is  not  that  we  are  outnumbered.  To  all  intents- 
and  purposes,  so  far  as  numbers  go,  we  simply  da 
not  count.  And  next,  amongst  these  countless 
dark  visages,  the  endless  variety  of  physiognomy,, 
with  only   one  common  attribute,  that  of  absolute 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  31 3 

inscrutability.  They  are  solemn  and  self-impor- 
tant, oT  careless  and  self-forgetful;  they  are 
dreamy  and  ferocious,  melancholy  and  merry;  but 
all  alike  are  to  us  simply  masks.  They  look  at 
us  as  if  they  were  divided  from  us  by  centuries,, 
and  as  if  they  were  gazing  at  sticks  and  stones. 
Their  lives  lie  hidden  away  from  us  by  an 
impenetrable  veil.  In  London  we  hear  glib- 
talk  of  the  need  of  greater  sympathy  with  the 
native.  What  easy  words  to  utter ! 

Next  the  quietness,  the  coolness,  the  patience,, 
the  reserve  of  authority,  of  the  few  white  faces 
that  we  meet.  No  wonder  that  with  men  like 
these,  who  know  their  work,  its  hard  conditions 
and  its  dangers,  and  have  learned  to  face  it,, 
the  recklessness  of  loose  tongues  is  met  by  a  mo- 
mentary anger,  perhaps,  but,  after  the  first  mo- 
ment, with  the  apathy  of  contempt.  There  is 
something  of  strain,  and  no  great  measure  of 
light-heartedness,  in  the  faces  of  that  ruling- 
class;  but  no  fretfulness  and  nervousness,  and  na 
assumption  of  bullying  or  domineering.  They 
are  there  to  do  their  duty ;  and  almost  the  only 
comment,  if  we  refer  to  the  wild  mouthings  of 
self-advertising  frivolity,   is,   "why   heed  him  ?'*" 

Impressions  of  India,  1908,  pp.  1 1-13^ 


314  BOMBAY: 

riodern  Town  and  Native  Town 

Mrs.  Guthrie. 

We  passed  through  the  modern  'town,  which 
is  full  of  fine  buildings,  public  offices,  and 
private  houses.  Handsome  equipages  rolled 
along,  but  the  tall  dark  men,  with  peculiar 
liveries  and  naked  feet,  who  stood  behind  each 
well-appointed  carriage,  had  a  strange  appear- 
ance. The  reclining  ladies  were  such  as  may 
be  seen  any  fine  afternoon  in  Hyde  Park  or  the 
Bois.  Far  more  interesting  were  the  numbers  of 
Parsi  women  who  were  walking  about  in  short 
satin  skirts  of  the  most  brilliant  hues — an  exqui- 
site pale  cherry  and  an  emerald  green  appeared 
to  be  the  favourite  colours — flowers  were  in 
their  glossy  black  hair,  and  they  wore  quantities 
of  gold  lace  and  handsome  ornaments. 

When  we  reached  the  native  town  how 
changed  was  the  scene.  Europe  was  left  behind, 
and  the  East  was  realized — the  narrow,  winding 
streets,  the  open  shops,  small,  but  highly  charac- 
teristic, where  the  owner,  Hindoo,  Mahomedan, 
or  Jew,  squatted  amidst  his  wares.  Those  of 
the  same  trade  congregated  together,  the  workers 
in  brass  and  copper,  with  bright  vessels  of 
curious  shape,  such  as  the  lota  with  its  narrow 
neck  and  bulging  sides,  the  lamp  of  many  beaks, 
the  little  bells  with  images  at  the  top,  used  in 
the  temples.  Then  there  are  the  leather  workers, 
from  whom  one  may  select  embroidered  slippers, 
turned  up  at  the  point,   saddle   bags,  and   trap- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  315 

pings  for  horses,  covered  with  gold  and  silver, 
and  cowrie  shells.  There  were  rows  of  wood- 
carvers,  who  work  upon  the  blackwood  furniture 
peculiar  to  the  Bombay  Presidency,  and  fine 
specimens  of  their  art  were  placed  about  to 
attract  attention.  The  general  merchant  had 
his  small  store,  heaped  from  floor  to  ceiling  with 
bales  of  cloth,  gaudy  shawls,  and  cottons,  with 
various  patterns  printed  upon  them,  vaseS,  and 
griffins,  and  pagodas,  for  furniture,  and  dark  but 
deep-hued  checks  and  stripes  for  garments. 
There  were  little  niches  where  betel-leaves  and 
pungent  seeds  were  sold,  and,  most  picturesque 
of  all,  were  the  shops  of  the  Indian  druggists, 
where  one  was  sure  to  see  a  venerable  old  man 
with  a  flowing  white  beard  ;  probably  a  learned 
man,  and  one  who  possibly  dabbled  in  magic, 
his  drugs  ranged  about  in  jars  of  china,  which 
would  have  made  the  fortune  of  a  European 
bric-a-brac  shop.  By  a  Christian  these  jars  were 
not,  alas !  to  be  bought  for  love  or  money. 

No  two  houses  were  alike,  some  were  tall  and 
pink,  others  were  squat  and  yellow,  and  both 
perhaps  were  neighboured  by  dwellings  of  a 
superior  order,  which  stood  back,  not  hidden,  but 
sheltered  by  plantain-trees,  and  tall  cocoa-nut 
palms,  spreading  their  elegant  fan-shaped  leaves 
against  a  crimson  background,  for  the  fervid  sun 
was  setting.  These  houses  had  in  general  two 
tiers  of  wooden  verandahs,  with  shutters.  The 
ground-floor  was  partly  open  ;  and  supported  by 
pillars  of  wood,  richly  carved,  and  on  the  project- 


3l6  BOMBAY : 

ing  beams  and  latticed  frames  there  was  many  a. 
quaint  device.  I  was  charmed  with  these  irre- 
gular old  dwellings.  A  dead  wall,  with  the 
pyramidal  summit  of  a  Jain  temple  appearing; 
above  it,  would  vary  the  scene,  or  a  mosque,  with, 
broad  dome  and  airy  pinnacles,  and  sometimes, 
we  came  upon  a  Hindoo  temple,  adorned  with 
highly-coloured  mythological  subjects,  with  lights. 
in  its  Interior,  which  cast  a  glow  upon  some  hide- 
ous copper  idol,  or  figure  of  stone,  daubed  with 
red  paint,  and  greasy  with  libations  of  melted 
butter.     Every  step  was  a  surprise. 

My  Year  in  an  Indian  Fort,  1877,  Vol.  I.  pp.  44-48^ 


The  Bazaar   to  the  Artistic  Eye 

Val.  Prinsep. 

What  a  sight  the  bazaars  of  Bombay  pre- 
sent to  the  artistic  eye  !  All  sorts  of  Indian  forms> 
from  black  to  white  ;  all  sorts  of  dresses,  from 
nothing  at  all  to  tinsel  and  kincauh ;  colours  of 
the  most  entrancing  originality,  and  forms  of  the 
wildest  beauty.  Every  day  since  my  arrival 
have  I  been  wandering  through  these  streets,  and 
yet  I  feel  quite  dazed  and  have  done  absolutely 
nothing.  The  infinite  variety  and  "  rummyness'*^ 
of  the  whole  thing  quite  unhinges  one. 

Imperial  India,  1879,  pp.  13-14" 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  317 

The  Native  Town 

Emma  Roberts. 

The  native  town  extends  considerably  on 
either  side  of  the  principal  avenue,  one  road 
leading  through  the  cocoa-nut  gardens,  presenting 
a  great  variety  of  very  interesting  features; 
that  to  the  left  is  more  densely  crowded,  there 
being  a  large  and  well-frequented  cloth  bazaar, 
besides  a  vast  number  of  shops  and  native 
houses,  apparently  of  considerable  importance. 
Here  the  indications  shown  of  wealth  and 
industry  are  exceedingly  gratifying  to  an  eye 
delighting  in  the  sight  of  a  happy  and  flourish- 
ing population.  There  are  considerable  spaces 
of  ground  between  these  leading  thoroughfares, 
which  by  occasional  peeps  down  intersecting 
lanes,  seem  to  be  covered  with  a  huddled 
confusion  of  buildings,  and,  until  the  improve- 
ments which  have  recently  taken  place,  the 
whole  of  the  town  seems  to  have  been'  nearly 
in  the  same  state. 

The  processes  of  widening,  draining,  pull- 
ing down,  and  rebuilding,  appear  to  have 
been  carried  on  very  extensively  ;  and  though 
much,  perhaps,  remains  to  be  done  in  the  back 
settlement,  where  buffaloes  may  be  seen  wading 
through  the  stagnant  pools,  the  eye  is  seldom 
offended,  or  the  other  senses  disagreeably 
assailed,  in  passing  through  this  populous  dis- 
trict. The  season  is,  however,  so  favourable, 
the   heat   being   tempered   by    cool   airs,   which 


3l8  BOMBAY: 

• 
render  the  sunshine  endurable,  that  Bombay^ 
under  it^  present  aspect,  may  be  very  different 
from  the  Bombay  of  the  rains  or  of  the  very 
hot  weather.  The  continual  palm-trees,  which,., 
shooting  up  in  all  directions,  add  grace  and 
beauty  to  every  scene,  must  form,  terrible 
receptacles  for  malaria ;  the  fog  and  mist  are 
said  to  cling  to  their  branches  and  hang  round 
them  like  a  cloud,  when  dispersed  by  sun  or 
wind  elsewhere ;  the  very  idea  suggesting, 
fever  and  ague. 

Though,  as  I  have  before  remarked,  the- 
contrast  between  the  muslined  millions  of  Bengal 
and  the  less  tastefully  clad  populace  of  Bombay 
is  unfavourable,  still  the  crowds  that  fill  the 
streets  here  are  animated  and  picturesque. 
There  is  a  great  display  of  the  liveliest  colours,, 
the  turbans  being  frequently  of  the  brightest  of 
yellows,   crimsons,  or  greens. 

The  number  of  vehicles  employed  is  quite 
extraordinary,  those  of  the  merely  respectable- 
classes  being  chiefly  bullock-carts;  these  are  of 
various  descriptions,  the  greater  number  being  of 
an  oblong  square,  and  furnished  with  seats  across 
(  after  the  fashion  of  our  taxed  carts  ),  in  which 
twelve  persons,  including  women  and  children, 
are  frequently  accommodated.  It  is  most  amusing 
to  see  the  quantity  of  heads  squeezed  close  toge- 
ther in  a  vehicle  of  this  kind,  and  the  various, 
contrivances  resorted  to  in  order  to  accommodate 
a  more  than  sufficient  number  of   personages   in. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  319 

other  conveyances,  not  so  well  calculated  to  hold 
them.  Four  in  a  buggy  is  a  common  complement,. 
and  six  or  nine  persons  will  cram  themselves 
into  so  small  a  space,  that  you  wonder  how  the 
vehicle  can  possibly  contain  the  bodies  of  all 
the  heads  seen  looking  out  of  it.  The  carts  are 
chiefly  open,  but  there  are  a  few  covered  rluitSy 
the  conveyances  probably  of  rich  Hindu  or 
Mohamedan  ladies,  who  do  not  content  them- 
selves, like  the  Parsees,  with  merely  covering 
their  heads  with  the  veil. 

Young  Parsee  women  of  the  better  class  are 
frequently  to  be  seen  in  carriages  with  their 
male  relations,  nor  do  they  object  to  appear 
publicly  in  the  streets  following  wedding 
processions.  They  are  the  only  well-dressed 
or  nice-looking  women  who  drive  or  walk  about 
the  streets  or  roads.  The  lower  classes  of  females 
in  Bombay  are  the  most  unprepossessing  people 
I  ever  saw.  In  Bengal,  the  saree,  though  rather 
too  scanty,  is  a  graceful  costume,  and  at  a  little 
distance  appears  to  be  a  modest  covering.  Here 
it  is  worn  very  differently,  and  without  the 
slighest  attempt  at  delicacy  or  grace,  the  drapery 
being  in  itself  insufficient,  and  rendered  more 
offensive  by  the  method  of  its  arrangement. 

Overland  Journey  to  Bombay,  1841,  pp.  225-228. 


320  BOMBAY : 

A   City  of  Strange  Contrasts 

S.  M.  Edwardes. 

Hark,  through  the  hum  of  the  crowd,  above 
the  rumble  of  wheels  and  the  jangle  of  bullock- 
bells,  rises  the  plaintive  chant  of  the  Arab 
hymn-singers,  leading  the  corpse  of  a  brother  to 
the  last  "mukam"  or  resting-place;  while  but 
a  short  distance  away, — only  a  narrow  street's 
length, — the  drum  and  flageolets  escort  the  stal- 
wart young  Memon  bridegroom  unto  the  house 
of  the  bride.  Thus  it  is  ever  in  this  city  of 
strange  contrasts, — Life  and  Death  in  closest 
juxtaposition,  the  hymn  inhonourof  the  Prophet's 
birth  blending  with  the  elegy  to  the  dead.  Bag- 
pipes are  not  unknown  in  the  Mussalman 
quarters  of  Bombay;  and  not  infrequently  you 
may  watch  a  crescent'  of  ten  or  twelve  wild 
Arab  sailors  in  flowing  brown  gowns  and 
parti-coloured  head-scarves,  treading  a  measure 
to  the  rhythm  of  the  bagpipes  blown  by 
a  younger  member  of  their  crew.  The  words 
of  the  tune  are  the  old  words  "La  illaha  illahlah," 
set  to  an  air  endeared  from  centuries  past  to 
the  desert-roving  Bedawin,  and  long  after  dis- 
tance has  dulled  the  tread  of  the  dancing  feet, 
the  plaintive  notes  of  the  refrain  reach  you  upon 
the  night  breeze.  About  midnight  the  silent 
streets  are  filled  with  the  long-drawn  cry  of 
the  shampooer  or  barber,  who,  by  kneading  and 
patting  the  muscles,  induces  sleep  for  the  modest 
sum   of  four  annas  ;  and  barely  has  his  voice  died 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  321 

away  than  the  Muezzin's  call  to  prayer  falls 
on  the  ear  of  the  sleeper,  arouses  in  his  heart 
thoughts  of  the  past  glory  of  his  Faith,  and 
forces  him  from  his  couch  to  wash  and  bend  in 
prayer  before  Him  "Who  fainteth  not,  Whom 
neither  sleep  nor  fatigue  overtaketh." 

By- Ways  of  Bombay,  1913  2nd.  ed.  pp.  17-18. 


Drive  Through    the  Town 

Mrs.    Elwood. 

It  being  Sunday,  which  is  with  the  natives 
as  much  a  holiday,  perhaps  I  should  rather  say, 
idle  day,  as  with  the  English,  they  were  likewise 
taking  their  evening  drives  and  promenades.  It 
has  been  said,  that  Bombay  is  more  populous, 
and  contains  a  greater  variety  of  inhabitants 
than  is  to  be  found  so  small  a  space  in  any  other 
part  of  the  world;  and  certainly  the  scene  which 
presented  itself,  and  which  I  subsequently 
found  was  of  no  unfrequent  occurrence,  was 
one  of  the  most  amusing  and  singular  I  ever 
beheld.  The  difference  of  costumes,  and 
equipages,  reminded  me  of  the  two  or  three  last 
days  of  the  Carnival  at  Florence.  There  was 
the  grave  and  respectable  looking  Parsee,  who 
is  the  decendant  of  the  ancient  Persians,  looking 
as  consequential  and  as  happy  as  possible, 
in  his  clean  white  vest,  and  ugly,  stiff,  purple 
cotton   turban,   with  a     shawl    thrown   over   his 


322  BOMBAY : 

shoulders  like  a  lady,  driving  an  English  bugg3r 
in  the  English  fashion.  Then  followed  a  hackery,, 
or  common  cart  of  the  country,  creaking  slowly 
along,  drawn  by  oxen,  and  appearing  as  if  about 
to  tumble  down,  with  a  Hindoo  family;  the  men 
half  naked,  but  invariably  with  turbans  on  their 
head;  the  women,  clothed  in  the  saree  or  long 
piece  of  cloth  or  silk,  which  is  twisted  round  their 
persons  so  as  to  fall  gracefully  in  folds  to  the 
feet,  like  the  drapery  of  an  antique  statue,  and, 
after  forming  a  petticoat,  is  brought  over  the 
right  shoulder,  across  the  bosom,  and  falls  over 
the  head  like  a  veil.  This,  with  a  small  bodice 
fastening  before  or  behind,  according  to  fancy,, 
constitutes  the  whole  of  their  attire,  and  it  is- 
infinitely  prettier,  and  far  more  elegant  than 
the  Frank  female  costume. 

The  saree  so  complete^  covers  the  whole  of 
the  person,  and  so  effectually  conceals  the  figure 
of  the  wearer,  that  it  is  likewise  infinitely  more- 
modest  and  delicate  than  our  style  of  dress,  and' 
it  also  possesses  the  advantage  of  being  more 
quickly  put  on  ;  one  minute  will  suffice  a  Hindoo 
belle  to  arrange  her  attire,  but  they  make  up  for 
the  simplicity  of  this  part  of  their  toilet  by  a 
profusion  of  ear  and  nose  rings,  and  ornaments 
of  every  sort  and  description,  which  are  frequently 
composed  of  precious  stones  and  valuable  pearls. 
Necklaces  of  gold  mohurs,  or  Venetian  sequins^, 
bangles  of  gold  and  silver  on  their  arms  and 
ankles,  and  costly  rings  on  their  toes,  frequently 
decorate    the    persons     of    the    females    of  the- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  323 

humblest  and  meanest  classes,  for,  as  there  are  no 
such  things  as  savings-banks  in  India,  they  con- 
vert their  money  into  these  trinkets,  as  the  most 
portable  method  of  carrying  their  riches  about 
with  them  though  sometimes,  in  times  of  war 
this  has  given  rise  to  most  dreadful  personal 
cruelties. 

After  the  hackery,  would  dash  by  an 
English  Officer  in  full  regimentals,  or  a  civilian 
in  the  light  Anglo-Indian  costume,  on  spirited 
Arabs,  followed  perhaps  by  native  grooms  in 
turbans  and  white  cotton  vests.  Then  would 
appear  a  couple  of  Persians,  carefully  guiding  a 
pair  of  horses  in  an  English  curricle,  attired  in 
long  flowing  robes,  and  graceful  and  becoming 
turbans,  with  peculiarly  fine  features,  handsome 
and  intelligent  countenances,  and  dark  beards 
sweeping  their  breasts.  In  heavy  coaches,  lighter 
landaulet,  or  singular  looking  shigrampoes, 
might  be  seen,  bevies  of  British  fair,  in  Leghorn 
hats,  silk  bonnets,  blond  caps,  and  Brussels  lace 
veils.  Feathers  waving,  flowers  blooming, 
and  ribands  streaming,  in  all  the  freaks  and 
fancies  of  every  French  and  English  fashion, 
which  may  have  prevailed  in  Europe,  during 
the  last  half  dozen  years.  In  India  the 
veriest  adoratcur  des  modes  must-  be  content 
always  to  be  one  year  behind  the  belles 
of  London  and  of  Paris  and,  in  the  out 
stations,  at  least  two  or  three — but,  however, 
there  is  no  deficiency  of  finery,  whatever  there 
Tc\2iy  ht  oi  ton,   in  the  appearance   and    attire  of 


324  BOMBAY : 

the  ladies  of  Bombay.  These  would  be  driven  by 
a  coachman,  and  attended  by  footmen  in  Parsee, 
Mahometan,  or  Hindoo  attire,  whilst  a  Ghorawalla 
or  horse  keeper,  would  run  by  the  side  of  the 
carriage  on  foot,  and  keep  up  with  it,  though 
driven  at  a  tremendous  rate,  carrying  a  painted 
chowree  in  his  hand,  with  which  he  would  keep 
the  flies  from  annoying  the  horses. 

In  addition  to  these,  might  be  seen  numerous 
Portuguese,  whose  very  dark  complexions 
and  short,  curly,  coal-black  hair,  looked  more 
singular  and  more  foreign  in  their  white 
cotton  Frank  costume  than  even  the  Asiatics 
in  their  loosely  flowing  robes.  There  were  also 
Roman  Catholic  priests  in  their  robes,  respect- 
able-looking Armenians  with  their  families, 
numerous  half-castes  in  neat  English  dresses, 
and  a  few  Chinese,  looking  exactly  as  if  some 
of  the  figures  on  a  China  jar  had  stepped  forth  to 
take  an  evening  walk.  These  were  most  efl^emi- 
nate  in  appearance,  with  a  long  silky  plaid  of 
dark  hair,  twisted  neatly  round  their  heads  ;  yet 
their  sleepy  countenances,  and  flat  and  singular 
features,  had  an  air  of  stupid  benevolence,  such 
as  may  be  seen  in  the  figures  of  Bhood,  or  Bhud- 
da.  The  wild  looking  Arab,  and  the  majestic 
Turk  in  his  magnificent  and  superb  attire,  were 
of  rare  occurrence.  The  Cutchee  "  Burra  Sahib  " 
in  a  fine  gilt  palanquin,  with  a  turban  a  yard 
high,  richly  adorned  with  gold,  was  also  to  be 
seen,  and  there  was  an  endless  variety  of  Mussul- 
mans, and  Hindoos  of  different  castes ;  the  Holy 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  325 

Brahmin,  with  the  sacred  Zennar  [  janoi  ]  or  cord, 
suspended  from  his  shoulder;  the  Purbhoo  or 
writer-caste,  with  their  very  neat  turbans ;  the 
Bunyans  in  their  deep-red,  and  the  Bengalese  with 
their  flat  ones ;  the  Maharattas,  the  Malabarese, 
the  Malays,  and  the  Boras,  who  are  said  to  be 
Mahometanized  Jews,  and  who  are  the  pedlars  of 
the  country.  In  short,  every  religion,  every  caste, 
and  every  profession,  of  almost  every  nation,  from 
the  shores  of  China  to  the  banks  of  the  Thames. 
Even  in  a  fancy  ball  in  London,  or  during  the 
Carnival  in  Italy  where  every  one  strives  to  be 
in  a  particular  and  original  costume,  it  would  be 
impossible  to  meet  with  a  greater  variety,  than 
presented  itself  in  this  short  drive,  which  indeed 
was  only  what  may  be  seen  every  day  in  the 
Island  of  Bombay. 

Narrative  of  a  Journey  Overland,  1830, 

Vol  IT.  pp.  374-378. 


Bhendy  Bazaar 

William  Shepherd. 
We  enter  the  Bhendi  Bazaar,  very  different 
from  our  English  idea  formed  upon  the  model 
of  that  in  Oxford  street,  or  Soho  Square.  This 
is  one  of  the  principal  thoroughfares  of  the  native 
town,  quite  separate  from  the  English  portion, 
where  stand  the  British  Hotel,  Town-hall,  pay 
offices,  Cathedral,    banking-houses,  post-offices, 


326  BOMBAY : 

and  shops  of  Parsees  and  English.  This  is  a 
long,  tolerably  wide,  irregular  street,  with  high 
irregular  houses  on  either  side,  containing  many 
windows,  built  principally  of  wood,  some  of  the 
projecting  part's  rudely,  yet  rather  richly  carved, 
some  painted,  all  full  of  dirt  and  darkness,  and 
crowded  with  inhabitants.  The  lower  story  is 
usually  devoted  to  the  goods  to  be  sold,  where 
the  vendor  sits,  cross-legged,  on  the  same  shelf 
as  his  bread,  cakes,  flour,  grains,  oil,  stuffs, 
calicos,  earthenware,  wine,  or  whatever  other 
article  he  has  for  sale,  lazily  smoking  his 
"hubble-bubble;"  or,  half  dozing.  If  he  be  a 
Persian  or  Mahomedan,  leaning  upon  dirty 
cushions,  and  sublimely  indifferent  to  purchasers. 

Slowly  we  drove  through  the  crowded 
bazaar,  crowded  with  vehicles  of  all  kinds,  rough 
carts,  buggies  conveying  drunken  sailors  to  and 
from  places,  where  they  are  easily  deprived  of 
their  money  and  their  senses,  carriages  of  rich 
Hindoos  and  Parsees,  miserable  shake-down 
shandrydans  of  all  sorts;  men,  women,  children, 
dogs,  horses  and  bullocks  in  gharries  and  other- 
wise, all  straggling  about,  with  no  concern  for 
their  own  safety,  or  the  convenience  of  others. 

We  drive  on  towards  the  large  Tank,  situated 
in  an  open  space,  where  four  cross  roads  meet  in 
this  bazaar ;  frequented  at  certain  hours  by  pictur- 
esque groups  of  natives,  in  gay  garments,  and 
almost  no  garments,  with  water  vessels  on  their 
heads  or  pendant,  (  held  by  ropes  from  a  bending 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  327 

i)amboo  yoke,)  red,  yellow,  black  rudely  formed 
of  clay.  "  Bhistees,"  with  their  humped  bullocks, 
bearing  water-skins,  "  Paniwallas,"  stooping 
under  theirs  ;  women,  with  long  flowing  robes, 
silver  bracelets  and  anklets,  a  brass  water 
""  chatti,"  filled,  and  carried  gracefully  on  the 
head,  reminding  one  of  the  fair  Rebecca;  bullocks 
^rawing  carts)  brought  there  for  refreshment, 
and  also  for  washing  the  beasts,  and  perchance, 
thpir  drivers,  who  habituated  to  an  extremely 
minute  portion  of  clothing,  have  little  of  that 
-article  to  remove,  and  not  any  scruples,  in  per- 
forming their  ablutions  in  public  ; — these  various 
groups,  approaching,  retiring,  and  surrounding 
the  well,  present  a  most  Eastern  and  interesting 
-appearance. 

From  Bombay  to  Bnshire,  1857,  pp.  15-21. 


Stroll  Through  the  Streets 

Sidney  Low. 

The  thing  to  see  in  Bombay  Is  Bombay 
itself.  It  has  no  sight  to  show,  no  spectacle  to 
offer,  at  all  equal  to  that  presented  by  its  own 
'Streets,  seething  with  miscellaneous  humanity, 
especially  if  one  can  examine  them  at  leisure 
and  on  foot,  mingling  with  the  populace  and 
peering  into  the  open  houses.  In  the  East  people 
•do  not  live  in  sealed  compartments,  and  the 
front    door,   the   shield   of    our    own     cherished 


328  BOMBAY : 

domesticity,  can  hardly  be  said  to  exist.  The 
climate  and  the  local  habits  are  opposed  to  it. 
Before  the  sun  has  risen,  or  after  his  settings 
everybody  seeks  space  and  air  and  coolness  out 
of  doors;  nor  is  there  any  jealous  shrinking  from 
observation,  even  in  the  day  time.  People  do  all 
sorts  of  things  in  public  which  to  our  thinking- 
should  be  transacted  in  privacy,  such  as  dressing, 
shaving,  washing,  and  sleeping,  and,  in  spite  of 
the  caste  rules  and  religious  restrictions,  even  a 
good  deal  of  eating. 

Going  into  one  of  the  large  sheds  in  the 
quarter  of  Bombay  where  the  hand-loom  weavers- 
carry  on  their  work,  I  saw  two  men  crouching  in 
the  dust  by  the  outside  wall.  They  proved  to  be 
a  barber  and  his  client.  The  latter  was  naked  to 
the  waist;  the  barber,  a  respectable  o\d  gentle- 
man in  robe  and  turban,  was  sitting  on  the 
ground  beside  his  victim,  on  whom  he  was  operat- 
ing in  a  very  complete  fashion,  passing  his 
razor  not  merely  over  the  chin,  but  over  the  head^ 
arms,  and  shoulders,  and  performing  the  whole 
toilet  in  full  view  of  passers-by  and  of  various 
other  persons  engaged  in  minor  manufacturing  or 
domestic  avocations  at  intervals  of  a  few  yards 
along  the  wall  of  the  shed.  So  it  is  everywhere. 
As  you  pass  along  the  streets  of  the  bazaar  you 
can  look  right  into  half  the  houses.  The  shops 
are  simply  boxes,  set  on  end,  with  the  lids  off. 
You  can,  if  you  please,  stand  and  watch  the  baker 
rolling  his  flat  loaves,  the  tailor  stitching  and 
cutting,  the  coppersmith  hammering  at  his  bowls. 


AN    ANTHOLOGY.  -     329 

and  dishes,  the  jeweller  drawing  out  gold  and 
silver  wire  over  his  little  brazier.  The  Indian 
townsman  does  not  mind  being  looked  at.  He 
is  accustomed  to  it.  He  passes  his  life  in  the 
midst  of  a  crowd. 

A  Visio?i  of  India,  1906,  pp.  2I-24. 


A  Drive  Through  the 
Native    Bazaar 

W^ ALTER  Crane. 

A  drive  through  the  native  bazaar  of  Bombay- 
is  a  revelation.  The  carriage  works  its  way  with 
difficulty  through  the  narrow,  irregular  street,, 
crowded  with  natives  in  every  variety  of  costume 
forming  a  wonderful  moving  pattern  of  brilliant 
colour,  punctuated  by  swarthy  faces,  gleaming 
eyes,  and  white  teeth.  Shops  of  every  kind  line 
each  side  of  the  way,  and  these  are  rather  dark 
and  cavernous  openings,  shaded  by  awnings 
and  divided  by  posts  or  carved  pillars,  on  the 
lowest  story,  raised  from  the  level  of  the  streets 
by  low  platforms,  which  serve  the  purposes  of 
counter  and  working  bench  to  the  native  mer- 
chant or  craftsman,  who  squats  upon  it,  and  often 
unites  the  two  functions  in  his  own  person.  He 
generally  carries  on  his  work  in  the  presence  of 
his  whole  family,  apparently.  All  ages  and 
sexes  crowd  in  and  about  the  shops,  carrying  on 
a  perpetual  conversazione,  and  the  bazaar  literally 


330  BOMBAY : 

swarms  with  dusky,  turtmned  faces,  varied  by 
the  deep  red  sari  of  the  Hindu  women,  with  their 
glittering  armlets  and  anklets,  or  the  veiled 
Mohammedan  in  her — well,  pyjamas! 

The  older  house  fronts  above  the  shops  were 
often  rich  with  carving  and  colour,  the  upper 
storeys  being  generally  supported  over  the  open 
shop  by  four  columns.  It  reminded  one  of  the 
arrangement  of  a  mediaeval  street,  as  also  in  its 
general  aspect,  the  shops  being  mostly  work- 
shops; and,  as  in  the  old  days  in  Europe,  could 
be  seen  different  crafts  in  full  operation,  while 
the  finished  products  of  each  were  displayed  for 
sale.  There  were  tailors  stitching  away  at 
garments,  coppersmiths  hammering  their  metal 
into  shape,  leather  workers,  jewellers,  cook-shops, 
and  many  more,  the  little  dark  shops  in  most 
c*ases  being  crowded  with  other  figures  besides 
those  of  the  workers — each  like  a  miniature  stage 
of  life  with  an  abundance  of  drama  going  on  in 
all.  The  whole  bazaar,  too,  was  gay  with  colour — 
white,  green,  red,  orange,  yellow,  and  purple,  of 
all  sorts  of  shades  and  tones,  in  turban  or  robe — ■ 
a  perfect  feast  for  the  eye. 

In  the  course  of  our  drive  through  the  bazaar 
we  met  no  less  than  three  wedding  processions, 
though  rather  broken  and  interrupted  by  the 
traffic.  In  one,  the  bridegroom  (  who,  with  the 
Hindus  and  Mohammedans,  is  considered  the 
most  important  personage  in  the  ceremony  as 
well  as  the  spectacle)  was  in  a  carriage,  on 
his  way  to  fetch  the  bride,  in    gorgeous  raiment 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  331 

and  with  a  crown  upon  his  head.  He  was 
followed  by  people  bearing  floral  trophies,  per- 
haps intended  for  decoration  afterwards.  These 
-consisted  of  gilt  vases  with  artificial  flowers  in 
them,  arranged  in  rows  close  together,  and  car- 
ried in  convenient  lengths  on  a  plank  or  shelf  by 
young  men  bearers. 

Another  of  the  bridegrooms  was  mounted 
on* a  horse,  crowned  and  robed  like  a  Byzantine 
emperor  with  glittering  caparisons  and  housings, 
a  tiny  little  dusky  girl  sitting  behind  him  and 
-holding  on,  who  was  said  to  be  his  little  sister. 

The  third  bridegroom  we  saw  was  veiled, 
in  addition  to  the  bravery  of  his  glittering  attire. 
Flowers  were  strewn  by  boys  accompanying 
him,  and  a  little  bunch  fell  into  our  carriage  as 
we  waited  for  the  procession  to  go  by,  in  which, 
of  course,  the  musicians  went  before.  We  after- 
wards passed  the  house  where  the  wedding  was 
being  celebrated,  the  guests  assembling  in  great 
numbers  to  the  feast,  a  tremendous  noise  going 
on,  drums  beating  and  trumpets  blowing.  In 
one  of  the  processions  very  antique-looking  trum- 
pets or  horns  were  carried  of  a  large  size,  much 
resembling  the  military  horns  of  ancient  Roman 
times.    These  were  all  Hindu  weddings. 

We  had  also  a  glimpse  of  a  Parsee  wedding. 
This  was  in  the  open  court  of  a  large  house 
arcaded  from  the  street,  brilliantly  illuminated 
where  sat  a  great  crowd  of  guests  all  attired  in 
ivhite. 

India  Impressions,  1907,  pp.  26-28. 


3'32  BOMBAY : 

Variety  in  the  Native  Town 

Baron  von  Hubner. 

One  of  the  most  attractive  features  of  Bombay- 
is  its  variety — variety  in  the  sites,  in  the  appear- 
ance of  the  streets,  and  in  that  of  the  population. 
Starting  from  Colaba  lighthouse,  we  proceed 
northward  between  two  sheets  of  water,  inlets  of 
the  ocean,  and  reach  the  Apollo  Bander.  Thence,, 
after  an  excellent  and  well-served  luncheon  at 
the  Yacht  Club,  we  penetrate  into  the  town  pro- 
per. First  comes  the  Esplanade  with  its  impose 
ing  buildings,  the  vSecretariat,  containing  the 
various  public  offices,  the  University,  and  the 
Sailors'  Home;  farther  on,  the  Anglican  Cathedral 
built  in  1718,  the  Town  Hall,  and  a  host  of  other 
buildings  suggestive  of  modern  English  taste. 

We  next  turn  our  steps  towards  the  quarters 
of  the  Parsees  and  Hindoos,  where  we  are  con- 
stantly stopped,  either  by  passers-by  or  by  some 
thing  curious,  pretty,  or  hideous,  but  at  any  rate 
novel,  which  rivets  our  attention.  A  few  paces- 
more  and  we  might  imagine  ourselves  in  Europe,, 
judging  by  the  broad  thoroughfares  I'eading- 
towards  Byculla,  the  northern  suburb  which  gives 
its  name  to  a  club  far  famed  in  the  Anglo-Indian 
world.  Here  the  town  ends,  and  noise  and  bustle 
cease  abruptly.  To  return  to  Parell  I  had  to 
cross  an  immense  and  somewhat  lonely  fiat,  and 
that  at  night.  But  no  matter ;  in  India,  from 
Cape  Comorin  to  the  banks  of  the  Indus  and  the 
foot  of  the  Himalayas  the  European — I  do  not  say^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  333 

the  native-can  travel  by  day  or  night  in  perfect 
safety,  under  the  talismanic  protection  of  his 
white  skin. 

But  let  us  go  back  to  the  native  town.  With 
the  exception  of  the  Parsees'  quarter,  which,  like 
its  inhabitants,  has  a  character  of  its  own,  this 
part  of  Bombay  differs  little  from  any  other  town 
of  India.  But  the  people  are  different.  In  the 
first  place  there  are  numbers  of  women,  whereas 
elsewhere  they  are  extremely  scarce.  Here  you 
meet  them  everywhere.  Look  at  that  group;  they 
are  Parsee  women.  You  know  them  by  their 
brilliant-coloured  robes  and  the  artistic  drapery 
of  their  shawls,  their  slim,  lissom,  and  graceful 
figures;  their  clear  complexions,  their  eyes 
fringed  with  long  eyelashes,  and  the  oval  outline 
of  their  cheeks  which,  like  their  bare  necks  and 
arms,  recall  the  masterpieces  of  Greek  statuary. 
Great  animation  prevails  amongst  them.  They 
are  talking,  gesticulating,  and  laughing.  To  see 
an  Indian  smile  is  a  rarity,  but  laughter  is  a 
thing  unheard  of.  I  have  indeed  seen  Hindoo 
servants  draw  their  lips  together,  out  of  deference 
to  their  master;  but  it  was  always  a  grimace, 
and  not  a  frank  smile.  Here,  in  good  society, 
no  one  thinks  of  laughing,  any  more  than  we  do 
of  yawning. 

In  the  background,  beyond  this  bright  and 
sunny  group,  under  the  shade  of  the  houses, 
appear  some  Hindoo  girls,  each  clothed  in  white 
and  carrying  on  her  head  a  vase  of  classic  shape — 


334  BOMBAY: 

real    goddesses   descended   from    Olympus,  dis~ 
guised   as   simple   mortals.     The     dervish,    that 
scourge  of  native   society,   with    his   ill-favoured" 
countenance,  spiteful  look,  and  shaggy  'hair  and^ 
clad    with    nothing  but  a  few   rags   to   hide   his 
nakedness,  is  gliding  among   the   busy  'crowd  of 
men  of  every  race  and  every  creed.     This   multi- 
tude, now  blocked  by  bullock-carts,  now   hustled 
back  by  the  smart   carriages  of   European    mer- 
chants, surges  to  and  fro   between  two   rows  of 
houses  built  of  painted  or  carved  wood-work,  and 
in  front  of  temples    great   and    small,  with   their 
grotesque    idols     displayed     on    their     facades^ 
These  sanctuaries  are  not   shut  in   by  walls,  but 
stand  with  their  doors  opening  on  to   the    street, 
and  devotees  can  go  freely  in   and   out.     Verily,, 
the  old  gods  still    reign  supreme!     The   spirit  of 
Christianity  has  not  yet  prevailed   over  this  form 
of  civilisation,  which,  though  less  perfect,  is  more 
ancient  than  our  own.     They  are  like  two  streams 
that  meet,   cross    and   dash  against   each   other^ 
but  never  mingle. 

Through  the  British  Empire,  1 886,  Vol.   II. 

pp,9-I2, 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  335, 

The  Jubilee  Illuminations,  1887 

The  late  Lady  Brassey. 

In  a  pleasant,  informal  way,  we  wepe-^told 
off  to  carriages  from  which  to  seeiThe  illumi- 
nations, an  escort  of  cavalry  and  of  the  body- 
guard being  provided  to  prevent,  as  far  as 
possible,  our  small  procession  being  broken  up  by 
the  crowd.  In  the  suburbs  the  illuminations  were 
general  but  simple  in  design.  There  was  a  more 
pretentious  display  in  front  of  the  Veterihary 
Hospital,  consisting  of  transparent  pictures  of 
horses  and  cows.  This  hospital  was  established 
by  Sir  Dinshaw  Manockjee  Petit,  one  of  the  lar- 
gest mill-owners  of  Bombay,  who  has  received 
the  honour  of  knighthood  as  a  Jubilee  gift. 

Presently  the  crowd  became  more  numerous, 
and  began  to  run  alongside  the  carriages,  shout- 
ing, and  carrying  blue  lights',  a  compliment  with 
which  we  could  well  have  dispensed;  for  the 
smoke,  the  clouds  of  powder  which  they  occasion- 
ally threw  into  the  air,  the  dust  raised  as  they 
rushed  along,  and  the  general  heat  and  want  of 
air  in  the  narrow  streets,  had  a  stifling  effect. 
The  illuminations  were  not  only  artistically 
beautiful,  but  afforded  a  proof  that  members  of 
every  religion  and  class  had  united  to  do  honour  to 
their  Sbvereign.  Among  the  most  striking  build- 
ings were  a  Mahomedan  Mosque,  the  lines  of 
which  were  clearly  defined  against  the  starlit 
sky  by  rows  of  pure  white  lanterns  ;  a  Hindoo 
temple,  where  court  within  court  was  lighted  in  a 


336  BOMBAY: 

simple  and  effective  manner  by  butties  filled  with 
cocoa-nut  oil ;  and  several  Jain  temples  brightly- 
illuminated  with  coloured  lights.  In  the  native 
quarter  the  houses  were  lighted  up  in  the  peculiar 
Indian  fashion  by  chandeliers  suspended  from 
the  windows  or  across  the  streets — perhaps  the 
most  wonderful  part  of  the  scene. 

After  driving  through  the  crowded  streets  we 
proceeded  to  the  Apollo  Bunder — now  officially 
called  the  Wellington  Pier — to  witness  the  illumi- 
nation of  the  harbour  and  the  grand  display  of 
fireworks.  The  harbour,  with  its  thousands  and 
thousands  of  twinkling  lights,  was  a  sight  to  be 
remembered.  Even  the  little  '  Sunbeam,'  though 
somewhat  over-shadowed  by  the  huge  '  Bac- 
chante', displayed  with  good  effect  a  row  of 
coloured  lights  from  stem  to  stern. 

As  we  drove  home  we  much  admired  the  illu- 
mination of  the  public  gardens  on  Malabar  Hill. 
The  name  'Victoria'  was  written  in  lines  of  fire 
on  its  steep  slopes,  and  was  reflected  with  beauti- 
ful effect  in  the  still  waters  of  the  bay  below. 

Last  Voyage  of  the  Sunbeam,  1889,  pp.  62-64. 


Gay  Street  of  a  Century  Ago 

'*  Adventures  of  Qui  Hi  .? " 

After  a  little  drink  and  talk, 
They  ask  our  youth  to  have  a  walk ; 
"  They're  only  going  for  a  spree, 
"  An  hour  or  two  to  Dungaree  " 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  337 

They  told  Qui  Hi  that  they  were  sure, 
He  could  not  solitude  endure  ; 
Begg'd  him  to  go  along  with  them, 
And  they  would  shew  him  famous  game. 
Then  said — "  my  boy  !  come  let's  be  off ; 
"  At  all  events,  we'll  have  a  laugh." 

The  moon  majestically  rose. 

And  did  all  Dungaree  disclose 

To   Qui    Hi's    view,   who   thought    the 

change 
Of  prospect  was  as  new  as  strange  ; 
For  now  our  youth  conceiv'd  he'd  got 
Transported  to  some  magic  spot. 
Where  midst  a  wood  of  toddy  trees. 
Fairies  and  sprites,  and  fiends  he  sees. 
Now  here  and  there  a  female  imp — 
A  police  peon — perhaps  a — , — 
Chasing  the  dingy  queens  of  beauty. 
In  execution  of  their  duty  : 
And  now  a  tar,  hard  in  the  wind, 
For  fighting,  or  for  love  inclin'd, 
Come  in  the  rear,  and,  with  a  blow, 
Lays  one  of  Goodwin's  Sepoys  low; 
Then  follows  up  the  victory, 
And  all  the  vanquish'd  sepoys  fly. 
Now  from  a  darken'd  corner  ran, 
A  grave,  religious,  married  man. 
Who  fancied  in  the  woods  to  range, 
And  left  his  turtle  for  a  change. 
Here  serious  characters  resort, 
And  quit  domestic  broils,  for  sport. 


338  BOMBAY: 

Qui  Hi  determin'd  to  retreat, 

Nor    for   his   new  found   friends   would" 

wait ; 
But  to  his  tent  he  slyly  creeps, 
Gets  into  bed,  and  soundly  sleeps. 

Adventures  of  Qui  Hi?  by  Quiz,  i8i6,  pp.  214-216. 


A  Sea  of  Turbans 

Madame  Blavatsky. 

The  hall  was  full  of  natives.  We  four  alone 
were  representatives  of  Europe.  Like  a  huge 
flower  bed,  the  women  displayed  the  bright 
colours  of  their  garments.  Here  and  there^ 
among  handsome,  bronze-like  heads,  were  the 
pretty,  dull  white  faces  of  Parsee  women,  whose 
beauty  reminded  me  of  the  Georgians.  The 
front  rows  were  occupied  by  women  only.  In 
India  it  is  quite  easy  to  learn  a  person's  religion, 
sect,  and  caste,  and  even  whether  a  women  is 
married  -or  single,  from  the  marks  painted  in 
bright  colours  on  everyone's  forehead. 

The  Parsee  women  could  only  be  distinguish- 
ed from  their  Hindu  sisters  by  very  slight 
differences.  The  almost  white  faces  of  the  for- 
mer were  separated  by  a  strip  of  smooth  black 
hair  from  a  sort  of  white  cap,  and  the  whole  was 
covered  with  a  bright  veil.  The  latter  wore  no 
covering  on  their  rich,  shining  hair,  twisted  into 
a  kind  of  Greek  chignon.  Their  foreheads  were 
brightly  painted,  and  their  nostrils  adorned   with 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  339 

golden  rings.  Both  are  fond  of  bright,  but  uni- 
form, colours,  both  cover  their  arms  up  to  the 
elbow  with  bangles,  and  both  wear  saris. 

Behind  the  women  a  whole  sea  of  most  won- 
derful turbans  was  waving  in  the  pit.  There 
were  long-haired  Rajputs  with  regular  Grecian 
features  and  long  beards  parted  in  the  middle, 
their  heads  covered  with  "  pagris"  consisting  of, 
at  least  twenty  yards  of  finest  white  muslin,  and 
their  persons  adorned  with  earrings  and  neck- 
laces ;  there  were  Mahratha  Brahmans,  who  shave 
their  heads,  leaving  only  one  long  central  lock, 
and  wear  turbans  of  blinding  red,  decorated  in 
front  with  a  sort  of  golden  horn  of  plenty  ;  Ban- 
gas,  wearing  three-cornered  helmets  with  a  kind 
of  cockscomb  on  the  top  ;  Kachhis,  with  Roman 
helmets ;  Bhills,  from  the  borders  of  Rajastan, 
whose  chins  are  wrapped  three  times  in  the  ends 
of  their  pvramidal  turbans,  so  that  the  innocent 
tourist  never  fails  to  think  that  they  constantly 
suffer  from  toothache;  Bengalis  and  Calcutta 
Babus,  bareheaded  all  the  year  round,  their  hair 
cut  after  an  Athenian  fashion,  and  their  bodies, 
clothed  in  the  proud  folds  of  a  white  togo-virilis 
in  no  way  different  from  those  once  w^orn  by  Ro- 
man senators ;  Parsees,  in  their  black,  oil-cloth 
mitres  ;  Sikhs,  the  followers  of  Nanak,  strictly 
monotheistic  and  mystic,  whose  turbans  are  very 
like  the  Bhills',  but  who  wear  longhair  down  to 
their  waists ;  and  hundreds  of  other  tribes. 
From  the  Caves  and  Jungles  of  Hindustan,  1892, 

pp.  3S-40. 


340  BOMBAY: 

Sonapur:  The  City  of  the  Dead 

Louis  Rousselet. 

But  behind  this  screen  of  palms  what  a 
change  of  scene  may  be  witnessed !  It  is  there,  on 
the  damp  seashore,  that  past  generations  are 
reposing — the  Mussulman,  under  his  stone  behind 
the  poor  European,  who,  blighted  in  his  hopes, 
has  never  been  permitted  again  to  see  his 
native  land. 

Numerous  are  the  tombs  of  our  countrymen 
who  sleep  beneath  the  shade  of  these  palm-trees, 
their  names  effaced  by  the  parasitic  plants,  just 
as  is  all  remembrance  of  them  in  the  land  to 
which  they  have  been  conveyed.  Death  comes 
so  quickly  in  India  that  every  one  thinks  only  of 
himself,  and  forgets  those  who  are  no  more. 
The  crosses  are  thrown  down,  the  stones  broken ; 
such  is  the  aspect  of  these  scenes  of  desolation, 
over  which  the  rich  and  charitable  nature  of  the 
tropics  has  been  kind  enough  to  throw  a  mantle 
of  flowers.  Nothing  can  be  more  beautiful  than 
this  immense  and  silent  City  of  the  Dead  ;  the 
foaming  waves  contest  with  them  their  tombs, 
and  every  year  gives  up  some  of  them  to  be 
engulfed  in  the  deep. 

During  the  searches  I  made  to  discover  the 
tomb  of  poor  Jacquemont,  I  used  to  contemplate 
this  sheet  of  water  and  its  extensive  westward 
horizon — that  quarter  to  which  every  European  in 
this  country  turns  when  he  thinks  of  home.  Assur- 
edly,  if   the   dead  rise    from    their    graves,   as 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  341 

legends  aver,  they  have  a  spectacle  as  sublime 
and  as  melancholy  as  they  can  desire.  The  spot 
where  our  brave  fellow-countryman  Jacquemont 
reposes  is  marked  by  a  simple  stone,  on  which 
may  with  some  difficulty  be  read  his  name.  The 
martyr  of  science,  he  has  come  to  the  end  of  his 
travels  on  the  shores  of  this  ocean,  which 
separated  him  from  the  land  of  his  birth. 

Not  far  from  the  Mussulman  cemetery  is  situ- 
ated the  field  where  the  bodies  of  the  Hindoos 
are  burnt  to  ashes.  From  a  considerable 
distance  the  processions,  bearing  corpses 
placed  on  open  litters,  and  directing  their  course 
to  this  point,  sufficiently  indicate  the  route  you 
should  follow  to  reach  it.  Death  has  no  terrors 
for  the  Hindoo,  since  for  him  it  is  only  a  change 
of  existence.  The  enclosure  in  which  the 
funeral  piles  are  erected  is  situated  on  the  summit 
of  a  lofty  terrace  of  granite,  of  which  the  base 
is  accessible  only  at  low  water.  The  fires  form 
several  ranks  in  line;  on  one  side  are  placed  the 
corpses  which  are  waiting  their  turn ;  on  the 
other  an  honest  dealer  in  wood  is  selling  the 
necessary  combustibles.  Do  not  expect,  how- 
ever, to  find  there  the  slightest  symptoms  of 
meditation.  Some  are  cutting  the  wood  or 
arranging  the  pile;  others,  sitting  on  the  summit 
of  the  walls,  play  on  their  instruments  a  dismal 
strain.  The  pile  being  prepared,  the  relatives 
place  the  corpse  upon  it,  and  cover  it  with  small 
pieces  of  wood  till  it  is  entirely  concealed. 
The   eldest  son,  or  the    nearest   relation   of  the 


342  BOMBAY : 

deceased,  approaches,  beating  his  breast,  and 
raising  lamentable  cries.  Seizing  a  torch,  he 
sets  fire  to  the  four  corners  of  the  pile ;  the  flame 
rises  rapidly,  and  the  attendants  augment  it  by 
throwing  on  oil.  Soon  the  body  appears  a  burn- 
ing mass.  When  all  is  reduced  to  ashes,  they 
water  the  place,  and  throw  some  of  the  calcined 
remains  into  the  sea. 

But  for  the  presence  of  the  corpse  which 
crowns  this  mortuary  trophy,  the  ceremony  itself 
presents  nothing  repulsive,  provided  always  that 
one  keeps  out  of  reach  of  the  noisome  smoke. 

India  and  its  Native  Princes,  1882,  pp.  12-I3. 


Hindu  Burning-Ground 

Lady  Burton. 

I  must  albo  describe  our  visit  to  the  Hindu 
Samsan  or  burning  ground,  in  the  Sonapur 
quarter,  where  we  saw  a  funeral,  or  rather  a 
cremation.  The  corpse  was  covered  with  flowers, 
the  forehead  reddened  with  sandalwood,  and 
the  mouth  blackened.  The  bier  was  carried  by 
several  men,  and  one  bore  sacred  fire  in  an 
earthenware  pot.  The  body  was  then  laid  upon 
the  pyre ;  every  one  walked  up  and  put  a  little 
water  in  the  mouth  of  the  corpse,  just  as  we 
throw  dust  on  the  coffin;  they  then  piled  more 
layers  of  wood  on  the  body,  leaving  it  in  the 
middle  of  the  pile.    Then  the  relatives,  beginning 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  343 

with  the  nearest,  took  burning  brands  to  apply- 
to  the  wood,  and  the  corpse  was  burned.  The 
ashes  and  bones  are  thrown  into  the  sea.  It  was 
unpleasant,  but  not  nearly  so  revolting  to  me  as 
.the  vultures  in  the  Parsee  burying-ground.  All 
the  mourners  were  Hindus  except  ourselves,  and 
they  stayed  and  watched  the  corpse  burning. 
Shortly  the  clothes  caught  fire,  and  then  the  feet. 
After  that  we  saw  no  more  except  a  great  blaze, 
and  smelt  a  smell  of  roasted  flesh,  which  mingles 
with  the  sandalwood  perfume  of  Bombay.  The 
Samsan,  or  burning-ground,  is  dotted  with  these 
burning-places. 

Wilkins'  ''The  Romance  of  Isabel  Lady  Burton" 

1897  y  page  588. 


Walkeswar  Village 

Lady  Falkland. 

Near  Malabar  Point,  on  the  right  hand  as  you 
drive  towards  the  compound  in  which  the  Gover- 
nor's bungalows  are  situated,  is  to  be  seen  a 
wall  and  an  entrance  in  it,  from  which  a  long 
flight  of  steps  leads  down  apparently  to  the  sea. 
The  further  you  proceed  the  more  is  your  curiosity 
excited.  Half  way  down  this  flight  there  is  a 
handsome  temple  to  the  right,  where  I  stopped  to 
sketch  a  small  curiously  carved  window,  and  be- 
yond are  more  and  more  temples,  with  red-flags, 
waving  on  their  roofs.    Continuing  to  descend,  I 


344  BOMBAY : 

found  myself  in  the  midst  of  a  small  village,  full 
of  life  and  animation — it  was  like  a  dream.  The 
little  town  or  village,  is  called  Walkeshwur.  In 
the  middle  of  a  large  square  is  a  tank,  round 
which  are  built  temples,  houses,  and  tall  white 
obelisk-shaped  pillars,  called  deepmals,  painted 
in  parts  red  and  green,  on  which  lamps  are 
suspended  on  great  festivals,  and  numbers  of 
little  altars  containing  the  Tulsi  plant.  Temples 
of  all  sizes  and  forms  are  here :  there  is  the  lofty 
one  shaped  like  a  sugar-loaf;  here  one  with  a 
domed  roof,  on  it  a  pinnacle  and  turret,  with 
similar  ones  at  each  corner,  and  a  third  elabora- 
tely carved,  in  which  are  small  images  of  gods  in 
niches  placed  in  the  numerous  turrets  on  the 
roof.  Then  there  are  flat-roofed  temples,  and 
little  square  ones,  standing  about  four  feet  high, 
with  pointed  roofs,  and  built  under  trees. 

It  is  a  village  of  temples,  full  of  busy  Brah- 
mins, and  lazy  fakirs,  who  sit  on  the  ground, 
under  a  dirty  bit  of  canvas  stretched  on  four 
poles,  with  a  hubble-bubble  (a  pipe,  the  smoke  of 
which  is  made  to  pass  through  a  cocoa-nut  filled 
with  water;  being  an  humble  imitation  of  a 
hooka)  with  their  long  hair  twisted  round  their 
heads,  and  covered  with  asljes  and  dirt. 

A  wall  surrounds  this  little  corner  of  the 
island  of  Bombay  on  three  sides ;  towards  the 
west  it  is  open  to  the  sea.  The  narrow  passages 
(for  streets  they  cannot  be  called)  were  dark 
and  gloomy  ;  on  each  side  were  temples,  houses> 
and  dingy  walls,  with  the  foliage   of  tall   trees 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  345 

overshadowing  the  way,  and  nearly  obscuring 
the  day-light;  and  on  all  sides  there  were 
numbers  of  mysterious  corners,  little  barred 
windows  in  walls :  small,  dark  inlets  here,  and 
outlets  there,  so  that  I  almost  expected  Hunoo- 
man  ( the  monkey-god )  would  creep  out  from 
one  of  them,  and  Gunputty  (the  elephant-god ) 
with  his  trunk,  grin  at  me,  through  an  open, 
carved  window  in  a  temple.  Every  now  and  then 
a  Brahmin,  in  white  drapery,  flitted  by  like 
a  ghost,  and  religious  mendicants  slunk  along 
the  wall,  looking  like  spirits  from  the  nether 
world. 

After  passing  through  this  singular  town,  I 
came  to  a  staircase,  and  when  half  way  up  the 
numerous  steps,  I  was  startled  by  a  cow,  driven 
by  a  man — it  came  ungracefully  bustling  down; 
scared,  as  all  Hindoo  cows  are,  at  a  European, 
it  endeavoured  to  turn  back  and  retrace  its  steps  ; 
my  servant  drove  it  up,  and  the  owner  drove  it 
down,  while  I  stood  oh  the  low  parapet  of  a  wall, 
till  it  was  decided  which  way  the  animal  was  to 
take,  and  at  last  I  found  myself  on  the  top  of 
the  staircase,  and  in  the  world  again. 

ChoW'Chow,  1857,  Vol  /,  pp.  87-89^ 


346  BOMBAY : 

rialabar  Point 

Edward  Moor. 

At  the  very  extremity  of  a  promontory  on  the 
island  of  Bombay,  called    Malabar    Point,    is    a 
cleft  rock,  a  fancied  resemblance  of  the  Yoni,  to 
which  numerous  pilgrims  and  other  persons  resort 
for  the  purpose  of  regeneration  by  the  efficacy  of 
a  passage  through  this  sacred  type.   This  Yoni,  or 
hole,  is  of  considerable  elevation,  situated  among 
rocks,  of  no  easy  access,  and,  in  the  stormy   sea- 
son, incessantly  buffeted  by  the  surf  of  the  ocean. 
Near  it  are  the  ruins  of  a  temple,   that    present 
appearances  warrant  us  to  conclude  was  formerly 
of  rather  an  elegant  description.     It  is  said,  with 
probability,  to  have  been  blown  up   by  gunpow- 
der, by  the  pious  zeal  of  the   idol-hating    Portu- 
guese, while  Bombay  was  under  their  flag.  Frag- 
ments of  well-hewn  stone   are  now  seen    scatter- 
ed over  and  around  its  site,  having    a  variety   of 
images  sculptured   on    their    surface :    many   of 
those  most  useful  in  building  have    been    carried 
away  by  the  Hindus  to  help  their  erections  in  the 
neighbouring  beautiful  Brahman    village,  its  fine 
tank,  and  temples.    With  the  view,  neith'^r  pious 
nor  sacrilegious,  of    discovering    to    whom    this 
temple    was     dedicated.     I     have     particularly 
examined  its  remains ;  and,  with  the  help    of  my 
servants,  I  succeeded  in  removing  the  stones  and 
rubbish  from  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and   dis- 
covering what  was  buried  beneath. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  347 

Returning  to  the  cleft,  or  Yoni,  at  Malabar 
Point,  I  repeat,  that  it  is  a  type  much  resorted  to. 
When  Ragoba(as  he  is  colloquially  called,  but 
more  properly  Ragonaut  Rao;  classically  spelled 
Rhagu-Natha-Raya),  the  father  of  the  present 
Peshwa,  Baajy  Rao,  while  exiled  from  Poona, 
was  living  in  Bombay,  he  fixed  his  residence  on 
Malabar  hill,  where  he  built  a  lofty  habitable 
tower,  since  removed.  He  was  in  the  habit 
occasionally  of  passing  through  the  cleft  in  ques- 
tion ;and  being  a  Brahman  of  considerable  piety, 
was  doubtless  much  benefited  by  such  regenera- 
tion. It  is  related  of  Sivaji,  the  daring  founder 
of  the  Mahratha  state,  that  he  has  been  known  to 
venture  secretly  on  the  island  of  Bombay,  at  a 
time  when  discovery  was  ruin,  to  avail  himself 
of  the  benefit  of  this  efficacious  transit :  this  re- 
lation is,  I  believe,  in  Orme's  Fragments,  and  other 
works,  but  I  have  them  not  at  hand.  Sivaji  was  a 
Mahratha,  proving  that  high  and  low  sects 
have  faith  in  this  sin-expelling  process.  Women 
also,  as  well  as  men,  go  through  this  operation  ; 
and  I  have  witnessed  some  ridiculous,  and  indeed, 
some  embarrassing  and  distressing  scenes  in 
the  unsuccessful  efforts  of  individuals,  loaded 
either  with  sin  or  flesh,  or  both. 

It  is  necessary  to  descend  some  steps  on 
rugged  rocks,  and  then,  by  first  protruding  the 
hands,  you  ascend  head  first  up  the  hole.  After 
the  feet  be  lifted  from  their  last  support,  the 
ascent  is  very  difficult,  and  sometimes  impractic- 
able: in  which   case  the   essayist   remains  with 


34B  BOMBAY : 

his  head  and  hands  exposed  to  the  laughing  or 
commiserating  spectators  above ;  and  it  is^ 
necessary  that  some  one  should  go  below  to  aid 
the  disappointed  aspirant  in  his  or  her  descent.. 
I  have  several  times  attempted  this  regeneration,, 
but  could  never  effect  it ;  although  I  have  often 
seen  my  superiors  in  bulk,  and,  I  conclude,  irt' 
skill,  as  well  as  faith  and  good  works,  performs 
it  with  apparent  ease, 

Hindu  Pantheon,  1 8 10,  pp.  307-309. 


Tombs  Near  Love  Grove, 
Mahaluxmi 

Maria  Graham. 

The  Mussulmans  have  contributed  greatly  to*- 
adorn  the  cities  of  India  with  tombs,  whose 
magnificence  has  never  been  surpassed,  and' 
though  all  superstitious  reverence  for  the  dead 
be  strictly  forbidden  by  the  Koran,  they  have- 
borrowed  from  their  Hindu  subjects  much  of  that 
kind  of  devotion ;  and  a  Pir's  hihber,  or  tomb  of 
a  Mussulman  saint,  might  pass  for  the  shrine  of 
St.  Frideswide  or  St.  Agnes.  These  buildings,, 
in  the  parts  of  India  I  saw,  are  of  very  various- 
sizes  and  degrees  of  beauty  ;  they  have  all  domes, 
under  which  is  the  tomb,  generally  unadorned,, 
however  rich  the  superstructure  may  be.  Two  of 
them  at  Bombay,  one  on  the  point  of  Love-grove,, 
and  the  other  on  the  rocks  close  to  the  sea-shore^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  349 

liave  an  interesting  story  attached  to  them.  Two 
lovers  were  together  in  a  pleasure-boat,  enjoying 
the  cool  breezes  of  the  ocean,  when  their  little 
bark  struck  on  a  concealed  rock  and  sank ;  the 
'  youth  easily  got  on  shore,  but  finding  that  his 
beloved  was  still  struggling  in  the  waves,  he 
xeturned  to  save  her,  but  in  vain  :  the  bodies  of 
both  were  afterwards  drifted  to  the  land,  where 
they  were  buried  on  the  different  spots  on  which 
they  were  found.  Peculiar  reverence  is  paid  to 
these  kubbers  both  by  Mussulmans  and  Hindus  ; 
and  I  believe  that  the  priest  in  whose  guardian- 
ship they  are,  makes  no  small  profit  of  the  offer- 
flngs  made  to  the  manes  of  the  unfortunate  lovers. 

Letters  on  India,  1814,  pp.  321  to  322. 


Bombay  Buildings 

Sir  Richard  Temple. 

The  objects  of  beauty  in  Indian  art,  and 
especially  of  architecture,  are  equal  to  those  in 
nature,  like  gems  set  in  gold,  where  the  jewels 
are  worthy  of  their  setting. 

For  a  long  time  the  British  Government  con- 
tributed little  or  nothing  to  the  category  of 
national  architecture.  Indeed,  the  style  of  many 
British  structures  was  so  erroneous  or  defective 
-as  to  exercise  a  debasing  influence  on  the  minds 
of  those  Natives,  who  might  be  induced  to  admire 


350  BOMBAY : 

or  imitate  it  as  being  the  production  of  a  domi- 
nant, and  presumably  a  more  civilized  race. 
Most  of  the  early  buildings  erected  under  British 
rule  were,  and  many  of  the  recent  buildings  still 
are,  of  a  plain  and  uncouth  fashion  architectur- 
ally, however  useful  or  commodious  they  may  be 
practically.  Of  late  years  the  Government  has 
moved  in  an  aesthetic  direction,  and  at  Calcutta^, 
Madras  and  Bombay,  fine  edifices  have  sprung^ 
up  in  which  the  Gothic,  Italian  and  Saracenic 
styles  have  been  adapted  with  much  taste  and 
skill  to  the  necessities  of  the  East.  A  department 
of  architecture  has  been  established,  from 
which  the  Native  princes  are  beginning  ta 
obtain  artistic  designs  for  their  palaces,  col- 
leges and  civil  structures. 

At  Bombay,  along  the  shore  of  the  bay^ 
there  is  a  long  line  of  stately  piles  befitting  a 
capital  city  in  any  country  of  the  world,  some 
of  which  were  designed  by  Sir  Gilbert  Scott. 
The  view  of  them  as  seen  from  Malabar  HilU 
with  the  blue  sea  before  them,  the  city  on 
their  flank,  the  harbour  behind  them,  the  several 
ranges  of  Koncan  hills  in  the  distance,  and  the 
Western  Ghat  mountains  bounding  the  horizon, 
has  often  been  compared  with  the  scenery  of  the 
Bay  of  Naples.  It  probably  would  rival  the 
Neapolitan  scenery,  if  only  there  were  the 
transparent  atmosphere  and  azure  sky  of  the 
Mediterranean. 

Many  of  the  largest  public  works  under 
British    rule,   though      not   designed   for   artistic 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  351 

effect,  do  yet  incidentally  present  a  very  hand^ 
some  appearance  and  have  surroundings  fraught 
with  interest.  For  example,  the  Bhor  Ghat 
incline,  between  Bombay  and  Poona,  where  the 
railway  ascends  the  Ghat  range  to  a  height  of 
nearly  2000  feet,  has  very  fine  scenery  in  the 
rainy  season,  when  the  thunderclouds  are  blown 
away  by  the  wind  and  display  the  precipitous 
and  wooded  mountain-sides,  streaked  in  all 
directions  with  rain-swollen  torrents,  which 
leap  in  many  series  of  cascades  from  the  crests 
to  the  bases  of  the  precipices.  This  spectacle, 
when  seen  to  full  advantage,  is  admitted  by  all 
railway  travellers  to  be  one  of  the  most  remark- 
able in  the  Empire. 

India  in  1880,  pp.  23-24. 


NOTABLE  EVENTS 


NOTABLE  EVENTS 


The  Royal  Visit,  1911: 
An    Interesting    Episode 

Dr.  Stanley  Reed. 
There  is  a  favourite  expression  of  Mr.  Pepys 
that  is  the  only  fit  description  to  apply  to  the 
great  concourse  of  children  that  was  massed  on 
the  Maidan  :  it  was  "  as  pretty  a  sight  as  ever 
I  saw."  Twenty-six  thousand  children  in  their 
best  clothes,  and  all  happy !  It  was  a  sight 
that  one  would  go  far  to  see,  and  that  one  will 
long  remember.  They  began  to  assemble  before 
the  violet  grey  mists  of  dawn  had  disappeared 
and  they  continued  to  arrive  in  little  companies 
up  till  about  8-30,  and  as  they  came  each 
company  was  directed  to  its  allotted  position — 
some  in  the  Stadium  where  the  seats  formed 
a  semi-circular  background  to  the  picture, 
others  on  each  side  of  the  avenue  left  clear  for 
the  King's  carriage  to  drive  from  the  Gymkhana 
into  the  Exhibition.  It  was  a  fine  piece  of  orga- 
nisation. Mr.  Cadell  and  his  Committee  seem 
to  have  acquired  the  Pied  Piper's  facility  for 
leading  children  where  they  will,  but  with  what 
patience  and  labour  they  acquired  that  knack 
they  only  know  :  however,  their  weeks  of  drud- 
gery were  fruitful  of  a  splendid    result.     As    the 


356  BOMBAY : 

assembled  host  waited,  there  was  no  lack  of 
entertainment  for  them.  A  military  band  played 
to  them,  and  four  Pipers  of  the  Cameron  High- 
landers delighted  them  with  their  magnificence 
and  their  music.  Occasionally  as  the  day  grew 
older  there  was  a  false  report  that  the  King  was 
coming,  and  the  arrival  of  H.  E.  the  Governor 
and  Lady  Clarke  was  the  signal  for  a  cheer 
which  started  near  the  gateway,  gradually  spread 
over  the  whole  mass,  and  finally  developed  into  a 
paroxysm  of  cheering  that  lasted  for  seve- 
ral minutes. 

As  the  Royal  Procession  drove  on  to  the 
ground  by  the  Gymkhana  gateway,  the  cheers  of 
the  children  again  broke  out  with  renewed  force 
and  were  maintained  for  so  long  that  the  singing 
of  "  God  Save  the  King,"  in  English,  was  almost 
inaudible  until  near  the  close.  This  unrehearsed 
effect  was  probably  unavoidable,  as  the  problem 
of  enforcing  silence  on  so  large  a  gathering  of 
excited  children  was  too  difficult  to  face.  But 
during  the  singing  of  the  Gujarati  Anthem,  the 
cheers,  except  in  the  Stadium,  had  subsided 
though  occasionally  they  were  heard  again. 

While  this  singing  was  going  on  the  children 
in  the  background  in  addition  to  cheering  waved 
the  flags  with  which  most  of  them  had  been  pro- 
vided. The  flags  in  most  cases  were  blue  en- 
signs, on  which  were  portraits  of  the  King  and 
Queen,  and  the  appearance  of  these  thousands  of 
uplifted  flags  was  very  remarkable.     The    child- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  357 

ren  in  their  dense  masses  and  groups  of  colour 
were  like  what  gardeners  call  "  carpet  bedding," 
but  when  their  flags  appeared  the  floral  nature  of 
the  scene  was  more  clearly  defined  than  ever.  It 
was  like  a  sheet  of  bluebells  as  one  sees  them  on  a 
late  spring  morning  in  an  English  copse  ruffled 
with  the  wind.  Here  and  there  a  white  ensign 
gleamed  a  speck  of  white,  like  a  wood  anemone 
half  strangled  in  its  growth  by  the  stouter  wild 
hyacinth.  And  all  this  mass  of  gorgeous  colour 
was  constantly  in  motion  swaying  backwards  and 
forwards,  rippling  and  flowing  before  the  eyes  of 
the  dazzled  onlooker. 

After  the  National  Anthem  had  thus  been 
sung  in  many  tongues  came  the  singing  and 
dancing  of  the  Garbi.  The  form  of  the  dance 
defies  description.  It  is  first  of  all  a  song  to 
which  the  dancing  and  gestures  are  subsidiary. 
And  the  song  is  a  song  of  triumph,  of  welcome, 
and  of  blessing.  For  the  singing  an  immense 
amount  of  energy  is  required.  The  circles  wheel 
and  turn,  hands  are  uplifted  and  gracefully  waved 
in  benediction,  one  gesticulation  succeeds  another. 
Now  the  dance  seems  modelled  on  the  Lancers 
or  on  Plaiting  the  Maypole,  as  the  girls  go  in  and 
out  of  the  chain  ;  and  now  it  seems  to  be  deriv- 
ed from  what  one  supposes  to  have  been  the 
evolutions  of  a  Greek  chorus  circling  with 
stately  tread  round  the  altar  of  Dionysus,  It  is  a 
swirling  mass  of  colour  as  the  girls  turn  and 
bend  clapping  their  hands    in    rhythmic    beat. 


358  BOMBAY : 

Some  of  them  carry  bright,  shining  lotas  which 
glitter  in  the  sun.  The  dance  ended,  the  dam- 
sels withdrew,  and  the  symbols  round  which 
they  had  danced  were  removed.  In  the  Sta- 
dium a  display  of  daylight  fire-works,  more 
noisy  than  spectacular,  was  begun  and  Their 
Majesties  and  suite  drove  through  the  crowds 
of  children  into  the  Exhibition. 

The  King  and  Queen  in  India,  79/2,  pp.  51-56. 


Reception  of  The  Prince  and  Princess 
of  Wales,  1905 

Dr.  Stanley  Reed. 

The  drive  from  the  Apollo  Bunder  to  Govern- 
ment House  carried  the  Prince  and  Princess 
through  the  most  characteristic  scenes  in  the 
civic  life  of  Bombay.  First  through  the  modern 
town  that  has  grown  up  beyond  the  line  of  the 
old  ramparts  and  upon  land  filched  from  the  sea — 
a  quarter  distinguished  by  its  broad  boulevards 
and  splendid  architecture;  then  through  the 
densely  populated  native  town ;  and  finally, 
touching  the  hem  of  the  mill  district,  to  the  shady 
slopes  of  Malabar  Hill,  where  the  wealthy  of  all 
communities  love  to  dwell.  As  the  Royal. cortege 
moved  off  at  a  walk  from  the  Bunder,  as  far  as 
the  eye  could  range  stretched  a  splendid  array 
of  nodding  plumes  and  flashing  swords  and 
dancing  pennons,   helmet  and  turban,  horse  and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  359 

artillery.  Each  balcony  and  window  was  bright 
with  keen  eyes  and  animated  faces,  with  gay 
frocks,  and  brilliant  saris.  Behind  the  stolid 
ranks  of  the  Infantry  was  wedged  a  mass  of 
humanity,  clad  in  the  variegated,  yet  always 
graceful  colours  of  the  East.  As  the  shrill  notes 
of  the  bugle  gave  the  signal  to  advance,  every 
verandah  and  vantage-point  broke  into  a  flutter- 
ing kaleidoscope  of  handkerchiefs  and  flags, 
and  from  ten  thousand  throats  rose  a  joyous  cry 
•of  welcome  an  earnest  outpouring  of  the  deep 
spring  of  loyalty  which  exists  in  every  true 
heart,  and  welled  over  at  the  advent  of  the  heir 
to  the  British  throne. 

Through  scenes  such  as  these  Their  Royal 
Highnesses  passed  the  handsome  Home  which 
Khande  Rao  of  Baroda  built  to  shelter  the 
-seamen  of  the  port,  in  commemoration  of  the 
visit  of  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh,  the  fountain 
which  preserves  Bombay's  connection  with  the 
Duke  of  Wellington,  to  the  floral  trophy  erected 
to  the  name  of  the  greatest  of  her  Governors,  Sir 
Bartle  Frere.  Here,  in  the  heart  of  the  modern 
city,  the  Koli  fishermen  had  bridged  the  road 
with  a  scroll,  fringed  with  emblems  of  the  Sacred 
Fish,  and  bearing  this  inscription :  "The  Koli 
•early  settlers  greet  the  Prince  and  Princess  of 
Wales  under  the  Sacred  Fish  Banner"--a  reminder 
of  th3  day  when  the  Island  of  Bombaim  was 
peopled  only  by  hardy  flsher  folk  whose  rude 
huts  clustered  under  the  palm  trees.  Nor  could 
the  trading  in-itincts  of  the  enterprising  peoples 


360  BOMBAY: 

permit  them  to  miss  the  opening  for  a  little  cheap 
advertisement.  One  small  shopkeeper  improved 
the  occasion  by  allowing  his  loyal  message  "God 
bless  the  Prince  and  Princess  of  Wales,  Long^ 
live  our  Noble  King"  artfully  to  lead  to  this 
announcement,  "  Further  reductions  at  the  popular 
sale  expressly  for  the  Royal  visit."  Another  in- 
dividual wished  his  *'  Royal  patrons  "  long  life 
at  an  expenditure  of  much  red  paint  and  white 
calico,  and  delicately  reminded  them  that  his 
wares  were  "of  English  make,  as  supplied  ta 
Queen  Alexandra."  But  though  the  expression 
was  occasionally  quaint,  the  sentiment  was 
unmistakeable.  A  continuous  roar  of  welcome 
greeted  the  Royal  carriage  as  soon  as  it  was 
discerned,  the  school-children,  massed  on  giant 
stands,  joining  their  shrill  trebles — a  reception 
the  more  remarkable  because  the  Oriental  is  not 
commonly  given  to  vocal  expression  and  express- 
es his  greeting  by  reverential  salaams. 

Alone  among  the  modern  cities  of  India 
Bombay  reproduces  the  character  and  charm  of 
the  older  centres  of  population.  The  native  town 
is  no  mere  desert  of  dull,  unattractive,  squalid 
barracks.  The  houses  ascend  four,  five  and  .  six 
storeys,  their  facades  are  broken  with  airy 
balconies  enriched  with  graceful  carving  and 
painted  all  colours  of  the  rainbow.  Indeed,  the 
most  populous  streets  bear  a  far  closer  resem- 
blance to  those  of  Amritsar  and  Lahore  than  to 
anything  in  the  other  towns  that  have  grown  up 
under  British  rule,  and  they  are  always   crowded 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  361 

with  representatives  of  every  race  in  Asia.  Here^ 
in  the  decorations,  the  oriental  love  of  colour 
ran  riot.  Emerald  and  orange,  crimson  and 
azure,  everywhere  met  the  eye,  and  were  flashed 
back  from  the  crowds  who  thronged  the  streets 
and  studded  even  the  house-tops  in  their  gayest 
attire.  At  every  stage  one  was  reminded  of  the 
wide  variety  of  races  who  coalesce  into  the 
population  of  this  many-tongued  city.  The  Par- 
sis  welcomed  Their  Royal  Highnesses  as  they 
passed  the  fire-temple  with  these  words  :  "  Parsis 
pray  that  the  consecrated  fire  of  the  heart  of 
the  British  Empire  may  burn  bright  and  flourish 
for  ever."  The  emancipated  women-folk  of  this 
community  broke  the  garishness  of  the  street 
decorations  with  a  vision  of  silks  of  the  most 
delicate  hues.  The  Jains  exhibited  the  temple 
insignia  usually  exposed  only  on  festival  days. 
The  Marwaris  ofi^ered  prayers  at  the  Mumbadevi 
temple  for  the  safe-keeping  of  the  Prince  and 
Princess,  and  here  the  temple  girls  were  massed, 
robed  in  accordion-pleated  skirts  like  those  of 
an  Empire  ballerina  and  loaded  with  jewels. 

In  the  Bhendy  Bazaar,  which  ranks  with 
the  Chandni  Chowk  of  Delhi  and  the  Burra 
Bazaar  of  Calcutta  as  one  of  the  famous  high- 
ways of  the  Orient,  the  clash  of  races  was  in- 
describable. The  giant  Afridi,  who  sniped  the 
Sirkar's  troops  in  '97  and  has  just  settled  an 
old  blood  feud,  jostled  the  mild  Hindu.  The 
Arab  in  his  brown  hunwus  e\bo'wed  the  fair  Parsi* 
Mahomedan    and    Chinaman,    Sindis    in    their 


362  BOMBAY: 

inverted  "toppers,"  and  jet  black  negroes  rubbed 
shoulders  in  their  desire  to  greet  the  Emperor's 
son,  whilst  the  storeyed  houses  rippled  with  the 
chatter  and  the  gay  saris  of  the  women  of  a  dozen 
nationalities.  Passing  from  the  Bhendy  Bazaar, 
the  Moslems  welcomed  the  Royal  visitors  with 
this  graceful  reference  to  Queen  Alexandra: — 

"  Son  of  a  Sea  King's   daughter  over  the  sea 
We  Moslems   welcome  thee  !  " 

On  the  fringe  of  the  mill  district  the  operatives 
were  massed  in  tens  of  thousands.  A  sharp  turn 
brought  the  procession  from  this,  the  least  attrac- 
tive part  of  Bombay,  to  the  snores  of  the  bay 
which  is  the  natural  glor}^  of  the  city.  Here 
school-children  cheered  in  piping  treble  and 
waved  their  little  flags.  Breasting  the  slope  of 
Malabar  Hill  the  horses  soon  passed  into  the 
leafy  shade  of  the  avenue  to  Government  House, 
where  Lord  Lamingtonand  Lady  Ampthill — who 
acted  as  hostess  in  the  absence  from  India  of 
Lady  Lamington — received  the  Prince  and 
Princess. 

Royal  Tour  in  India,  1906,  pages  ig~2i. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  363 

Golden   Jubilee    Celebrations 
in  Bombay,  1887 

The  late  Lady  Brassey. 

Four  o'clock  of  the  morning  of  February  l6th 
i^ound  me  in  the  verandah  outside  our  bungalow 
listening  to  the  roaring  of  the  cannon,  which 
ushered  in  the  day  on  which  was  to  be  celebrated 
in  India  the  Jubilee  of  Victoria,  its  Queen  and 
Empress.  The  hours  are  early  here,  and  at  a 
-quarter  to  eight  Lady  Reay,  Captain  Gordon, 
Tom  [Lord  Brassey]  and  I  started  to  '  assist'  at 
the  grand  ceremony  at  the  Town  Hall,  followed 
later  by  the  Governor  and  his  aides-de-camp.  As 
we  neared  the  city  the  crowd  became  greater, 
•everyone  being  dressed  in  holiday  attire,  and  all 
-apparently  in  a  great  state  of  enthusiasm  and 
excitement.  It  looked  like  a  many-tinted  bed  of 
flowers;  for  the  Parsee  ladies,  unlike  their 
Mahomedan  and  Hindoo  sisters,  have  no  dislike 
to  display  their  toilettes  in  public,  and  are  always 
clad  in  the  gayest  colours,  arranged  with  perfect 
taste.  The  only  specially  distinctive  mark  in 
their  costume  is  a  rather  unbecoming  white  band 
<lrawn  tightly  over  the  brow.  In  many  cases, 
however,  this  had  been  judiciously  pushed  back 
^o  far  as  nearly  to  disappear  under  the  bright- 
-coloured  silk  sari  which  only  partly  concealed 
their  jet-black  and  glossy  tresses. 

Near  the  Town  Hall  the  scene  became  still 
'more  animated,  and  the  applause  of  the  multi- 
tude, though  much  more  subdued  in  tone  than  the 


364  BOMBAY : 

roar  of  an  Ehglish  crowd,  was  quite  as  enthusias- 
tic. The  men  from  H.  M.  S.  Bacchante  lined 
the  approaches  to  the  building,  and  the  Bombay 
Volunteers  acted  as  a  giiard-of-honour.  We  were 
ushered  into  the  gallery,  where  chairs  were  plac- 
ed for  Lady  Reay  and  myself  close  to  the  Gover- 
nor's throne.  The  sight  from  this  'coign  of  van- 
tage' was  indeed  imposing.  Immediately  in 
front  stretched  a  fine  flight  of  steps,  covered  with 
red  cloth,  and  crowded  with  European  and  native 
officials  in  every  variety  of  costume.  The  ap- 
proach to  the  steps  was  through  a  pretty  garden,, 
where  the  wealth  of  tropical  vegetation  was  set 
off  by  flags  and  gaily  coloured  banners.  A  dense 
crowd  of  natives  ringed  this  enclosure  round, 
whilst  lofty  houses,  their  gaily  draped  balconies 
and  windows  filled  with  bright  and  happy  faces,, 
made  a  brilliant  background.  Presently  the 
Governor  was  seen  approaching,  escorted  by  his 
own  body-guard  and  a  company  of  mounted 
Volunteers  (now  called  the  Bombay  Light  Horse)^ 
who  looked  very  picturesque  and  soldierlike  as 
they  dashed  through  the  crowd.  All  dismounted 
at  the  west  entrance  to  the  garden,  where  a  pro- 
cession was  formed,  at  the  head  of  which  the 
Governor  advanced  and,  amid  a  flourish  of  trum- 
pets, took  his  stand  in  front  of  the  throne  to 
receive  the  addresses  and  telegrams  presented 
by,  or  on  behalf  of,  various  classes  of  the  com- 
munity in  the  Bombay  Presidency. 

The  Governor's  replies  to  the  addresses  were 
most  happy,  and   evidently  touched   the  feelings. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  365 

of  his  hearers.  As  he  uttered  his  final  words 
two  young  middies,  perched  on  a  dangerous- 
looking  corner  Of  the  parapet,  scrambled  on  to 
the  roof,  and,  at  a  given  signal,  smartly  unfurled 
an  immense  Royal-  Standard,  amid  the  thunder 
of  an  imperial  salute  of  lOl  guns.  The  effect  of 
the  whole  scene  was  deeply  impressive,  as  well 
as  suggestive.  I  have  seen  many  ceremonies 
both  at  home  and  abroad,  but  never  one  more 
picturesque  or  of  more  thrilling  interest. 

From  the  Town  Hall  we  went,  still  in  proces- 
sion, to  the  Cathedral,  which  stands  close  to  the 
Elphinstone  Garden,  where  a  musical  service 
was  held.  'God  save  the  Queen'  was  magnificent- 
ly rendered,  and  the  two  specially  written 
verses  which  were  added  to  the  National  An- 
them were  most  effective. 

Last  Voyage  of  the  Sunbeam,  1889,  pp.  58-61. 


Landing  of  King  Edward  VII 
as   Prince  of  Wales,  in  Bombay,  1875 

Sir  William  Howard  Russell. 

The  cannon  spoke,  the  crews  aloft  cheered, 
bands  played,  marines  and  guards  of  honour  on 
deck  presented  arms,  officers  saluted  as  the 
Royal  Standard  passed  each  man  of  war,  and 
from  all  the    shipping    uprose   a     mighty   shout. 


366  BOMBAY: 

The  Prince's  barge  was  preceded  by  boats  bear- 
ing the  members  of  the  suite,  who  had  to  land 
before  him.  Looking  back  from  one  of  these^, 
a  noble  pageant,  lighted  up  by  the  declining  sun, 
met  the  eye— the  hulls  of  the  fleet,  bright  streamers- 
and  banners,  long  rows  of  flags  from  yard  to 
yard  and  mast  to  mast,  white  boats,  a  flotilla  or 
steam-launches,  gigs,  pinnaces,  and  a  crowd  of 
onlookers  hastening  fast  as  oar  could  send  thenrr 
in  wake  of  the  Royal  barge  to  the  Dockyard. 

The  flotilla  sped  on  shorewards.  A  vast 
triumphal  arch,  spanning  the  waterway  between^ 
two  piers,  but  gay  with  banners,  branches  and* 
leaves,  and  with  decorations  of  palm  and  cocoa- 
nut,  appeared  in  front  of  us.  It  could  not  be- 
imagined  that  this  dockyard  stair  in  its  norma! 
state  was  one  of  the  most  commonplace  and  ugly 
of  landings.  But  it  had  now  not  only  been 
decked  out  with  all  the  resources  of  art,  which  in 
this  land  are  various  and  fantastic,  but  there  was 
assembled  beneath  its  great  span  perhaps  the  most 
strange  and  picturesque  assemblage  ever  seen  or 
late  days  in  any  part  of  the  world.  On  each  side 
of  the  way,  under  the  vaulted  roof,  were  long- 
lines  of  benches  rising  in  tiers,  draped  with  scar- 
let cloth.  This  material  was  also  laid  down  on 
the  avenue  to  the  gate,  a  hundred  yards  away, 
where  the  carriages  were  waiting.  In  the  front 
rows  sat  or  stood,  in  eager  expectance.  Chiefs, 
Sirdars,  and  native  gentlemen  of  the  Presidency, 
multitudes  of  Parsees,  rows  of  Hindoos,  Mahrat- 
tas,   and   Mahomedans   dressed   in   their   best  — 


AN  ANTHOLOGY:       ^  367 

which  was  oftenest  their  simplest, — a  crowd  glit- 
tering with  gems  and  presenting,  as  they  swayed 
to  and  fro  to  catch  sight  of  the  Prince,  the 
appearance  of  bright  enamel,  or  of  a  bed  of  gay 
flowers  agitated  by  a  gentle  breeze — the  officers, 
of  the  Government,  the  Corporation  with  its 
address,  the  Municipal  body  of  Bombay,  and  the 
naval  and  military  officers  who  could  be  spared, 
representatives  of  the  faculties,  corporate  bodies,, 
dignitaries,  and  all  the  ladies  who  could  be 
found  within  the  radius  of  some  hundreds  of 
miles,  and  who  had  hastened  to  greet  the  Prince 
with  their  best  smiles  and  bonnets.  An  abun- 
dance of  sweet-smelling  flowers,  many  of  rarity„ 
was  displayed  in  pots  along  the  avenue,  and 
others  commingled  with  shrubs  of  new  forms 
were  arranged  in  masses  near  the  entrance, — 
banners  hung  from  the  roof, — words  of  "Wel- 
come," in  various  characters  were  inscribed  in 
gold  over  the  entrance. 

The  Prince  of  Wales '  Tour  1875-6, 

pp.  115-116.  (1877}^ 


Bombay's  Reception  of 
King  Edward  VII 

Sir  W.  Howard  Russell. 

The  impression  produced  by  the  aspect  of  the 
streets  can  scarcely  be  conveyed  in  any  form  of 
words;  certainly  if  one  were  to  try  to  set  the 
sights  down  on  paper,  he  might  well  be  puzzled. 


368  BOMBAY : 

He  would  have  to  ^ive  an  account  of  every  yard 
of  the  many  miles  through  which  the  Prince 
passed,  each  presenting  extraordinary  types  of 
dress  and  effects  of  colour.  There  was  something 
almost  supernatural  in  those  long  vistas  winding 
down  banks  of  variegated  light,  crowded  with 
gigantic  creatures  tossing  their  arms  aloft,  and 
indialging  in  extravagant  gesture,  which  the  eye — 
baffled  by  rivers  of  fire,  blinded  with  the  glare 
of  lamps,  blazing  magnesium  wire,  and  pots  of 
burning  matter — sought  in  vain  to  penetrate.  For 
the  most  part  the  streets  indulge  in  gentle  curves, 
and  as  the  carriages  proceeded  slowly,  new 
effects  continually  opened  up,  and  fresh  surprises 
came  upon  one,  from  point  to  point,  till  it  was  a 
relief  to  close  the  eyes  out  of  sheer  satiety,  and 
to  refuse  to  be  surprised  any  more.  After  seve- 
ral miles  of  these  melodramatic  effects,  no  won- 
der there  was  an  inclination  to  look  for  one  wel- 
come little  patch  of  darkness  to  receive  us  in  its 
grateful  recesses  ere  ths  night  was  over.  Certain- 
ly it  was  a  spectacle  worth  going  far  to  see — the 
like  of  it  will  never  probably  be  seen  again.  This 
is  generally  said  of  any  spectacle  of  any  unusual 
magnificence,  or  of  extraordinary  grandeur;  but 
taking  it  all  in  all,  I  believe  that  very  few  who 
witnessed  the  sight  would  care  to  miss  it,  or  to 
go  through  it  all  once  more.  To  the  spectators, 
no  doubt,  the  passage  of  the  cortege  of  the 
Prince,  who  was  the  central  point  on  which  all 
eyes  turned,  presented  an  absorbing  attraction. 
But    it    was    a    pleasure    which  lasted  but   for  a 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  369 

Tnomsnt,  for  the  carriage  was  soon  out  of  sight ; 
and  then  silence  gave  way  to  the  noisy  inter- 
change of  ideas  as  to  what  had  been  seen,  for 
there  was  no  certainty  among  the  mass  of 
natives  respecting  the  Prince's  place  in  the 
procession.  To  those  who  were  passing 
between  these  animated  banks  of  human 
beings,  there  came  at  last  an  ennui,  and 
a  sense  of  sameness,  although,  as  I  have 
said,  every  single  yard  of  the  way  was 
marked  by  many  distinctive  types.  Who  could 
take  them  all  in  ?  Windows  filled  with  Parsee 
women — matrons,  girls,  and  children — the  bright 
hues  of  whose  dresses,  and  the  brilliancy 
of  whose  jewels,  emulated  the  coloured  fires 
burning  along  the  pavement — scarcely  attracted 
one's  notice  before  it  was  challenged  by 
the  next  house  filled  with  a  crowd  of  devout 
Mahommedans,  or  by  a  Hindoo  temple 
opposite,  with  its  Brahmins  and  its  votaries 
on  steps  and  roof ;  flanked  appropriately 
by  a  Jew  Bazaar,  or  by  an  Armenian  store, 
or  by  the  incongruity  of  a  European  warehouse  ; 
or  was  solicited  by  the  grotesque  monitors  on  a 
Jain  Temple.  For  if  the  changes  in  the  chess- 
board are  so  numerous  as  to  furnish  matter  for 
■profoundest  calculations,  the  extraordinary  varie- 
ties of  race  and  population  in  Bombay  present 
endless  subjects  for  study,  to  which  only  one 
thing  was  now  wanting — adequate  time.  Night 
had  long  fallen ;  at  last  the  whisper  came  from 
the  front  and  ran  down  the  line — "We  are  nearly 


370  BOMBAY: 

at  home,"  and  Parell  received  the  Prince  with  all 
due  honour,  the  most  illustrious  of  the  many 
guests  who  have  been  sheltered  under  the  roof  of 
the  old  Jesuit  convent. 

The  Prince  of  Wales'  Tour  1875-6,  pages  122-124.. 


Welcome  to  The   Duke  of 
Edinburgh,   1870 

Dr.  John  Wilson. 

We  all  deeply  sympathise  with  the  object  of 
his  [The  Governor's]  absence,  that  of  welcoming, 
along  with  our  distinguished  Viceroy,  the  Earl  of 
Mayo,  and  the  other  magnates  of  this  great 
country,  the  second  son  of  our  most  Gracious  and 
Illustrious  Queen  Victoria  to  the  shores  of  India.. 
We  ourselves  ( I  venture  to  speak  not  only  for 
this  large  assembly,  but  for  the  whole  of  the 
West  of  India  )  most  cordially  join  in  that  wel- 
come. We,  the  dwellers  on  "Cambay's  strand,"" 
unite  our  most  cordial  felicitations  with  those  of 
our  fellow-subjects  sojourning  near  "  Ganges'" 
golden  wave "  on  the  arrival,  in  this  distant 
land,  of  our  Sailor  Prince,  who  is  gracefully 
carrying  the  expression  of  the  imperial  and  per- 
sonal interest  of  her  Majesty  in  all  her  subjects 
to  the  remotest  places  of  the  globe.  We  go- 
further  than  this,  and  humbly  beg  His  Royal 
Highness  to  spare  as  much  time  as  he  con- 
veniently can  for  this  most  populous  and  rapidl3r 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  371 

growing  city,  with  its  numerous  and  diversified 
tribes  and  tongues  congregated  together,  with 
its  capacious  and  beautiful  harbour,  with  a 
commerce  the  most  valuable  of  the  "  Greater 
Britain,"  needing  the  protection  of  the  Royal 
Navy,  with  most  curious  and  instructive  antiqui- 
ties within  easy  reach,  seme  of  which  extend 
back  beyond  the  Christian  era,  and  with  the  most 
picturesque  and  sublime  scenery  in  its  neighbour- 
ing isles,  hills,  and  mountains. 

Convocation  Address,  1870,  page  47. 


The  Bombay  Riots  of  1874  : 
A  Remarkable  Episode 

James  Maclean. 

On  Monday,  the  l6th  February,  the  sun  again 
rose  upon  an  excited  city.  As  some  of  the  See- 
dees  and  Mahomedans  who  died  on  Sunday  were 
expected  to  be  taken  from  the  Jamsetjee  Hospi- 
tal and  buried  by  their  friends,  the  Parsees  looked 
forward  to  another  riot,  and  indeed  the  most 
exciting  circumstance  that  occurred  on  this  day 
was  the  burial  of  an  old  Mussulman  named  Hajee 
Ahmed.  We  take  the  following  account  of  this 
remarkable  affair  from  the  Bombay  Gazette. 
While  it  is  interesting  in  the  details  given  of 
what  actually  took  place,  it  is  also  highly  expres- 
sive of  the  state  into  which  Bombay  had 
been  plunged: — 


372  BOMBAY : 

Shortly  after  our  visit  to  the  Jamsetjee  Jejee- 
bhoy  Hospital  on  Sunday,  Hajee  Ahmed  and 
two  of  the  mangled  unknown  Seedees  died.  Hajee 
Ahmed  is  the  old  man  who  was  found  lying  in- 
sensible on  the  road  near  Sonapore  with  his 
fractured  jaw  hanging  down  upon  his  chest.  We 
thought  when  we  saw  him  gasping,  that  the 
world  would  hear  no  more  of  Hajee  Ahmed  than 
that  he  was  one  of  the  victims  of  the  Sonapore 
Riot,  but  he  has  been  fated  to  have  a  wider  fame 
after  death  than  during  life.  The  "  unknown  " 
Seedees  died  unknown,  and  having  no  friends  in 
Bombay  were  quietly  bestowed  in  the  usual  way 
of  unknown  corpses  that  make  their  exit  from 
the  Jejeebhoy  Hospital;  but  to  Hajee  Ahmed 
was  reserved  the  notoriety  of  having  the  most 
extraordinary  funeral  ever  seen  in  Bombay.  The 
poor  little  old  Mussulman,  whose  age  and  feeble- 
ness make  it  probable  that  he  met  his  death- 
wound  not  when  he  was  an  active  rioter  but 
when  he  was  a  real  mourner  who  had  been 
hustled  into  the  midst  of  the  melee,  has  had  a 
greater  procession  at  his  funeral  than  the  most 
famous  that  ever  died  in  this  city.  Hajee  Ahmed 
when  alive  was  nobody  ;  dead,  his  name  will 
become  a  household  word  in  the  Mussalman 
community.  He  was  followed  to  his  grave  by 
hundreds  of  his  community;  by  a  Commissioner 
of  Police  and  many  Superintendents  and  In- 
spectors belonging  to  that  body  ;  by  police  on  foot 
and  on  horseback ;  by  a  regiment  of  native 
soldiery.     And  after  he  was  laid  in  the  earth,  the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  373 

fact  was  marked  by  the  presence  in  the  principal 
streets  of  a  Brigadier-General,  several  compa- 
nies of  European  infantry,  and  a  diminutive 
detachment  of  native  cavalry.  "  Like  Hajee 
Ahmed's  funeral"  may  well  become  a  synonym 
with  Bombay  Mussulmans  for  something 
very  grand. 

The  men,  whom  Mr.  Souter  employs  to  feel  the 
native  pulse,  reported  to  him  on  Monday  morning 
that  the  Mussulman  community — at»  least  the 
Soonee  portion  of  it — were  very  excited  about 
Hajee's  death,  and  proposed  to  follow  his  body 
to  Sonapore  grave-yard  in  large  numbers.  They 
also  said  it  was  t)\eir  belief  that  the  excitement 
at  the  funeral  would  be  so  great  that  an  attack 
upon  the  Parsees  in  revenge  for  the  old  man's 
murder  was  as  likely  an  event  as  not.  Mr.  Souter 
at  once  asked  the  Brigadier-General  for  the 
assistance  of  the  military  and  before  two  o'clock 
the  precautionary  measures  were  taken. 

The  relatives  of  Hajee  Ahmed  had  gathered 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Jamsetjee  Hospital  at  an 
early  hour  and  began  to  clamour  for  his  body. 
But  permission  to  remove  it  was  denied  until  the 
result  of  Mr.  Souter's  negotiations  for  a  military 
force  were  known.  The  multitude  swayed  about 
impatiently  and  at  half  past  one  the  nearest 
relative  of  the  Hajee  went  W  Mazagon  Police 
Office  and  asked  Mr.  Edginton  to  grant  his  per- 
mission to  remove  the  body.  The  Soonee,  however, 
had  just  to  wait  until   the    news  arrived   that  the 


374  BOMBAY : 

military  precautions  were  complete,  which  it  did, 
as  we  have  said,  about  two  o'clock.  The  body 
was  soon  taken  out  of  the  ward,  and  mounted  on 
a  bier  borne  by  a  number  of  willing  shoulders. 
At  sight  of  this  the  assemblage  raised  a  mourn- 
ful sound,  and  the  bier  with  its  simple  covering 
of  a  white  spotted  red  piece  of  cotton  became  an 
object  of  the  most  reverend  attention.  At  a 
signal  the  funeral  procession  fell  in,  but  very 
quietly  there  moved  along  with  it  a  number  of . 
persons  who  were  not  exactly  mourners.  In  front 
marched  a  number  of  sepoys  and  one  or  two 
Police  Superintendents  while  closing  in  the  rear 
came  a  small  body  of  police  and  then  a  small 
body  of  the  2lst  Regiment;  and  at  a  short  dist- 
ance further  off  came  a  couple  of  companies  of 
the  2lst  Regiment,  under  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Macleod  and  Captain  Becke.  The  mourners 
round  the  bier  leaped  and  cried  and  beat  their 
heads;  the  police  marched  quietly  on;  the 
military's  fixed  bayonets  glittered  as  they  moved  ; 
a  Police  Superintendent  on  horseback  darted 
suddenly  to  this  side  or  to  that,  at  each  rush 
making  a  crowd  of  loungers  fly;  and  so  the  pro- 
cession moved  up  Bhendy  Bazar.  It  turned  down 
towards  Null  Bazar,  where  the  number  of  mourn- 
ers, or  pretended  mourners  became  considerably 
larger,  and  as  this  place  is  the  notorious  haunt 
of  Bombay  ruffian3om,  the  character  of  the  pro- 
cession as  to  respectability  was  increased  by  the 
addition.  The  Police  Superintendents  galloped 
here    and  there,  but   their  enthusiasm  could  not 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  375 

-alter  the  fact  of  thousands  of  people  clustering 
on  the  foot-path  or  craning  their  necks  over  the 
windows  of  the  houses.  A  short  halt  was  made 
near  the  Null  Bazar,  during  which  the  military 
split  into  lines  and  guarded  the  road. 

When  the  procession  moved  on  again,  it 
turned  down  a  narrow  lane  called  AH  Oomer 
Street,  the  quaint  architecture  of  the  wooden  and 
^reen,  blue,  yellow,  and  even  red  houses  in  which 
shared  attention  with  the  motley  character  of 
its  residents.  In  this  street  Hajee  Ahmed's 
house  was  situated  and  collected  near  it  there 
must  have  been  five  hundred  people.  The  cries 
of  the  mourners  echoed  through  the  street  and 
continued  till  the  bier  disappeared  beneath  the 
deceased's  doorway,  in  front  of  which  a  rough 
mat  was  hung.  The  bier  reappeared  covered 
with  the  same  old  piece  of  cotton  and  everybody 
who  had  been  squatting  on  the  road  rose  to  his 
feet,  and  soon  the  procession  was  formed  again. 
It  would  be  difficult  to  describe  the  appearance 
of  the  funeral  party  and  their  military  accompani- 
ments as  they  moved  down  between  the  narrow 
defiles  of  streets,  gazed  upon  by  thousands  of 
people  from  roofs,  verandahs,  and  windows. 
The  combined  murmur  of  the  huge  surging  crowd, 
the  shouts  of  the  mourners,  the  yells  of  the 
sowars  as  they  wheeled  about  and  drove  back 
with  their  batons  too  curious  half-dressed  people 
who  were  crowding  in  upon  the  bier;  the  steady 
tramp  of  the  military,  all  made  up  on  effect 
beyond   description.     At   Bapu    Khote   Street   a 


376  BOMBAY : 

crowd  was  waiting  which  must  have  numbered 
many  thousands,  but  it  was  prevented  from  join- 
ing the  mourners  by  the  European  Superinten- 
dents, riding  in  among  the  people  and  driving 
them  back.  In  Bhoiwada  street,  where  the 
narrowness  of  the  road  extenuated  the  procession 
considerably,  the  windows  in  the  high  houses 
were  filled  with  Hindoo  men  and  women  specta- 
tors. Frequent  halts  had  to  be  made,  during 
which  the  Commissioner  of  Police  rode  among 
the  mourners  and  warned  them  against  breaking 
the  peace. 

At  the  end  of  this  road,  where  Bhuleshwar 
Temple,  half  hidden  by  cocoanut  trees  rises  on 
an  eminence,  which  was  on  this  occasion  crowd- 
ed by  Hindoos  even  down  to  the  verge  of  the 
shimmering  tank,  the  procession  became  slightly 
unsteady,  and  a  halt  had  to  be  made  for  a  short 
time ;  but  in  a  few  minutes  the  mourners  had 
again  room  to  leap  about  and  scream  and  beat 
their  heads  and  breasts,  and  the  procession 
moved  onwards  past  the  Roman  Catholic  chapel 
and  then  into  the  Agiary  Lane — the  abode  of 
Parsees,  and  therefore  looked  upon  with  some 
anxiety  by  the  authorities.  The  procession  moved 
on  through  the  dreaded  Agiary  Lane.  In 
front  of  the  Dady  Sett  Fire  Temple,  round 
which  a  good  deal  of  Sunday's  rioting 
raged,  a  small  company  of  soldiers  and  police 
was  stationed,  but  the  Mussulmans  showed 
no  disposition  whatever  to  offer  violence 
to  the  edifice  and  went  on  with  their  noisy  chant 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  377 

of  grief  round  Hajee's  body.  At  the  entrance  to 
the  Sonapore  gully,  which  was  the  scene  of 
another  of  Sunday's  free  fights,  a  number  of 
police  and  military  were  drawn  up.  A  temporary 
halt  was  made,  during  which  the  Commissioner 
of  Police  and  Superintendent  Mills  rode  down 
the  narrow  stinking  place  to  see  whether  the 
Parsee  residents  had  closed  their  houses.  Not 
a  single  window  was  found  open,  and  the  usually 
teeming  lane  was  as  quiet  as  the  grave.  The 
procession  turned  down  the  lane,  some  of  the 
mourners  showing  their  excitement  by  extra 
furious  dancing  and  singing. 

The  graveyard  has  a  small  gateway,  situated 
in  a  dilapidated  alley,  and  for  five  minutes  the 
members  of  the  procession  streamed  through  it. 
Near  the  gate  a  little  mosque  stands  and  strikes 
the  stranger  as  being  more  useful  than  ornamen- 
tal, its  masonry  being  alternated  with  indiffer- 
ent specimens  of  thatching.  Here  some  priests 
received  the  body,  and  a  glimpse  of  the  red  bier 
could  be  caught  sight  of  as  it  appeared  across 
some  archways  on  its  way  to  the  inner  recesses 
of  the  edifice.  The  graveyard  round  the  mosque 
surged  with  excited  people,  but  speedily  the 
murmur  of  the  crowd  was  silenced,  giving  place 
to  a  prayer  chanted  over  the  body  by  the  Maho- 
medan  priests.  While  further  ceremonies  were 
being  performed  inside  the  mosque,  the  majority 
of  the  crowd  dispersed  across  the  graveyard,  and 
formed  parts  of  groups  which  stared  through  the 
gateway   at   the  military,   whose  red  coats   and 


3/8  BOMBAY : 

bayonets  ornamented  the  sides  of  the  lane  as 
far  as  the  eye  reached  :  or  squatted  on  the  earth, 
and  lit  their  bidees,  and  joked  and  laughed  as 
though  the  occasion  was  rather  a  jolly  one  than 
otherwise.  This  latter  fact  indicated,  in  our 
opinion,  that  a  huge  proportion  of  the  so-called 
mourners  had  honoured  the  procession  with  their 
presence  simply  because  some  fun  was  to  be 
expected. 

The  burying  ground  had  been  reached  about 
four  o'clock,  and  the  body  had  been  within  the 
mosque  for  half  an  hour  or  so,  when  it  reappear- 
ed in  the  archways,  and  a  signal  from  a  priest 
set  the  people  down  upon  their  knees,  where 
they  genuflected  for  a  short  time  in  the  direction 
of  the  declining  sun  after  which  the  bier  was 
picked  up  and  taken  to  the  place  of  burial,  follow- 
ed by  a  lamenting  crowd.  While  the  members 
of  the  procession  were  absent,  a  commotion 
occurred  in  one  of  the  lanes  adjoining  the  grave- 
yard, but  this  was  from  no  more  alarming  cause 
than  the  arrival  of  two  companies  of  the  2nd 
Queen's,  who  had  been  conveyed  to  Churney 
Road  Station  by  train  from  Colaba.  The  men 
were  *' as  fresh  as  larks  "  and  their  appearance 
must  have  had  a  considerable  moral  effect  upon 
the  Mussulmans  within  the  churchyard,  who 
came  to  stare  at  them.  They  were  accompanied 
by  Brigadier-General  Gell  and  Major  Sexton, 
while  Major  Gibbs  was  the  officer  in  charge  of 
the  detachment.  These  European  troops  were 
marched  through  the  Parsee   quarters    and  down 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  379 

to  the  Bhendy  Bazar  Road.  They  had  scarcely 
<lisappeared  round  the  Sonapore  Lane,  when  the 
trampling  of  horses  was  heard,  and  twenty-five 
jTien  of  the  1st  Cavalry  (His  Excellency  the 
Commander-in-Chief's  escort )  rode  on  to  the 
ground.  Captain  Karslake  following.  They 
4)roceeded  at  once  through  the  parts  of  the  town 
where  the  peace  was  m-enaced,  and  their  moral 
■effect  must  have  been  almost  as  great  as  that  of 
ihe  European  troops. 

Soon  after  this  the  Mussulmans  issued  from 
the  graveyard.  They  were  addressed  by  a  little 
man  with  a  turban  and  a  yellow  handkerchief 
round  his  waist,  after  which  the  procession 
moved  on  towards  the  town  again.  They  were 
perfectly  peaceful.  True,  not  a  Parsee  was  to  be 
-seen  on  their  whole  line  of  march  ;  but  that  they 
were  not  very  much  disposed  for  rough  play  was 
•sufficiently  shown  by  their  quiet  demeanour. 
They  quickly  reached  the  Bhendy  Bazar,  and 
thence  dispersed,  every  man  to  his  own  way. 
When  the  crowd  had  passed  through  the  Agiary 
Lane  and  Sonapore  Lane,  the  hidden  Parsees 
threw  open  their  doors  and  windows  and  the 
whole  place  soon  looked  as  lively  as  though  Hajee 
Ahmed's  much  dreaded  funeral  had  never  taken 
place.  The  Parsee  community  are  to  be  compli- 
JTiented  for  their  forbearance  on  this  occasion  and 
the  Mussulmans  for  their  discretion  in  not  risk- 
ing a  collision  with  Her  Majesty's  troops. 

The  Bombay  Riots,  1874,  pp.  23-27. 


380  BOMBAY : 

"  Silver  Times  "    in    Bombay 

Arthur  Crawford. 

It  was  about  the  beginning  of  the  great  spe- 
culation mania  that  set  in  in  Bombay  in  1862-63 — 
a  mania  beside  which,  I  believe,  if  facts  and 
figures  were  compared,  the  South  Sea  Scheme- 
would  sink  into  insignificance — that  the  loafer 
came  to  the  front.  How  many  are  alive  still  to 
remember  those  silver  times.?  When  Reclamation^ 
schemes  turned  every  body's  brain-^when  ''Back 
Bays"  fluctuated  between  twenty  and  forty-five- 
thousand  rupe  es  premium— when  "Mazagons"  and 
"Colabas"  followed  suit — when  there  was  a  new 
Bank  or  a  new  "  Financial  "  almost  every  day — 
when  it  was  a  common  thing,  in  strolling  fron> 
your  office  to  the  dear  old  Indian  Navy  Club,  to 
stop  a  moment  in  the  seething  Share  Market 
and  ask  your  broker,  "  well,  Mr.  B.  or  Bomanji  I 
what's  doing!"  "Oh,  Sir!  So-and-so  Financials 
are  rising— they  say  Premchand  is  buying."  ''Ah  ! 
well,  just  buy  me  fifty  or  a  hundred  shares"  (as 
your  inclination  prompted  you).  You  went  to 
your  "tiffin,"  or  luncheon,  at  that  memorable  long^ 
table;  you  ordered  a  pint  of  champagne — no  one 
ever  drank  any  thing  but  champagne  in  those 
days — you  tried  to  get  as  near  as  possible  to 
Doctor  D.  or  poor  T.,  the  presiding  geniuses 
of  the  meal,  to  obtain  an  "allotment"  of  a  cer- 
tain toast,  which  T.  was  justly  celebrated  for^ 
Getting  this  you  were  filled  with  exultation,  for  it 
was,  and  with  reason,  regarded  as  the  precursor 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  381 

•of  other  and  more  lucrative  "allotments." 
Four  o'clock  saw  you  on  your  way  back  to  office, 
and  you  stopped  to  ask  your  broker  how  your 
"*' Financials "  stood.  "Rising  slowly,  sir!" 
would  be  the  answer;  with  a  calm  conscience 
you  said,  "  Then  please  sell  mine,"  and  the 
morrow  brought  you  a  cheque  for  fifty,  a  hundred 
or  two  hundred  rupees,  as  the  case  might  be. 

Why  does  not  some  abler  pen  than  mine  give 
■an  historical  account  of  this  great  mania  ?  When 
fortunes  were  made  and  lost  in  a  few  days ;  when 
the  fatal  telegram  came  announcing  the  peace 
between  the  North  and  South  American  States, 
and  all  our  houses  of  cards  came  tumbling  about 
our  ears, — when  Back  Bays  (  of  which  I  was  the 
happy  possessor  of  one )  rose  to  half  a  lakh 
premium, — when  *'  allotments  "  were  sent  to  you 
*'  willy  nilly,"  mostly  worth  some  money, — when 
poor  Doctor  D.  and  Mr.  T.  were  millionaires  on 
paper!  Many  a  pathetic  story  could  be  related 
of  those  times,  and  of  the  awful  crisis  afterwards. 

Reminiscences  of  an  Anglo-Indian  Police  Official, 

1894,  PP-  242-244. 


The  Share  flania 

Dr.  George  Smith. 

Visiting  Bombay,  as  an  outsider,  at  the 
height  of  the  mania  in  1864-65,  and  one  of  the 
earliest  to  make  the  journey  by  mail-cart  across 
the  province  and  Central  India  to  the  railway   at 


382  BOMBAY : 

Agra,  we  witnessed  a  state  of  things,  ecpnoniic- 
and  social,  which  no  report  could  gauge.  In  the 
five  years  during  which  the  cotton  market  of  the 
world  was  transferred  from  New  Orleans  to-- 
Bombay,  Western  India  received  eighty  millions- 
sterling  over  and  above  the  normal  price  of  her 
produce  before  and  since.  So  far  as  this  reached 
the  cultivators  it  was  well.  That  it  largely- 
reached  them,  in  spite  of  their  ancestral  usurers- 
backed  by  the  civil  court  procedure,  has  of  late- 
been  unhappily  proved  by  the  quantities  of  silver 
ornament  sent  down  to  the  local  Mint,  in  years, 
of  enhanced  land  tax  and  repeated  scarcity  and 
famine.  So  far  as  the  sudden  profit  could  be 
utilised  for  the  public  good  it  was  also  welL 
Against  the  fatal  mismanagement  of  the  semi- 
Government  Bank  of  Bombay  must  be  set  Sir 
Bartle  Frere's  sale  of  the  land  on  which  the  walls 
of  the  old  Fort  stood,  to  form  a  fund  for  the 
creation  of  New  Bombay. 

But  the  bulk  of  the  profit  was  literally- 
thrown  into  the  sea,  and  with  it  the  reputation 
and  the  happiness  of  not  a  few  of  the  leading 
European,  Parsee,  and  Hindoo  merchants  and 
bankers  of  the  province.  The  catastrophe  cul- 
minated in  1867,  in  the  fall  of  the  old  Bank  of 
Bombay,  which  led  even  members  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  India  to  recommend  the  prosecution 
of  the  guilty  parties  in  the  criminal  courts  ;. 
in -the  collapse  of  the  fund  for  building  New 
Bombay,  which  necessitated  an  addition  to  the 
ever-increasing  debt  of  India;   in  the  flight   of 


AN  MYTHOLOGY.  383 

speculators  like  him  who,  after  buying  the 
Government-House  at  Dapoorie  with  paper,  left 
an  umbrella  as  his  assets  ;  and  in  the  exposure 
of  countless  scandals  under  the  insolvent  juris- 
diction of  the  High  Court  by  Mr.  Chisholm 
Anstey,  who  as  an  acting  Judge  was  no  less 
pitiless  to  the  gambling  traders  than  he  had 
proved  to  be  to  the  obscene  high  priests  of 
Krishna.  But  England  cannot  throw  a  stone 
at  Bombay,  for  it  was  in  the  year  before  1867 
that  Overend,  Gurney  and  Company  had  led  the 
panic  race. 

The  millions  which  might  have  enriched  and 
beautified  Bombay  and  its  various  communities,, 
were  early  and  almost  altogether  directed  to  the 
mania  of  reclaiming  the  foreshore  of  an  Island 
which  already  covered  eighteen  square  miles. 
The  harbour,  beautiful  and  spacious  by  nature, 
was  destitute  of  wharf  and  jetty  accommodation 
for  the  necessary  commerce.  Before  the  mania» 
there  had  been  undertaken  the  legitimate  and 
praiseworthy  enterprise  of  removing  the  reproach 
by  establishing  the  Elphinstone  Company.  The 
prospects  and  success  of  this  really  sound  pro- 
ject fired  the  possessors  of  the  surplus  capital  of 
the  cotton  trade  with  a  dream  of  the  profits  to  be 
obtained  from  reclaiming  land.  The  foreshore 
of  the  shallow  and  useless  Back  Bay,  fit  only  for 
fisher  craft,  became  the  object  of  the  maddest 
of  the  Companies.  Just  above  that,  forming 
the  eastern  side  which  shelters  it  from  the  great 
Indian    Ocean,   rises  Malabar  Hill,  and  looking 


384  BOMBAY: 

down  on  the  generally  peaceful  water  is 
*' The  Cliff."  One  morning  when  we  happened 
to  be  breakfasting  with  Dr.  Wilson,-  he  handed 
to  us  a  letter  received  by  urgent  messenger. 
"  That,"  he  said,  '*  will  show  you  to  what  we 
have  come  in  Bombay  ;  but  I  do  not  give  the 
mania  more  than  a  year  to  collapse."  It  was  an 
offer  from  a  substantially  rich  native  speculator 
to  purchase  the  cottage  and  garden  for  a  sum 
twenty  times  their  original  value.  He  of  course 
put  it  from  him  at  once  ;  for,  all  other  reasons 
apart,  he  was  one  of  the  few  sane  men  of  Bombay 
at  that  time.  Officials,  chaplains,  bankers — none 
escaped  the  infection,  it  was  said,  save  three,  of 
whom  he  was  the  chief.  •  His  entreaties,  his 
counsels,  his  warnings,  especially  to  his  native 
friends,  were  in  vain. 

Life  of  Dr.  Wilson  of  Bombay,  1^78,  pp  573-575- 


The  Share  Mania 

BoswoRTH  Smith. 

For  some  years  past,  a  spirit  of  wild  and 
reckless  speculation  had,  more  or  less,  infected 
all  classes  in  India,  and  now  it  was  followed  by 
the  inevitable  reaction.  Colossal  fortunes  made 
by  gambling  are  generally  followed  by  colossal 
failures,  which,  unfortunately,  do  not  always 
fall  upon  the  gamblers  themselves  in  exact 
proportion  to  their  folly  or  their   guilt.     Calcutta 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  385 

itself  had  not  been  altogether  free  from  the 
epidemic.  But  it  was  in  Bombay  that  the  mania 
reached  its  height.  Owing  to  the  American  war, 
vast  quantities  of  cotton  had  been  exported  to 
England  during  the  last  two  years  from  its 
spacious  and  expansive  harbour;  and  by  their 
own  admission,  the  Bombay  authorities  were 
-completely  carried  away  by  the  torrent.  Bubble 
■companies  were  started  by  the  hundred,  the 
shares  in  which  went  up  to  fabulous  amounts. 
But,  like  bubbles,  one  after  another,  they  burst, 
bringing  upon  all  connected  with  them,  not  only 
ruin  but,  often,  also  shame  and  disgrace.  The 
heir  of  the  famous  Parsee  baronet,  Sir  Jamsetjee 
Jeejeebhoy,  the  Rothschild  of  Bombay,  failed  for 
half  a  million  of  money.  The  hardly  less  famous 
Hindu  millionaire,  Premchund  Roychund,  failed 
for  over  two  millions.  And,  unfortunately,  the 
Bank  of  Bombay,  which  might  have  done  much 
to  check  the  mischief,  and  which  had,  among 
its  Directors,  nominees  of  the  Bombay  Govern- 
ment, did  its  best,  in  spite  of  earnest  and  reiterat- 
ed warnings  from  Calcutta,  by  reckless  gambling 
to  foster  and  to  spread  it.  And  now,  throughout 
India  and  England,  disaster  followed  upon 
disaster.  The  failures  of  the  "Commercial 
Bank "  of  Bombay,  of  the  famous  House  of 
Overend  and  Gurney,  and,  worst  of  all  perhaps 
for  India,  of  the  Agra  Bank-  the  bank  in  which 
the  little-all  of  so  many  widows  and  orphans 
of  Anglo-Indians  were  deposited  -  followed  one 
another,    in    melancholy   and   startling     succes- 


386  BOMBAY: 

sion.  But  the  worst  offender  of  all,  the  Bombay 
Bank,  still  held  its  own — though  with  a  loss  of 
half  its  capital — still  plunging  itself  and  others,, 
in  spite  of  all  that  remonstrances  from  the 
Governor-General,  and  urgent  requests  both 
by  telegram  and  letter  for  information  could  do^ 
more  deeply  into  the  mire;  till  at  last  it  fell,, 
deep  alike  in  ruin  and  in  guilt,  the  full  dimen- 
sions of  which  were  only  to  be  revealed  by  the 
Commission  of  Inquiry  which  an  outraged 
people  demanded  and,  at  length,  succeeded  in 
obtaining. 

Life  of  Lord  Lawrence,  1883,  Vol.  IL,  pp.  354-55^ 


How  the  Mutiny  Was  Nipped 
In  the  Bud 

Charles  Forjett. 

The  Mohorrum  is  a  festival  causing  great 
excitement  and  religious  enthusiasm  among^ 
Mahomedans:  so  much  so,  that  the  presence  in^ 
the  native  town,  as  stated  by  General  Bates,  of 
strong  detachments  of  troops,  both  European  and 
native,  were  always,  previous  to  my  time,  found 
necessary  for  the  preservation  of  the  peace  ;  but 
having  a  police  force  equal  in  my  estimation  to- 
any  emergency  on  the  part  of  the  population,  the 
idea  of  being  dependent  on  military  aid 
proved  distasteful,  and  with-the  assistance  of  the 
Chief  Secretary  to  Government — now  Sir  Henry 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  387 

Anderson — I  discontinued    the    practice,  and    it 
was    attended  with  the  happiest  results. 

As  the  Mohorrum  of  1857  was  approaching, 
suspicion  seemed  to  be  directed  towards  the 
Mahomedans  of  the  town,  and  the  excitement 
was  becoming  very  great.  A  similar  excitement, 
just  previously,  had  led  to  a  panic,  and  it  was 
followed  by  the  wildest  hurrying  off  on  board 
ships  in  the  harbour.  I  deemed  it  necessary,  there- 
fore, to  call  a  meeting  of  all  the  leading  members 
of  the  Mahomedan  community.  I  was  accompa- 
nied to  it  by  Colonel,  now  Lieutenant-General, 
Birdwood,  and  his  son,  Doctor  George  Birdwood. 
The  gathering  was  unusually  large,  and  my 
atidress  to  the  assembled  native  gentlemen  was 
delivered  in  the  native  language. 

After  I  hadfinished,ColonelBirdwood  address- 
ed some  excellent  remarks  to  the  large  assembly. 
He  dwelt  principally  on  the  check  which  every 
species  of  improvement  in  India  would  receive 
in  consequence  of  the  revolt  in  the  North-West ; 
and  concluded  with  the  words  of  a  well-known 
Mahomedan  ditty,  that  our  just  Government  was 
by  scoundrels  hated  and  by  the  good  beloved. 
After  Colonel  Birdwood  had  spoken,  a  leading 
member  of  the  Mahomedan  community  assured 
me  that  the  Mahomedans  were  most  peaceably 
disposed,  and  that  there  was  no  fear  of  a  distur- 
bance taking  place. 

The  Governor,  the  Judges  of  the  Supreme 
Court,  and  other  high  functionaries  being  present 


388  BOMBAY : 

at  the  time  in  Bombay,  I  was  not  quite  sure,  when 
on  the  following  morning  I  saw  my  address 
published,  that  I  had  committed  no  breach  of 
official  propriety  in  declaring  to  the  Mahomedan 
gentlemen  that  those  whose  fidelity  there  was 
reason  to  suspect  would  be  speedily  dealt  with, 
undeterred  by  the ''trammels"  of  the  law,  and 
that  "  every  guilty  man  would  be  strung  up  be- 
fore his  own  door."  And  this  doubt  was  by  no 
means  allayed  when  a  trooper  brought  me  a  note 
from  the  Private  Secretary,  telling  me  that  it 
was  the  Governor's  wish  to  see  me.  I  was 
received  by  his  Lordship  with  his  usual  kindness, 
and  resting  his  hand  on  my  shoulder,  he  said, 
**  You  had  a  meeting  yesterday  of  Mahomedan 
gentlemen;  in  addressing  them  you  made  use 
of  very  strong  language;  but  I  am  glad  you  did 
so.'*     I  was  of  course  thankful. 

I  then  touched  upon  the  protest  I  had  placed 
in  the  hands  of  the  Private  Secretary  for  his 
Lordship's  information,  against  the  military  and 
police  arrangements  ordered  by  Government 
for  the  preservation  of  the  peace  during  the 
Mohorrum.  His  Lordship  said  he  was  sorry  he 
did  not  know  my  views  before  those  suggestions 
were  made;  but  having  made  them,  and  the  Bri- 
gadier— the  chief  responsible  military  authority — 
having  adopted  them  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
chief  magistrate,  he  did  not  see  his  way  to 
countermanding  them  ;  but  he  hoped  everything 
would  pass  off  quietly.     I   then   respectfully    in- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  389 

timated  that  I  should  be  obliged  to  disobey  th^ 
orders  of  Government  in  respect  to  the  police 
arrangements,  for,  I  added,  '*  I  must  keep  my 
Europeans  together  and  have  them  in  hand  in 
case  of  a  sepoy  outbreak."  His  Lordship  kindly 
remarked,  "It  is  a  very  risky  thing  to  do  to 
disobey  orders ;  but  I  am  sure  you  will  do  nothing 
rash."  And  I  may  now  add,  that  it  was  happy 
for  Bombay,  happy  for  Western  India,  and  happy 
probably  for  India  itself,  that  one  so  noble  and 
clear-headed  as  Lord  Elphinstone  was  Governor 
of  Bombay  during  the  period  of  the  Mutiny  ;  but 
for  which  it  is  impossible  to  state  what  the 
results  would  have  been. 

Our  Real  Danger  in  India,  1878,  pp.  122-128. 


Happily  this  intended  mutiny  was  nipped 
in  the  bud  by  the  very  opportune  assistance 
rendered  by  Colonel  Barrow.  And  it  will,  I  think, 
be  admitted  that  I  had  exercised  a  wise  discre- 
tion in  evincing  the  determination  I  did  at  the 
sepoy  lines,  when  the  sepoys,  many  with  arms 
in  their  hand  that  were  found  loaded,  were 
abusing  me,  and  their  officers,  keeping  them 
back  sword  in  hand,  were  crying  out  to  me,  for 
God's  sake,  to  go  away,  and  that  my  presence 
was  exciting  the  men.  It  will  be  admitted  too, 
I  think,  that  I  exercised  an  eciually  wise  discre- 
tion,  when,   believing   sepoy    loyalty   not   to  be 


390  BOMBAY: 

depended  upon,  I  formed  the  resolution  of  dis- 
obeying the  orders  of  Government,  and  keeping 
my  Europeans  together,  and  so  posting  them  as 
to  have  led  to  the  postponement  of  the  outbreak 
that  had  been  arranged  to  take  place  on  the 
last  night  of  the  Mohorrum. 

If  the  mutiny  in  Bombay  had  been  success- 
ful, Lord  Elphinstone  was  of  opinion,  and  this 
is  indisputable,  that  nothing  could  have  saved 
Hydrabad  and  Poona  and  the  rest  of  the  Presi- 
dency, and  after  that,  he  said,  **  Madras  was 
sure  to  go  too." 

Our  Real  Danger  in  India,  pp.  143-144. 


A   Page  from  Early  Bombay  History. 

KiNLOCH    FORBES. 

A  contest  now  ensued  with  the  Bahmuny 
sovereign  of  the  Deccan,  in  which  his  usual 
success  attended  the  arms  of  Ahmad  Shah.  An 
interesting  fact  is  here  disclosed — the  possession 
by  the  sovereigns  of  Guzerat  of  Salsette  and  of 
the  islands  of  Mahim  and  Moomba  Devee,  which, 
in  their  united  form,  constitute  the  present  island 
of  Bombay.  Mahim  was  then  held  by  a  tributary 
Hindoo  prince  with  the  title  of  Rai,  who  after- 
wards gave  a  daughter  to  the  harem  of  the  son 
of  Shah  Ahmad.  There  is  no  record  of  the 
separate  conquest  of  this  territory  by  the  Moha- 
medans,    nor    does    it   appear    that    either   the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  391 

ATiceroys  or  the  Sultans  of  Guzerat  were  ever 
sufficiently  unemployed  up  to  this  time,  or 
possessed  of  sufficient  resources,  to  have  enabled 
them  to  undertake  an  extension  of  their  domi- 
nions into  this  detached  and  distant  quarter.  We 
have  seen,  however,  that  the  sovereigns  of 
Anhilwara  pushed  their  armies  deep  into  the 
Dekkan  ;  that  they  not  only  held  possession  of 
the  northern  part  of  Khandeish,  in  which  Kurun 
Waghela  long  maintained  himself  after  Guzerat 
had  been  overrun,  but  that  they  also  occupied 
the  Konkan,  and  threatened  the  kingdom  of 
Kolapur.  We  may  therefore  conclude  that 
the  northern  Konkan  fell  into  the  possession 
of  the  Mohamedans  on  the  extinction  of  the 
Waghela  dynasty,  as  part  of  the  recognised 
territories  of  the  lords  of  Anhilwara, — a  fact 
which,  taken  in  connection  with  the  glimpses 
we  possess  of  their  naval  supremacy,  is  calculat- 
jed  to  add  no  little  interest  to  the  illustrious  line 
of  Sidh  Raj. 

Kootb  Khan,  the  governor  of  Mahim  on  the 
part  of  Ahmed  Shah,  dying,  the  Bahmuny  Sultan 
seizing  the  favourable  opportunity,  occupied 
that  island  without  loss,  and  also  took  possession 
-of  Thana  in  Salsette.  Ahmad  Shah  immedia- 
tely assembled  a  fleet  of  seventeen  sail  at 
with  Diu,  Gogo,  and  Cambay,  which,  in  co- 
operation an  army  advancing  along  the  northern 
Konkan,  attacked  and  recovered  Thana.  The 
Bahmuny  general  retreated  to  Mahim,  and  on  the 


392  BOMBAY: 

face  of  that  island,  which  was  exposed,  construct- 
ed a  very  strong  wattled  breast-work.  This 
stockade  was  carried,  not  without  considerable 
loss,  by  the  troops  of  Ahmed  Shah,  who  now 
found  themselves  opposed  to  the  whole  of  the 
Dekkan  line.  A  bloody  and  indecisive  action 
ensued,  which  was  terminated  at  nightfall ;  but 
while  darkness  lasted,  the  Dekkan  general  aban- 
doned his  position,  and  retreated  to  the  contigu- 
ous island  of  Moomba  Devee.  The  Guzerat  fleet 
blockaded  the  island,  and  effected  a  landing  upon 
it  for  the  troops,  and  the  general  of  the  Bahmuny 
Shah  was  compelled  to  fly  to  the  continent.  After 
another  action,  fought  under  the  walls  of  Thana 
the  Dekkany  troops  were  ultimately  defeated  and 
dispersed,  and  the  fleet  of  Guzerat  returned 
home,  carrying  with  it  ''some  beautiful  gold  and 
silver  embroidered  muslins,"  taken  on  the  island 
of  Mahim. 

Ras  Mala,  1856,  pp.  269-270^ 


The  Cylone  of  1854 

Charles  Low. 

Bombay  will  not  soon  forget  the  memorable 
cyclone  which  burst  over  it  at  midnight  of  the 
first  of  November,  1854,  desolating  the  city  and 
strewing  the  harbour  with  wrecks.  The  wind 
veered  round  the  compass,  and  at  three  a.m.  of 
the   2nd   November,   the    pressure    of   the   wind 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  395 

actually  registered  35  lbs.,  to  the  square  foot.  On 
the  following  morning  Bombay  harbour  presented 
a  scene  of  desolation :  five  square-rigged  ships 
and  three  steamers  were  on  shore,  most  of  them 
dismasted,  and  one  hundred  and  forty-two 
smaller  crafts,  mostly  native,  were  wrecked.  The 
'Assaye' drifted  towards  the  Castle  walls  and 
carried  away  her  bowsprit,  but  was  fortunately 
saved  from  total  shipwreck  by  the  exertions  of 
her  officers  and  men.  The  *  Hastings'  receiving 
ship,  drove  from  her  moorings,  sprung  a  leak^ 
and,  while  being  towed  by  the  '  Queen'  fouled  the 
ship  '  Mystery';  and,  ultimately,  after  battering 
against  the  fort  walls,  which  she  damaged  to  a 
considerable  extent,  was  brought  to  Mazagon  in 
the  last  stage  of  decrepitude  ;  and,  though  she 
was  patched  up  sufficiently  to  do  duty  a  little- 
longer  as  receiving  ship,  the  old  frigate  was  soon 
consigned  to  the  limbo  of  the  ship-breaker's  yard. 
The  surveying  brig,  *  Palinurus/ was  dismasted^ 
and  got  aground  off  the  dock-yard  break-water, 
where  her  situation  was  one  of  extreme  peril, 
until  she  floated  off  with  the  tide.  The  Governor's 
and  Sir  Henry  Leake's  barges,  and  nearly  all  the 
pleasure  yachts  and  bunder-boats  usually  moored 
off  the  Apollo  Bunder,  were  lost,  and  the  cutters 
*  Margaret,'  *  Nurbudda'  and  '  Maldiva'  were  seri- 
ously damaged.  The  'Elphinstone'  had  a  narrow 
escape,  as  she  grounded  off  the  Custom  House 
basin,  and  was  only  got  afloat  by  the  discipline 
and  smartness  of  the  crew  and  skill  of  the  officers; 
backing  astern,  she  set  a  stay-sail  and   threaded 


394  BOMBAY : 

her  way  through    the  crowded   harbour  to  the 

anchorage  outside  the  shipping. 

History  of  the  Indian  Navy,  1877,  Vol.  I  pp.  296-297. 


The  Great  Fire  of  1803 

On  the  17th  February  a  most  alarming  fire 
broke  out  in  the  very  extensive  and  populous 
Bazar  situated  within  this  garrison.  It  is  not 
exactly  known  whence  the  fire  originated. 
Notwithstanding  surmises  and  suggestions  to 
the  contrary,  in  our  opinion  there  is  no  sufficient 
reason  to  consider  it  arose  from  any  other  cause 
than  accident.  The  fire  broke  out  early  in  the 
day  and  the  wind  continuing  unusually  high  the 
flame  increased  with  astonishing  rapidity.  So 
great  and  violent  was  the  conflagration,  that  at 
sunset  the  destruction  of  every  house  in  the  Fort 
was  apprehended.  The  flames  directed  their 
course  in  a  south-easterly  direction  from  that 
part  of  the  Bazar  opposite  to  the  Cumberland 
Ravelin  quite  down  to  the  King's  barracks. 
During  the  whole  of  the  day  every  effort  was 
used  to  oppose  its  progress,  but  the  fierceness  of 
the  fire  driven  rapidly  on  by  the  wind  baffled  all 
attempts;  nor  did  it  visibly  abate  till  nearly  a 
third  part  of  the  town  within  the  walls  had  been 
consumed. 

The  apprehensions  excited  by  this  calami- 
tous event  were  considerably  increased  by  the 
■direction  of   the   wind    impelling   the   flames  to- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  395 

wards  the  arsenal.  For  whatever  security  the 
magazines  might  be  supposed  to  afford  against 
access  to  the  fire,  still  the  smallest  crevice  was 
sufficient  to  admit  a  spark  to  the  great  mass 
of  gunpowder  within  the  Castle.  It  was  im- 
possible to  view  otherwise  than  in  a  state  of 
awful  suspense  the  destruction  to  the  whole 
garrison  which  was  thus  within  the  bounds  of 
possibility.  Before  midnight  the  wind  changed 
more  to  the  northward  whence  it  veered  round 
gradually  to  the  eastward,  abating  at  the  same 
time  in  its  force.  From  this  rather  than  from 
any  human  effort,  the  conflagration  visibly 
decreased  and  the  danger  which  threatened 
gradually  diminished.  While  using  every  practi- 
•cal  exertion  to  check  the  progress  of  the  flames, 
we  derived  particular  and  most  useful  assistance 
from  the  presence  of  Vice  Admiral  Rainier,  who 
repaired  to  the  spot  with  all  the  officers  and  a 
<lue  proportion  of  the  men  of  His  Majesty's 
■squadron.  From  their  active  interference  and 
uncommon  exertions  was  derived  the  greater  part 
of  any  opposition  that  could  be  made  to  the 
-extention  of  the  conflagration.  This  help  proved 
more  eminently  advantageous  in  the  two  or  three 
-days  that  followed  the  first  extensive  destruction 
by  pulling  down  the  crumbling  ruins  and  thereby 
smothering  the  remaining  fire  and  smouldering 
embers.  Otherwise  we  might  have  had  to  lament 
far  greater  devastation  than  has  occurred. 

The  loss  of  lives  has  been  small  though  there 
has  not  yet  been  time  to  take  any  exact   account. 


396  BOMBAY: 

But  the  fire  having  raged  chiefly  throughout  the 
day,  afforded  opportunity  to  the  inhabitants  to 
save  not  only  their  Hves,  but  many  of  them  a 
considerable  share  of  their  portable  property. 
The  damage  sustained  on  this  occasion  by  the 
Honourable  Company  has  been  proportionably 
inconsiderable.  At  the  same  time  the  occurrence 
of  the  calamity  has  rendered  manifest  to  all  wha 
witnessed  it,  the  danger  to  which  the  garrison 
would  have  been  exposed  in  the  event  of  the 
appearance  of  an  enemy  before  Bombay.  The 
number  of  houses  in  the  Bazar,  the  very  excep- 
tionable mode  of  their  construction,  and  the 
combustible  materials  of  which  the  greater  part 
of  them  are  composed  and  with  which  many  of 
them  were  also  filled  in  the  commercial  pursuits 
of  their  owners,  would  have  exposed  us  to  nearly 
equal  hazard  from  the  enemy's  throwing  irr 
only  a  few  shells.  Whilst  from  the  confined 
situation  joined  to  the  distress  that  must  at  all 
times  have  been  incident  to  such  a  conflagration,, 
the  means  of  effectual  defence  must  soon  have 
been  rendered  impossible  without  any  considera- 
tion to  the  number  of  the  garrison  or  to  the 
strength  of  the  works. 

Bombay  Government  to  the  Court  of  Directors,  22 

Feb.  1803.  apud  Bombay  Gazetteer,  Vol.  XXVI^ 

Part,  J.  pp.  431—435- 


AN  ANTHOLOCxY.  397 

Royal  Visit,   1911. 

Bombay,  the  port   selected   for   the   honour 
of  Their  Majesties'  arrival,  has  in  more  senses 
than  one   earned   the   title   of   the    Gateway    of 
India.     It  was  the  first  possession  of  the  British 
Crown  in  India  two  hundred  and  fifty  years  ago, 
-and  it  has  seen  the  landing  of  two  successive 
heirs  to  the  Crown  within  the  last  half-century. 
It  is  now  also  the  terminus  for  the  great  steam- 
ship lines  that  link  up  East  and  West,  and  as 
a  modern  city,  with  manufactures  of  its  own,  it 
'  has   a   special    character   of   eastern   West    and 
western  East  that  makes  it  obviously  the  portal 
of  transition.     Nowhere  in  the  East  has  contact 
with  the  West  produced  more  remarkable  results. 
For   a   long   period,   notwithstanding   its    extra- 
ordinarily   favourable   position   as    regards   the 
rest  of  India  and  the  fact  that  in  the  first  decade 
of  the  eighteenth  century   it   became  the   head- 
<iuarters  of  the  East  India  Company,  it  remained 
a     settlement     of     very     ordinary      dimensions, 
with  trade  in  dried  fish  and  cocoanuts.     But  in 
the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century,  with  the 
development  of  communications,   it  commenced 
the  rapid  and  wonderful  growth  which  has  now 
made  it,  with  nearly  a  million  inhabitants,  second 
only   to  Calcutta    in   population,   and    in    some 
ways,  perhaps  the  most  splendid  city   in   India, 
with  its  world-wide  trading  interests,  its  magni- 
ficent public  buildings,  and  its  unrivalled  scenery 
and  harbours.     The  Bombay  of  to-day  is  scarcely 


398  BOMBAY : 

recognizable  even  as  the  same  which  King: 
Edward  saw  not  forty  years  before;  but  it  still 
preserves  the  wondrous  atmosphere  and  colour 
of  the  East. 

Busy  and  swarming  with  life  as  the 
city  always  is,  it  had  never  displayed  such 
intensity  of  interest,  wonder  and  deep  feeling,.. 
as  on  the  morning  of  the  2nd.  December 
1911.  The  arrival  of  the  Sovereign  was  an 
event  that  made  an  extraordinary  appeal  to 
the  imagination  of  all  classes  of  the  people^ 
The  day  before  had  been  Queen  Alexandra's, 
birthday,  the  ceremonies  in  honour  of  which 
added  not  a  little  to  the  expectations  and 
excitement  of  the  multitude.  The  open  spaces 
round  Bombay  were  occupied  by  the  troops' 
who  had  come  for  duty  in  the  pageants^ 
and  for  marry  days  thousands  of  people,, 
men,  women  and  children,  had  been  pouring: 
in  by  rail  and  road  from  all  parts  of  the 
Presidency  and  beyond.  The  streets  were 
already  packed  already  long  before  sunrise- 
with  a  gay,  good-natured  throng,  which 
presented  almost  inexhaustible  variet}^  of 
human  types  and  brilliant  costumes,  flowing 
along  in  a  seething  tide  towards  the  harbour. 
The  life  and  movement  in  the  streets  were 
indescribable.  Whole  families  could  be  seerr 
hastening  to  secure  places  which  would  ensure 
a  view  of  the  procession,  fathers  carrying  sons, 
on  their   shoulders,    and   mothers  with  the  last 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  399 

born  on  the  hip  and  a  bundle  of  food  on  the 
head,  all  dressed  in  their  best  and  excitedly 
hailing  their  friends. 

Historical  Record  of  the  Imperial  Visit  to  India, 

1911-1912.   (published  by  the   Government  of 

India,  IQI4).  pp.  35-36, 


Royal  Progress  through 
the  City,  1911. 

The  formal  decorations  were  a  mere  frame- 
work, but  it  was  the  teeming  mass  of  humanity, 
with  colours  and  contrasts  unimaginable  in  the 
West,  that  gave  the  scene  its  character.  Bombay 
had  never  made  public  holiday  in  the  quite  the 
same  wholehearted  way  before,  or  given  so  real 
a  welcome.  Every  balcony,  roof,  and  window 
was  bright  with  joyous  faces  brilliant-coloured 
clothing.  Stands  had  been  erected  on  the  open 
spaces  and  all  along  the  route  where  the 
road  was  not  too  narrow,  and  these  were 
crowded  with  men  of  every  Indian  race,  while  in 
the  first  part  of  the  route  there  was  a  fair  sprinkl- 
ing of  Europeans.  At  every  side  street  a  densely 
packed  throng  pressed  forward  to  the  line  of 
march,  and  the  populace  of  many  cities  seemed 
to  have  poured  out  into  the  streets.  The  people 
had  come  for  the  event  of  a  life-time,  and  in 
spite   of  excessive   heat   and   the    weary    hours 


400  BOMBAY  :• 

of  waiting,  a  better-tempered  and  a  more  easily 
managed  crowd  could  scarcely  have  been 
possible.  A  wonderful  effect  of  overwhelming 
numbers  that  rendered  the  setting  barely  visible 
was  the  result,  and  it  was  by  this  more  than 
-anything  else  that  the  welcome  was  distinguish- 
ed. It  was  the  kind  of  greeting  that  Their 
Majesties  most  desired,  and  it  was  particularly 
noticeable  where,  as  at  many  parts  of  the  route, 
the  school  children  of  all  castes  and  creed  were 
assembled  in  their  thousands  and,  as  the 
Imperial  carriage  passed,  started  to  their  feet, 
waving  small  flags  and  filling  the  air  with  treble 
cheers  and  shouts.  Even  where,  as  at  many 
points  in  the  native  city,  the  crowd  remained 
passive,  there  was  something  unmistakable  about 
the  attitude  maintained.  The  interest,  though 
constantly  changing  throughout  the  course,  never 
for  one  instant  flagged,  and  Their  Majesties  were 
evidently  much  moved  by  the  demonstrations 
and  manifestations  of  loyalty  which  had  marked 
their  whole  progress. 

Historical  Record  of  the  Imperial  Visit,  p.  45 


Raynal's  Panegyric  on  Sterne's  Eliza 

Abbe  Raynal. 

Territory  of  Anjengo  !  thou  art  nothing  ;  but 
thou  hast  given  birth  to  Eliza.  A  day  will  come 
when  these  staples  of  commerce  founded  by  the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  401 

Europeans  on  the  coasts  of  Asia,  will  exist  no 
more.  Before  a  few  centuries  are  elapsed,  the 
grass  will  cover  them,  or  the  Indians  avenged 
will  have  built  upon  their  ruins.  But  if  my  works 
be  destined  to  have  any  duration,  the  name  of 
Anjengo  will  not  be  obliterated  from  the 
memory  of  man.  Those  who  shall  read  my 
works,  or  those  whom  the  winds  shall  drive 
towards  these  shores  will  say  :  there  it  is  that 
Eliza  Draper  was  born  ; — and  if  there  be  a  Briton 
among  them  he  will  immediately  add  with  the 
spirit  of  conscious  pride, — and  there  it  was  that 
she  was  born  of  English  parents. 

Let  me  be  permitted  to  indulge  my  grief 
and  to  give  a  free  course  to  my  tears,  Eliza  was 
my  friend.  Reader,  whoso'er  thou  art,  forgive 
me  this  voluntary  emotion.  Let  my  mind  dwell 
upon  Eliza.  If  I  have  sometimes  moved  thee  to 
compassionate  the  calamities  of  the  human  race, 
let  me  now  prevail  upon  thee  to  commiserate 
my  own  misfortune.  I  was  thy  friend  without 
knowing  thee;  be  for  a  moment  mine.  Thy 
gentle  pity  shall  be  my  reward. 

Eliza  ended  her  days  in  the  land  of  her  fore- 
fathers, at  the  age  of  three  and  thirty.  A  celestial 
soul  was  separated  from  a  heavenly  body.  Ye 
who  visit  the  spot  on  which  her  sacred  ashes  rest 
write  upon  the  marble  that  covers  them  :  in  such 
a  month,  in  such  a  year,  on  such  a  day,  at  such 
an  hour,  God  withdrew  his  spirit  and   Eliza  died. 


402  BOMBAY : 

And  thou,  original  writer,  her  admirer  and 
her  friend,  it  was  Eliza  who  inspired  thy  works, 
dictated  to  thee  the  most  affecting  pages  of  them. 
Fortunate  Sterne,  thou  art  no  more  and  I  am  left 
behind.  I  wept  over  thee  with  Eliza;  thou 
would'st  weep  over  her  with  me;  had  it  been 
the  will  of  Heaven,  that  you  had  both  survived 
me,  your  tears  would  have  fallen  together  upon 
my  grave. 

The  men  were  used  to  say  that  no  woman  had 
so  many  graces  as  Eliza :  the  women  said  so  too. 
They  all  praised  her  candour;  they  all  extolled 
her  sensibility  ;  they  were  all  ambitious  of  the 
honour  of  her  acquaintance.  The  stings  of  envy 
were  never  poured  against  unconscious  merit. 

Anjengo,  it  is  to  the  influence  of  thy  happy 
climate  that  she  certainly  was  indebted  for  that 
almost  incompatible  harmony  of  voluptuousness 
and  clemency  which  diffused  itself  over  all  her 
person  and  accompanied  all  her  motions.  A 
statuary  who  would  have  wished  to  represent 
voluptuousness,  would  have  taken  her  for  his 
model ;  and  she  would  equally  have  served  him 
who  might  have  had  a  figure  of  modesty  to 
display.  Even  the  gloomy  and  clouded  sky  of 
England  had  not  been  able  to  obscure  the 
brightness  of  that  aerial  kind  of  soul,  unknown 
in  our  climate.  In  everything  that  Eliza  did, 
an  irresistible  charm  was  diffused  around  her. 
Desire,  but  of  a  timid  and  bashful  cast,  followed 
her  steps  in  silence.     Any  man  of  courteousness 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  403 

alone  must  have  loved  her,  but  would  not  have 
dared  to  own  his  passion. 

I  search  for  Eliza  everywhere:  I  discover, 
I  discern  some  of  her  features,  some  of  her 
charms,  scattered  among  those  women  whose 
figure  is  most  interesting.  But  what  is  be- 
come of  her  who  united  them  all  ?  Nature  who 
hast  exhausted  thy  gifts  to  form  an  Eliza,  didst 
thou  create  her  only  for  one  moment  ?  Didst 
thou  make  her  to  be  admired  for  one  instant  and 
then  to  be  forever  regretted  ? 

All  who  have  seen  Eliza  regret  her.  As  for 
myself  my  tears  will  never  cease  to  flow  for  her 
all  the  time  I  have  to  live.  But  is  this  sufficient  ? 
Those  who  have  known  her  tenderness  for  me, 
the  confidence  she  had  bestowed  upon  me,  will 
they  not  say  to  me,  she  is  no  more,  and  yet 
thou  livest. 

Philosophical  and  Political  History  of  the  Indies 

(1770)  Vol  II  pp.  86-88. 


ROUND  ABOUT   BOMBAY. 


ROUND  ABOUT  BOMBAY. 


Bobbery  Hunt  in  the  Suburbs 

"Quiz." 

Next  morning's  sun  had  just  arisen, 
And  drove  the  dusky  clouds  from  heaven, 
Ere  Qui  Hi,  on  his  Arab  horse, 
Sets  off  to  find  Byculla  course; 
Where  'twas  determin'd,  ev'ry  man 
Should  meet  before  the  hunt  began. 
Their  breakfast  now  the  sportsmen  take. 
Merely  a  ''plug  of  malt,"  and  steak; 
The  bugle's  sign:al  now,  of  course, 
Summon'd  the  bobbery  to  horse : 
They  get  the  word,  and  off  they  move, 
In  all  directions  to  Love-Grove. 
A  jackass,  buff' lo,  or  tattoo, 
The  sportsmen  anxiously  pursue. 
Old  women  join  the  beasts  in  running: 
"The   junglewallas   now  are  coming  !" 
So  off  they  travel,  helter-skelter. 
In  holes  or  corners  to  take  shelter. 
A  loud  "  view — hollo  "  now  is  given  : 
"A  dog!  a  Paria,  by  heaven! 
"Surround  him — there  he  goes — a  head: 
**  Put  all  your  horses  to  their  speed." 
He's  lost — the  knave  has  taken  cover! 
Old  L n  now  perceives  another. 


408  BOMBAY : 

''  Hark  !  forward,  sportsmen — 'tis  the  same 

*'  The  rascal  he  shews  famous  game. 

*'  See  now  the  fellow  scours  along, 

"  In  a  direction  to  Girgaon  : 

*'  Dash  after  him ;  he  turns  again ; 

"We'll  find  him  on  BycuHa  plain. 

*'  Oh  luckless  !     we  have  lost  all  hope — 

*'  He's  taken  cover  in  a  tope." 

Thus,  spoke  the  huntsman,  and  he  swore 

He'd  find  him,  or  he'd  hunt  no  more. 

The  horsemen  fearlessly  push  in, 

Contending  who  the  ear  should  win  ; 

For,  gentle  reader!     know,  that  here 

A  brush  is  nothing  to  an  ear. 

But  Qui  Hi,  disregarding  care. 

Fell  headlong  on  a  prickly  pear: 

Making,  incautiously,  a  bound. 

Both  horse  and  rider  bit  the  ground; 

But  luckily,  except  some  dirt, 

They  both  escap'd  without  a  hurt. 

The  Paria  in  the  tope  they  caught; 

His  ear  extravagantly  bought. 

The  cur  had  run  them  such  a  heat. 

As  put  the  hunters  in  a  sweat; 

Thiey  vow'd  that  on  a  future  day. 

They'd  take  his  other  ear  away ; 

Now  jumping-powder,  wine  and  beer. 

The  riders  and  the  horses  cheer. 

The  huntsman  new  informed  them  all. 

They  were  to  tiff  at  Bobb'ry  Hall. 

Mounted  again,  the  party  starts. 

Upsets  the  hackeries  and  carts; 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  409 

Hammalls,  and  palanquins,  and  doolies, 

Dobies  and  burrawa's,  and  coolies. 

Malabar  hill  at  last  they  gain'd ; 

Our  hero  at  its  foot  remained ; 

His  horse  he  could  not  think  to  ride. 

Like  others,  up  its  rugged  side, 

So  wisely  took  another  path,  * 

That  led  directly  to  the  bath, 

Where  soon  he  found  the  party  met 

Were  all  for  tiffin  sharply  set. 

T}ie  Adventures  of  Qui  Hi  f    by  Quiz. 

I8i6,pp.  228-230. 


Environs  of   Bombay. 

Sir  Edwin  Arnold. 

That  section  of  the  Great  Indian  Peninsula 
Railway  which  runs  from  Bombay  to  the  capital 
of  theMahratta  country  may  compare  in  interest 
with  any  hundred  miles  of  iron  road  in  the  world. 
Leaving  Byculla  Station  the  traveller  threads  the 
thoroughly  "  Hindu  "  suburbs  of  Parel,  Dadur, 
and  Chinchpoogly,  his  train  flying  through 
groves  of  date  and  cocoa  palms,  amid  temples, 
mosques,  synagogues,  and  churches;  dyeing- 
grounds  spread  with  acres  of  new-dipped  brilliant 
silks  and  calicoes  ;  by  burning-ghauts  and  bury- 
ing-places;  by  mills,  stone-yards,  and  fish-drying 
sheds,  through  herds  of  wandering  brown  sheep 
and  grey  goats,  droves  of  buffaloes  and  kine  and 


410  BOMBAY : 

great  throngs  of  busy  people;  all  these  combining 
into  a  continuous  picture.  Crossing  an  inlet  of 
the  sea  at  Sion  Causeway,  the  line  next  coasts 
the  island  of  Salsette  amidst  the  most  characte- 
ristic Oriental  scenery,  and  arrives,  by  many  a 
low-roofed  village  and  tangled  patch  of  jungle, 
at'Thana.  Here  the  outlying  spurs  of  the  Syhadri 
Mountains — steep  eminences,  coloured  red  and 
black,  and  capped  with  extraordinary  square 
rocks,  like  walled  fortresses,  or  domes  and 
pinnacles  constantly  resembling  temples — shut  in 
the  sea-flat  upon  which  the  town  stands ;  and  we 
are  advanced  to  a  spot  where,  with  natural 
beauty  on  all  sides,  the  thickets  on  the  hills 
shelter  tigers  and  panthers,  and  the  water 
swaims  with  alligators.  Of  late  years  these  wild 
creatures  have  been  largely  evicted  by  sea  and 
land,  and  even  the  pretty  striped  palm  squirrel- 
whose  back  is  marked  with  Parvati*s  fingers-and 
the  green  parroquets  with  rosy  neckrings,  are 
becoming  rare  in  places  which  once  abounded 
with  them. 

India  Revisited,  1886,  pp.  69-70. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  411 

Picturesque  Hills  in  the 
Neighbourhood. 

Capt.  Robert  Grindlay. 

It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  earlier  por- 
tion of  the  day  is  most  favourable  to  the  contem- 
plation of  the  grandeur  of  mountain  scenery; 
and  this  remark  applies  with  peculiar  force  to 
the  "scenery  of  the  Ghauts  in  India,  when  the 
daylight  bursts  suddenly  upon  a  wondrous  scene 
of  gigantic  pinnacles,  apparently  floating  in  an 
ocean  of  white  mist,  which  rising  in  successive 
rolling  masses  and  dissipating  under  the  increas- 
ing influence  of  the  sun, 'gradually  developes 
the  connecting  range  of  mountains  and  the  wide- 
spread plain  below,  studded  with  forests  and 
cocoa-nut  groves.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  rivers 
and  marshes  the  mist  is  more  dense,  and  often 
lingers  till  noonday  in  picturesque  wreaths  along 
the  mountain-side,  or  envelopes  its  fantastic 
peaks,  investing  the  scene  with  a  poetical  and 
picturesque  eff'ect,  which  the  excessive  bright- 
ness of  the  atmosphere  might  otherwise  destroy. 

In  the  annexed  plate  it  is  attempted  to  convey 
an  idea  of  the  appearance  of  two  mountains, 
called  Bava  Malang  and  Parbul,  from  Kallian, 
about  thirty  miles  N.  E.  of  Bombay. 

The  singular  form  of  these  mountains  and 
their  almost  insulated  position  give  them  th^ 
appearance,  when  first  discovered  at  daybreak, 
of  gigantic  Gothic  cathedrals ;  and  some  of  their 


412  BOMBAY : 

pinnacles  are  surmounted  with  those  forts,  in  the 
impregnability  of  which  the  natives  of  India  had, 
through  so  many  ages,  placed  reliance,  until 
British  intrepidity  has  shewn  them  their  error. 

The  river  represented  ( the  Ulhas  )  falls  into 
the  northern  part  of  Bombay  harbour,  and  is 
navigable  for  the  small  craft  which  convey  agri- 
cultural produce,  cocoa-nuts,  &c.     to  that  port. 

Scenery  in  Western  India,  1830  pp.  41-42 


In  the  Harbour. 

John  Seely. 

Nothing  in  the  shape  of  an  aquatic  excursion 
in  India  can  be  more  delightful  than  a  sail  on  a 
secure  and  large  bay,  with  a  fine  refreshing  sea 
breeze  wafting  you  to  your  destination,  with  the 
scenery,  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  grand, 
beautiful,  and  picturesque  in  the  extreme.  An 
excursion  of  this  kind,  with  agreeable  compa- 
nions, after  a  few  months  grilling  in  the  interior, 
makes  the  mind  joyful,  and  the  soul  glad.  On 
one  side,  as  you  proceed  up  the  harbour,  you 
have  the  mighty  range  of  mountains  stretching 
away  their  cloud-capt  tops  in  every  fantastic  and 
romantic  shape;  peaks,  cliffs,  and  hollows  in- 
dented here,  and  thickly  wooded  there;  the  busy 
and  noisy  suburbs  of  Bombay  lying  on  your  left, 
where  handsome  English  mansions,  rural-looking 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  413 

native  huts,  monastic  buildings  of  the  Portuguese, 
with  large  Mahratta  houses,  inhabited  by  wealthy- 
natives,  denote  opulence  and  splendour;  while 
the  whole  scene  is  embellished  with  that  variety 
of  cultivation  and  foliage  peculiar  to  tropical 
climates.  As  you  pass  on  is  an  extensive  and 
handsome  range  of  barracks  for  the  king's 
troops;  a  little  further  on  brings  you  to  the  town 
of  Mazagaum,  chiefly  inhabited  by  Portuguese 
and  natives.  Many  pretty  views  present  them- 
selves on  the  shore  in  passing  up  the  harbour, 
while  the  city  and  the  shipping  are  gradually 
receding  to  the  sight.  In  front  is  a  large  old- 
fashioned  house  built  by  Governor  Hornby; 
beyond  that  is  a  large,  handsome,  white  tomb, 
conspicuously  placed  on  a  promontory,  contain- 
ing the  mortal  remains  of  a  distinguished 
Mussulman.  The  curious-looking  hill  called  the 
Funnel,  from  its  similarity  of  shape,  rises 
abruptly  in  front,  while  on  the  right  a  Mahratta 
fort,  called  Shoon  Ghur  (probably  Arzoon  Ghur), 
raises  its  romantic  turrets  in  solitary  grandeur 
in  the  heart  of  the  mountains.  Surrounded  by 
jungle,  in  all  the  wildness  of  nature,  on  the  left 
the  view  is  bounded  by  the  hills  of  Salsette, 
which  afford  an  agreeable  back-ground  to  the 
whole  of  this  magnificent  scenery.  Various 
inlets  and  salt-water  streams  may  be  seen  run- 
ning in  different  directions  inland,  which 
diversify  the  prospect,  whilst  a  variety  of  boats 
are  seen  swiftly  cutting  the  briny  flood,  hurrying 
on  to  their  pursuits  and  destinations. 


414  BOMBAY  : 

Considerably  to  our  right,  and  almost  in 
mid-bay,  is  Butcher's  Island,  where  is  a  large 
range  of  buildings  used  as  hospital  barracks  for 
the  seamen  of  his  majesty's  navy  in  time  of  war. 

After  sailing  three  or  four  miles  further,  the 
bay  begins  to  contract:  it  is  still  a  noble  expanse 
of  water;  and,  from  the  great  variety  of  luxuriant 
scenery  and  its  size,  would  bear  a  comparison 
with  the  celebrated  bay  of  Naples.  I  am  trans- 
cribing my  original  book  from  the  neighbourhood 
of  Weymouth.  This  is  said  to  be  one  of  the 
finest  bays  in  England,  but  it  is  not  a  twentieth 
part  of  the  size  of  Bombay. 

Wonders  of  Elora,  1824,  pp.  1 6-2  2. 


Sail  in  the   Harbour. 

LOUIS  ROUSSELET. 

On  a  fine  morning  in  September  I  arrived 
at  the  Apollo  Pier,  where  the  bunder-boats  con- 
gregate, amongst  which  I  found  my  own,  which 
was  soon  stored  with  the  provisions,  guns,  ham- 
mocks, &c.,  which  I  took  with  me  on  this  my 
first  expedition.  The  sun  had  not  yet  risen,  and 
the  spectacle  presented  by  the  harbour  was  most 
beautiful.  Close  by,  a  fleet  of  vessels,  black  and 
silent,  lay  beneath  the  sea  walls  of  the  fort,  and 
seemed  to  occupy  only  an  insignificant  space  in 
this  majestic   bay,    whose    unbroken   surface   is 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  415 

lost  in  the  distance  of  ten  miles  in  the  mists  of 
the  islands.  The  horizon  was  bounded  by  the 
Ghats,  whose  imposing  line  of  terraces  and 
fantastic  peaks  were  beginning  to  glow  in  the 
early  brightness  of  the  dawn,  I  hurried  the 
boatman,  and  we  were  soon  sailing  over  this 
superb  lake.  The  bunder-boats,  which  are 
employed  in  the  harbour,  are  graceful  barques  of 
about  thirty  tons,  carrying  broad  latteen  sails, 
and  having  large  and  comfortable  cabins  astern, 
surrounded  with  blinds  and  furnished  with  ben- 
ches. The  crew  consists  of  six  or  seven  sturdy 
lascars.  As  we  proceed,  the  beauty  of  the  pano- 
ramic view  increases.  The  tops  of  the  mountains 
blaze;  and  the  tallest  peak,  and  the  one  mos 
remarkable  for  its  bizarre  form, — Funnel  Hill,-as- 
sumes  the  shape  of  an  obelisk,  dark  below  and 
of  purple  hue  above.  The  islands  and  the  wooded 
shores,  lately  hidden  from  us  by  the  mist,  sudden- 
ly appear;  a  light  and  cool  breeze  sweeps  over 
the  water,  and  the  dull  noise  of  awakened  Bombay 
reaches  us.  How  charming  is  this  hour  in  the 
tropics!  All  around  is  gay  and  beautiful.  The 
foliage  of  the  trees,  refreshed  by  the  dews  of 
night,  the  songs  of  birds,  the  soft  light  of  day- 
break, and  the  splendour  of  the  rising  sun,  com- 
bine to  form  a  whole  that  speaks  to  the  heart 
and  fills  it  with  the  most  agreeable  emotions. 
But  the  sun  mounts  above  the  roseate  peaks  of  the 
Ghats;  the  scene  rapidly  changes,  and  the  vivid 
light  peculiar  to  these  regions  spreads  every- 
where.    Karanjah,  the   island  towards  which  we 


4l6  BOMBAY: 

are  directing  our  course,  is  still  far  distant.  The 
faint  outline  of  its  mountains,  in  the  form  of  a 
camel's  back,  rises  in  the  midst  of  a  dense  mass 
of  vegetation,  which  covers  all  the  level  por- 
tions of  the  island  to  the  very  centre,  and  extends 
down  to  the  coast.  The  straits  which  separate  it 
from  the  neighbouring  continent  are  sprinkled 
over  with  innumerable  fishing-boats  ;  and  these 
myriads  of  white  points  set  off  the  deep  blue  of 
the  sea. 

India  and  Its  Native  Princes,  1882,  pp.  38-39. 


Ruskin's  Salsette  and  Elephanta. 

John  Ruskin. 

How  awful  now,  when  night  and  silence  brood 
O'er  Earth's  repose,  and  Ocean's  solitude, 
To  trace  the  dim  and  devious  paths,  that  guide. 
Along  Canarah's  steep  and  craggy  side, 
Where — girt  with  gloom — inhabited  by  fear, 
The  mountain  homes  of  India's  gods  appear. 
Range  above  range  they  rise,  each  hollow  cave 
Darkling  as  death,  and  voiceless  as  the  grave, 
Save  that  the  waving  weeds  in  each  recess 
With  rustling  music  mock  its  loneliness. 
And  beasts  of  blood  disturb  with  stealthy  tread 
The  chambers  of  the  breathless  and  the  dead. 
All  else  of  life,  of  worship,  past  away. 
The  ghastly  idols  fall  not,  nor  decay. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  4W 

Retain  the  lip  of  scorn,  the  rugged  frown, 

And  <irasp  the  blunted  sword  and  useless  crown, 

Their  altars  desecrate,  their  names  untold, 

The  hands  that  formed,  the  hearts  that  feared — 

how  cold  ! 
Thou  too  —dark  Isle,  whose  shadow  on  the  sea 
Lie  like  the  ^loom  that  mocks  our  memory 
When  one  brij^ht  instant  of  our  former  lot 
Were  grief,  remembered,  but  were  guilt,  forgot. 
Rock  of  the  lonely  crest,  how  oft  renewed 
Have  beamed  the  summers  of  thy  solitude, 
Since  first  the  myriad  steps  that  shook  thy  shore 
Grew  frail  and  few — then  paused  for  evermore. 
Answer-ye  long-lulled  echoes !  Where  are  they 
Who  clove  your  mountains  with  the  shafts  of  day, 
Bade  the  swift  life  along  their  marble  fly. 
And  struck  their  darkness  into  Deity, 
Nor  claimed  from  thee  —pale  temple  of  the  wave — 
Record  or  rest,  a  glory  or  a  grave  } 
Now  all  are  cold — the  Votary  as  his  God. 
And  by  the  shrine  he  feared,  the  courts  he  trod. 
The  livid  snake  extends  his  glancing  trail 
And  lifeless  murmurs  mingle  on  the  gale. 
Yet  glorious  still,  though  void,  though  desolate, 
Proud  Gharapori,  gleams  thy  mountain  gate, 
What  time,  emergent  from  the  eastern  wave. 
The  keen  moon's  crescent  lights  thy  sacred  cave 
And     moving    beams     confuse     with     shadowy 

change, 
Thy  column's  massive  might  and  endless  range. 
Far,  far,  beneath  where  sable  waters  sleep. 
Those  radiant  pillars  pierce  the  crystal  deep. 


41 8  BOMBAY: 

And  mockin.i^  waves  reflect  with  quivering  smile 
Their  lon^  recession  of  refulgent  aisle  : 
Yet  knew  not  here  the  chisel's  touch  to  trace 
The  finer  lineaments  of  form  and  face, 
No  studious  art  of  delicate  design 
Conceived  the  shape,  or  lingered  on  the  line. 
The  sculptor  learned,  on  Indus'  plains  afar, 
The  various  pomp  of  worship  and  of  war, 
Impetuous  ardour  in  his  bosom  woke, 
And  smote  the  animation  from  the  rock. 
In  close  battalions  kingly  forms  advance. 
Wave  the  broad  shield,  and  shake  the  soundless. 

lance, 
With  dreadful  crest  adorned,  and  orient  gem, 
Lightens  the  helm,  and  gleams  the  diadem  ; 
Loose  o'er  their  shoulders  falls  their  flowing  hair,. 
With  wanton  wave,  and  mocks  th'  unmoving  air, 
Broad    o'er    their    breasts    extend    the  guardian 

zones 
Broidered  with  flowers,  and  bright  with  mystic 

stones. 
Poised  in  aetherial  march  they  seem  to  swim, 
Majestic  motion  marked  in  every  limb  ; 
In  changeful  guise  they  pass — a  lordly  train, 
Mighty  in  passion,  unsubdued  in  pain. 
Revered  as  monarchs,  or  as  gods  adored, 
Alternately  they  rear  the  sceptre  and  the  sword. 
And  mightier  ones  are  there — apart— divine, 
Presiding  genii  of  the  mountain  shrine, 
Behold,  the  giant  group,  the  united  three. 
Faint  symbol  of  an  unknown  Deity  ! 
Here,  frozen  into  everlasting  trance 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  419 

Stern  Siva's  (luivering  lip  and  hooded  glance; 
There,  in  eternal  majesty  serene 
ProudBrahnia's  painless  brow, and  constant  mine; 
There  glows  the  light  ofVeeshnu's  guardian  smile, 
But  on  the  crags  that  shade  yon  inmost  aisle 
Shine  not,  ye  stars.     Annihilation's  Lord 
There  waves, with  many  an  arm,  th'  unsated  sword. 
Relentless  holds  the  cup  of  mortal  pain, 
And  shakes  the  spectral  links  that  wreathe  his 
ghastly  chain. 

Oxford  Pn'oe  Poffns,  I839,  pp.  359-364. 


Thana  Creek. 

JOHN  SEELY. 

Nothing  can  be  more  delightful  than  a  sail 
by  the  salt-\yater  channel  that  divides  Salsette 
from  the  continent,  passing  by  the  town  of 
Thana.  Inland,  the  views  on  either  shore  are 
beautifully  wooded,  the  lands  picturesque  and 
romantic,  with  many  rude  and  venerable  relics 
of  Mahratha  forts  and  Portuguese  churches.  You 
may  proceed  as  far  as  Bassein,  circumnavigating 
the  interesting  island  of  Salsette  and  part  of 
Bombay  for  upwards  of  60  miles,  and  enter  the 
ocean  again  a  little  beyond  Bassein;  and  all  this 
agreeable  journey  may  be  performed  in  the 
greatest  safety,  and  with  perfect  ease,  sailing  or 
rowing  amid  mountains,  hills,  and  dales,  with 
the  shore  close  at  hand  on  either  side,  and  that 
shore  richly  ornamented  with  the  most  luxuriant 


420  BOMBAY: 

and  varied  foliage;  while  an  idle  hour  may  be 
whiled  away  in  fishinij:  or  shootinj^,  or  in  viewing 
many  old  ruins  that  occasionally  show  their  hoary 
points    in  the  deepest  solitudes  of  the  forest. 

IVoudcrs  of  Elora,  p.  2J. 


An  Excursion  to  Salsette. 

Mrs.  Heber. 

An  excursion  to  Salsette  to  see  the  cave 
temple  of  Kanhari.  together  with  some  interest- 
ing places  on  the  island,  had  for  some  time 
been  in  contemplation,  and  we  set  out  to  join 
Mr.  Elphinstone  and  a  large  jiarty  at  Tool- 
sey.  On  leaving  Matoonga,  an  artillery  canton- 
ment about  the  centre  of  the  island,  the  country 
became  interesting  as  well  from  its  novelty  as 
from  its  increased  i3eauty.  The  road  lay  prin- 
cipally through  a  valley  formed  by  hills  of  a 
moderate  height,  covered,  wherever  the  rocks 
allowed  of  its  growth,  with  underwood  to  their 
sunuuits,  while  the  valleys  were  planted  with 
groves  of  mangoes  and  pahus,  with  some  fine 
timber  trees.  A  very  shallow  arm  of  the  sea 
divides  Boniljay  from  Salsette,  and  on  an 
eiiiinence  commanding  it,  is  a  foit,  apparently  of 
some  strength,  built  originally  as  a  defence 
against  the  Mahrathas,  and  still  inhabited  by  an 
European  officer  with  a  small  guard  ;  the  islands 
are  now  conne(rted  by  a  causeway.  The  moun- 
tains in   Salsette   are   considerably    hijiher    than 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  421 

those  of  Bombay,  but  covered  with  thicker 
jungle,  while  the  valleys  are  more  shut  in,  and 
conse(|ueiUly  less  healthy.  We  saw  but  few 
traces  of  inhabitants  during  a  drive  of  eight 
miles,  passing  but  one  small  village  consisting 
of  a  most  miserable  collection  of  huts. 

At  Vehar  we  left  our  carriages,  and  proceed- 
ed on  horseback  and  in  palanciuins  through  the 
jungle  to  Toolsey,  the  place  of  our  encamp- 
ment. This  lovely  spot  is  surrounded  by  moun- 
tains of  considerable  height,  forming  a  small 
wooded  amphitheatre,  in  the  centre  of  wiiich 
grows  a  fine  banyan-tree.  Here  our  tents  were 
pitched,  and  I  never  saw  a  more  beautiful 
scene  than  it  afforded.  The  brilliant  colours 
and  varieties  of  dress  on  innumerable  servants, 
the  horses  bivouacked  under  the  trees  with 
each  its  attendant  sayces,  the  bullocks,  carts, 
hackeries,  and  natives  of  all  descriptions  in 
crowds,  the  fires  prepared  for  cooking,  the 
white  tents  pitched  in  the  jungle,  together  with 
the  groups  formed  by  the  different  parties  on 
their  arrival,  altogether  formed  a  coup  iViril 
which  I  can  never  forget,  and  which  can  be 
only  seen  in  a  tropical  climate. 

Our  tent  was  pitched  close  to  a  tiger-trap 
then  unset;  there  are  a  good  many  tigers  in  the 
sland,  and  one  was  killed  a  short  time  previous 
to  our  arrival.  This  was  the  first  night  I  had 
ever  slept  under  canvass,  and  but  for  the  heat, 
which  was  intense,  1  could  not  have  wished  for 
more  comfortable  cpiarters;  but  Toolsey,  from  its 


422  BOMBAY: 

peculiar  situation,  is  reckoned  one  of  the   hottest 
places  in  India. 

Early  the  next  morning-  the  Bishop  and  I 
mounted  our  horses,  and  took  an  exploring  ride 
among  tlie  rocks  and  woods  ;  some  rain  had 
fallen  in  the  night,  which  Iiad  cooled  and  re- 
freshed the  air.  The  morning  was  delightful,  a 
number  of  singing-birds,  among  whose  notes  I 
could  distinguish  those  of  the  nightingale  and 
tlirush,  were  performing  a  beautiful  concert, 
while  the  jungle-fowl  were  crowing  merrily  all 
around,  and  monkeys,  the  first  which  I  had  seen 
in  their  natural  state,  were  sporting  with  their 
young  ones  among  the  trees  ;  I  enjoyed  the  ride 
exceedingly,  and  left  the  rocks  with  regret, though, 
from  the  sun  being  clouded  over,  we  had  been 
already   enabled   to   stay    out    till    eight    o'clock. 

At  four  o'clock  in  the  evening  we  set  out, 
some  on  horse-back,  and  some  in  palanquins,  to 
the  caves,  with  which  the  hill  is  literally  per- 
forated   It  was  late  before  we  re- 
turned. Our  path  wound  along  the  sides  of  the 
rocks,  and  was  hardly  wide  enough  in  places 
for  a  palanquin  to  pass.  The  effect  of  so  large 
a  party  proceeding  in  single  file,  with  torches, 
occasionally  appearing  and  disappearing  among 
the  rocks  and  woods,  with  a  bright  Indian  moon 
shining  over-head,  was  pictures(|ue  and  beautiful 
in  the  highest  degree.  I  happened  to  be  the  last, 
and  had  a  full  view  of  the  procession,  which 
extended  for  nearlv  half    a    mile.     In    northern 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  423 

latitudes  one  can  fonn  no  idea  of  the  brilliancy 
of  the  moon,  nor  of  the  beauty  of  a  ni^ht  such 
<is  this  rendered  more  enjoyable  from  the  respite 
which  it  affords  from  the  heat  of  the  day. 

We  left  our  tents  early  the  next  morn- 
ing, Mrs.  Macdonald  and  I,  witli  most  of 
the  gentlemen  of  the  party,  on  horseback  to 
proceed  to  Thana,  a  town  with  a  fort,  on  the 
-eastern  coast  of  the  island.  From  thence  to 
Salsette  we  went  in  a  bunder  boat,  and  there 
<?mbarkeil  on  board  the  Governor's  Yacht,  where 
we  found  breakfast  prepared,  and  sailed  for 
about  seven  miles  throu«fh  scenery  of  a  very  re- 
markable character.  The  islands  between  which 
we  passed  lie  so  close  to  each  other,  that  I  could 
scarcely  believe  myself  on  the  sea.  On  one  side 
the  prospect  is  bounded  by  the  magnificent 
Ghats,  with  their  fantastic  basaltic  sunmiits, 
and  the  islands  are  occasionally  adorned  with 
ruins  of  Portuguese  Churches  and  convents.  In 
one  of  these,  Ghodbunder,  situated  on  sateep  emi- 
nence, and  guarded  by  a  fort,  we  dined  and  slept. 

Mrs.  Heber's  Journal,  1825,  in  Bishop  Heber's 
Journey,  Vol  III  ff-  ^4-^6. 


View  from  the  Kanhari  Caves. 

HOBART  Gaunter. 

From  the  portico  of  one  of  the  caverns  the 
prospect  is  singularly  striking.  A  long  ledge, 
of  several  feet  in  width,   supported  at   either  end 


424  BOMBAY: 

by  the  solid  rock  from  which  it  is  cut,  protects 
the  spectator  from  the  influence  of  the  sun,  and 
allows  him  to  enjoy  without  inconvenience  the 
beauties  of  a  scene  remarkable  for  its  peculiarity 
and  grandeur.  The  portit»o  is  terminated  to- 
wards the  body  of  the  building  by  a  row  of  tall 
massive  columns,  gracefully  proportioned  and 
with  no  ornanient,  except  on  the  bases  antl  capi- 
tals. With  the  superincumbent  ledge,  which  they 
support,  they  form  a  vestibule  of  great  elegance. 
Under  its  grateful  shade  I  stood  for  some  minutes^ 
contemplating  the  splendour  of  the  view  around 
me,  beholding  everywhere  a  mighty  record  of 
God's  omnipotence.  It  is  hardly  possible  to 
imagine  how  frequently  this  conviction  is  forced 
upon  the  mind  while  travelling  in  this  magnifi- 
cent country — for  here  the  prodigies  of  Art  bear  a 
sort  of  collateral  testimony  to  the  wonders  of 
Nature  ;  but  yet,  how  does  the  vast  and  stately 
grandeur  of  the  mountain,  crowned  with  everlast- 
ing snow,  rising  in  solemn  dignity  from  the 
plain,  with  all  its  accompaniments  of  animal^ 
vegetable,  and  mineral  production,  and  project- 
ing, its  lofty  crest  into  the  clouds,  as  if  to  hold 
communion  with  beings  of  a  higher  world, — how 
does  it  bring  down  to  the  lowest  extreme  of  com- 
parative insignificance  the  mightiest  productions 
of  human  labour!  It  is  clear  that  Nature  has 
everywhere  furnished  the  elements  of  Art  ;  the 
one  is  an  accessory  to  the  other;  and  consequent- 
ly, wherever  Art  prevails  in  its  greater  dignity 
and  success,  the  glories  of  Nature  are  heightened 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  425 

to  the  contemplations  of  the  philosopher,  and 
even  to  the  commonest  admirer  of  the  Creators 
works.  • 

In  no  country  upon  earth,  not  even  exceptini? 
Upper  Egypt,  have  the  prodigious  powers  of  the 
human  mind  been  displayed  to  a  greater  extent 
than  in  India;  and  I  confess  I  never  entertained 
so  exalted  an  idea  of  human  capability  as  it 
deserves  until  I  had  witnessed  those  stupendous 
productions  of  man's  ingenuity,  so  frequently 
presented  to  the  traveller's  eye-on  the  peninsula 
of  Hindustan. 

vStruck  by  the  scene  before  me,  I  sat  myself 
down  upon  a  stone  under  the  rocky  perch  of  the 
cavern.  Before  me  gushed  a  narrow  but  deep 
stream,  which  tumbled  down  the  mountain  in 
a  broken  line,  appearing  at  the  distance  like  a 
narrow  strip  of  silver  lace  up(3n  a  green  velvet 
mantle,  but,  upon  a  nearer  approach,  bountiing 
and  hissing  over  opposing  rocks  with  the  force 
and  energy  of  "  a  thing  of  life."  Just  before  it 
reached  the  place  where  I  had  seated  myself,  its 
waters  gurgled  and  fried  over  a  bed  of  rocks, 
which  formed  a  considerable  slope  in  the  hilU 
and  produced  a  cascade  that  sung  one  of  Nature's 
lullabies  with  a  far  more  sublime,  if  with  a  less 
harmonious  cadence  than  babbling  brooks. 

Oriental  AnnunL  1S36,  pp.  284-286. 


426  BOMBAY : 

Cave  Temples  near  Bombay. 

Garcia  Da  orta. 

• 

Bacaim  [  Bassein  ]  is  a  very  great  city,  and 
under  its  jurisdiction  there  are  many  lands  and 
cities.  It  gives  a  rent  to  the  king  of  more  than 
160,000  cruzados  with  its  land  and  fortresses, 
afterwards  granted  to  Francisco  Barreto.  The 
said  lands  are  called  Manora.  They  include,  in 
one  part,  an  island  called  Salsette  where  there  are 
two  pagodas  or  houses  of  idolatry  under  ground. 
One  is  under  a  very  lofty  hill  built  of  stones  in 
greater  quantity  than  in  the  fortress  of  Diu,  and 
which  may  be  compared,  in  Portugal,  with  a 
town  of  four  bundled  houses.  This  hill  has  a 
grand  ascent,  and  on  arriving  at  the  hill  it  is 
found  to  be  a  great  pagoda  worked  and  cut 
within  the  rock,  where  the  Friars  of  San  Francis- 
co afterwards  built  a  church  called  San  Miguel. 
There  are  many  pagodas  of  stone  on  the  ascent, 
and  near  the  summit  there  are  other  stone  houses 
with  their  chambers,  and  still  higher  are  bouses 
cut  in  the  rock,  and  in  them  there  is  a  tank  or 
cistern  of  water,  with  pipes  to  lead  down  the 
train  water.  Altogether  there  must  be  three 
hundred  houses,  and  all  contain  idols  sculptured 
in  stone.  But  they  are  very  heavy  and  dark^  as 
things  made  for  worshipping  the  devil. 

They  have  another  pagoda  in  a  part  of  the 
island  called  Maljaz,  [  Mandapeshwar,  or  Mon- 
pensir]  which  is  a  very  grand  thing,  also  cut 
out  of  the  rock.     Within  there  are    many   other 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  427 

pagodas  very  dark  and  dismal.  All  who  enter 
"these  houses  say  that  it  makes  their  flesh  creep, 
it  is  so  dreadful.  Another  pagoda,  the  best  of 
-all,  is  on  an  island  called  Pori,  which  we  call  the 
isle  of  the  Elephant  [  Elephanta  ].  On  it  there  is 
a  hill  and  in  the  upper  part  of  it  is  a  subterranean 
iiouse  worked  out  of  the  living  rock,  and  the 
Jiouse  is  as  large  as  a  monastery.  Within  there 
are  courts  and  cisterns  of  good  water.  On  the 
walls,  all  round,  there  are  sculptured  images 
•of  elephants,  lions,  and  many  human  images, 
■some  like  Amazons,  and  in  many  other  shapes 
well  sculptured.  Certainl}^  it  is  a  sight  well 
'worth  seeing,  and  it  would  appear  that  the  devil 
had  used  all  his  powers  and  knowledge  to  deceive 
4he  gentiles  into  his  worship.  Some  say  that  it 
4S  the  work  of  the  Chinese  when  they  navigated 
to  this  land.  It  might  well  be  true,  seeing  that 
it  is  so  well  worked  and  that  the  Chinese  are 
«irtists.  It  is  true  that,  at  the  present  day,  this 
pagoda  is  much  defiled  by  cattle  getting  inside, 
but  in  the  year  1534,  when  I  came  from  Portugal 
it  was  a  very  fine  sight.  I  saw  it  at  the  time 
when  Bacaim  was  at  war  with  us.  Soon  after- 
wards the  King  of  Combaya  [Cambiiy  ]  ceded  it 
to  Nunoda  Cunha. 

Colloquies  (  7563  ),  tr.  C.  Mark  ham   I9I3>  M^^' 
^443  to  445' 


428  BOMBAY : 

Kanhari  and  Bassein. 

Lady  West. 

To-day  we'  left  Bombay  in  a  hired  ba- 
rouche with  our  own  horses  to  Parell,  where 
Horniasjee  Bomanjee  lent  us  a  pair  of  horses 
which  took  us  to  Coorla  six  miles.  We  had  to 
pass  over  a  very  narrow  road,  two  miles  long, 
which  joins  the  island  of  Salsette  to  Bombay. 
I  am  grown  so  tired,  I  had  a  Palankeen  wait- 
ing to  take  me  over.  Mrs.  Heber  and  I  tra- 
velled in  company,  and  the  Bishop  and  Edward 
rode  to  Toolsey,  where  we  found  Mr.  Elphin- 
stone  waiting  to  receive  us  and  all  our  tents 
pitched  in  the  most  picturesque  spot  in  a 
valley,  with  fine  mountains  nearly  all  rounds 
and  fine  banyan  trees  which  hung  over  us  to 
shade  us. 

Edward  got  up  early  and  took  a  ride.  At 
three  we  started  in  our  Palankeens  to  see  the 
Kanhari  Caves, — picturesque  scenery,  but  the 
path  sadly  steep,  rugged,  and  bad  for  horses. 
The  caves  are  certainly  very  curious,  one  very 
much  in  the  same  style  as  the  Karlee  Caves, 
but  not  so  large  or  in  so  perfect  a  state. 

We  were  up  this  morning  at  a  quarter  to 
four.  At  five  Edward  got  on  his  horse  and  Batt 
and  I  in  our  Palankeens  to  go  six  miles  to 
Thana.  But  at  the  top  of  the  Vehar  Hill  I 
found  the  Governor's  carriage,  which  he  had 
sent  for    me.     I    could    not    do    otherwise    thani 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  429 

\ise  it,  and  was  much  deliglited  with  the  driver 
to  Thana.  The  descent  of  the  hill  is  exceed- 
inscly  steep,  and  the  scenery  very  wild  and 
beautiful.  Thana  seems  a  pretty  place  and 
they  are  now  finishing  a  fine  church  there. 

At  two  we  had  again  to  get  into  Bundar 
Boats  to  row  to  Ghodbunder,  as  the  yacht  got 
aground.  The  views  all  day  were' very  beauti- 
ful, and  employed  the  Bishop  and  Sir  Charles 
Chambers  in  taking  some  pretty  sketches. 

We  arrived  at  Ghodbunder  at  ihree^ — a  Portu- 
jjuese  church,  beautifully  situated  at  the  top 
of  a  high  mountain,  to  which  you  ascend  by 
an  immensely  long  flight  of  stone  steps.  The 
encampment  was  at  the  foot  of  the  hill,  and 
Avas  voted  too  hot,  and  all  the  ladies  were 
lodged  in  the  church,  where  we  had  a  fine 
large  room  for  eating,  which  was  not  forgotten 
■anywhere.  It  would  make  an  excellent  dwelling 
house,  and  the  views  from  it  (juite  magnificent, 
on  one  side  overhanging  the  water,  which  had 
the  appearance  of  a  fine  lake. 

In  the  evening  Col.  Rienzi  harmonised  us 
by  singing  to  an  ill-strung  fiddle.  He  has  a 
?i()od  voice,  and  some  execution. 

We  breakfasted  early  this  morning  to  go 
umi  see  the  old  ruined  city  f>f  Bassein  eight  miles 
off,  and  were  to  go  in  the  yacht  and  sent 
our  Palankeens  on  to  await  our  arrival.  But  we 
had  so  little  wind  and  had  to  tack  about  so  much, 
it  was  thought  advisable  to  get  into  the  Bundar 


430  BOMBAY : 

Boats  and  row  to  Bassein.  When  we  arrived 
there  the  Palankeens  were  not  arrived.  We  all 
^ot  out  to  walk  under  the  umbrellas,  and  I  be- 
lieve I  may  say  that  no  one  ever  felt  greater  heat 
or  more  scorching  sun  at  12  o'clock  under  a  high 
wall,  with  the  black  sand  half  over  one's  shoes» 
which  literally  blistered  our  feet  : — it  was  so  hot. 
After  half  an  hour's  walk  apparently  three  sides, 
round  a  large  castle,  we  saw  a  bullock  cart  with 
a  little  tilt;  we  (Mrs,  Heber,  Lady  Chambers, 
and  myself  )  were  gladly  lifted  into  and  squeezed 
into  this  machine,  and  really  no  chaise  and  four 
would  have  been  more  welcome  to  us  at  that 
moment.  We  were  driven  very  dexterously 
through  ruined  gateways  and  walls  to  a  churchy, 
a  fine  and  complete  ruin,  and  saw  some  tomb- 
stones, of  1606,  of  Portuguese  families.  Soon 
after  this  the  Palankeens  arrived  and  we  went  to 
see  a  Hindu  building  not  at  all  decayed,  and  a 
most  perfect  fine  carved  stone  cow  which  they 
worshipped.  We  went  to  another  church  where 
there  were  remains  of  fine  stone  carving,  and  the 
entrance  very  fine.  The  arches  and  Corinthian 
pillars  and  some  of  the  iron  of  the  gate  very 
finely  embossed  with  iron  nails.  There  are  the 
remains  of  innumerable  fine  houses  and  streets. 

It  really  fills  one  with  melancholy  when 
one  reflects  that  this  once  magnificent  place  is 
now  a  perfect  desert  with  not  one  single  inhabit- 
ant, and  it  is  not  accounted  for  except  that  it  is 
.thought  that  the  Mahrathas  drove  the  Portuguese 
out,  of  it.     We  were  much   pleased    with  it,   and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  431 

only  regretted  that  we  could  not  stay  longer,  but 
we  were  too  tired  and  hot  to  prolong  our  resear- 
ches, and  as  we  had  two  Palankeens  1  took  Lady 
Chambers  into  mine,  and  Sir  Charles,  took 
Mrs.  Heber,  and  in  half  an  hour  we  got  back 
to  the  yacht,  where  we  found  an  excellent  dinner 
waiting  for  us,  and  to  that,  and  claret  and 
water,  we  did  ample  justice.  We  sailed  back  so 
soon  that  we  found  ourselves  at  Ghodbunder  by 
the  time  dinner  was  over,  and  by  the  time  our 
adventures  had  been  related  <he  carriages 
and  horses  were  ready,  and  at  5  o'clock  our 
agreeable  and  cheerful  party  dispersed.  I 
think  I  may  say  that  every  one  enjoyed  it  extre- 
mely ;  nothing  could  exceed  Mr.  Elphinstone's 
attention,  civility,  and  wish  of  obliging;  he  was 
my  devoted  Cavaliere  Servente  the  whole  time. 
He  certainly  shines  in  these  parties,  and  I  am 
sure  we  all  regretted  that  it  was  Saturday  and 
that  we  must  return  home.  Hormasjee's  horses 
took  us  the  first  twelve  miles  to  Ambolee  ;  the 
hired  horses  took  us  to  Bandora  where  we  had  to 
ferry  over  to  Mahim,  and  by  driving  very  fast  we 
were  soon  home,  as  we  found  our  horses  the  other 
side  of  the  water,  and  drove  the  ten  miles  in  an 
hour  and  twenty  minutes.- 

The  ferrying  over  is  a  curious  process ;  there 
is  a  large  cage  put  upon  two  boats,  the  horses 
are  taken  off,  and  one  is  pushed  up  the  inclined 
plane  into  this  cage  in  one's  carriage.  The 
horses  stand  by  the  side,  and  in  a  quarter  of  an 
hour  one  is  rowed  over.     We  saw    the  chief  part 


432  BOMBAY 

of  the  island  of  vSalsette.  The  whole  of  the  drive 
to-day  was  very  rich,  almost  like  a  gentleman's 
park  with  lar^^e  man^ro  trees  where  I  suppose 
there  have  been  houses,  and  now  and  then  ruins 
of  them  and  also  churches  with  a  Cross  in  front; 
it  is  indeed  sad  to  think  that  all  this  fine  country 
seems  nearly  depopulated ;  the  Governor  has 
tried  to  do  what  he  can,  but  it  does  not  seem  to 
answer,  in  fact  I  suppose  it  is  hot  and  un- 
healthy. In  some  degree  Bassein  reminded  one 
of  Goa,  though  there  the  Churches  were  kept 
in  repair,  and  inhabited  by  the  monks.  The 
view  of  Bassein  was  very  prett}^  from  the  water, 
walled  all  round.  I  regretted  then,  as  I  always 
do,  that  I  cannot  sketch. 

Lady  West's  Journal.  182^^  in  Drewitt's 

Bombay  in  tlic  days  of  d'oroc  IV.  iQOy, 

pp.  178-181. 


Elephanta. 

Bayard  Taylor. 

I  visited  to  the  Cave-temples  of  Elephanta. 
These  celebrated  remains  are  upon  the  Island  of 
Elephanta,  in  the  bay,  and  about  seven  miles 
distant  from  B<imbay.  I  was  accompanied  by 
the  captain  of  an  American  bark.  We  engaged 
a  bunder-l)oat,  a  craft  with  a  small  cabin,  some- 
thing like  the  kangia  of  the  Nile,  embarked  at 
the  Apollo  pier,  and  went   up   the   bay   with   the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  433 

flood  tide.  We  passed  the  fort  and  floated  along 
the  shore  as  far  as  Mazagaum,  wliere  the  wind 
favoured  us  for  a  run  out  to  the  island.  The 
<;cenery  of  the  l)ay  is  ])eautiful,  tlie  different 
islands  rising  from  the  water  in  bold  hills  cover- 
ed with  vegetation,  while  the  peaks  of  the 
Malabar  Ghauts  cut  their  sharp  outlines  against 
the  sky,  on  the  opposite  side.  Butcher's  Island, 
which  lies  between  Bombay  and  Elephanta,  is 
comparatively  low  an<i  flat,  and  has  a  barren 
appearance,  but  it  contains  a  number  of  European 
bungalows,  and  seems  to  be  a  favourite  place  of 
residence.  Elephanta,  on  the  contrary,  which 
is  about  a  mile  in  length,  is  lofty  and  covered 
with  palm  and  tamarind  trees.  Its  form  is  very 
beautiful,  the  suiumit  being  divided  into  two 
peaks  of  unequal  height. 

The  water  is  shallow  on  the  western  side, 
and  as  we  approached  several  natives  appeared 
on  the  beach,  who  waded  out  two  by  two, 
and  carried  us  ashore  on  their  shoulders.  A 
well-worn  foot-path  pointed  out  the  way  up 
the  hill,  and  in  a  few  minutes  we  stood  on 
the  little  terrace  between  the  two  peaks  and 
in  front  of  the  temple.  The  house  of  the 
sergeant,  who  keeps  guard  over  it,  still  inter- 
vened between  us  and  the  entrance  and  before 
passing  it,  I  stood  for  some  time  looking 
across  to  Bombay  and  Salsette,  enchanted  with 
the  beauty  of  the  prospect  before  me.  More 
than  half  the  charm,  I  found,  lay  in  the  rich, 
tropical  foliage  of  the  foreground. 


434  BOMBAY : 

Turning,  I  passed  around  the  screen  of  some 
banana  trees  and  under  the  boughs  of  a  large 
tamarind.  The  original  entrance  to  the  temple  is 
destroyed,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  tell  whether 
there  was  a  solid  front  and  doorway,  as  in  the 
Egyptian  rock-temples,  or  whether  the  whole 
interior  stood  open  as  now.  The  front  view  of 
Elephanta  is  very  picturesque.  The  rock  is- 
draped  with  luxuriant  foliage  and  wild  vines, 
brilliant  with  many-coloured  blossoms,  heighten- 
ing the  mysterious  gloom  of  the  pillared  half 
below,  at  the  farthest  extremity  of  which  the  eye 
dimly  discerns  the  colossal  outlines  of  the  tri- 
formed  god  of  the  temple.  The  chambers  on- 
each  side  of  the  grand  hall  are  open  to  the  day^ 
so  that  all  its  sculptures  can  be  examined  with- 
out the  aid  of  torches.  The  rows  of  rock-hewrr 
pillars  which  support  the  roof,  are  surmounted  by 
heavy  architraves,  from  which  hang  the  capitals 
and  shattered  fragments  of  some  whose  bases, 
have  been  entirely  broken  away. 

Vist't  to  India  and  China,  1856,  pp.  46-48^ 


Elephanta. 

Basil  Hall. 

It  must  be  owned,  that,  of  all  the  lions  of 
India,  there  are  few  to  compare  with  the  cave 
temples  of  Elephanta,  which,  from  lying  within 
less  than  one  hour's  sail  of  the  town  of  Bombay,. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  435 

form  the  scene  of  many  a  pleasure  party ;  a 
circumstance  which  ought  to  add  considerably  to 
the  recommendation  I  have  already  given,  that 
any  person  wishing  to  behold  at  a  glance  all  the* 
wonders  of  the  East  should  select  Bombay,  rather 
than  any  other  place.  The  island  of  Elephanta 
lies  only  a  few  miles  further  up  the  harbour  than 
the  spot  where  the  ships  anchor  off  the  fort;  and 
as  large  and  commodious  boats,  covered  with 
awnings,  are  to  be  had  at  a  minute's  warning, 
nothing  is  so  easy  as  to  transport  one's  self  from 
the  midst  of  the  European  society  of  the  presi- 
<lency,  or  from  the  bustle  of  the  crowded  native 
bazaar  into  the  most  complete  solitude.  As  the 
island  is  not  inhabited,  the  traveller  finds  himself 
at  once  undisturbed  amidst  some  of  the  oldest 
and  most  curious,  or,  at  all  events,  most  striking, 
remains  of  the  ancient  grandeur  of  the  Hindoos, 
which  are  anywhere  to  be  met  with.  The  effect, 
I  have  no  doubt,  is  considerably  augmented  by 
the  unusual  abruptness  of  the  change  from  a 
scene  of  such  particular  bustle  to  another  of 
entire  stillness.  There  are  many  points  of  intrin- 
sic local  interest  about  Elephanta  which  rank  it 
very  high  in  the  scale  of  curiosity  ;  yet  it  is  one 
of  those  wonders  which,  although  it  may  far 
exceed  in  interest  what  we  expect,  necessarily 
baffles  anticipation.  No  drawing  can  represent 
it.  Even  a  panorama,  which,  in  the  case  of 
Niagara,  has  already  conveyed  to  European 
senses  most  of  the  wonders  of  the  great  American 
cataratt,  couki  make  ppthing  of  Elephanta.  The 


436  BOMBAY  : 

only  device  that  could  ^ive  a  just  conception 
of  the  form,  size,  colour,  and  so  on,  of  these 
caves,  would  be  a  model  of  the  full  dimensions, 
similar  to  what  Belzoni  exhibited  of  an  Egyptian 
mummy  pit. 

Fragments  of  Voyages,  2nd  scries,  t8j2,  page  T2g. 


The  caves  of  Elephanta  are  not,  by  any 
means,  of  the  same  stamp  ;  but  they  possess  their 
own  share  of  deep  interest,  which  will  not  let 
them  slip  ofif  the  recollection,  I  was  not  more 
anxious  to  ^et  sight  of  Niagara  than  to  have  a 
look  at  Elephanta  :  nor  can  I  pretend  to  say  which 
of  the  two  gratified  me  most  at  first.  Compari- 
sons, after  all,  between  such  incongruous  things 
are  not  only  useless,  but  absurd.  It  is  like  com- 
paring the  pleasure  of  viewing  the  Elgin  marbles 
with  the  surprise  caused  by  hearing  a  concert 
played  on  one  string.  The  former  is  pure,  sub- 
lime, and  enduring  ;  the  latter  is  strange,  inexpli- 
cable, and  transient.  One  we  recollect  merely 
for  its  singularity,  the  other  for  its  instruction  in 
genuine  taste  and  refined  fancy.  Elephanta, 
therefore,  considered  as  a  w^ork  of  art,  may  be 
compared  to  one  of  Paganini's  extravaganzas  in 
music.  Niagara,  on  the  other  hand,  in  grandeur 
and  severe  simplicity,  is  about  as  difficult  to 
match  amongst  the  natural  wonders  of  the  earth 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  437 

as  the  Parthenon  of  Athens  amongst  the  works 
of  ni:in.  Rivals,  no  doubt,  may  be  found;  but 
I  suspect  they  will  both  remain  for  ever  at  the 
top  of  their  lespective  classes. 

Fragments  of  Voyages,  2nd  series,  1832,  pp.  129. 131. 


Elephanta. 

Seely. 

On    quitting  Butchers  Island,  called  by  the 
natives   Deva    Devi,    or    Island    of    the    Gods, 
not     far     up     the    bay    stands    the     celebrated 
Elephanta    Island.     It    is   of    considerable    ele- 
vation,   and    famous    for    its     caves     hewn     out 
of   the   solid    rock    from    the  face  of   the  moun- 
tain ;  they   are   considerably    injured  by    time, — 
"  Whom    stone    and     brass   obey. 
Who    giv'st   Xo   every   flying   hour 
^  To    work    some    new   decay." 

These  caves  are  very  much  injured  by 
the  action  of  the  sea-breeze,  and  from  not 
having  drains  cut  on  the  top  of  the  moun- 
tain to  carry  off  the  rain  water  ;  nor  has  any 
care  been  taken  to  have  trenches  ma<le  at  the 
foundation;  so  that  in  the  periodical  rains 
they  are  often  inundated,  and  abound  with 
reptiles  particularly  snakes.  From  their  vici- 
nity to  Bombay  they  are  fre(|uently  visited 
by  parties  of  pleasure;  and  to  preserve  them 
from    wilful    injury    by    casual    visitors,    a    wall 


438  BOMBAY  : 

with  a  gate  has  been  lately  erected  in  front, 
and  left  in  charge  of  an  invalid  sergeant,  with 
a  few  invalid  sepoys,  to  protect  them.  The 
old  man  has  a  good  hou^e  adjoining,  and  has 
a  comfortable  sinecure  of  it,  as  most  visitors 
do  not  forget  his  long  stories  and  the  accom- 
modation for  refreshment  which  his  house 
affords.  The  view  from  the  caves  is  very  fine, 
as  they  are  situated  about  350  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea.  Here  is  the  famous  colossal 
figure  of  the  Trimurti,— Brahma,  Vishnu,  and 
Shiva,  the  creating,  preserving,  and  destroying 
powers  of  the  Hindoo  mythology.  The  cave 
is  large,  but  by  no  means  equal  to  the  large 
temples  of  Karli,  or  the  far-famed  ones  at 
Elora. 

Wonders  of  Ellora,  1S24,  />/>.  20-2/. 


On  the  way  to  Mahableshwar. 

Mrs.  Guthrie. 

In  the  soft  twilight  we  picked  our  way 
over  the  rocks  by  the  water,  and  when  the 
moon  shone  out  we  crossed  a  stretch  of  ground 
where  innumerable  specks  of  crystal  shone 
like  diamond  dust.  On  the  viaduct  we  paused 
and  looked  down  upon  the  temples  grouped 
up  and  down  the  river.  The  broad  deserted 
ghats  were  silent  now.  The  sacred  Krishna, 
bound   on   her   long   career,   flowed   by    them   a 


AN  ANrHOLOGY.  439 

stream  of  silver.  So  lovely,  so  tranquil  was 
the  scene  that  it  seemed  all  unreal — a  vision 
in  a  dream.  We  moved  away  at  last,  and, 
bending  our  steps  towards  the  distant  lights, 
•we  found  ourselves  in  the  central  square  of 
the  town.  Alone  as  we  were,  we  had  no  fear; 
even  of  an  uncivil  word.  As  the  population 
of  the  place  was  Hindoo,  musicians  were  beat- 
ing their  drums  and  twanging  the  'vina'  in 
front  of  an  old  palace,  ornamented  with  colour 
and  carving  -a  relic  of  other  days,  Afzul 
Khan  probably  lived  in  it  when  he  was  gover- 
nor of  the  Wai  district.  His  gallant  train 
would  have  found  ample  accommodation  in  its 
vast   courts    and    galleries. 

In  the  one  long  street  of  the  bazaar,  throngs 
of  men  were  walking  up  and  down  ;  while 
women  and  children,  grouped  under  the  ve- 
randahs, made  the  air  resound  with  their  shrill 
cries.  People  were  making  purchases  at  the 
open  stalls.  A  knot  of  girls,  gaudily  attired, 
were  buying  strings  of  jessamine,  and  crowns 
of  yellow  flowers,  destined  to  set  off  the  great 
knot  of  glossy  black  hair  raised  upon  their 
•shapely  heads.  Handsome  creatures  they  look- 
ed as  they  stood  in  the  red  glare  of  a  cresset, 
flaming  with  cotton-seed  steeped  in  oil.  Num- 
bers of  white-robed  votaries  were  wending 
their  way  to  prayer.  We  peeped  into  no  less 
than  five  temples,  catching  sight  of  long 
aisles  of  pillars,  lit  at  the  top  by  small 
Jamps.     At  the  end   of   these    vistas  were   bril- 


440  BOMBAY : 

liantly-illuminated  shrines,  before  which  men 
in  the  attitude  of  prayer  were  performing 
*  piija. '  Most  of  these  halls  had  been  mosques^ 
but    it   was    now   the   turn   of   the    Hindoo. 

Life  in  Western  Imiia.  t88i.  Vol.  I,  />/>.  25-26. 


Charm  of   riahableshwar. 

Robert  Brown. 

I  thought  it  better  to  defer  writing  until 
I  could  tell  you  of  my  arrival  and  proceed- 
ings at  this  far-famed  and  universally  atl- 
mired  sanatorium.  I  have  stood  on  the 
pyramids  of  Egypt,  I  have  gazed  with  rapture 
on  the  mountain  scenery  of  Ceylon,  I  have 
contemplated  the  beauties  of  my  own  heather 
hills,  but  not  yet  have  I  seen  a  landscape  so 
extensive,  so  diversified,  as  that  by  which  I 
am  now  surrounded  ;  and  whilst  in  the  full 
enjoyment  of  such  scenery,  you  will  easily 
imagine  that  I  am  somewhat  averse  to  the  use 
of  the  pen. 

The  chief  attraction  of  the  place  is  its 
magnificent  scenery  and  fine  bracing  English 
climate,  the  temperature  ranging  from  65  to  70 
degrees,  while  in  Bombay  it  is  at  least  twenty 
degrees  above  that  just  now.  It  is  a  sort  of 
sanatorium,  founded  by  Sir  John  Malcolm, 
from  whom  the  village  takes  its  name  of 
Malcompeth.     It    has     a    fine    dry    atmosphere*. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  441 

with  a  cooling  breeze  that  braces  every  nerve 
and  sinew  of  one's  body,  and  enables  one  to 
undergo  fatigue  witli  quite  a  feeling  of  plea- 
sure. We  are  here  elevated  son^e  4,000  or  5,000 
feet ;  and  at  such  an  altitude  you  will  easily 
imagine  that  we  command  a  most  extensive 
view  of  the  surrounding  countr3^  On  every 
si<le,  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  mountain  upon 
mountain  raises  its  lofty  summit,  contrasting 
beautifully  with  the  rich  luxuriance  of  the 
fertile  valleys;  and  while  the  mind  loses  itself 
in  the  silent  contemplation  of  such  a  scene, 
and  naturally  recurs  to  the  recollection  of 
other  scenes  in  other  climes,  the  ear  is  suddenly 
awakened  by  the  roar  of  the  mountain  torrent,, 
which,  swollen  by  the  last  night's  thunder- 
plump,  now  rolls  down  the  precipitous  raving 
with  an  impetuosity  which  no  object  in  nature 
can  check,  plunging  into  the  abyss  beneath, 
and  dasliing  the  spray  like  smoke  along  the 
mountain-side;  until,  as  if  tireti  of  exulting  in 
its  mad  career,  it  gradually  subsides  into  a 
peaceful  stream,  meandering  through  the  rich 
green  fields  of  plain  beneath,  and  forming 
altogether  a  beautiful  and  striking  object  in 
the  surrounding  landscape.  Gaze  on  it  while 
you  may  ;  for  see,  the  mist  is  rolling  in  dense 
clouds  along  the  mountains,  and  the  curtain 
of  night  will  soon  obscure  the  landscape  from 
your  vision.  Look  again  !  and  that  mountain- 
peak  is  shrouded  in  darkness,  when  hark  I 
a  peal  of  deafening   thunder   rends  the  heavens 


442  BOMBAY: 

and  the  lightning's  flash  penetrates  the  awful 
obscurity  of  the  scene,  and  blinds  the  senses 
with  its  lurid  brilliancy.  A  death-like  silence 
succeeds,  and  while  with  long-drawn  breath  I 
await  the  next  peal,  a  shriek  from  my  favourite 
spaniel  pierces  my  ear;  I  rush  to  his  rescue, 
but  only  in  time,  alas,  to  see  the  footprint  of 
the  tiger's   destroying  paw! 

Memorials.  1867.  pp.  60-62. 


Sunsets  at  Mahableshwar. 

Mr.  Guthrie. 

My  first  visit  to  this  spot  (  Bombay  Point ) 
was  made  just  as  the  sun  in  crimson  glory  drop- 
ped down  into  the  sea.  The  hazy  tints  of  golden 
amethyst  that  lingered  about  the  mountain 
depths  were  indescribably  beautiful. 

During  the  dull  months  when  the  cold,  dry 
winds  blustered,  the  sunsets  were  the  redeeming 
charm  of  the  place,  a  foretaste  of  "  the  better 
land."  No  spot  commanded  a  finer  view  of  the 
departing  day  than  our  own  verandah.  Some- 
times the  orb  set  in  peaceful  beauty  against  a 
clear  background  of  tender  green  and  violet. 
Sometimes  its  beams  would  suddenly  rend  the 
leaden  masses  of  cloud  that  concealed  the  sea 
horizon,  and  shoot  up  flaming  like  some  great 
volcano.     Early  in  the  morning  the  sea  that   lay 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  443 

more  than  thirty  miles  away,  was  misty  and  blue  ; 
but  in  the  evening  it  was  critnson,  like  the  sky. 
Witli  the  naked  eye  ships  could  be  distinguished 
tjo  its  bosom.  On  one  occasion,  just  as  the  great, 
solar  disc  touched  the  water,  a  black  object,  no 
bigger  than  a  mnn's  hantl,  passed  across  it — a 
:ship  voyaging  to  gather  pearls  and  spices  on  far 
•shores.  In  India  there  is  a  bewitching  beauty 
in  *'  the  parting  hour,"  but  finest  of  all  was  it  to 
see  a  great  lone  planet  all  aflame  in  the  deep 
orange  of  the  after-glow. 

Life  in  Wester n  [ndiiu  pp.  5T-52. 


A  Journey  to  Mahableshwar,  1829. 

Elizabeth  Grant. 

At  last  we  were  ofif,  and  as  the  sun  de- 
irlineil  and  the  air  cooled,  and  the  ascending 
path  brought  the  mountain  air  to  us,  I  was 
able  to  look  up  and  out,  and  enjoy  the  singular 
scene   presented    by    our    party. 

A  burni  sahib  needed  a  large  retinue  when 
travelling  in  the  East  years  ago.  First  went 
Nasserwanjee  on  a  tattoo  (a  little  pony)  leading 
\is  all,  sword  in  hand,  for  the  scabbard  only 
hung  by  his  side^  the  naked  blade  flourished  at 
•every  turn  ab^ve  his  hea<l ;  next  were  some 
sepoys  or  peons,  then  my  mother's  palanquin 
•Am\  her  spare  bearers,  then  mine  and  more  peons, 
Chen  my  father's,  then  the  two  avails':  next,  the 


444  BOMBAY : 

upper  servants  on  ponies,  l)ut  without  swords- 
then  under  servants  on  foot  or  on  bullocks;  the 
luggage,  tents,  canteens,  trunks,  all  on  bullocks^ 
peons  and  coolies  running  beside  them  to  the 
nuiuber  altogether  of  fifty  or  sixty.  It  was  a 
long  train  winding  round  among  the  hills,  always, 
ascending  and  turning  corners,  and  when  night 
caiue  on,  and  the  torches  were  lit— one  in  about 
every  fourth  man's  hand — the  effect  was  beautiful^, 
the  flames  waving  as  the  arms  moved,  leaves^ 
branches,  rocks,  gleaming  in  turn  among  the 
dusky  train  that  wound  along  up  the  steep  foot-- 
way.  Daylight  might  not  have  been  so  pictures- 
que, but  it  would  have  been  far  more  suitable  to 
the  kind  of  journey,  and  the  distance  being 
considerable,  many  a  weary  step  was  taken 
before  we  reached   our  resting-place. 

It  was  near  midnight  when  we  came  to  three 
tents  sent  by  General  Robertson  for  our  accom- 
modation. All  we  wanted  was  soon  ready,, 
for  a  fire  was  there,  burning  in  a  furnace  made 
of  stones,  the  usual  travelling  fireplace.  Our 
curry  was  heated,  I  had  nearly  a  whole  bottle  of 
beer,  and  my  bed  being  ready  by  the  time  this 
supper  was  over,  I  was  soon  fast  asleep  in  a 
region  as   wild   as  Glen   Ennich. 

My  mother  became  quite  reconciled  next 
morning  to  our  journey,  for  a  lyessenger  arrived 
very  early  with  two  notes  for  my  father,  one 
from  General — then  Colonel  Robertson — and  one 
from  Colonel  Smith  ;  they  were  notes  of  welcome 
with  directions,  which,  warned  by  the  sufferings 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  445 

\)f  the  (lay  before,  we  obeyed;  very  kind  tliey 
were — everybodx'  is  kind  in  India — but  it  was 
not  the  kindness  that  pleased  my  mother,  it  was 
the  messenger!  He  was  one  of  the  irrej^nlar 
horse,  a  native,  light  made,  handsomely  dressed, 
in  coloured  trousers,  fl(iwing  robe,  and  yellow 
cap  (I  think).  He  rode  well  and  caracoled  his 
little  spirited  horse  before  us  for  just  as  long 
<is  we  pleased  to  look  at  him.  She  took  it  into 
"her  head  that  he  was  one  of  Colonel  Smith's 
regiment  —which  regiment  was  Heaven  knows 
where— in  Gujarat,  I  believe— so  she  asked 
Nasserwanjee  for  a  rupee  to  give  him,  and 
•^litl  the  civil   with   the   air  of  a    princess. 

After  breakfast  we  started  again,  a  long 
ascent,  and  then,  just  at  dark,  a  stietch  of  level 
road,  brouglit  us  to  the  end  of  our  journey,  a 
large  double-poled  tent  of  Colonel  Smith's,  which 
was  to  be  lent  to  us  during  our  stay  on  the  hills. 
We  had  a  very  good  dinner  very  well  served, 
^nd  retired  to  our  sleeping-tents  in  great  good- 
humour.  The  night  was  piercing  cold,  and  the 
ihill  of  the  water  next  morning  was  really 
painful ;  but  a  canter  warmed  me  and  gave  me 
:;dso  a  good  view  of  the  curious  place  we  were 
^iettled  on,  a  wide  plain  on  the  top  of  a  long 
rid^e  of  mountains.  The  Governor's  small 
bungalow,  and  the  Resident's  a  little  way  off, 
were  the  only  houses  at  the  station  ;  everybody 
•else  lived  in  tents,  scfit^ereid  al>out  anywhere  in 
groups  of  from  five  to  si^,^c(7(^rdin^,  to  the 
size,  of  the  eslablishme^ijt,,,^  >frj^,     ^.j,    ,    . 


446  BOMBAY : 

The  mountain  air  was  enchanting,  the  sur> 
hot  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  yet  quite  bearable^ 
the  mornings  and  evenings  delightful,  the 
nights  rather  cold.  The  society  was  on  the 
pleasantest  footing;  the  way  of  life  most  agree- 
able as  soon  as  we  got  into  it.  The  first  few 
days  we  kept  our  Bombay  hours,  late  dinners,, 
and  so  on,  therefore  an  exchange  of  calls  with 
our  neighbours  was  the  extent  of  oUr  intercourse,, 
but  as  soon  as  we  showed  ourselves  well-bred 
enough  to  conform  to  the  habits  of  the  place 
we  got  on  merrily:  dined  at  the  Robertsons* 
often,  lunched  here  and  there,  gave  little 
dinners  and  little  luncheons,  and  went  with 
■parties  to  the  only  two  lions  that  there  were, 
the  sources   of   some  river  and  a  hill  fort. 

Lady  Strachey's  Memoirs  of  a   Highland  Lady\ 

T898,    pp.  436-438. 


A  French  Artist  on  Matharan. 

LOUIS  ROUSSELET. 

1  mounted  a  pony  and  commenced  my  ascents 
Night  was  drawing  on,  and  the  mountain-top- 
was  purple  with  the  last  rays  of  the  setting  sun ; 
but  as  the  moon  was  then  at  her  full,  I  did  not 
hesitate  to  enter  the  gorges  that  open  behind 
Narel,  trusting  to  the  mild  light  of  the  satellite  to 
guide  me  on  my  way.  To  the  height  of  nearly 
1,500  feet  the  rock  forms  a   perpendicular  wall. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  447 

wliifh  seems  inaccessible,  and  rests  on  elevated 
basements,  radiating  in  every  direction  over  the 
plain.  The  mountain  is  entirely  isolated  fron^ 
the  remainder  of  the  chain  of  the  Ghauts,  and 
looks  like  a  vast  island  of  between  nine  antl  ten 
miles  long,  by  one  and  a  half  or  two  miles  broad. 
Its  summit,  which  forms  a  long  horizontal  table- 
land, is  nowhere  more  than  2,000  feet  in  height. 
A  very  good  road  rises  zigzag  up  its  northern 
face,  but  it  is  too  steep  to  allow  of  carriages 
being  used  in  the  ascent. 

I  soon  found  myself  in  the  midst  of  a  fine 
forest  of  teak,  which  covered  the  whole  outline 
of  the  mountain  basements.  Most  of  the  trees 
had  already  lost  their  foliage,  or  retained  only  a 
few  withered  leaves.  Lofty  plane-trees,  with 
their  whitish  trunks  and  curveil  boughs,  were 
massed  together  at  the  brink  of  the  precipice; 
and  here  and  there  a  silk-tree  spread  out  its 
arms,  dry  and  spinous,  bearing  long  white  flakes. 

The  forest  was  intersected  with  glades, 
which  allowed  me  to  see,  from  time  to  time,  the 
tangled  array  of  ravines  and  hills  which  I  was 
going  to  traverse.  My  rapid  course  in  the  midst 
of  this  solitude  savoured  of  the  fantastic.  The 
wind  was  blowing  among  the  trees;  a  thousand 
rumbling  noises  resounded  on  the  mountains; 
and  the  vivid  light  of  the  tropical  moon  brought 
out  in  strong  relief  all  the  details  of  the  sur- 
rounding landscape.  At  the  foot  of  the  steps 
which,  stairCase-like,  climb  the  perpendicular 
Aank  of  the  principal  mass,  1  pulled  up  my  pony  ; 


448  BOMBAY : 

and,  dismounting,  I  walked  on,  leading  him  by 
the  bridle.  The  road,  narrow  and  cut  out  of  the 
rock,  was  continually  turning  this  way  or  that, 
bringing  me  sometimes  in  view  of  the  plain, 
wdiich  beneath  the  light  of  the  moon  resembled  a 
vast  lake,  sometimes  among  the  gloomy  recesses 
of  the  precipices.  In  some  places  extensive 
landslips  had  formed  a  steep  declivity,  covered 
with  a  thick  growth  of  forest-trees,  rising  from 
the  bottom  of  the  ravines  to  the  summit  ;  and 
here  and  there  rills  of  spring-water  followed  the 
road  for  a  moment  and  then  bounded  into  space. 
The  higher  I  climbed,  the  sharper  and  more 
agreeable  became  the  cold.  At  last  I  reached 
the  upper  tableland,  and  rested  for  an  instant  at 
a  chowkey- — a  small  police-station.  Here  the 
transition  is  abrupt.  You  feel  that  you  have 
entered  a  region  entirely  different  from  that  you 
have  left  ;  for  whilst  the  vegetation  on  the  sides 
of  the  mountain  is  still  purely  tropical,  that 
which  covers  the  summit  is  of  a  wholly  European 
aspect.  One  might  believe  oneself  in  a  well-kept 
park  ;  the  thickets  are  bushy,  and  the  trees  grace- 
fully formed  and  arranged  in  groups,  while  the 
air  is  cool  and  embalmed  by  thousands  of  flowers. 
A  beautiful  road,  spread  with  gravel  like  a 
garden  alley,  running  for  several  miles  through 
the  forest,  brought  me  at  last  to  the  bazaar,  a 
long  row  of  native  stalls  in  the  midst  of  a  glade. 
Next  morning  I  went  out  at  an  early  hour  to  visit 
the  different  points  of  view,  the  beauty  of  which 
I  had   so  many   times   heard  vaunted.  .  A   light 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  449 

mist  covering  the  forest,  and  the  leaves,  whitened 
by  an  abundant  dew,  recalled  memories  of 
Europe.  The  houses  of  the  Europeans,  substan- 
tially built  of  red  stone,  crowned  every  height ; 
alleys  ran  in  every  direction,  opening  out  superb 
vistas.  One  of  the  points  of  the  mountain, 
Louisa  Point,  terminates  abruptly,  and  forms  an 
immense  precipice,  at  the  bottom  of  which  en- 
ormous rocks,  owing  to  the  fall  of  a  landslip 
through  the  infiltrations  of  the  rains,  makes  a 
sublime  scene  of  chaos.  At  my  feet  stretched 
the  whole  Konkan  down  to  the  sea,  which 
glittered  in  the  sun.  Bombay  and  its  islands 
looked  like  dark  points  surrounded  by  silvery 
lines.  The  plain  appeared  parched  and  bare, 
and  the  watercourses  by  which  it  is  furrowed 
were  clearly  defined  by  the  green  lines  of 
the  trees  bordering  them,  while  here  and 
there  small  villages,  surrounded  by  plantations 
of  rice,  lent  some  little  animation  to  the 
desert  tract.  Nearly  in  front  of  me  rose  an 
isolated  mountain,  which  my  guide  informed 
me  was  Mount  Parbul,  and  which  is  plainly 
visible  from  Bombay  ;  an  enormous  gulf,  more 
than  two  miles  wide,  separated  me  from  its 
level  summit,  which  is  at  the  same  elevation 
as  the  spot  whereon  I  stood.  Pretty  roads 
that  go  all  round  the  tableland  of  Matheran 
extend  along  by  the  edge  of  the  precipice,  and 
display  a  richly  varied  panorama.  The  salient 
points  of  the  mountain  are  marked  off  by  them 
like  the   angles  of  a   fortress,   and   so    furnish 


450  BOMBAY : 

magnificent  foregrounds  of  rocks  and  forests  at 
their  several  points  of  view.  Far  from  being 
completely  level,  the  ground  is  decidedly  un- 
dulating, and  forms,  even  on  the  summit  of 
Matheran,  small  valleys  and  peaks. 

The  finest  view  to  be  obtained  from  Matheran 
is  that  which  is  commanded  from  the  point  called 
that  of  Panorama.  Before  the  spectator  rises 
the  chain  of  Bava  Malang,  the  crest  of  which, 
bare  and  jagged,  appears  to  be  crowned  with 
innumerable  strong  castles,  with  towers  and 
belfries;  and  in  the  distance,  on  the  other  side  of 
a  vast  plain  covered  with  forests  and  rivers  and 
sprinkled  over  with  villages,  extends  the  long 
line  of  the  Thull  Ghauts,  with  their  terraces, 
straight  and  perfectly  horizontal,  up  to  the 
summit,  resembling  a  gigantic  rampart.  On 
another  side,  the  sea  and  the  islands,  with  the 
rich  vegetation  along  the  coast,  complete  the 
magnificence  of  this  panorama. 

India  and  its  Native  Princes,  1882,  pp.  59-61,  63. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  451 

View  from  Panorama  Point, 
Matheran. 

"  The  Times  of  India." 

This  height  a  ministering  angel  might 

select ; 
For   from   the   summit   of  this  hill,  the 

amplest  range 
Of  unobstructed  prospect  may  be  seen 
That  Konkan   ground  commands : — low 

dusky  tracts, 
Where  Ulhas  is  nursed,  far  southward  ! 

Sahyadri  hills 
To  the  south  and  east,  a  multitudinous  show  ; 
And  in  a  line  of  eye-sight  linked  with  these, 
The  hoary  peaks  of  Deccan  that  gave  birth 
To  Godavari's  sacred  stream, 
Crowding   the   quarter  whence  the  sun 

comes  forth. 
Gigantic   mountains  rough  with  crags; 

beneath, 
A    little    from    the     imperial    station's 

western  base 
Main  Ocean,  breaking  visibly,  and  stretched 
Far  into  silent  regions  blue  and  pale. 
And  visibly  engirding  Bombay's  isle 
That  now  appears  a  dwindled  object 
And  submits  to  lie  at  the  spectator's  feet. 

These   graphic  lines    of  Wordsworth,    slightly 
altered  and  adapted,  give  an  exact  description 


452  BOMBAY : 

of  the  splendid  view  to  be  obtained  from  this  the 
highest  Point  on  Matheran.  Strictly  speaking  it 
does  not  belong  to  Matheran  proper,  which 
extends  from  Hart  Point  north  to  Chowk  Point 
south.  It  is  the  northern  end  of  a  small  range 
which  abuts  on  the  east  of  Matheran,  and  extend- 
ing to  Garbut  and  Sondai  in  the  south  spurs 
away  to  the  south-west  Sahyadris.  It  is  this 
range  that  is  first  seen  from  the  railway  and  that 
hides  Matheran  proper  from  view.  Owing  to 
its  great  height  of  nearly  2,700  feet  above  sea- 
level,  and  favourable  position,  it  commands,  as 
its  name  implies,  a  panorama  unequalled  in  these 
parts  for  its  wide  sweep  of  hill  and  plain,  and 
for  its  wild  grandeur.  Those  who  have  seen  the 
famous  Matterhorn  call  this  Point  its  miniature. 
It  boldly  juts  out  like  a  cape  into  space  and 
owing  to  the  very  small  width  of  its  headland, 
views  from  both  its  right  and  left  are  easily 
obtained  at  the  same  time. 

From  its  northernmost  ledge  the  eye  has  a 
sweep  of  over  sixty  miles  of  the  most  picturesque 
country  in  Western  India, — the  near  hills  with 
their  sides  clothed  with  thick  forest,  the  green 
plain  of  the  Konkan  through  which  meander 
several  rivers  and  streams,  on  one  side  the 
massive  wall  of  the  distant  Ghauts  with  the 
famous  peaks  and  fortresses  of  the  Deccan  rising 
above  their  shoulders,  and  on  the  other  the  broad 
sea  as  well  as  its  creeks  and  estuaries  wedging 
into  the  land.  Right  in  front  of  us  and  stretch- 
ing    away     from     our     feet,  lie   the   range    of 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  453 

eccentric  hills  and  crags  known  as  the  Cathedral 
Rocks,  some  of  whose  peaks  are  battered  and 
shaped  into  the  most  fantastic  forms.  Nearest 
to  us  and  looking  almost  like  a  continuation  of 
our  range,  is  the  pointed  hill  of  Peb  or  Vikatgad, 
with  its  steep  and  almost  inaccessible  but 
nevertheless  fortified  top.  Next  to  it  is  the 
rounded  peak  of  Nakhinda,  with  its  sloping 
back,  standing  out  from  the  plain  and  appearing 
from  certain  points  like  a  huge  war-elephant 
on  the  run.  Here  the  Cathedral  range  takes 
a  turn  to  the  west  with  the  blade-like  peak  of 
Chanderi,  the  tent-like  Mhas-Mara,  the  finger-like 
pinnacles  of  Navara-Navari,  and  the  fortified  top 
of  Tavli  which  appears  from  here  like  a  camel 
with  its  big  hump  and  curved  neck. 

The  range  ends  with  the  famous  Bava  Malang, 
standing  out  in  stately  grandeur  like  a  huge 
cathedral  with  its  upper  outline  sharp  cut  as  if 
by  human  hands  into  regular  form.  Ruskin  in 
a  well-known  passage  calls  all  mountains  the 
cathedrals  of  nature  set  in  our  midst  to  proclaim 
the  glory  of  God.  But  Malangghad  is  not  only 
metaphorically  a  cathedral  :  it  really  requires  no 
great  stretch  of  the  imagination  to  see  the  form 
of  a  cathedral  in  its  stately  and  regular  outline. 
It  is  seen  to  its  best  advantage  from  here,  rising 
to  its  full  height,  and  its  steep  sides  with  the 
belts  of  green  forest  unobstructed  by  intervening 
hills.  From  Bombay  too  it  appears  a  marked 
feature  in  the  view  of  the  Konkan  hills  to  be 
obtained  there  ;  and  when  the  rays  of  the  setting 


454  BOMBAY : 

sun  resting  on  its  top  for  a  while  illuminate  its 
bold  outlines  with  all  the  colours  of  the  rainbow, 
the  scene  as  best  viewed  from  Malabar  Hill  is 
striking  beyond  measure  and  one  not  easily 
forgotten. 

Beyond  the  Cathedral  range  to  the  north  are 
seen  some  of  the  highest  peaks  of  Salsette  and 
south  Gujarat.  Between  Malang  and  Tavli 
appear  the  high  cone  of  Kamandurg  and  its 
neighbour,  the  flat  hill-top  of  the  wooded 
Tungar,  ten  miles  from  Bassein,  which  Sir 
Theodore  Hope  had  once  tried  hard  to  make  a 
rival  sanitorium  to  this  of  Matheran.  To  their 
left  rises  another  high  conical  peak,  that  of 
Dugad,  and  behind  it  the  steep  fortified  height 
of  Takmak,  while  beyond  in  the  dim  distance 
stretches  the  Surya  range,  with  its  chief  peak  of 
Asheri,  the  once  famous  and  important  fortress 
of  the  Portuguese  commanding  the  rich  and 
fertile  plains  of  Kelve  Mahim.  The  steep  sheer 
rock  of  Mahalakshmi  known  to  English  sailors, 
who  used  to  take  bearings  at  sea  from  it,  as 
Valentine's  Head,  twenty  miles  east  of  Dahanu 
in  Gujarat,  is  visible  on  the  horizon  over  the 
point  of  Feb;  and  the  still  more  distant  and 
higher  fortress  of  Gambhirghad,  eighty  miles 
off,  just  peeps  over  the  horizon  as  a  small  speck. 
Much  nearer  than  these  in  the  valley  of  the  Tansa 
is  the  forked  ridge  of  Mahuli,  the  highest  among 
these  hills,  being  more  than  2,8oo  feet  above 
sea-level,  with  its  three  fortified  peaks,  Palasgad 
to  the  north,  Bhandargad  to  the  south  and  Mahuli 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  455 

proper  in  the  centre.  To  the  east  of  Mahuli 
appears  the  pyramidal  peak  of  Vatwad,  with 
which  in  the  north-east  begins  the  view  of  the 
Sahyadri  hills. 

Raised  on  these  hills  is  the  plateau  of  the 
Deccan,  and  the  districts  of  Nasik,  Ahmadnagar 
and  Poona  can  be  made  out  from  here  with  most 
of  their  noted  peaks.  Of  the  Nasik  hills  above 
the  Sahyadri  range  appear  the  famous  Trimbak, 
whence  rises  the  sacred  Godavari,  and  Anjaneri, 
the  hot  weather  hill  of  the  city  of  Nasik, 
fourteen  miles  to  the  east  of  it.  In  the  adjoining 
Ahmadnagar  district,  on  the  border  appear  the 
two  neighbouring  forts  of  Alang  and  Kulang, 
and  behind  and  between  them  the  pointed  peak 
of  Kalsubai,  the  loftiest  peak  on  the  Sahyadris 
attaining  a  height  of  nearly  5,500  feet.  The  high 
fortresses  of  Ratangad,  Harischandragad,  and 
Bahirugad  in  Ahmadnagar  are  cut  off  from  our 
view  here  by  the  crest  of  the  Sahyadris,  which 
here  turn  west  to  Sidgad,  whose  sugar-loaf  peak 
stands  out  detached  from  the  main  line.  The 
two  other  detached  hills  near  are  those  of 
Gorakhghad  and  Machhindraghad. 

Exactly  opposite  to  us  and  right  to  the  east 
is  the  sacred  hill  of  Bhimashankar,  at  the  top  of 
one  of  the  old  highways  from  the  Konkan  to  the 
Deccan  and  a  noted  place  of  pilgrimage.  In 
front  of  Bhimashankar  is  the  fort  of  Tungi  and 
a  little  to  its  south  are  Kotaligad  and  Peth. 
Furthest  to  the  south-west  visible  from  here  is 


456  BOMBAY 

the  Kusur  Ghaut  another  of  the  passes  leading 
from  the  table-land  into  the  plains  of  the  Konkan 
below.  The  remaining  Sahyadri  peaks  not 
quite  visible  from  this  point,  but  seen  from  this 
headland  a  little  further  off,  are  the  flat-topped 
Dhak,  six  miles  east  of  Karjat,  the  terraced  peak 
of  Rajmachi,  the  famous  Nagphani  or  Duke's 
Nose  near  Khandala,  and  the  historical  forts  of 
Lohgad  and  Visapur  beyond  Lanowli. 

Bounded  by  the  distant  Sahyadri  hills 
lies  the  Konkan  plain,  studded  with  numerous 
villages  and  hamlets  and  several  forests,  and 
furrowed  by  many  streams,  the  largest  being 
the  river  Ulhas,  which  coming  down  from  the 
Ghauts  into  the  plains  at  Karjat,  winds  into 
a  regular  circular  course  between  Narel  and 
Wangni  before  it  meets  the  Kalyan  Creek. 
The  village  of  Narel  is  clearly  seen  from 
here  with  its  station  and  the  railway  line, 
which  is  also  discerned  throughout  its  length 
from  Karjat  to  Ambarnath  till  it  winds  round 
Bava  Malang  to  go  to  Kalyan  and  Thana. 
Abutting  on  our  Panorama-Garbut  spur  is  the 
hill  of  Gardul,  along  whose  side  is  cut  the  road 
from  Narel  to  Matheran,  distinctly  visible  from 
here.  At  our  feet  on  the  eastern  side  slopes  the 
Mhar  forest,  the  well-known  picnic  place  of 
visitors  here,  which  runs  as  a  belt  a  few  hundred 
feet  below  the  top  and  meets  the  Kala  forest  on 
the  other  or  western  slope.  Looking  to  the  south- 
east we  observe  the  massive  green  knolls  of 
Mount  Barry  and  Governor's  Hill,  between  which 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  457 

loom  on  the  horizon  the  distant  peaks  of  the 
Sahyadris  again;  while  a  little  to  the  left  of  the 
latter  knoll  we  get  a  glimpse  of  Chowk  at  the 
south  end  of  Matheran  just  peeping  over  the 
intervening  part  of  the  hill. 

Turning  from  the  east  to  the  west,  we  see 
the  Salsette  and  Thana  hills  rising  wave-like  in 
three  lines  one  behind  the  other,  and  containing 
the  two  Bombay  reservoirs  of  Vehar  and  Tulsi. 
In  one  corner  appears  Persik  hill,  through  two 
tunnels  in  which  the  railway  passes  soon  after 
leaving  Bombay  and  beyond  it  glitter  in  the  sun 
the  waters  of  Kalyan  creek.  At  our  feet  is  the 
plain  of  Maldoonga,  green  with  several  villages, 
through  which  winds  the  thin  streak  of  the  river 
of  that  name  which,  flowing  past  the  Talonje 
hills,  meets  the  estuary  at  Panwell  visible  from 
here.  Looking  south-west  we  get  a  fine  view  of 
the  northern  points  of  Matheran  and  its  thickly- 
wooded  beautifully  green  top,  through  which 
peep  out  one  or  two  house-tops,  notably  Craigie- 
burn.  Hart,  Monkey,  Maldoonga  and  the  wedge- 
like Porcupine  Points,  all  slope,  gracefully 
clothed  in  green,  into  the  Maldoonga  valley 
below,  while  a  thick  green  line  of  trees  run  right 
from  thecourse  of  the  renowned  Malet's  Spring. 
Behind  Porcupine  Point  rises  the  twin  hill  of 
Prabal  appearing  quite  different  from  what  it 
appears  from  the  nearer  western  Points  of 
Matheran.  From  Prabal  spur  away  to  the 
Panwell  plain  many  smaller  hills,  notably  Morpa 
and  Vansa,  which  alone  are  wooded. 


458  BOMBAY : 

Beyond  the  Panwell  plain  shines  the  sea  of 
the  Bombay  harbour,  dotted  with  several  big 
islands, — Trombay  to  the  north,  and  the  two 
Karanjas,  on  one  of  which  is  Uran,  to  the  south, 
with  Elephanta  and  Hog  Island,  in  the 
middle.  Behind  Trombay  are  the  Coorla  and 
Bhandup  marshes,  and  to  their  south  stretches 
the  long  line  of  Bombay  town  and  island,  which 
appears  from  here  as  a  gem  set  in  the  sea,  to 
use  Ruskin's  fine  expression  about  Venice. 
Beyond  Bombay  which  is  about  thirty  miles 
in  a  line  from  here,  shines  the  broad  Arabian 
Sea,  with  its  waters  rolling  free  unbroken  by 
any  land  for  thousands  of  miles.  The  south 
Thana  hills,  of  which  the  most  prominent 
are  the  massive  pyramidal  peak  of  Manikgad 
and  the  tall  funnel  of  Karnala,  are  the  only 
ones  round  about  Matheran  that  are  not  visible 
from  here.  But  with  this  slight  exception 
this  Point  really,  as  its  name  implies,  commands 
an  unrivalled  panoramic  view  of  the  country, 
which  we  have  endeavoured  to  describe  with  the 
aid  of  the  Gazetteer,  G.  T.  Survey  maps,  and 
the  knowledge  obtained  by  frequent  tramping 
through  the  picturesque  country  itself,  "  meet 
nurse  for  a  poetic  child." 

Times  of  India,  i6  April  rSgy. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  459 

The  Ghauts. 

Imperial  Gazetteer. 
The  great  wall  of  the  Western  Ghats  probably 
represents  the  primaeval  water-divide  of  the 
bygone  Peninsula  as  it  represents  that  of  to- 
day ;  but  the  upheaval  to  present  altitudes  must 
be  comparatively  recent,  inasmuch  as  the 
steep-sided  valleys  of  the  rivers  draining  west- 
ward, and  their  tendency  to  deepen  and  reach 
back  eastward  at  their  sources,  seem  to  testify 
to  a  yet  unadjusted  gradient.  With  a  general 
elevation  of  3,000  feet,  the  rugged  outlines  of 
the  Western  Ghats  are  shaped  into  steep-sided 
cliffs  and  square-crested  flat-topped  peaks, 
which  present  a  remarkable  appearance.  The 
weathering  action  of  ages  has  shaped  the  trap 
formation  into  natural  citadels  and  fortresses 
which  dominate  the  crest  of  the  hills,  and  were 
found  most  useful  as  military  positions  in  the 
wild  days  of  Maratha  supremacy.  South  of 
Bombay  the  seaward  face  of  the  hills  is  clothed 
with  dense  forest,  and  passes  inland  from  the 
coast  are  few.  But  in  the  north  the  interior 
plateau  is  approached  by  several  roads,  famous 
in  history,  from  the  level  coast  strip  on  the 
western  side.  Of  these  the  Borghat  is  the  best 
known,  for  where  the  railway  now  curls  and 
twists  around  the  spurs  of  a  tremendous  ravine 
to  a  height  of  2,027  feet  above  the  sea  was  once 
the  military  road  which  has  ever  been  regarded 
as  the  key  to  the  Deccan.  It  opened  the  way 
from  the  rising  port  of  Bombay    to  the    plains 


460  BOMBAY  : 

of  India.  The  Thalghat  (1,912  feet)  to  the 
north-east  of  Bombay  is  another  historic  pass 
which  likewise  now  carries  a  railway;  and  a 
third  (  almost  equally  celebrated  )  connects 
Belgaum  with  the  little  port  of  Vengurla.  The 
precipitous  square-cut  peaks,  which  give  such 
a  fantastic  appearance  to  the  scenery  of  the 
Western  Ghats,  are  to  be  found  wherever 
horizontal  strata  of  varying  degrees  of  resistance 
are  subject  to  subaerial  denudation.  They  repeat 
themselves    in  the    Droogs    of   Deccan  scenery. 

The  seaward  face  of  the  Western  Ghats  is 
steep,  a  veritable  'landing  stair'  (ghat)  from  the 
sea,  and  the  intersecting  valleys  are  filled  with 
luxuriant  vegetation,  nourished  by  the  sea-borne 
mists  and  vapours  which  condense  upon  the  crest 
of  the  hills  and  stream  down  the  steep-sided 
gullies  in  endless  procession  during  the  mon- 
soon season.  The  narrow  space  of  lowland 
bordering  the  sea  below  (from  twenty  to  fifty 
miles  wide )  is  much  broken  by  spurs  throughout 
the  northern  province  of  the  Konkan,  and  in 
North  Kanara  the  hills  approach  the  sea  very 
closely;  but  farther  to  the  south  they  recede, 
leaving  the  fertile  plains  of  South  Kanara  and 
Malabar  comparatively  open.  In  the  District  of 
Malabar  the  Western  Ghats  merge  into  the 
irregular  uplands  of  the  Nilgiris,  rising  in  alti- 
tude to  7,000  and  8,000  feet  ere  they  drop  suddenly 
to  a  remarkable  gap  (the  Palghat  Gap),  through 
which  the  railway  is  now  carried  eastward  from 
the    coast   port  of  Bey  pore. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  461 

The  low-lying  plains  bordering  the  sea 
throughout  the  whole  length  of  Western  India, 
from  the  Kathiawar  promontory  to  Cape  Comorin 
represented  in  mediaeval  ages  most  of  the  wealth 
and  strength  of  India,  and  are  still  noted  for  their 
great  fertility.  Ancient  ports  and  factories  (Arab, 
Portuguese,  and  Dutch)  are  to  be  found  scattered 
along  the  coast  line,  and  amid  the  palm  groves 
of  Malabar  are  many  relics  of  the  days  when  the 
commerce  of  the  East  centred  on  this  coast.  The 
long, firm,  curved  outline  of  the  western  sea-board 
south  of  Bombay  is  lost  in  Malabar.  Here  inlets 
and  backwaters  break  across  the  dividing  line 
of  sea  and  shore,  rendering  the  coast  scenery 
impressively  beautiful.  Cascades  plunge  down 
the  steep-sided  cliffs  into  depths  spanned  by 
rainbows;  and  the  deep  stillness  of  primaeval 
forest  encloses  the  clear  reaches  of  the  sea. 

3rd  ed.  1908.  Vol  I  pp.  38-40. 


Scenery  of  the  Ghauts. 

FitzClarence,  Earl  of  Munster. 

As  we  approached  the  limits  of  the  great 
table-land  of  India  South  of  the  Narbuddah, 
the  country  became  less  cultivated  and  more 
romantic  ;  and  within  a  mile  of  this  termination 
the  views  became  every  instant  more  magnificent. 
The  bare  points  of  the  rocks  and  hills  appeared 
above  the  trees  and  verdure:  and  the  immense 
mountain  to  the  south  of  the  pass,  which  over- 


462  BOMBAY : 

hangs  the  plain,  is  seen  threatening  all  below. 
The  vast  chasms,  and  perpendicular  walled 
valleys,  many  hundred  feet  beneath  the  level 
of  the  land  on  which  I  stood,  were  finer  than 
anything  I  had  ever  beheld;  and  the  numerous 
forts  on  the  different  pinnacles  of  the  mountains, 
some  near,  others  more  distant,  added  to  the 
sublimity  of  the  scene.  I  wished  for  a  glimpse 
of  the  sea,  and  since  I  have  arrived  here  have 
been  told  that  from  one  particular  spot  this  can 
be  obtained,  though  my  longing  eyes  were  dis- 
appointed in  viewing  that  which  an  Englishman 
feels  to  be  next  neighbour  to  his  native  country. 
The  number  of  beautiful  views  which  con- 
tinually presented  themselves  were  delightful. 
I  never  in  any  part  of  Spain  or  Portugal  saw 
finer  scenery.  One  valley,  bounded  with  mural 
sides,  was  so  deep,  that  I  could  not  perceive  the 
bottom,  except  from  the  very  brink  of  the  pre- 
cipice ;  and,  being  covered  with  trees  and  shrubs 
of  the  most  charming  foliage,  added  much  to 
its  other  beauties.  We  found  it  tolerably  easy 
to  descend  that  part  on  which  our  pioneers  had 
been  employed,  but  the  remainder  was  extremely 
difficult ;  and  it  took  us  till  twenty  minutes  after 
six  (  near  one  hour  and  a  half  )  before  we  overtook 
the  escort  and  my  palanquin  below  in  the  plains 
oftheKonkan.  But  magnificent  and  stupendous 
as  the  scenery  is  around,  it  does  not,  I  am  told, 
in  any  degree  equal  the  Ghauts  to  the  southward. 
Journal  of  Route  1,819,  pp.  319-320. 


ACCOUNTS  OF  BOMBAY. 


ACCOUNTS  OF  BOMBAY. 
Streynsham  flaster. 

1672. 

Having  given  you  a  particular  account  of 
the  Religion  and  Practice  of  the  Inhabitants 
of  Guzzaratt  farr  exceeding  the  leaves  of  Paper 
I  thought  the  Relation  thereof  would  have 
taken  up  ;  I  shall  adventure  to  trespass  a  little 
farther  on  your  Patience  and  give  you  a  Small 
account  of  our  Island  of  Bombay,  where  I  now 
am,  and  according  to  the  little  time  I  have  had 
to  informs  myselfe  of  this  I  desire  you  would 
measure  the  imperfect  account  I  am  able  to 
render   of  it. 

Bombay  is  an  Island  lying  upon  the  Coast 
of  India  in  about  18  degress  North  Latitude; 
'twas  given  to  the  King  of  England  in  Dowry 
with  Queen  Katherine,  the  Daughter  of  Portugal, 
anno  1662.  But  not  delivered  to  the  English 
until  anno  1668;  and  in  1668  his  Majesty  was 
pleased  to  give  it  to  the  East  India  Company 
by  reason  of  some  ill  government.  Since  it 
hath  been  in  the  possession  of  the  English 
both  under  the  King  and  Company  it  hath 
not  flourished  or  Increased  in  Commerce  soe 
much  as  it  might  otherwise  have  done,  and  tis 
hoped  will  hereafter  doe,  and  by  reason  there 
are  other  Islands  lye  between  the  Maine  land  and 
this,  especially  one  called  Salsett  upon  which 
the  Portugals  have  a  notable  Pass  called  Tannah, 


466  BOMBAY : 

by  which  noe  Vessell  can  pass  into  the  adjacent 
River  and  Maine,  but  by  their  Permission,  for 
which  they  exact  intollerable  dutys,  soe  that 
the  Comerce  between  this  Island  and  the 
Neighbour  Country  of  Decan  is  thereby  wholy 
Impeded,  therefore  the  only  way  to  bring 
Trade  to  it  and  to  mrke  it  famous  must  be 
by  Sea,  which  is  very^facill,  only  a  little  and 
but  a  little  Expensive  at  the  first ;  whereof  I 
shall  not  insist  here.  Presuming  the  President 
(who  is  Governor  of  Bombay)  and  Councill 
have  represented  the  matter  more  effectually  to 
the  Company. 

Bombay  is  Inhabited  by  all  the  severall 
Nations  or  Sects  of  People  I  have  before 
mentioned.  Here  is  Mahumetans,  and  a  place 
where  they  say  one  of  the  Saint  of  their 
Religion  was  buryed,  to  which  many  come  irr 
Pilgrimage  and  doe  homage  at  the  grave  ; 
here  is  Hindooes  of  all  Sorts  and  a  place  to 
which  they  goe  to  pay  their  Devotions,  esteem- 
nig  it  sacred  and  antient  ;  here  is  allsoe 
some  Parsees,  but  they  are  lately  come  since 
the  English  had  the  Island,  and  are  most  of 
them  Weavers,  and  have  not  yet  any  place 
to  doe  their  Devotion  in  or  to  Bury  their  Dead. 
But  the  greatest  and  the  ruling  part  for  some 
years  past  ( that  is  since  the  Portugalls  have 
had  it  )  is  that  of  the  Christians,  the  Portuges 
haveing  erected  5  :  very  fair  and  large  Churches, 
and  divided  the  Island  into  soe  many  Parishes, 
though  God  knows  the  major  Part  of  these  Chris- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  467 

tians  are  very  little  Different  from  the  Hindooes  or 
naturall  Indians,  and  understand  as  little  of  Chris- 
tian Relij^ion;  for  they  goe  by  the  name  of  Rice 
Christians,  that  is  those  that  profes  and  owne  the 
Name  of  Christianity  for  Sustenance  only,  being 
a  most  miserable  poore  People,  and  kept  in 
horrible  Slavery,  Subjection,  and  Ignorance.  But 
though  since  we  have  had  the  Island  their  yoke 
is  much  eased,  and  they  seem  to  be  desirous  of 
knowing  our  Religion,  to  the  Propagation  where- 
of on  this  Island  a  fair  feild  seems  to  be  laid 
open,  and  how  farr  it  may  spread  from  hence 
God  knoweth,  who  m:iy  increase  into  the  Courts 
of  all  these  Eastern  Princes  and  the  Bowells  of 
the  Neighbour  Countrys,  if  He  have  such  Mercy 
in  Stoere  for  soe  meek,  gentiele,  and  charitable 
a  peopye.  And  if  we  were  supplyed  with  able, 
sober,  and  orthodox  and  grave  divines  for  the 
Ministry,  there  is  great  hopes  of  success.  But  the 
Company  were  (in  our  Judgment)  much  mistaken 
in  those  two  sent  out  anno  1669  for  this  worke, 
one  of  them  to  preach  and  the  other  to  teach  a 
free  schoole  who  were  both  soe  very  averse  to 
all  things  taught  and  used  by  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land, that  instead  of  making  new  Proselits, 
they  had  lost  many  of  our  owne  People,  who 
refused  to  come  to  heare  them,  claiming  the  same 
liberty  and  priviledge  which  they  very  roughly 
and  indiscreetly  blobbed  out  to  have  themselves, 
that  they  would  not  hear  the  Conmion  Prayer  or 
Soe  much  as  come  into  the  place  where  it  or  the 
Lords  Prayer,  Apostles  Creed,  or  Ten  Command- 


468  BOMBAY: 

ments  were  said,  directly  contrary  to  the  Hon'- 
ble  Company's  Laws  which  were  sent  out 
the  same  year  they  came,  wherein  they  require 
that  in  Publique  the  King's  Majestie,  the  Peace, 
Happiness  and  Prosperity  of  his  Kingdomes,  and 
the  good  and  wellfare  of  the  ^^nglish  East 
India  Company  be  prayed  for,  and  every  Sun- 
day the  Apostles  Creed,  or  sometim.es  in  place 
thereof  Athanasius  Creed,  and  the  Ten  Command- 
ments, or  the  Summary  thereof  out  of  the  24 
Chap,  of  St.  Matthew  37,  38,  39  and  40,  ver.  be 
read, — these  people,  I  say,  were  soe  farr  from 
observing  this  order  of  the  Company  that  neither 
of  them  could  be  prevailed  with  at  any  time 
to  read  the  Apostles  Creed,  nay  or  to  say  the 
Lords  Prayer,  which  though  the  Company's 
Laws  require  it  not,  yet  we  thought  as  good  and 
necessary  as  the  other  things  it  doth  require. 
But  one  of  them  would  some  times,  tho'  a  long 
time  first,  and  that  very  rarely,  would  read  one 
of  the  Chapters  where  the  lO  Commandments 
was,  and  some  times  where  the  Lords  Prayer 
was,  but  the  other  of  them  never  or  would  did 
to  his  Death.  And  when  they  marryed  any  they 
did  it  in  a  strange  manner,  making  the  marryed 
Sweare  before  God  and  the  Congregation  or 
Company  present,  which  the  Soldyers  made 
very  ill  use  of;  and  because  they  would  not 
bury  the  Dead  many  of  them  were  highly  offend- 
ed, and  indeed  all  their  ways  were  new  and  soe 
contrary  to  the  Custome  and  Education,  and 
humour   of   the    generallity    there   that   it    gave 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  469 

great  offense  and  occasion  of  much  debate,  that 
not  only  the  Portugez,  to  whose  Priests,  who 
are  generally  too  well  learned  for  such  of  our 
Ministers,  these  things  were  very  novall  and 
strange  but  also  the  Natives  .would  enquire 
what  Class  or  Sect  of  Englishmen  they  were, 
and  to  make  the  busynes  worst,  there  was  a 
Souldyer  that  came  out  that  yeare  allsoe,  who 
pretended  the  light  of  the  Spiritt,  which  moved 
him  to  Preach,  and  he  had  sometimes  Delivered 
his  Doctrine  in  Publicke  among  them,  offering 
to  dispute  it  with  any  of  the  two  Ministers, 
that  he  was  as  lawfully  sent  to  Preach  the 
Gospell  as  they  were.  But  the  Deputy  Governour 
did  not  thinke  it  convenient  to  let  him  have  the 
like  liberty,  and  therefore  tooke  hold  of  him  atid 
clapt  him  in  Prison,  where  after  a  short  time 
he  came  to  a  soberer  understanding. 

"  To  conclude  this  paragraph  of  Bombay,  I 
say  we  here  upon  the  place  doe  find  that  men 
of  this  New  Straine  of  opinion  and  learning 
are  not  at  all  fitt  to  plant  the  Gospell  here;  for 
it  must  needs  be  that  they  will  be  disliked  of 
the  generallity  of  the  English,  which  must 
certainely  much  divide  and  distract  the  opinions 
of  new  Proselites.  And  the  honour  of  these 
People,  may  I  thinke  the  air  of  these  Climates, 
doth  much  incline  to  the  old  orthodox  Doctrine 
and  episcopall  government,  for  we  find  generally 
those  of  that  persuasion  are  not  soe  positive 
and  dogmaticall  but  more  moderate  and  chari- 
table (a  virtue  very  agreeable  to  these  People), 


470  BOMBAY : 

and  better  learned,  espetially  in  the  antient 
Fathers,  and  Soe  more  able  to  hold  a  sound 
argument  against  the  Romish  Priests  then  those 
of  the  other  Persuasions. 

"  I  shall  hot  trouble  you  with  more  at 
present,  having,  I  doubt,  too  much  trespassed 
on  you  allready ;  if  you  thinke  this  discourse 
may  give  satisfaction  to  any  of  the  Company 
or  Committee,  who  we  hear,  and  by  some  pass- 
ages have  reason  to  believe  soe,  are  of  opinion 
we  that  live  here  are  men  of  noe  conscience  or 
honesty,  bringing  noe  Religion  with  us  on 
this  side  the  Cape,  if  you  thinke  it  may  be 
satisfactory  to  them,  or  others  concerned  in  the 
Trade,  or  for  their  Relations  in  these  parts,  I 
leave  it  wholy  to  your  self  to  shew  as  your 
wisdom  shall  thinke  fitt,  reserving  such  part  as 
Treats  of  particular  concerns,  &ca. 

"  Sr  :  yours,  &ca. 
"  Bombay,  January  l^:  1671''  {i.e.  N.S.   1672). 

Diary  of   W.   Hedges,   ed.   with   ioipublished 
records  by  Yule,  1888,  Vol  II. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  471 

Fryer. 

1675. 
I 

Bombaim  is  the  first  that  faces  Choul,  and 
ventures  farthest  out  into  the  Sea,  making  the 
Mouth  of  a  spacious  Bay,  from  whence  it  has  its 
Etymology:     Bombaim,  quasi  Boon  Bay. 

Beyond  it  lies  Canorein,  Trumbay,  Mun- 
chumbay,  with  their  Creeks,  making  up  the 
North  side  of  the  Bay  :  Between  whom  and  the 
Main  lies  Elephanto,  Kerenjau,  Putachoes,  with 
the  great  Rock  or  barren  Islet  of  Henry  Kenry  : 
These,  with  some  part  of  the  Main,  constitute 
the  South-East  side  of  the  Bay  ;  all  which  to- 
gether contribute  to  the  most  notable  and  secure 
Port  on  the  Coasts  of  India  ;  Ships  of  the  greatest 
as  well  as  smaller  Burthen  having  quiet  Harbour 
in  it ;  wither  if  they  can,  they  chuse  to  betake 
themselves,  if  they  happen,  as  oft  they  do,  to 
lose  their  Voyages  by  the  Monsoons. 

East  Ifidia  and  Persia,  l6gS  Vol.  I,  page  160. 
(Hakluyt  Society's  Edition  by  IV.  Crookes,  1908J, 


472  BOMBAY : 

Fryer. 

2 

Where  at  first  landing  they  found  a  pretty 
well  Seated,  but  ill  Fortified  House,  four  Brass 
Guns  being  the  whole  Defence  of  the  Island  ; 
unless  a  few  Chambers  housed  in  small  Towers 
in  convenient  Places  to  scowre  the  Malabars, 
who  heretofore  have  been  more  insolent  than 
of  late;  adventuring  not  only  to  seize  their 
Cattle,  but  depopulate  whole  Villages  by  their 
Outrages;  either  destroying  them  by  fire  and 
sword,  or  compelling  to  a  worse  Fate,  Eternal 
and  intolerable  Slavery. 

About  the  House  was  a  delicate  Garden, 
voiced  to  be  the  pleasantest  in  India,  intended 
rather  for  wanton  Dalliance,  Love's  Artillery^ 
than  to  make  resistance  against  an  invading 
Foe  :  For  the  Portugals  generally  forgetting 
their  pristine  Virtue,  Lust,  Riot  and  Rapine, 
the  ensuing  Consequences  of  a  long  undisturbed 
Peace  where  Wealth  abounds,  are  the  only 
Remarkable  Relique  of  their  Ancient  worth  ; 
their  Courages  being  so  much  effeminated,  that 
it  is  a  wonder  to  most  how  they  keep  any 
thing ;  if  it  were  not  that  they  have  lived 
among  mean  spirited  Neighbours.  But  to  return 
to  this  Garden  of  Eden,  or  Place  of  Terrestrial 
Happiness,  it  would  put  the  Searchers  upon 
as  hard  ^n  Inquest,  as  the  other  has  done 
its  Posterity :  The  Walks  which  before  were 
covered     with     Nature's    verdent    awning,    and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  473 

lightly  pressed  by  soft  Delight?,  are  now  open 
to  the  Sun,  and  leaded  with  the  hardy  Cannon  ; 
The  Bowers  dedicate:!  to  Rest  and  Ease,  are 
turned  into  bold  Rampires  for  the  watchful 
Centinel  to  look  out  on;  every  Tree  that 
the  Airy  Choristers  made  their  Charming  Choir» 
trembles,  and  is  extirpated  at  the  rebounding 
Echo  of  the  alarming  Drum  ;  and  those  slender 
Fences  only  designed  to  oppose  the  Sylvian 
Herd,  are  thrown  down  to  erect  others  of  a 
more  Warlike  Force.  But  all  this  not  in  one  day. 

East  India  and  Persia,   Vol.  I,  pa^c  1 64-5. 


Fryer. 

3 

From  whence  let  us  walk  the  Rounds.  At 
distance  enough  lies  the  Town,  in  which  confused- 
ly live  the  English,  Portugueze,  Topazes,  Gen- 
tues,  Moors,  Coo4y  Christians,  most  Fishermen. 

It  is  a  full  INIile  in  length,  the  Houses  are  low» 
and  Thatched  with  Oleas  of  the  Cocoe-Trees,  all 
but  a  few  the  Portugals  left,  and  some  few  the 
Company  have  built,  the  Custom-house  and 
Warehouses  are  Tiled  or  Plastered,  and  instead 
of  Glass,  use  Panes  of  Oister-shells  for  their 
Windows  (which  as  they  are  cut  in  Squares, 
and  polished,  look  gracefully  enough).  There  is 
also  a  reasonable  handsome  Buzzar. 


474  BOMBAY : 

At  the  end  of  the  Town  looking  into  the  field, 
where  Cows  and  Buffoloes  graze,  the  Portiigals 
have  a  pretty  House  and  Church,  with  Orchards 
of  Indian  Fruit  adjoining.  The  English  have 
only  a  Burying  Place,  called  Mendam's-Point, 
from  the  first  Man's  Name  there  interr'd,  where 
are  some  few  Tombs  that  make  a  pretty  Shew 
at  entring  the  Haven;  but  neither  Church  or 
Hospital,  both  which  are  mightly  to  be 
desired. 

There  are  no  Fresh  Water  Rivers,  or  falling 
Streams  of  living  water:  The  Water  drank  is 
usually  Rain-water  preserved  in  Tanks,  which 
decaying,  they  are  forced  to  dig  Wells  into 
wjiich  it  is  strained,  hardly  leaving  its  bragkish 
Taste;  so  that  the  better  sort  have  it  brought 
from  Massegoung,  where  is  only  one  fresh 
Spring. 

On  the  backside  of  the  Towns  of  Bombaim 
and  Maijm,  are  woods  of  Cocoes  (under  which 
inhabit  the  Banderines,  those  that  prune  and 
cultivate  them),  these  Hortoes  being  the  greatest 
Purchase  and  Estates  on  the  Island,  for  some 
Miles  together,  till  the  Sea  break  in  between 
them:  Over-against  which,  up  the  Bay  a  Mile,  lies 
Massegoung,  a  great  Fishing  Town,  peculiarly 
notable  for  a  Fish  called  Bumbelo,  the  Sust- 
enance of  the  Poorer  sort,  who  live  on  them  and 
Batty,  a  course  sort  of  Rice,  and  the  Wine  of 
the  Cocoe,  called  Toddy.  The  ground  between 
this  and  the  great  Breach  is    well    ploughed,   and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  475 

•bears  good  Batt}'.  Here  the  Portugals  have  an- 
•other  Church  and  Religious  House  belonging  to 
the  Franciscans. 

Beyond  it  is  Parell,  where  they  have  another 
•Church,  and  Demesnes  belonging  to  the  Jesuits; 
4o  which  appertains  Siam,  manured  by  Colum- 
•l^eens,  Husbandmen,   where  live  the  Frasses,  or 

Porters   also  ;    each    of    which    Tribes    have   a 

Mandadore,  or  Superintendent,  who  give  an 
account  of  them  to  the  English,  and  being  born 
under  the  same  degree  of  Slavery,  are  generally 
•more  Tyrannical  than  a  Stranger  would  be 
towards    them  ;    so    that    there    needs    no    other 

Taskmaster  than  one  of  their  own  Tribe,  to  keep 

them  in  awe  by  a  rigid  Subjection. 

Under  these  Uplands  the  Washes  of  the  Sea 
produce  a  Lunary  Tribute  of  Salt,  left  in  Pans 
Nor  Pits  made  on  purpose  at  Spring-Tides  .for 
the  over  flowing;  and  when  they  are  full,  are 
iincrustated  by  the  heat  of  the  Sun.  In  the 
•middle,  between  Parell,  Maijm,  Sciam,  and 
Bombaim,  is  an  Hollow,  wherein  is  received  a 
Breach  running  at  three  several  places,  which 
drowns  40,000  Acres  of  good  Land,  yielding 
nothing  else  but  Samphire  ;  athwart  which,  from 
Parell  to  Maijm,  are  the  Ruins  of  a  stone  Cawsey 
made  by  Pennances. 

At  Maijm  the  Portugals  have  another  com- 
pleat  Church  and  House;  the  English  a  pretty 
Custom-house  and  Guard-house :  The  Moors 
also  a  Tomb  in  great  Veneration  for  a  Peor,  or 


476  BOMBAY: 

Prophet,  instrumental  to  the  quenching  the 
Flames  approaching  their  Prophet's  Tomb  at 
Mecha  (though  he  was  here  at  the  same  time) 
by  the  Fervency  of  his  Prayers. 

At  Salvesong,  the  farthest  part  of  this; 
Inlet,  the  Franciscans  enjoy  another  Church 
and  Convent;  this  side  is  all  covered  with 
Trees  of  Cocoes,  Jawks,  and  Mangoes;  in  the 
middle  lies  Verulee,  where  the  English  have  a 
Watch. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  great  Inlet,  to  the 
Sea,  is  a  great  Point  abutting  against  Old 
Woman's  Island,  and  is  called  Malabar-hill,  a 
Rocky,  Woody  Mountain,  yet  sends  forth  long^ 
Grass.  A-top  of  all  is  a  Parsy  Tomb  lately 
reared;  on  its  Declivity  towards  the  Sea,  the 
Remains  of  a  Stupendious  Pagod,  near  a  Tank 
of  Fresh  Water,  which  the  Malabars  visited  it 
mostly  for. 

Thus  we  have  completed  our  Rounds,  bring- 
ing in  the  Circumference  Twenty  Miles,  the 
Length  Eight,  taking  in  Old  Woman's  Island^ 
which  is  a  little  low  barren  Island,  of  no  other 
Profit,  but  to  keep  the  Company's  Antelopes, 
and  other  Beasts  of  Delight. 

The  People  that  live  here  are  a  Mixture  of 
most  of  the  Neighbouring  Countries,  most  of 
them  Fugitives  and  Vagabonds,  no  account 
being  here  taken  of  them:  Others  perhaps  invited 
hither  (and  of  them  a  great  number)  by  the 
Liberty  granted  them  in  their   several  Religions. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  477 

which  here  are  solemnized  with  Variety  of 
Fopperies  (a  Toleration  consistent  enough  with 
the  Rules  of  Gain),  though  both  Moors  and 
Portugals  despise  us  for  it;  here  licensed  out  of 
Policy,  as  the  old  Numidians  to  build  up  the 
greatest  Empire  in  the  World.  Of  these,  one 
<imong  another,  may  be  reckoned  60000  Souls; 
more  by  50000  than  the  Portugals  ever  could. 
For  which  Number  this  Island  is  not  able  to  find 
Provisions,  it  being  most  of  it  a  Rock  above 
Water,  and  of  that  which  is  overflowed,  little 
hopes  to  recover  it.  However,  it  is  well  supplied 
from  abroad  both  with  Corn  and  INIeat  at  reasori- 
-able  Rates;  and  there  is  more  Flesh  killed  for  the 
English  alone  here  in  one  Month,  than  in  Surat 
for  a  Year  for  all  the  Moors  in  that  Populous 
City. 

The  Government  here  now  is  English;  the 
Soldiers  have  Martial  Law:  The  Freemen 
Common;  the  chief  Arbitrator  whereof  is  the 
President,  with  his  Council  at  Surat;  under  him 
is  a  Justiciary  and  Court  of  Pleas,  with  a  Com- 
mittee for  Regulation  of  Affairs,  and  presenting 
<ill  Complaints. 

The  President  has  a  large  Commission,  and 
is  ViceRegis  ;  he  has  a  Council  here  also,  and  a 
•Guard  when  he  walks  or  rides  abroad,  accom- 
panied with  a  Party  of  Horse,  which  are  con- 
•stantly  kept  in  the  Stables,  either  for  Pleasure 
or  Service.  He  has  his  Chaplains,  Physician, 
surgeons,    and    Domesticks;   his    Linguist,     and 


478  BOMBAY : 

Mint-Master:  At  Meals  he  has  his  Trumpets- 
usher  in  his  Courses,  ahd  Soft  Music  at  the 
Table:  If  he  move  out  of  his  Chamber,  the  Silver 
Staves  wait  on  him;  if  down  Stairs,  the  Guard 
receive  him;  if  he  go  abroad,  the  Bandarines  and 
Moors  under  two  Standards  march  before  him: 
he  goes  sometimes  in  his  Coach,  drawn  by  large 
Milk-White  Oxen,  sometimes  on  Horseback,, 
other  times  in  Palankeens,  carried  by  Cohors, 
Musslemen  Porters:  Always  having  a  Sombrero 
of  State  carried  over  him:  And  those  of  the 
English  inferior  to  him,  have  a   suitable  Train. 

East  India  and  Persia,  Vol.  /,  page  171-178^ 


Fryer. 

4 
Happy  certainly  then  are  those,  and  only 
those,  brought  hither  in  their  Nonage,  before 
they  have  a  Gust  of  our  Albion  ;  or  next  to  them, 
such  as  intoxicate  themselves  with  Laethe, 
and  remembep  not  their  former  Condition : 
When  it  is  e/postulated.  Is  this  the  Reward 
of  an  harsh  and  severe  Pupilage  ?  Is  this  the 
Elysium  after  a  tedious  Wastage?  For  this, 
will  any  thirst,  will  any  contend,  will  any 
forsake  the  Pleasures  of  his  Native  Soil,  in 
his  Vigorous  Age,  to  bury  himself  alive  here  ? 
Were   it  not  more  charitable  at  the  first  Bubbles. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  479 

of  his  Infant-Sorrows,  to  make  the  next  Stream 
over-swell  him  ?  Or  else  if  he  must  be  full 
grown  for  Misery,  how  much  more  compassionate 
were  it  to  expose  him  to  an  open  Combat 
with  the  fiercest  Duellists  in  Nature,  to  spend 
at  once  his  Spirits,  than  to  wait  a  piece- 
meal'd  Consumption  ?  Yet  -this  abroad  and 
unknown,  is  the  ready  Choice  of  those  to 
whom  Poverty  threatens  Contempt  at  home  : 
What  else  could  urge  this  wretched  Remedy  ? 
For  these  are  untrodden  Paths  for  knowledge, 
little  Improvement  being  to  be  expected  from 
Barbarity.  Custom  and  Tradition  are  only 
Venerable  here  ;  and  it  is  Heresy  to  be  wiser 
than  their  Forefathers;  which  Opinion  is  both 
bred  and  hatch'd  by  an  innate  Sloth  ;  so  that 
though  we  seem  nearer  the  Heavens,  yet  Bodies 
here  are  more  Earthy,  and  the  Mind  wants 
that  active  Fire  that  always  mounts,  as  if  it 
were  extinguish'd  by  its  Antiparistasis:  Whereby 
Society  and  Communication,  the  Characteristick 
of  Man  is  wholly  lost.  What  then  is  to  be 
expected  here,  where  sordid  Thrift  is  the 
only  Science.-*  After  which,  notwithstanding 
there  is  so  general  an  Inquest,  few  there  be 
acquire  it :  For  in  Five  hundred,  One  hundred 
survive  not ;  of  that  One  hundred,  one  Quarter 
gel  not  Estates;  of  those  that  do,  it  has  not 
been  recorded  above  One  in  Ten  Years  has 
seen  his  Country  ;  And  in  this  difficulty  it 
would  hardly  be  worth  a  Sober  Man's  while 
much   less    an    Ingenuous    Man's,     who   should 


480  BOiMBAY 

not  defile  his  purer  Thoughts,  to  be  wholly 
taken  up  with  such  mean  (  not  to  say  in- 
direct )  Contemplations;  however,  a  necessary 
Adjunct,  Wealth,  may  prove  to  buoy  him 
up  on  the  Surface  of  Repute,  lest  the  Vulgar 
serve  him  as  Aesop's  Frogs  did  their  first 
rever'd    Deity. 

East  India  and  Persia,  Vol.  /,  page  180-I8I. 


II 

T/(/.<    2>aii.-<(ige    fro  in    Philip    Aiiderxtni    aires    f'"r]ier''s 
(ircdunt    in    cdii rev ient,   form. 

Philip  Anderson. 

We  will  now  endeavour  to  take  a  dioramic 
view  of  Bombay  in  its  improved  condition.  The 
population  was  composed  of  English,  Portuguese, 
Hindus,  Mussulmans,  and  native  Roman  Catho- 
lics, called  *'  Cooly  Christians,"  who  were  chiefly 
engaged  in  fishing.  The  dwellings  of  these 
different  classes  were  not  fixed  in  separate 
quarters  of  the  town,  but  were  placed  indis- 
criminately. The  town  was  a  mile  in  length. 
The  houses  were  low,  and  for  the  most  part 
thatched;  a  few  only,  which  had  been  built  by 
Portuguese  or  English,  being  of  substantial  con- 
struction. None  of  the  windows  were  'glazed; 
but  in  many,  oyster  shells  were  used  as  a 
substitute  for  glass.     There  was  a  burial  ground 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  481 

at  a  place  called  Mendaim's  Point,  from  the  name 
of  the  individual  whose  corpse  was  first  interred 
there.  Within  six  hundred  yards  of  the  Fort 
the  land  was  being  gradually  cleared  of  trees 
and  cottages.  There  was  one  Church,  a  pretty 
object,  belonging  to  the  Portuguese.  On  Malabar 
Hill  stood  a  Parsi  tomb  recently  erected,  and 
the  ruins  of  a  large  Hindu  temple.  At  Mahim 
was  a  Portuguese  Church,  with  a  house  and 
other  handsome  buildings  attached.  There  were 
also  an  English  Guard-House  andCustom-House. 
The  Jesuits  possessed  a  Church  and  extensive 
demesnes  at  Parell,  and  Sion  was  also  their 
property.  On  the  low  ground  to  the  South-east 
of  Sion  were  salt  pans,  the  Court  having  sent 
out  directions  that  they  should  be  constructed  on 
the  model  of  those  at  Rochelle  in  France,  and 
Santavalli  in  Portugal. 

Colaba,  or  old  Woman's  Island,  as  it  was 
called  for  long,  had  been  taken  possession  of 
peaceably  in  1674  after  an  arrangement  made 
between  Gerald  Aungier  and  the  Portuguese. 
For  many  years  it  was  only  used  "  to  keep  the 
Company's  antelopes,  and  other  beasts  of 
delight."  None  of  its  land  was  appropriated  to 
individuals,  as  from  the  first  it  was  reserved  to 
be  a  military  cantonment. 

In  the  Harbour,  Butchers'  Island — as  it  was 
then  and  still  is  called — was  only  used  as  a  run 
for  a  few  cattle,  and  a  place  where  small  vessels 
were   hauled   ashore     and     cleaned.     Elephanta 


482  BOMBAY : 

was  also  used  only  for  cattle,  and  remained  in 
the  hands  of  the  Portuguese.  The  figure  of  an 
elephant  carved  out  of  a  black  stone — from 
which  the  island  received  its  name — was  stand- 
ing unmutilated,  and  so  also  was  the  figure  of 
a  horse.  The  tract  on  the  main  land  extending 
from  the  south  point  of  the  Harbour  to  the  river 
Penn  was  called  "  The  Corlahs,"  and  Bombay 
was  dependent  upon  it  for  its  supply  of 
provisions,  particularly  at  such  times  as  the 
Portuguese  prohibited  all  exportations  from 
Salsette. 

At  the  other  side  of  the  small  Strait  which 
separates  Salsette  from  Bombay  were  the 
Aquada  Blockhouse,  and  on  the  hill  a  mile 
beyond  Bandora  the  Portuguese  Church,  whicli 
so  gracefully  overlooks  the  sea.  The  Roman 
Catholic  services  were  well  performed.  A  new 
landing-place  led  to  a  College  of  Paulitines,  as 
the  Jesuits  were  then  called.  Before  the  Col- 
lege stood  a  large  cross,  and  before  that  was  a 
space,  which,  when  the  traveller  from  v^hose 
work  this  account  is  chiefly  taken,  visited  it,  was 
"  thwack'd  full  of  young  blacks  singing  vespers.  '* 
The  collegiate  establishment  was  defended,  like 
a  fortress,  with  seven  cannon,  besides  small 
arms.  Great  hospitality  prevailed,  and  distin- 
guished guests  were,  on  their  arrival  and  depar- 
ture, saluted  with  a  roar  of  artillery.  The  Supe- 
rior possessed  such  extensive  influence  that  his 
mandates  were  respectfully  attended  to  in  the 
surrounding  country,  and  the  traveller   who    had 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  483 

the  good  fortune  to  be  provided  with  his  letters 
commendatory,  was  met  by  the  people,  wherever 
he  halted,  with  presents  of  fruit  and  wine. 
The  town  of  Bandora  was  large,  with  tiled 
houses.  A  view  from  midchannel  embracing 
the  town,  college,  and  Church  of  St.  Andrew, 
was  extremely  picturesque.  At  a  distance  of 
four  miles  was  another  Church,  described  as 
magnificent ;  and  the  whole  neighbourhood 
was  studded  with  the  villas  of  Poruguese  gentle- 
men, many  of  whom  lived  in  considerable  state. 

To  the  East  of  Salsette,  the  sail  by  way 
of  Thana  to  Bassein,  which  is  now  so  justly 
admired,  must  in  those  days  have  been  of 
unrivalled  beauty.  Trombay  was  adorned  with 
a  neat  Church  and  country  seat.  When 
Thana  had  been  passed,  the  traveller's  eye 
rested  at  every  half  mile  on  elegant  mansions. 
Two  of  these  deserve  special  mention.  One, 
the  property  of  John  de  Melos,  was  three 
miles  from  Thana.  It  stood  on  a  sloping 
eminence,  decorated  with  terraced  walks  and 
gardens,  and  terminating  at  the  water  side 
with  a  banquetting  house,  which  was  approached 
by  a  flight  of  stone  steps.  A  mile  further  was 
Grebondel,  [  Ghodbandar  ],  the  property  of  Martin 
Alphonso  said  to  be  "the  richest  Don  on  this  side 
Goa."  Above  rose  his  fortified  mansion,  and  a 
Church  of  stately  architecture.  Within  Bassein 
were  six  Churches,  four  convents,  a  College  of 
Jesuits,  another  of  Franciscans,  and  a  library  of 
moral    and    expository     works.     The  Hidalgos 


484  BOMBAY : 

dwellings,  with  their  balconies  and  lofty  windows, 
presentedan  imposing  appearance.  Christians 
only  were  permitted  to  sleep  within  the  walls  of 
the  town,  and  native  tradesmen  were  compelled 
to  leave  at  nightfall. 

English  in  Western  India,  1854,  pages  67-69. 


OVINGTON. 

1689 

This  Island  has  its  Denomination  from  the 
Harbour,  which  allows  the  safest  Rideing  for 
Ships  of  any  in  these  parts,  and  was  originally 
called  Boon  Bay,  i.e.,  in  the  Portuguese  Lan- 
guage, a  Good  Bay  or  Harbour.  By  Ptolomy  it 
was  described  under  the  Name  of  Milizigeris. 
And  before  it  fell  into  the  Hands  of  the  English, 
was  under  the  Dominion  of  Portugal,  from 
whence  it  was  translated  to  the  Crown  of 
England,  upon  the  Marriage  of  the  Infanta  of 
Portugal  to  King  Charles  the  Second,  Anno.  1662. 
And  is  now  put  into  the  Possession  of  the 
East-India  Company,  for  the  convenience  of 
their  Ships  and  Traffick. 

Before  we  espyed  the  Main  of  India,  several 
Snakes  of  different  sizes  came  swimming  round 
our  Ship  near  the  surface  of  the  Water,  by  which 
we  knew  we  were  not  far  from  Land,  because 
they  are  never  seen  at    any   great    distance  from 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  485 

the  shore;  they  were  washed  from  it,  I  presume, 
by  the  violence  of  the  Rains  in  the  times  of  the 
Mussouns,  which  I  shall  afterwards  describe. 
This  was  seconded  by  another  sign  of  our 
approaching  the  Land,  viz.  by  a  multitude  of 
Locusts,  which  came  flying  upon  our  Masts  and 
Yards,  when  we  were  distant  from  it  Thirty  Lea- 
gues, as  we  found  by  our  Computation  afterwards. 
They  were  above  two  Inches  in  length,  and  their 
reaching  us  at  that  distance  from  the  Shore, 
argued  their  great  strength  of  Wing  to  flie  to  us 
so  very  far;  by  which  they  mounted  aloft,  after 
they  had  rested  themselves  a  while,  and  took 
their  Flight  directly  upwards. 

A   Voyage  to  Siiratt,  1689,  pp.  129-130. 


OVINGTON. 
2. 
They  have  here  abundance  of  Coconuts, 
which  bring  some  Advantage  to  the  Owners, 
but  very  little  either  of  Corn  or  Cattle,  but 
what  is  imported  from  the  adjacent  Country  >* 
and  these  not  in  great  Plenty,  nor  of  very 
good  Growth.  A  Sheep  or  two  from  Suratt  is 
an  acceptable  Present  to  the  best  Man  upon 
the  Island.  And  the  Unhealthfulness  of  the 
Water  bears  a  just  Proportion  to  the  Scarcity 
and  Meanness  of  the  Diet,  and  both  of  them 
together  with  a  bad  Air,  make  a  sudden  end 
of  many   a  poor  Sailer  and  Souldier,  who  pay 


486  BOMBAY : 

their  Lives  for  hopes  of  a  Livelihood.  Indeed, 
whether  it  be  that  the  Air  stagnates,  for  the 
land  towards  the  Fort  lies  very  low,  or  the 
stinking  of  the  Fish  which  was  used  to  be 
applied  to  the  Roots  of  the  Trees,  instead  of 
Dung;  or  whatever  other  Cause  it  is  which 
renders  it  so  very  unhealthful,  'tis  certainly  a 
mortal  Enemy  to  the  Lives  of  the  Europeans. 
And  as  the  Ancients  gave  the  Epithet  of 
Fortunate  to  some  Islands  in  the  West,  because 
of  their  Delightfulness  and  Health  ;  so  the 
•Modern  may,  in  opposition  to  them,  denominate 
this  the  Unfortunate  one  in  the  East,  because 
of  the  Antipathy  it  bears  to  those  two 
Qualities. 

We  arrived  here  (as  I  hinted  before)  at 
the  beginning  of  the  Rains,  and  buried  of  the 
Twenty  Four  Passengers  which  we  brought 
with  us,  above  Twenty,  before  they  were 
ended  ;  and  of  our  own  Ship's  Company  above 
Fifteen  :  And  had  we  stay'd  till  the  end  of  the 
next  Month,  October,  the  rest  would  have 
undergone  a  very  hazardous  Fate,  which  by 
a  kind  Providence  ordering  our  Ship  for 
Suratt's  Rivermouth,  was  comfortably  avoided. 
A  fortunate  Eacape  indeed!  because  neither 
the  Commander,  nor  myself,  were  in  any  Hopes 
of  surviving  many  Days  :  neither  Temperance, 
the  most  Sovereign  Medicine,  nor  the  safest 
Prescription  in  the  Physical  Art,  could  restore 
the  Weakness  of  our  languishing  decay'd 
Natures.     And  that  which  thoroughly  confirm'd 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  487 

to  us  the  unhealthfulness  of  the  place  we  had 
lately  loosed  from,  was  the  sudden  Desertion 
of  our  Diseases,  and  return  of  Health,  before 
half  the  Voyage  to  Suratt  was  finished.  In 
the  middle  of  which  Passage  we  manifestly 
perceiv'd  in  our  Bodies  as  evident  an  alteration 
and  change  of  Air  for  the  best,  as  our  Palates 
could  distinguish  betwixt  the  Taste  of  Wine, 
and  that  of  Water. 

The  Deputy-Governor,  Mr.  George  Cook 
a  pleasant  and  obliging  Gentleman,  soUicited 
me  upon  the  account  of  my  Function  to 
reside  with  him  upon  Bombay,  and  invited  me 
with  all  the  Proposals  of  a  frank  and  generous 
Civility,  to  wave  my  Voyage,  and  continue 
with  him  there,  because  they  were  then  destitute 
of  a  Minister.  And  indeed  the  Deference  I 
bore  to  such  kind  Expressions,  and  to  the 
Duty  of  my  Calling,  were  invincible  Arguments 
for  my  Stay,  had  I  not  been  satisfied  of  the 
immediate  infallible  sad  Fate  I  was  under, 
like  that  of  my  Predecessors ;  one  of 
whom  was  interred  a  Fortnight  before  this  time, 
and  three  or  four  more  had  been  buried  the 
preceding  Years:  Which  common  Fatality  has 
created  a  Proverb  among  the  English  there, 
that  Two  Mussouns  are  the  Age  of  a  Man. 
This  is  much  lamented  by  the  East-India 
Company,  and  puts  them  upon  great  Expenses 
for  supplying  the  Island  with  fresh  Men,  in 
the  room  of  those  that  are  taken  away,  and 
providing  able  Surgeons,   furnish'd  with    Drugs 


488  BOMBAY: 

and   Chests    from  Europe,   to   take     care  of  the 
Infirmaries,  and  all  that  are  sick. 

A   Voyage  to  Siiratt,  1689,  pp.  1 40- 1 43. 


OVINGTON. 

3- 
The  Island  lies  in  about  Nineteen  Degrees 
North,  in  which  is  a  Fort,  which  is  the  Defence 
of  it,  flanked  and  Lined  according  to  the  Rules 
of  Art,  and  secured  with  many  Pieces  of 
Ordinance,  which  command  the  Harbour  and  the 
parts  adjoining.  In  this  one  of  the  Companies 
Factors  always  resides,  who  is  appointed 
Governour  to  inspect  and  manage  the  Affairs 
of  the  Island;  and  who  is  vested  with  an  Autho- 
rity in  Civil  as  well  as  Military  Matters,  to  see 
that  the  several  Companies  of  Soldiers  which  are 
here,  as  well  as  Factors  and  Merchants,  attend 
their  various  Stations,  and  their  respective 
Charge. 

The  Island  is  likewise  beautified  with  several 
elegant  Dwellings  of  the  English,  and  neat 
Apartments  of  the  Portuguese,  to  whom  is  per- 
mitted the  free  Exercise  of  their  Religion,  and 
the  Liberty  of  erecting  publick  Chappels  of 
Devotion;  which  as  yet  the  English  have  not 
attain'd  to,  because  the  War  with  the  Mogul 
interrupts  the  finishing  of  a  stately 
Structure  which  was  going  on   for  their  publick 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  489 

Church.  For  want  of  this  a  particular  Room  is 
set  apart  in  the  Fort  for  Publick  Service  twice  a 
day,  at  which  all  are  enjoyn'd  to  be  present ;  and 
for  performance  of  which,  and  other  Sacred 
Offices,  a  Salary  of  an  100  I.  annually,  besides 
the  convenience  of  Diet  and  Lodging,  is  allowed 
to  the  Minister  by  the  Company. 

The  Gentiles  too,  as  well  as  Christians,  are 
permitted  the  Freedom  of  their  Religion,  and 
conniv'd  at  in  their  Heathen  Worship.  I  acciden- 
tally once  entred  into  one  of  the  Gentiles  Chap- 
pels,  but  durst  not  stay  for  fear  of  disturbing  the 
Bramin  with  the  Visit.  The  smallness  of  it 
would  scarce  admit  of  above  Nine  or  Ten  to 
enter  into  it.  At  the  remotest  part  of  it  was 
placed  the  Pagod  upon  the  ground,  which  was 
only  a  Face  form'd  of  Tin,  with  a  broad  flat 
Nose,  and  Eyes  larger  than  a  Crown  Piece.  On 
the  right  side  of  this  Image  hung  a  small  Purse 
for  the  People  Oblations;  on  the  left,  very  near 
it,  lay  some  burnt  Rice,  which  the  Bramin  had 
sacrificed  ;  and  at  the  entrance  of  the  Door  stood 
a  Trumpet,  which  sounded  all  the  while  he  was 
a  sacrificing. 

The  Island  by  the  War  with  the  Mogul  was 
much  Depopulated  and  Impoverished,  both  by 
destroying  the  English  Inhabitants,  and  wasting 
the  Fruit  of  the  ground,  especially  of  the  Coco- 
Trees,  whose  Nuts  are  the  staple  Income  upon  it. 

.     A  Voyage  to  Suratt,  1689,  pp.  147-149' 


490  BOMBAY : 

Richard  Cobbe. 

1715. 

Bombay  Castle,  Oct.  5,  IJIS- 

My  Lord, 

Having  had  the  honour  of  paying  my  res- 
pects to  your  Lordship  a  little  before  I  left 
England,  I  remember  the  charge  you  were 
pleaseci  jto  lay  upon  me,  the  giving  your  Lordship 
some  account  of  this  island,  and  the  state  of 
religion  here  ;  particulars  of  which  I  hope,  you 
will  excuse,  nor  having  as  yet  been  sufficiently 
instructed  in  the  manners  and  customs  of  the 
inhabitants  of  this  Place  ;  but,  generally  speak- 
ing, they  are  a  people  wholly  given  up  to 
idolatry  and  superstition,  ignorant  and  poor ; 
they  consist  chiefly  of  Moors,  Gentous,  Portu- 
guese and  Cooley  Christians,  some  converts 
which  the  Portuguese  have  made  by  marrying 
into  their  families,  the  better  to  ingratiate  them- 
selves with  the  natives. 

The  whole  island  in  circumference  is  about 
twenty  miles,  and  eight  in  length,  much  healthier 
than  heretofore,  or  than  is  usually  reported ; 
which  may  be  attributed  not  only  to  the  prohi- 
biting the  Bucksho,  the  smaller  sort  of  Fish,  with 
which  they  used  to  dung  their  ground  and  trees 
in  these  parts;  but  to  the  stopping  up  and  re- 
pairing several  sea-breaches,  which  formerly 
overflowed  a  third  part  of  the  island.     The  soil 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  491 

4tself  is  poor  and  barren,  a  sandy  rock,  producing 
little  else  besides  Batty,  Coco-nuts  and  a  few 
Greens  ;  however  we  are  plentifully  supplied  with 
variety  of  provisions  from  the  neighbouring 
Coasts  ;  Syrash  [Siraz]  Wine,  which  is  our  chief 
liquor,  we  have  from  Persia,  very  strong  and 
wholesome, but  not  so  well  tasted  ;  Arrack  from 
Goa  or  Batavia  ;  and  extraordinary  good  Wheat 
from  Surat,  with  which  we  make  the  best  bread 
in  all  India.  We  have  three  good  forts  here, 
vand  one  strong  built  and  well  fortified  castle. 

The  number  of  inhabitants,  together  with  the 
English,  are  reckoned  about  i6,000  souls,  of 
different  languages  as  well  as  religions ;  the 
Moors  and  Gentous  have  their  Mosques  and 
Pagoda's,  the  Portuguese  several,  I  think  five 
Churches,  supplied  with  Padres  and  Clerico's 
from  Goa ;  but  the  English  have  only  a  private 
Chapel  for  their  public  Devotion,  Here  are 
indeed  the  remains  of  a  spacious  Church  former- 
ly intended,  but  never  brought  to  perfection,  the 
ruins  of  which  are  to  this  day  a  standing  monu- 
ment of  reproach  to  us,  among  the  heathen  to  a 
proverb;  but  this  reproach  we  hope  in  a  little  time 
to  wipe  off,  having  already  gotten  considerable 
large  contributions  from  the  neighbouring  fac- 
tories, as  well  as  this  place,  in  order  to  rebuild 
it ;  which  good  design  I  hope  your  Lordship  will 
not  think  it  amiss  to  approve  of  and  encourage. 
Another  favour  I  have  to  beg,  to  know  what  name 
your  Lordship  will  please  to  give  it  when  finish- 


492  BOMBAY : 

ed;  and  whether  my  reading  Prayers  in  it  wilf 
suffice,  for  want  of  a  regular  Consecration. 

Letter  to  the  Bishop   of  London,  Dr.   John 
Robinson. 

Bombay  Church,  1766  pp.  21  to  23^ 


Captain  Alexander  Hamilton. 

Circa    1723. 

Bombay  comes  next  in  course,  an  island 
belonging  to  the  crown  of  England.  It  was  a 
part  of  Katharine  of  Portugal's  portion,  when  she 
was  married  to  Charles  H  of  Great  Britain,  in 
anno  1662.  Its  ground  is  sterile,  and  not  to  be 
improved.  It  has  but  little  good  water  on  it,  and 
the  air  is  somewhat  unhealthful,  which  is  chiefly 
imputed  to  their  dunging  their  cocoa-nut  trees 
with  Buckshoe,  a  sort  of  small  fishes  which  their 
sea  abounds  in.  They  being  laid  to  the  roots  of 
the  trees,  putrify,  and  cause  a  most  unsavoury 
smell  ;  and  in  the  mornings  there  is  generally 
seen  a  thick  fog  among  those  trees,  that  affects 
both  the  brains  and  lungs  of  Europeans,  and 
breed  consumptions,  fevers,  and  fluxes. 

Mr.  Cook,  according  to  the  treaty,  took 
possession  of  the  island,  in  the  King's  name,  and 
forthwith  began  to  fortify  regularly,  and,  to  save 
charges  of  building  an  house  for  the  governor,, 
built  a  fort  round  an  old  square  house,  which 
served  the  Portuguese  for  a  place  of  retreat,  when 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  493 

they  were  disturbed  by  their  enemies,  till  forces 
could  be  sent  from  other  places  to  relieve  them. 

After  the  fort  was  lined  out,  and  the  founda- 
tions laid,  Sir  Gervas  Lucas  arrived  from  England 
with  two  ships,  but  affairs  being  settled  before 
he  came,  did  not  stay  at  Bombay  longer  than 
January  1666,  and  left  the  government  of  the 
island  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Cook  and  his  council, 
the  presidency  for  the  then  company,  residing  at 
Surat.  Their  trade  flourished,  and  increased 
wonderfully  ;  but,  after  the  fort  was  finished,  the 
King  finding,  that  the  charge  of  keeping  Bombay 
in  his  own  hands  would  not  turn  to  account,  the 
revenues  being  so  very  inconsiderable,  he  made 
it  over  to  the  East  India  Company  in  fee  tail, 
which  continues  so  till  this  time. 

In  building  the  fort  where  it  is,  Mr.  Cook 
shewed  his  want  of  skill  in  architecture,  where  a 
proper  and  convenient  situation  ought  to  be  well 
considered,  for  it  is  built  on  a  point  of  rocks  that 
jets  into  the  sea,  where  there  are  no  springs  of 
fresh  water,  and  it  stands  within  800  paces  of  an 
hill,  called  Dungeree,  that  overlooks  it,  and  an 
-enemy  might  much  incommode  it  from  that  hill, 
as  we  found  by  experience  in  anno  1689,  when 
the  Mogul  sent  an  army  on  Bombay.  As  for  the 
magnitude,  figure,  and  materials  of  the  fort, 
there  is  no  fault  to  be  found  in  them,  for  it  is  a 
regular  tetragon,  whose  outward  polygon  is  about 
500  paces,  and  it  is  built  of  a  good  hard  stone, 
and  it  can  mount  above  lOO  pieces  of  cannon; 
and  that  is  all  that  is  commendable  in  it:  but 


494  BOMBAY : 

had  it  been  built  about  500  paces  more  to  the^ 
southward,  on  a  more  acute  point  of  rocks,  called 
Mendam's  Point,  it  had  been  much  better  on 
several  accounts.  First,  it  had  been  much  nearer 
the  road  for  protecting  the  shipping  there,  it  had 
been  farther  off  Dungeree  Hill,  it  would  hive 
had  a  spring  of  pretty  good  water,  which  served 
the  hospital  that  was  afterwards  built  there,  and 
the  shipping  had  been  better  secured  that  lay  in 
the  little  bay  between  the  point  where  the  fort 
now  stands  and  Mendham's  Point. 

They  went  about  building  several  other  little 
forts  and  sconces  in  convenient  places,  to  hinder 
an  invasion,  if  any  of  their  neighbours  should 
have  attempted  one.  At  Mazagun  there  was  one, 
at  Source  one,  at  Sian  one,  at  Mahim  one,  and 
Worlee  had  one,  and  some  great  guns  mounted 
on  each  of  them.  Notwithstanding  the  company 
was  at  so  much  charge  in  building  of  forts,  they 
had  no  thoughts  of  building  a  church,  for  many 
years  after  Sir  George  Oxendon  began  to  build 
one,  and  charitable  collections  were  gathered  for 
that  use  ;  but  v^rhen  Sir  George  died,  piety  grew 
sick,  and  the  building  of  churches  was  grown 
unfashionable.  Indeed  it  was  a  long  while 
before  the  island  had  people  enough  to  fill  a 
chapel  that  was  in  the  fort,  for  as  fast  as  recruits 
came  from  Britain,  they  died  in  Bombay,  which 
got  the  island  a  bad  name. 

There  were  reckoned  above  5,000  £  had  been 
gathered  towards  building  the  church,  but  Sir 
John  Child,  when  he  came  to  reign  in  Bombay,. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  495 

converted  the  money  to  his  own  use,  and  never 
more  was  heard  of  it.  The  walls  were  built  by 
his  predecessors  to  five  yards  high,  and  so  it 
continued  till  the  year  1715,  when  Mr.  Boone 
came  to  the  chair,  who  set  about  building  of  it, 
and,  in  five  years  time,  finished  it  by  his  own 
benevolence,  and  other  gentlemen,  who,  by  his 
persuasions,  were  brought  in  to  contribute.  The 
Company  also  contributed  something  towards 
that  pious  end. 

About  the  year  1674,  President  Aungier,  a 
gentleman  well  qualified  for  governing  came  to 
the  chair,  and,  leaving  Surat  to  the  management 
of  deputies,  came  to  Bombay,  and  rectified  many 
things  that  were  amiss,  and  brought  the  face  of 
justice  to  be  unveiled,  which  before  lay  hid  in  a 
single  person's  breast,  who  distributed  her  favours 
according  to  the  governor's  direction.  He  erected 
a  formal  court,  where  pleas  were  brought  in  and 
debated;  but  that  method  lasted  but  a  few  years, 
when  Sir  John  Child  came  to  the  chair  the  court 
was  done.  Mr.  Aungier  advised  the  Company 
to  enclose  the  town  from  Dungeree  toMendham's 
Point,  for  securing  the  trading  people  from  the 
insults  of  their  troublesome  beggarly  neighbours 
on  the  continent ;  but  his  proposals  were  rejected, 
and  that  necessary  piece  of  work  was  reserved 
for  Mr.  Boone  also.  And  happy  it  was  for  the 
inhabitants  that  the  town  was  secured  by  a  wall, 
otherwise  Connajee  Augarie  [Angria]  would  have 
harassed  them  with  continual  insults  since  his 
war  with  the  English  began. 


496  BOMBAY : 

The  name  of  Mr.  Aungier  is  much  revered 
by  the  ancient  people  of  Surat  and  Bombay  to 
this  day.  His  justice  and  dexterity  in  managing 
affairs,  got  him  such  esteem,  that  the  natives  of 
those  places  made  him  the  common  arbitrator  of 
their  differences  in  point  of  traffick :  nor  was  it 
ever  known  that  any  party  receded  from  his  award. 

There  are  no  dangers  in  going  into  Bombay 
Road,  but  one  sunk  rock  that  lies  about  half  a 
league  from  the  castle.  It  is  dry  at  low  water, 
and  has  a  channel  within  it  deep  enough  for  the 
greatest  ships  to  pass.  I  never  heard  of  any 
damage  done  by  that  rock,  but  to  a  small  ship 
called  the  Baden,  which  by  carelessness,  run  on 
it  at  noonday,  and  was  lost. 

New  account  of  the  East-Indies^  l739  ; 

Vol  I,  pp.  183-/59. 


*' Description  of  the  Port  and 
Island  of  Bombay," 

1724. 

The  haven  of  Bombay  near  fifty  leagues 
southward  of  Surat,  in  nineteen  degrees  of  north 
latitude  and  comprehends  all  the  waters  that 
enter  between  Colayr  on  the  west  point  of  the 
island  Salsett,  and  the  two  small  islands  of 
Hunary  and  Cunary  on  the  South  near  the  main. 

It  is  reputed  one  of  the  most  famous  havens 
of   all   the  Indies,    as   never    being    choked    up 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  497 

by  the  storms,  or  yearly  monsoons,  but  affords 
at  all  seasons  reception  and  security  for 
whole  fleets. 

Within  this  haven  or  bay  stands  the  Island 
of  Bombay  which  gives  title  and  denomination 
to  the  whole  sea  that  enters  there,  but  as  for  the 
Island  itself,  it  is  barren  and  incapable  of 
raising  sufficient  provisions  for  its  inhabitants. 

There  are  as  appears  by  the  annex'd  chart 
some  small  islands  scarce  worth  the  notice,  but 
two  others  are  of  consideration,  namely 
Caranjah,  which  is  wholly  encompass'd  by  the 
waters  of  the  Port  of  Bombay  and  Salsett,  a  much 
larger  island,  in  figure  almost  square,  against 
two  sides  whereof  the  water  of  this  Harbour 
strikes;  the  west  side  of  Salsett  is  wholly 
exposed  to  the  Ocean,  and  the  north  side  is  wash'd 
by  an  inlet  of  water  called  the  Road  of  Bassein 
reaching  as   far  as   the  east    point  of  Salsett. 

On  part  of  the  Island  of  Bombay  stands 
Mahim,  the  name  formerly  of  the  whole  Island. 

There  was  in  old  time,  built  here  by  the 
Moors,  a  great  castle;  and  in  the  time  of  the 
Kings  of  Portugal,  this  was  the  place  where  his 
court  and  custom-house  was  kept  and  here 
were  the  duties  paid  by  the  vessels  of  Salsett, 
Trombay,  Gallian  [Callian]  and  Beundy 
[Bhiwundy]  on  the  main. 

Description  of  the  Port  and  Island  of  Bombay, 
1724.  pp.  I-}. 


498  BOMBAY : 

Ives. 

1754. 

Bombay  is  a  small  island,  but  for  its  size^ 
perhaps  the  most  flourishing  of  any  this  day  in 
the  universe.  Though  the  soil  is  so  barren  as 
not  to  produce  any  one  thing  worth  mentioning,, 
yet  the  convenience  of  its  situation  will  always 
more  than  make  up  for  that  defect.  It  may  be 
justly  stiled  "  the  grand  store-house  of  all  the 
Arabian  and  Persian  commerce."  When  this 
island  was  first  surrendered  to  us  hy  the  Portu- 
guese, we  hardly  thought  it  worth  notice ;  but,, 
in  a  very  few  years  afterwards,  we  experiment- 
ally found  the  value  of  it,  and  it  is  now  become 
our  chief  settlement  on  the  Malabar  coast. 

The  natives  are  shorter  and  stronger  made 
than  those  on  the  Coromandel  coast;  only  four 
Cooleys  carry  a  Palanquin  here,  whereas  six  are 
generally  used  at  Madras  and  Fort  St.  David. 
The  inhabitants  of  this  place  are  numerous,  and 
are  made  up  of  almost  every  nation  in  Asia. 

Voyage  from  England  to  India,  177^,  y^.  31- 


2. 

Bombay  is  the  most  convenient  place  among 
all  our  settlements  in  the  East  Indies,  for  careen- 
ing or  heaving  down  large  ships;  and  for  small 
ones  they  have  a  very  good  dock.     At   the  time 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  499 

we  were  there,  they  were  making  great  improve- 
ments in  it,  which  when  finished,  will  not  fail 
to  make  it  still  more  commodious.  They  have 
also  a  very  good  rope-yard.  Indeed,  this  is  the 
only  place,  in  that  distant  part  of  the  world,  for 
shattered  ships  to  refit  at ;  having  always  a  good 
quantity  of  naval  stores,  and  its  very  name  con- 
veying an  idea  of  a  safe  retreat  in  foul  weather. 

On  this  island  are  many  little  forts  and 
batteries,  as  Dungaree,  Massegon,  Mahee,  Men- 
dham's  Point,  and  Sion  hill.  Some  guns  are 
mounted  on  each  of  them  ;  but  the  principal  fort 
which  defends  the  place,  has  above  an  hundred. 
This  building  is  a  regular  square,  and  the 
materials  thereof  are  very  good.  The  church 
also  is  not  less  substantial  than  the  fort ;  it  is  a 
very  handsome,  large  edifice,  and  in  comparison 
of  those  which  are  to  be  met  with  in  the  other 
settlements,  it  looks  like  one  of  our  cathedrals. 
It  was  built  by  a  voluntary  subscription  among 
the  gentlemen  of  this  factory,  and  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Cobbe,  (  father  to  my  late  worthy  friend 
Mr.  Richard  Cobbe,  Admiral  Watson's  chaplain) 
was  the  chief  promoter  of  this  truly  pious  work  : 
he  at  that  time  resided  at  Bombay  as  chaplain  to 
the  factory.  The  whole  time  we  spent  here, 
passed  very  agreebly  ;  for  as  the  island  lies  in* 
K)"  north,  the  heats  must  of  course  be  more 
tolerable  than  they  are  at  Fort  St.  David,  which 
is  in  the  latitude  of  1 1°  48'  north. 

The  admiral's  family  resided  at  the  Tank- 
house  (  so  called  from  a  large  tank  or  pond  near 


500  BOMBAY: 

to  it)  and  here,  as  well  as  at  all  their  other  settle- 
ments, the  Company  allowed  the  admiral  and  his 
principal  attendants  Palanquins,  over  and  above 
the  five  Pagodas  a  day,  which  were  given  him  to 
defray  part  of  the  expenses  of  his  table.  As  the 
Indian  horses  are  of  little  value,  and  yet  very 
scarce,  oxen  are  here  frequently  made  use  of  in 
their  stead  ;  and  the  admiral  had  a  chaise  and 
pair  of  these  oxen  allowed  him  also  by  the 
Company.  They  are  commonly  white,  have  a 
large  pair  of  perpendicular  horns,  and  black 
noses.  The  admiral  oftentimes  went  in  this 
chaise  for  an  afternoon's  airing  to  Malabar  hill, 
and  to  the  end  of  Old  Woman's  island,  to  Mar- 
mulla,  and  many  other  places.  In  England,  if 
these  creatures  are  forced  out  of  their  usual  slow 
pace,  it  is  too  well  known  that  they  will  faint  or 
lie  down  under  their  burthen ;  but  at  Bombay  they 
trot  and  gallop  as  naturally,  as  horses,  and  are 
equally  serviceable  in  every  other  respect,  except 
that  by  their  being  subject  to  a  loose  habit  of 
body,  they  sometimes  incommode  by  the  filth 
thrown  upon  you  by  the  continual  motion  of 
their  tails.  Whenever  we  got  to  the  end  of  our 
ride,  the  driver  always  alighted,  and  put  the  near 
bullock  in  the  other's  place;  then  he  would  put 
his  hand  into  both  their  mouths,  and  after  pulling 
out  the  froth,  mount  his  box  again,  and  drive 
back.  It  seems  this  precaution  is  absolutely 
necessary,  for  as  they  travel  at  the  rate  of  seven 
or  eight  miles  an  hour,  they  would  otherwise  be 
in  danger  of  suffocation. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY,  501 

Whilst  we  were  at  Bombay,  I  took  particular 
notice,  that  at  the  death  of  a  friend,  the  Indians 
collected  together  and  sung,  either  in  the  house 
of  the  deceased,  or  under  the  window  ;  agreeable 
to  that  passage  in  St.  Matthew's  gospel,  "when 
Jesus  came  into  the  ruler's  house,  and  saw  the 
minstrels  and  the  people  making  a  noise.  He 
said  unto  them,  give  place,  &c."  There  it  was 
that  I  also  first  saw  the  ceremony  of  their  burning 
the  dead.  As  the  place  was  very  populous,  there 
were  seldom  less  than  three  or  four  burned  every 
night  near  the  water's  edge,  under  Malabar-hill. 

During  my  stay  at  this  place,  I  hired  by  the 
month,  a  chaise  drawn  by  a  pair  of  bullocks.  In 
the  several  excursions  I  made  in  this  carriage,  I 
had  frequently  passed  by  one  of  those  religious 
persons,  or  anchorets,  who  in  India  are  called 
Joogees  ;  and  who,  in  consequence  of  a  vow  made 
by  their  parents,  and  during  their  mother's  preg- 
nancy with  them,  are  devoted  to  the  service  of 
heaven.  One  evening,  I  and  a  companion  had 
an  inclination  to  pay  a  short  visit  to  this  Joogee  ; 
who  always  sat  in  one  posture  on  the  ground  in 
a  shady  cocoa-nut  plantation,  with  his  body 
covered  over  with  ashes,  and  his  long  black  hair 
clotted,  and  in  the  greatest  disorder.  As  we 
approached  him,  we  made  our  salutation,  which 
he  respectfully  returned ;  and  then  with  the 
assistance  of  our  Indian  driver,  who  could  speak 
English,  we  began  a  conversation  with  him,  that 
principally  turned  on  the  wonderful  efficacy  of 
his  prayers,  and  which  he  pretended  had  given 


502  BOMBAY : 

health  to  the  sick,  strength  to  the  lame,  sight  to 
the  blind,  and  fecundity  to  women  who  for  their 
whole  lives  had  been  deemed  barren.  When  we 
were  about  to  take  our  leave  of  him,  I  offered 
him  a  present  of  two  rupees  which  he  bade  me 
to  throw  on  the  ground,  and  then  directed  his 
servant,  who  was  standing  by,  to  take  them  up  ; 
which  he  did  with  a  pair  of  iron-pincers,  throw- 
ing the  rupees  at  the  same  time  into  a  pot  of 
vinegar.  After  they  had  lain  there  a  little  while, 
the  same  servant  took  them  out,  wiped  them 
carefully,  and  at  last  delivered  them  to  his 
master  ;  who  soon  afterwards,  by  way  of  return, 
presented  us  with  a  few  cakes  of  his  insipid 
pastry.  I  then  requested  of  him,  that  in  his  next 
prayers  he  would  petition  for  an  increase  of  my 
happiness  ;  to  which,  with  great  complacency  in 
his  countenance,  he  replied :  "  I  hardly  know 
what  to  ask  for  you :  I  have  seen  you  often,  and 
you  have  always  appeared  to  me  to  enjoy  perfect 
health ;  you  ride  in  your  chaise  at  your  ease  ;  are 
often  accompanied  with  a  very  pretty  lady;  you 
are  ever  well  cloathed,  and  are  likewise  fat;  so 
that  you  seem  to  me  to  be  in  possession  of  every 
thing  that  can  be  any  way  necessary  to  happi- 
ness. I  believe  therefore,  when  I  pray  for  you, 
it  must  be  in  this  strain :  that  God  would 
give  you  grace  to  deserve,  and  to  be  thank- 
ful for  those  many  blessings  which  he  has 
already  bestowed  upon  you."  I  told  him  that 
I  was  thoroughly  satisfied  with  the  mode  of 
his     intended   supplication  for   me  and    with    a 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  503 

mutual    exchange    of    smiles   and    compliments, 
we  parted. 

Our  hospital  at  Bombay  was  without  the 
town-wall ;  and  in  order  to  make  my  attendance 
on  it  the  more  convenient,  Mr.  Delaguarde  (a 
factor  in  the  Company's  service)  was  so  obliging 
as  to  give  me  the  use  of  a  very  commodious 
house,  which  lay  near  the  hospital,  and  belonged 
to  him  as  superintendant  of  the  powder-works. 
Here  I  took  up  my  residence,  with  other  gentle- 
men who  assisted  me  in  the  execution  of  my 
duty.  At  a  little  distance  from  the  front  of  this 
house  is  a  capacious  bason  of  water,  which  for 
the  greater  part  of  the  year  is  perfectly  dry,  but 
during  the  continuance  of  the  rainy  season,  and 
for  some  time  after,  serves  as  a  pond  for  water- 
ing cattle,  and  swarms  with  a  species  of  fish 
about  six  inches  long,  and  not  unlike  our  mullet. 
The  natives  catch  them  in  great  plenty  soon 
after  the  rain  sets  in,  and  more  than  once  I  had 
them  served  up  at  my  own  table.  This  would  be 
looked  upon  as  a  very  extraordinary  circumstance 
in  any  other  place ;  but  as  these  fish  are  found  in 
almost  every  pool  and  puddle  at  Bombay,  it 
ceases  to  be  a  matter  of  wonder  among  the 
inhabitants  of  that  island.  Various  have  been 
the  speculations  of  curious  and  inquisitive  men 
to  account  for  this  phaenomenon.  Some  have 
supposed,  that  exhaling  power  of  the  sun  is  so 
strong  in  the  sultry  seasons,  as  to  be  able  to  raise 
the  spawn  of  the  fish  into  the  atmosphere,  and 
there  suspend  and  nourish  it,  till  the  rains  come 


504  BOMBAY : 

on,  when  it  drops  down  again  in  the  state  of 
living  and  perfectly-formed  fish.  Others,  per- 
haps with  a  greater  degree  of  probability  on 
their  side,  imagine,  that  after  the  ponds  become 
dry,  the  spawn  may  possibly  fall  into  deep^ 
fissures  made  in  the  earth  below  the  apparent 
bottom,  where  there  may  remain  through  the 
whole  sultry  season,  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
moisture  to  prevent  the  animalcule  from  corrupt- 
ing; and  when  the  rain-waters  come  on  and 
fill  the  pond  again,  the  fish  is  produced  and  made 
to  appear  in  such  abundance.  This,  among  other 
hypotheses  which  I  have  heard  offered  on  this 
curious  subject,  seems  best  to  account  for  it ;  but 
whether  even  this  solution  be  adequate  to  the 
effects  produced,  I  shall  not  presume  to  determine. 

Voyage  from  England  to  India,  1773,  pp.  33-36. 


There  is  another  [Baman]  tree  of  this  sort  in 
the  Cocoa-nut  grove  at  Bombay,  on  the  road  to 
the  arbour  near  Malabar-hill,  which  is  the  third 
largest  and  most  shady  of  any  I  have  ever  seen ; 
but  this  last  differs  from  the  other  two  in  this 
remarkable  circumstance,  that  none  of  its 
branches  have  descended  into  the  earth,  and 
formed  (as  the  two  others  have  done)  new 
trunks  or  trees.  It  appears  indeed  to  have 
made  some  efforts  towards  it,  but  the  rooty 
shoots  have  not  yet  struck  the  ground.  The 
single  body  however,    or  trunk   of   the    tree  at 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  505 

Bombay,  is  of  much  larger  dimensions  than 
any  one  of  the  many  bodies  of  trunks  belonging 
to  those  near  Fort  St.  David  and  Gombroon. 
Under  that  on  the  Coromandel  Coast,  are  the 
ruins  of  some  houses  ;  and  it  is  commonly  relat- 
ed ( in  order  to  make  the  tree  appear  the  more 
marvellous )  that  this  one  tree  once  shaded  a 
whole  town.  At  a  small  distance  from  this  tree 
near  Gombroon,  there  is  a  Pagoda  or  temple, 
in  a  very  ruinous  condition,  except  a  small 
part,  which  is  kept  in  good  repair,  and  much 
frequented  by  the  Gentoos  in  their  devotions. 
The  Gentoos  likewise  worship  under  the  shade 
of  those  trees  which  grow  near  Fort  St.  David 
and  Bombay,  but  with  this  material  difference, 
that  at  the  two  last  places  they  have  no  Pagodas 
built  with  mens  hands,  any  more  than  the 
Druids  of  old  had,  who  under  their  consecrated 
oak  worshipped  one  supreme  God,  immense  and 
infinite,  and  could  not  think  of  confining  their 
adoration  to  the  narrow  limits  of  a  temple, 
which  they  deemed  would  be  quite  inconsistent 
with  those  attributes.  In  like  manner,  the 
Banian  tree  is  held  sacred  by  the  Gentoos,  who 
are  almost  as  sensibly  hurt  by  your  cutting  or 
lopping  off  one  of  its  superfluous  branches,  as 
if  you  were  to  mutilate  or  destroy  a  cow, 
between  whose  sacred  horns  they  often  place 
their  hand,  when  they  make  their  most  solemn 
oaths,  and  appeals  to  the  Deity. 

Voyage  front  England  to  India,  pp.  l^g-200. 


506  BOMBAY : 

The  island  of  Bombay  has  of  late  been 
rendered  much  more  healthy  than  it  was  for- 
merly, by  a  wall  which  is  now  built  to  prevent 
the  incroachment  of  the  sea,  where  is  formed 
a  salt  marsh,  and  by  an  order  that  none  of  the 
natives  should  manure  their  cocoa-nut  trees 
with  putrid  fish. 

Voyage  from  England  to  India,  pp.  448, 


Carsten  Niebuhr. 

1764. 

The  isle  of  Bombay  is  two  German  miles 
in  length,  by  rather  more  than  half  a  mile  in 
breadth.  A  narrow  channel  divides  it  from 
another  small  isle  of  little  value,  called  by  the 
English  Old  Woman's  Island.  B3mbay  produces 
nothing  but  cocoas  and  rice  ;  and  on  the  shore 
a  considerable  quantity  of  salt  is  collected. 
The  inhabitants  are  obliged  to  bring  their  pro- 
visions from  the  continent,  or  from  Salset,  a 
large  and  fertile  island  not  far  from  Bombay, 
and  belonging  to  the  Marattas.  Since  I  left 
India,  the  English  have  made  an  attempt  upon 
Salset,  which  is  indeed  very  much  in  their 
power,  and  the  public  papers  say  that  they 
have  been  successful.  Tknow  not  whether  they 
may  be  able  to  maintain  themselves  in  it  against 
the  Marattas,  whose  armies  are  very  numerous. 

The  sea  breezes  and  the  frequest  rains, 
cool  the  atmDsphere,  and  render  the  climate  of 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  50/ 

Ihis  island  temperate.  Its  air  was  formerly- 
unhealthy  and  dangerous,  but  has  become  pure 
since  the  English  drained  the  marshes  in  the 
city  and  its  environs.  Still,  however,  many 
European  die  suddenly  here ;  but  they  are  new 
comers,  who  shorten  their  days  by  mode  of  life 
"unsuitable  to  the  climate ;  eating  great  quanti- 
ties of  beef  and  pork,  which  the  Indian  Legis- 
lator has  wisely  forbidden,  and  drinking 
copiously  of  the  strong  wines  of  Portugal  in  the 
"hottest  season.  They  likewise  persist  obstina- 
■tely  in  wearing  the  European  dress,  which  by 
•its  ligatures  impedes  the  free  circulation  of 
i)lood,  and  by  confining  the  limbs  renders  the 
heat  more  intolerable.  The  Orientals  again  live 
to  a  great  age,  and  are  little  subject  to  diseases, 
because  they  keep  the  body  at  ease  in  wide 
flowing  robes,  abstain  from  animal  food  and 
strong  liquors,  and  eat  their  principal  meal 
in  the  evening  after  sunset. 

The  city  of  Bombay,  situate  in  the  northern 
part  of  the  island,  is  a  quarter  of  a  German 
mile  in  length,  but  narrow.  It  is  defended  by 
an  indifferent  citadel*  towards  the  sea,  and  at 
the  middle  of  the  city.  On  the  land  side  its 
fortifications  are  very  good.  During  the  war 
the  East  India  Company  expended  no  less  than 
900,000  French  livres  a-year,  in  the  construction 
x>(  new  works  for  its  defence ;  and,  although 
these  works  are  no  longer  carried  on  with  the 
same  activity,  yet  the  fortification  of  Bombay 
^till   continues,   so    that    it    must  be  in  a  short 


508  BOMBAY : 

time  the'  most  considerable  fortress  in  India. 
Besides  the  town,  there  are  in  the  island  some 
small  forts  sufficient  to  protect  it  from  any 
irruption  of  the  Indians. 

In  this  City  are  several  handsome  buildings; 
among  which  are  the  Director's  palace,  and  a 
large  elegant  church  near  it.  The  houses  are 
not  flat  roofed  here,  as  through  the  rest  of  the 
east,  but  are  covered  with  tiles  in  the  Europeaa 
fashion.  The  English  have  glass  windows. 
The  other  inhabitants  of  the  island  have  their 
windows  of  small  pieces  of  transparent  shells 
framed  in  wood,  which  renders  the  apartments 
very  dark.  In  the  east  it  is  the  fashion  to  live  dur- 
ing the  dry  season  in  chambers  open  on  one  side. 
The  houses  of  Bombay  are  in  general  neither 
splendid   nor  commodious  in  any  great  degree. 

The  harbour  is  spacious  and  sheltered  from 
all  winds.  A  valuable  work,  which  has  beea 
constructed  at  the  Company's  expence,  is,  two. 
basons,  hewn  out  in  the  rock,  in  which  two  ships 
may  be  at  once  careened.  A  third  is  now  pre^ 
paring.  This  work  which  has  been  very  expen- 
sive, likewise  brings  in  a  considerable  annual 
return;  strangers  pay  very  dear  for  liberty  to 
careen  in  these  basons.  While  I  was  there  I 
saw  a  ship  of  war  belonging  to  the  Imam  of 
Sana,  which  he  had  sent  to  Bombay,  solely  on 
purpose  that  it  might  be  refitted. 

The  toleration  which  the  English  grant  to- 
all    religions    has    rendered    this    island     very 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  509 

populous.  During  these  hundred  years,  for  which 
it  has  been  in  the  possession  of  the  Company, 
the  number  of  its  inhabitants  has  greatly  in- 
•creased ;  so  that  they  are  now  reckoned  at 
140,000  souls,  although  within  these  twenty  years 
they  did  not  amount  to  70,000. 

Of  these  the  Europeans  are  naturally  the 
least  numerous  class  ;  and  this  the  rather  as  they 
do  not  marry  and  their  numbers  consequently 
do  not  multiply.  The  other  inhabitants  are 
Portuguese,  or  Indian  Catholics ;  Hindus,  the 
original  possessors  of  the  country  ;  Persians  from 
Kerman  ;  Mahomedans  of  different  sects  ;  and  in 
the  last  place  some  Oriental  Christians. 

The  English,  as  I  have  mentioned,  have  an 
handsome  church  at  Bombay,  but  only  one 
English  clergyman  to  perform  the  service  of 
religion  in  it;  and,  if  he  should  die,  the  congre- 
gation would  be  absolutely  deprived  of  a  pastor; 
for  the  Company  haye  no  chaplains  in  their 
ships,  and  entertain  no  clergy  in  their  settle- 
ments on  the  coast.  Wherefore,  when  a  child  is 
to  be  baptized,  which  is  not  often,  as  the  English 
rarely  marry  in  India,  a  Danish  missionary  is 
sent  for,  to  administer  the  sacrament  of  baptism. 

The  Catholics,  a  scanty  remainder  of  the 
Portuguese,  and  a  great  number  of  Indians,  their 
converts,  are  much  more  numerous  than  the 
Protestants.  They  have  abundance  of  priests  as 
well  Europeans  as  Indians,  who  attend  their 
studies   at  Goa.     To  superintend  this  herd,  the 


510  BOMBAY : 

Pope  named  some  years  ago  a  bishop  of  Bombay, 
but  the  Governor  of  the  island  sent  him  away  de~ 
daring  that  they  needed  not  Catholic  priests  of  so 
high  a  rank.  The  Catholic  churches  are  decent 
buildings,  and  are  sumptuously  ornamented 
within.  The  Jesuits  had  once  a  college  and  a 
church  in  the  middle  of  this  island.  Their 
college  is  at  present  the  country  house  of  the 
English  Governor.  And  the  old  church  has  been 
converted  into  a  suite  of  assembly  rooms. 

All  religions,  as  I  have  already  remarked, 
are  here  indulged  in  the  free  exercise  of  their 
public  worship,  not  only  in  their  churches,  but 
openly  in  festivals  and  processions,  and  none 
takes  offence  at  another.  Yet  the  Government 
allows  not  the  Catholic  priests  to  give  a  loose  to 
their  zeal  for  making  proselytes.  When  any 
person  chooses  to  become  Catholic,  the  reasons 
must  be  laid  before  government  and  if  they  are 
judged  valid,  he  is  then  allowed  to  p|;ofess  his 
conversion.  The  priests  complain  of  the  difficulty 
of  obtaining  this  permission.  They,  however, 
have  considerable  success  in  conversion  among 
the  slaves,  who,  being  struck  with  the  pomp  of 
the  Romish  worship,  and  proud  of  wearing  the 
image  of  a  saint  upon  their  breasts,  choose  rather 
to  frequent  the  Catholic  churches  than  any 
others,  and  persuade  their  countrymen,  as  they 
successively  arrive,  to  follow  their  example. 
Voyage  to  Arabia,  in  Piukerton^s 

Voyages,  Vol  X.,  pp.  201-203.. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  511 

John  Henry  Grose 

1/58 
Bombay  is  an  Island,  in  the  latitude  of 
eighteen  degrees,  forty-one  minutes  of  north 
latitude,  near  the  coast  of  Deckan,  the  high 
mountains  of  which  are  full  in  view,  at  a  tri- 
fling distance;  and  is  so  situate,  as,  together 
with  the  winding  of  other  islands  along  that 
continent,  to  form  one  of  the  most  commodious, 
bays  perhaps  in  the  world;  from  which  dis- 
tinction it  received  the  denomination  of  Bombay, 
by  corruption  from  the  Portuguese  Buon-bahia, 
though  now  usually  written  by  them  Bombaim. 
Certain  it  is,  that  the  harbor  is  spacious  enough 
to  contain  any  number  of  ships;  has  excellent 
anchoring-ground;  and  by  its  circular  position, 
can  afford  them  a  land-locked  shelter  against 
any  winds,  to  which  the  mouth  of  it  is  exposed. 
It  is  also  admirably  situated  for  a  center  of 
dominion  and  commerce,  with  respect  to  the 
Malabar  coast,  the  Gulf  of  Persia,  the  Red- 
Sea,  and  the  whole  trade  of  that  side  of  the 
great  Indian  Peninsula,  and  northern  parts 
adjoining  to  it :  to  the  government  of  which 
presidency  they  are  vey  properly  subordinated. 

Considering  too  that  this  island  is  situated 
within  the  tropics,  the  climate  of  it  is  far  from 
intolerable  on  account  of  its  heat,  in  any  time 
of  the  year;  though  never  susceptible  of  any 
degree  of  cold  beyond  what  must  be  rather 
agreeable  to  an  European  constitution.     In  the 


512  BOMBAY: 

very  hottest  season,  which  immediately  prece- 
des the  periodical  return  of  the  rains,  the 
refreshment  of  the  alternate  land  and  sea- 
breezes  is  hardly  ever  wanting,  the  calms 
being  generally  of  a  very  short  duration ;  so 
that  perhaps,  in  the  year,  there  may  be  a  few 
days  of  an  extraordinary  sultry  heat,  and  even 
those  may  be  made  supportable,  by  avoiding 
any  violent  exercise,  by  keeping  especially  out 
of  the  malignant  unmitigated  glare  and  action 
of  the  sun,  and  by  a  light  unoppressive  diet. 
Great  care  too  should  be  taken  of  not  expos- 
ing one  self  to  the  dangerous  effect  of  the 
night-dews,  and  of  the  too  quick  transition 
from  a  state  of  open  pores,  to  their  perspira- 
tion being  shut  up ;  which  is  so  often  the 
case  of  those,  who,  from  an  impatience  of 
heat,  venture  to  sleep  from  under  cover  in  the 
raw  air  of  the  night,  pleasantly  indeed,  but 
perniciously  cooled  by  the  absence  of  the  sun  : 
a  circumstance  yet  more  fatal,  to  such  as 
have  besides  been  heated  by  any  intemperance 
in  eating  and    drinking. 

Bombay,  in  fact,  had  long  borne  an  infa- 
mous character  for  unhealthfulness.  It  was 
commonly  called  the  burying-ground  of  the 
English;  but  this  was  only  until  an  experience, 
bought  at  the  expence  of  a  number  of  lives, 
had  rendered  the  causes  of  such  a  mortality 
more  known,  an<^  consequently  more  guarded 
against.  Among  others,  the  principal  ones 
doubtless   were  : 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  513 

First,  the  nature  of  the  climate,  and  the 
precautions  and  management  required  by  it, 
not  being  so  sufficiently  known,  as  they  now 
are;  if  that  knowledge  was  but  prevalent 
enough,  with  many,  for  them  to  sacrifice  their 
pleasures  of  intemperance,  or  the  momentary 
relief  from  a  present  irksomeness  of  heat,  to 
the  preservation  of  their  healths. 

Formerly  too,  there  obtained  a  practice 
esteemed  very  pernicious  to  the  health  of  the 
inhabitants,  employing  a  manure  for  the  coco- 
nut-trees, that  grow  in  abundance  on  the 
island,  consisting  of  the  small  fry  of  fish, 
and  called  by  the  gountry-name  Buckshaw ; 
which  was  undoubtedly  of  great  service,  both 
to  augment,  and  meliorate  their  produce :  but 
through  its  quantity  being  superficially  laid 
in  trenches  round  the  root,  and  consequently 
the  easier  to  be  exhaled,  diffused,  as  it  putri- 
fied,  a  very  unwholsome  vapor.  There  are 
s:^me,  however,  who  deny  this,  and  insist  on 
the  ill  consequences  of  this  manure  to  be  purely 
imaginary,  or  at  least  greatly  exaggerated ; 
giving  for  reason,  that  the  inhabitants  them- 
selves were  never  sensible  of  any  noxious  qua- 
lity in  that  method;  and  that  if  the  island  is 
now  less  unhealthy,  the  change  must  be  sought 
for  in  other  causes.  But  all  are  agreed,  that 
liie  habitations  in  the  woods,  or  coconut-gro- 
ves, are  unwholesome,  from  the  air  wanting  a 
free  current  through  them;  and  from  the 
trees   themselves,  diffusing  a    kind   of   vaporous 


514  BOMBAY: 

moisture,  unfavourable  to  the  lungs,  a  complaint 
common  to  all  close-wooded  countries. 

There  has  also  been  another  reason  as- 
signed, for  the  island  having  grown  healthier,, 
from  the  lessening  of  the  waters,  by  a  breach 
of  the  sea  being  banked  oif;  which  however 
does  not  seem  to  me  a  satisfactory  one. 
There  is  still  subsisting  a  great  body  of  salt 
water  on  the  inside  of  the  breach,  the  commu- 
nication of  which  with  the  sea,  being  less- 
free  before  the  breach  was  built,  must  be  in 
proportion  more  apt  to  stagnate,  and  breed 
noxious  vapors;  so  that  this  alteration  by  the 
breach  cannot  enter  for  much,  if  any  thing,. 
into  the  proposed  solution,  which  may  perhaps 
be  better  reduced  into  the  before-mentioned 
one  of  the  different  .diet,  and  manner  of  living 
of  the  Europeans  :  not  however  without  taking- 
into  account,  the  place  being  provided  with 
more  skilful  physicians  than  formerly,  when 
there   was   less  niceness  in  the  choice  of  them. 

Whatever  may  be  the  reason,  the  point  is 
certain,  that  the  climate  is  no  longer  so  fatal 
to  the  English  inhabitants  as  it  used  to  be, 
and  incojnparably  more  healthy  than  many 
other  of  our  settlements  in  India. 

Voyage  to  the  East-Indies,    pp.  29- ^j. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  515 

John  Henry   Grose. 

This  island  is  however  a  stong  instance 
of  the  benefits  of  a  good  government,  and  a 
numerous  population,  by  not  a  spot  of  it 
remaining  uncultivated  :  so  that  though  it  is 
far  from  producing  sufficient  for  the  consump- 
tion of  the  inhabitants;  and  notwithstanding 
its  many  disadvantages  of  situation  and  soil, 
it  yields,  in  proportion  to  its  bigness,  incom- 
parably more  than  the  adjacent  island  of  Salsett ; 
whether  under  the  government  of  the  Portuguese, 
or,  as  it  now  is,  under  that  of  the  Morattoes. 

Voyage  to  the  East-Indies,  page  48, 


Abraham    Parsons. 

1775. 

The  Town  of  Bombay  is  near  a  mile  in 
length  from  Apollo  gate  to  that  of  the  Bazar 
and  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  broad  in  the 
broadest  part  from  the  Bunda  (Bandar)  across 
the  Green  to  Church  gate,  which  is  nearly  in 
the  centre  as  you  walk  round  the  walls  between 
Apollo  and  Bazar  gate.  There  are  likewise 
two  marine  gates,  with  a  commodious  wharf 
and  cranes  built  out  from  each  gate,  beside  a 
landing  place  for  passengers  only.  Between 
the  two  marine  gates  is  the  castle  properly 
called  Bombay  Castle,  a  very  large  and  strong 


5l6  BOMBAY: 

fortification  which  commands  the  bay.  The 
works  round  the  town  are  so  many  and  the 
bastions  so  very  strong  and  judiciously  situated 
and  the  whole  defended  with  a  broad  and 
deep  ditch  so  as  to  make,  a  strong  fortress, 
which  while  it  has  a  sufficient  garrison  and 
provisions  may  bid  defiance  to  any  force  which 
may  be  brought  against  it.  Here  is  a  spacious 
green,  capable  of  containing  several  regiments 
exercising  at  the  same  time.  The  streets  are 
well  laid  out  and  the  buildings  (namely  gentle- 
men's houses)  so  numerous  and  handsome  as  to 
make  it  an  elegant  town.  The  soil  is  a  sand, 
mixed  with  small  gravel,  which  makes  it 
always  so  clean,  even,  in  the  rainy  season, 
that  a  man  may  walk  all  over  the  town  within 
half  an  hour  after  a  heavy  shower  without 
dirtying  his  shoes.  The  esplanade  is  very 
extensive  and  as  smooth  and  even  as  a  bowling- 
green  which  makes  either  walking  or  riding 
round    the   town    very    pleasant. 

Travels  in  Asia,  etc.,  p.  2l6. 


Philip  Stanhope. 

"  Memoirs  of  Asiaticus.  " 
1778. 

On  the  fourteenth  we  reached  Bombay 
where  I  have  taken  up  my  quarters  in  a  most 
excellent  tavern,  till  the  Indiaman  which  is  tp 
convey  me  home  shall  sail. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  517 

The  island  of  Bombay  is  situate  in  seventy- 
two  degrees  of  East  longitude,  and  eighteen  of 
latitude,  and  is  about  seven  leagues  in  circum- 
ference. It  originally  belonged  to  the  crown 
of  Portugal,  but  in  the  year  one  thousand  six 
hundred  and  sixty-three  it  was  given  to  Charles 
the  Second,  as  part  of  the  portion  of  the  Infanta 
Catherine,  and  that  Monarch  presented  it  as  a 
mark  of  royal  favour  to  the  East  India  Company, 
who  fortified  it  at  a  vast  expence,  and  it  is  now 
in  the  elegance  of  its  buildings  very  little  in- 
ferior to  Madras. 

The  manners  as  well  of  the  English  as  of  the 
natives  are  much  the  same  here  as  in  other  parts  of 
India.  At  present  the  settlement  not  being  divided 
by  factions,  there  is  more  society  than  at  Madras, 
and  the  sources  of  wealth  being  fewer,  there  is 
less  of  luxury  and   parade  than  at  Cj^lcutta. 

I  have  dined  with  the  Governor,  who  is  a 
gentleman  of  plain  good  sense,  and  unaffected 
politeness,  and  has  sat  in  the  chair  with  equal 
honour  to  himself,  and  satisfaction  to  those 
under  him,  for  f»ve-and-twenty  years.  I  have 
had  pleasure  of  seeing  the  beauties  of  Bombay, 
at  the  monthly  ball,  and  I  have  spent  an  agree- 
able evening  with  Mr.  Draper,  who  is  senior 
member  of  the  Council,  and  is  the  husband 
of  the  charming  Eliza,  whose  fame  will  ever  live 
in  the  celebrated  writings  of  the  immortal  Sterne. 

Memoirs  of  Asiaticus,  pp.  168  to  170. 


5l8  BOMBAY: 

Samuel  Pechel. 

1781 

The  island  of  Bombay  is  the  antient  pro- 
perty of  the  English  East  India  Company;  it 
hath  hitherto  been,  of  all  her  settlements,  the 
most  conducive  to  the  greatness  of  the  nation 
in  Asia ;  yet,  through  the  splendor  of  atchieve- 
ment,  great  acquisition  of  territory,  and  immense 
harvests  of  wealth  in  Bengal  and  the  Coast  of 
Coromandel,  it  hath  been  in  some  measure  over- 
looked, and,  as  if  in  a  corner  of  the  world, 
unnoticed. 

It  receives  great  importance  as  well  from  its 
situation,  so  advantageous  not  only  in  regard 
to  external  trade  and  the  internal  in  the  "neigh- 
bouring provinces,  as  from  the  docks  which  are 
the  only  ones  the  Company  have  in  India,  and 
without  which  therefore  there  can  be  no  mari- 
time power  in  those  regions.  Hitherto  the  ex- 
pence  of  maintaining  hath  not  been  defrayed  by 
the  produce  ;  but  the  present  situation  of  affairs 
in  the  neighbouring  provinces,  well  improved, 
may  place  things  on  a  different  foot,  and  that 
expence  not  only  be  cleared,  but  a  considerable 
revenue  yielded,  and  a  great  influence  in  the 
western  part  of  Indostan  obtained. 

Historical  Account  of  Bombay,  178 1,  pages  1-2. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  519 

James    Forbes. 

1783. 

We  found  the  population  of  Bombay  very 
much  increased,  and  constantly  increasing.  The 
troubles  on  the  continent  had  compelled  many 
to  seek  an  asylum  from  the  calamities  of  war; 
personal  security  and  protection  of  property, 
under  the  British  flag,  was  another  great  in- 
ducement; while  a  flourishing  commerce  and 
many  other  causes  allured  a  number  of  merchants 
to  leave  their  fluctuating  situations  in  other 
places,  for  a  more  permanent  settlement  on  this 
little  rocky  island;  which  to  the  higher  tribes 
of  Hindoos  has  some  peculiar  inconveniences, 
and  to  the  lower  classes  of  every  description 
must  be  far  more  expensive  than  any  part  of 
the   continent. 

The  price  of  most  kinds  of  provisions  was 
nearly  doubled  since  I  first  knew  Bombay;  but 
there  appeared  no  deficiency  either  of  European 
or  Indian  commodities.  The  shops  in  the  bazar 
were  well  stored  with  articles  for  luxury  and 
comfort  from  all  parts  of  the  world;  and  every 
breeze  wafted  a  fresh  supply.  But  if  private 
expenses  were  thus  increased,  great  indeed  was 
the  accumulation  of  public  expenditure  since 
my  arrival  in  India,  and  still  more  so  since  my 
departure. 

The  island  of  Bombay  should  now  no  longer 
be  considered  as  a  settlement,  or  separate  co- 
lony, but  as  the  metropolis    (surrounded  indeed 


520  •     BOMBAY  : 

by  a  large  moat )  of  an  extensive  domain.  For 
this  island,  only  twenty  miles  in  circumference, 
and  almost  covered  with  houses  and  gardens, 
will  soon  become  a  city,  similar  to  the  outer 
towns  of  Surat  and  Ahmedabad  ;  smaller  indeed 
by  eight  miles  in  its  circumference  than  the 
latter  in  the  zenith  of  her  glory,  and  much  less 
than  London  at  this  present  day. 

Oriental  Memoirs,  Vol  II,  pages  3S0-381. 


Abbe  Raynal, 

1788. 

It  is  computed  that  there  are  at  present  at 
Bombay  near  100,000  inhabitants,  seven  or 
eight  thousand  of  whom  are  sailors;  a  few  of 
them  are  employed  in  manufactures  of  silk  and 
cotton.  As  the  larger  productions  could  not 
prosper  upon  a  rock  where  the  soil  has  very 
little  depth,  the  attention  of  the  people  has 
been  turned  towards  the  cultivation  of  an  ex- 
cellent kind  of  onion,  which  together  with 
the  fish  that  is  dried  there,  is  advantange- 
ously  sold  in  the  most  distant  markets.  Those 
labours  are  not  carried  on  with  that  degree  of 
indolence  so  common  under  a  burning  sky.  The 
Indian  has  showed  himself  susceptible  of  emula- 
tion ;  and  his  character  has  been  in  some  measure 
changed  by  the  example  of  the  indefatigable 
Parsees.      The   latter    are     not    fishermen     and 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  521 

cultivators  alone.  The  construction,  fitting  out, 
and  dispatching  of  ships;  everything  in  a  word 
which  concerns  the  road  or  navigation,  is 
intrusted  to  their  activity  and  industry. 

Philosophical  and  Political  History 

of  the  Indies,   Vol.  II,  pp,  lOg-IlO 


Viscount  Valentia, 

1804. 

The  rage  for  country  houses  prevails  at 
Bombay  as  generally  as  at  Madras,  and  the 
same  inconveniences  attend  it;  for  as  all 
business  is  carried  on  in  the  fort,  every  person 
is  obliged  to  come  in  the  morning,  and  return 
at  night.  The  Governor  is  almost  singular  in 
living  constantly  in  town,  having  lent  his  country 
house  at  Perelle  to  Sir  James  Mackintosh.  This 
place  was  the  property  of  the  Jesuits,  and  is  the 
handsomest  in  the  island.  The  apartments  and 
verandahs  are  extremely  handsome,  and  the 
former  chapel  on  the  ground  floor  is  now  a 
magnificent  and  lofty  dining  room.  It  has,  how- 
ever, the  inconvenience  of  not  being  open  to 
the  sea  breeze,  and  appears  to  be  far  from 
healthy,  for  Sir  James  and  Lady  Mackintosh, 
with  a  great  proportion  of  their  family,  had  been 
attacked  by  an  intermittent  fever.  The  gene- 
rality of  the  country  houses  are  comfortable  and 
elegant;     and    if    they    have   not   the   splendid 


522  BOMBAY : 

Grecian  porticos  of  Calcutta  and  Madras,  they 
are  probably  better  adapted  to  the  climate,  and 
have  most  unquestionably  the  advantage  of 
charming  views;  for  even  the  Island  of  Bombay 
itself  is  broken  by  several  beautiful  hills  either 
covered  with  cocoa-nut  tree  groves,  or  villas 
of  the  inhabitants. 

It  cannot  be  expected  that  the  third 
Presidency  in  point  of  rank,  should  vie  with 
the  others  in  splendor  or  expence.  The  society 
is  less  numerous,  and  the  salaries  are  smaller, 
economy  is  consequently  more  attended  to  by 
a  kind  of  tacit  compact;  the  style  of  living 
is  however  frequently  elegant,  and  always  com- 
fortable and  abundant.  I  confess  that  having 
so  lately  quitted  my  native  country,  I  preferred 
it  to  the  splendid  profusion  of  Calcutta.  The 
necessaries  of  life  are  here  dearer  than  in 
the  other  parts  of  India  ;  the  wages  of  servants 
are  consequently  much  higher.  Rice,  the  chief 
food  of  the  lowerorders,  is  imported  from  Bengal, 
even  in  favourable  years  :  at  present  the  famine 
has  raised  it  to  an  alarming  price.  Grateful, 
however,  must  the  inhabitants  be  to  Providence, 
for  having,  at  such  an  eventful  period,  placed 
them  under  the  British  protection,  and  relieved 
them  from  those  sufferings,  which  afflict  the 
nations  around  them.  The  subscriptions,  which 
were  entered  into  to  extend  this  benefit  beyond 
the  limits  of  their  territory,  do  honour  to  the 
gentlemen  of  the  settlement.  Hospitals  were 
opened  for  the  gradual  administering    of  relief 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  523 

lo  such  as  were  too  much  exhausted  to  feed 
themselves,  and  hircarrahs  were  placed  on  the 
■confines  to  bring  in  those  whose  strength  had 
failed  them  before  they  could  reach  the  fostering 
aid,  that  was  held  out  to  them  by  the  hands 
of  British  benevolence.  The  preservation  of 
several  hundreds  of  thousands  on  the  Malabar 
coast  may  be  attributed  to  the  overflowing 
supplies  which  Bengal  was  able  to  pour  out  for 
their  support,  in  consequence  of  the  fifty  years' 
tranquillity  which  she  has  enjoyed  under  her 
present  masters.  India,  under  our  supreme 
controul,  can  never  expect  to  feel  the  effects 
of  famine ;  for  a  season  which  causes  a  scarcity 
in  one  part,  generally  produces  an  increase  of 
produce  in  another ;  and  the  devastations  of 
hostile  armies  will  be  at  an  end,  which  can 
alone  counteract  this  beneficent  arrangement  of 
Providence.  For  the  sake  of  the  population  of 
sixty  millions,  as  well  as  for  our  own  sake,  we 
Tnay  therefore  wish  that  the  British  influence 
in  India  may  remain  unshaken  by  external 
force,  or  internal  dissatisfaction. 
Voyages  and  Travels,  T803-5,  Vol.  II,  pages  1(^-171. 


Bishop    Heber. 

1825. 

The  island,  as  well  as  most  of  those  in  its 

neighbourhood,  is  apparently  little  more  than  a 

cluster    of    small    detached   rocks,    which    have 

been  joined  together  by  the  gradual   progress  of 


524  BOMBAY : 

coral  reefs,  aided  by  sand  thrown  up  by  the    sea^ 
and  covered  by  the  vegetable  mould  occasioned 
by   the   falling     leaves   of    the    sea-loving-coco. 
The  interior  consists  of  a  long  but  narrow   tract 
of  low  ground,  which  has  evidently  been,   in  the 
first  instance,  a  salt  lagoon,  gradually  filled  up 
by  the  progress  which  I  have   mentioned,   and 
from  which  the  high  tides  are  still  excluded  only 
by  artificial  embankments.     This  tract  is   a    per- 
fect  marsh    during  the  rainy    season,   and  in   a 
state     of    high    rice     cultivation.      The    higher 
ground  is  mere  rock  and  sand,  but  covered  with* 
coco    and    toddy-palms    where   they    can    grow. 
There  is  scarcely  any  open  or   grass  land  in  the 
island,  except  the  esplanade  before  the  fort,  and 
the  exercising  ground   at  Matoonga,  which  last 
is  the  head-quarters  of  the  artillery.     The  fort^. 
or  rather  the  fortified  town,  has  many   large  and 
handsome  houses,  but   few  European  residents^, 
being  hot,  close-built,   with   narrow  streets,  pro- 
jecting  upper   stories   and   rows,    in    the    style 
which  is  common  all  over  this  side  of  India,  and 
of  which  the  old  houses  in   Chester   give  a  suffi- 
ciently exact  idea. 

The  Bombay  houses  are  externally  less 
beautiful  than  those  of  Calcutta,  having  no  pil- 
lared verandahs,  and  being  disfigured  by  huge 
and  high  pitched  roofs  of  red  tiles.  *They  are 
generally  speaking,  however,  larger,  and  on  the 
whole  better  adapted  to  the  climate. 

Journey  in  India  from  Calcutta  to  Bombay,  1824- 
25;   Vol.  in,  pp.   129-131^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  525 


The  island  of  Colabah  is  situated  at  the 
entrance  of  the  harbour,  and  is  connected  with 
that  of  Bombay  by  a  pier,  which  is,  however, 
overflowed  at  high-water.  Adjoining  this  pier 
are  the  docks  which  are  large,  and,  I  believe, 
the  only  considerable  ones  in  India,  where  the 
tides  do  not  often  rise  high  enough  to  admit 
of  their  construction.  Cotton  is  the  principal 
article  of  export,  great  quantities  of  which  come 
from  the  north-west  of  India,  and  I  have 
frequently  been  interested  in  seeing  the  immense 
bales  lying  on  the  pier,  and  the  ingenious  screw 
with  which  an  astonishing  quantity  is  pressed 
nto  the  canvass  bags.  Bombay  is  the  port 
from  whence  almost  all  the  trade  of  the  west 
and  north  is  shipped  for  China  and  England; 
there  are  several  ships  building  in  the  slips, 
and  the  whole  place  has  the  appearance  of 
being  a   flourishing  commercial    sea-port. 

Pearls  and  turquoises  are  brought  from  the 
Persian  gulph  in  great  numbers,  some  of  which 
are  very  valuable,  and  fine  cornelians  and 
agates  also  come    from    Surat. 

Journey  in  India  from    Calcutta  to  Bombay, 

1824-25,  Vol.  in,  page  I2g. 


526  BOMBAY: 

3 

We  could  not  leave  Bombay  without  regret.. 
There  were  some  persons  whom  we  were  sincerly 
pained    to  part  with  there.     We   had  met  with 
much    and    marked    kindness    and    hospitality,, 
we  had  enjoyed  the  society  of  several  men  of 
distinguished  talent,  and  all  my    views  for  the- 
regulation    and    advantage    of    the  clergy,   and 
for  the    gradual    advancement   of    Christianity 
had  met  with  a  support  beyond  my  hopes,  and 
unequalled  in   any  other  part  of   India. 

I  had  found  old  acquaintances  in  Sir  Edward' 
West  and  Sir  Charles  Chambers,  and  an  old' 
and  valuable  friend  (as  well  as  a  sincerely 
attached  and  cordial  one)  in  Archeacon  Barnes.. 
Above  all,  however,  I  had  enjoyed  in  the  un- 
remitting kindness,  the  splendid  hospitality,, 
and  agreeable  conversation  of  Mr.  Elphinstone,. 
the  greatest  pleasure  of  the  kind  which  I  have 
ever  enjoyed  either  in  India  or    Europe. 

Mr.  Elphinstone  is,  in  every  respect,  an- 
extraordinary  man,  possessing  great  activity 
of  body  and  mind,  remarkable  talent  for,  and 
application  to  public  business,  a  love  of  litera- 
ture, and  a  degree  of  almost  universal  infor- 
mation, such  as  I  have  met  with  in  no  other 
person  similarly  situated,  and  manners  and' 
conversation  of  the  most  amiable  and  interest- 
ing  character. 

Journey  in  India  from  Calcutta   to  Bombay, 

1S24-45,  pages  131-132,. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  527 

Walter    Hamilton. 

1820. 

Bombay  is  a  small  island,  formerly  com- 
prehended in  the  Mogul  province  of  Aurunga- 
bad,  but  now  the  seat  of  the  principal  British 
settlement  on  the  west  coast  of  India.  This 
island  is  formed  by  two  unequal  ranges  of  whin- 
stone  rock,  running  nearly  parallel  to,  and  at  the 
distance  of  about  three  miles  from  each  other. 
The  western  range  of  hills  is  little  more  than  five 
miles  long;  the  eastern,  exclusive  of  Colaba^ 
may  exceed  eight  in  length.  At  their  northern 
and  southern  extremities  they  are  united  by 
two  belts  of  sand,  now  forming  a  kind  of 
stone,  rising  but  a  few  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea.  These  natural  boundaries  were 
formerly  breached  in  several  places,  where 
they  admitted  the  sea,  and  according  to  Fryer's 
account  of  Bombay  in  1681,  about  40,000  acres 
of  good  land  were  then  overflowed.  It  appears 
also  that  the  Goper  river,  which  rises  among 
the  hills  of  Salsette  and  disembogues  itself  into 
the  channel  between  that  island  and  Bombay^ 
when  swollen  by  floods,  used  to  enter  the 
breaches  at  the  northern  extremity,  and  after 
traversing  the  whole  extent  of  the  latter,  dis- 
charge itself  into  the  ocean.  In  fact,  Bombay 
was  nothing  originally  but  a  group  of  small 
islands  with  numerous  backwaters,  producing 
rank  vegetation,  at  one  time  dry,  and  at  another 
overflowed   by   the   sea.      So   unwholesome,    in 


528  BOMBAY: 

consequence,  was  the  situation  re-ckoned,  that 
the  older  travellers  agreed  in  allotting  not  more 
than  three  years  for  the  average  duration  of  life 
at  this  presidency. 

The  fort  of  Bombay  stands  on  the  south- 
eastern extremity  of  the  island,  on  a  narrow 
neck  of  land  formed  by  Back  Bay  on  the  western 
side,  and  by  the  harbour  on  the  eastern.  The 
Worlee  sluices  are  at  the  north-western  end  of 
the  island,  a  distance  of  nearly  six  miles  from 
the  fort.  Formerly  a  coco-nut  wood  not  only 
covered  the  esplanade,  but  the  fort  also,  down  to 
the  channel  between  Bombay  and  Colaba.  At 
that  remote  period  of  time,  Mahim  was  the 
principal  town  on  the  island,  and  the  few  houses 
of  the  present  town,  then  in  existence,  were 
interspersed  among  the  coco-nut  trees,  with  the 
exception  of  those  built  on  the  ridge  of  Dungaree 
hill,  adjoining  the  harbour,  which  appears  to 
have  been  then  occupied  by  fishermen.  When 
the  fortifications  were  erected,  but  very  little 
more  land  was  cleared  of  the  coco-nut  trees, 
beyond  what  was  absolutely  indispensable, 
leaving  the  space  within  the  body  of  the  fort, 
and  without  its  walls  up  to  the  very  glacis,  a 
coco-nut  grove.  From  time  to  tirne,  by  various 
means,  the  esplanade  was  gradually  cleared  of 
trees  to  6oo  yards  from  the  fort,  and  the  espla- 
nade was  extended  to  8oo  yards.  By  this  time, 
the  more  wealthy  inhabitants  had  built  houses 
in  a  detached  irregular  manner,  throughout  the 
coco-nut    woods     contiguous   to    the    esplanade. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  529 

and  Dungaree  ridge  was  also  built  upon  to  the 
extent  of  two  miles  and  upwards  from  the 
fort ;  the  little  vacant  ground  remaining  had 
in  consequence  risen  to  an  enormous  price. 
In  this  state  of  things,  the  sufferers  by  the 
fire  and  the  indigent  from  the  esplanade  had 
no  alternative  but  to  resort  to  the  Honourable 
Company's  salt  batty  ground,  scarcely  reco- 
vered from  the  sea,  neither  had  government 
any  ground  to  give  in  exchange  for  the  valu- 
able land  taken  when  extending  the  espla- 
nade. All  these  causes  combined,  serve  to 
account  for  what  is  called  the  new  town  of 
Bombay  being  built  in  such  a  low,  muddy, 
unwholesome  tract  of, land,  which  during  the 
monsoon  has  the  appearence  of  a  shallow  lake, 
many  of  the  houses  being  then  separated 
from  each  other  by  water,  so  that  the  inha- 
bitants suffer  from  the  inundation  and  its 
effects,  during  seven  or  eight  months  of  the 
year.  At  all  seasons  the  ground  floor  .of  many 
of  its  houses  are  on  a  level  with  high-water 
mark,  some  below,  and  but  few  actually  above 
it  at  full  spring  tides.  Much  also  of  the  rain 
water  that  falls  on  the  old  town  and  the 
esplanade,  passes  through  the  new  town  and 
thence  across  the  breach  hollow  to  the 
sluices   at  Worlee. 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  surface  of 
the  island  is  so  circumscribed,  rocky,  and 
uneven.  ( except  where  a  considerable  part 
^    overflowed    by    the   sea)   that    it    does    not 


530  BOMBAY : 

produce  a  sufficiency  of  grain  in  the  year  ta 
supply  its  population  for  one  week,  yet  each 
spot  that  will  admit  of  tillage  is  brought 
under  cultivation  of  some  sort  or  planted  with 
coco-nut  trees.  The  vellard,  which  communi- 
cates between  Breach  Candy  and  Lovegrove^ 
has  prevented  the  ocean  from  making  a  breach 
through  the  centre.  This  substantial  work, 
with  smaller  ones  of  the  same  construction, 
have  preserved  the  low  lands  of  the  island 
from  being  inundated  by  the  spring  tides, 
which  but  for  them  would  have  destroyed  all 
but  the  barren  hills.  Although  the  sea  be 
now  excluded,  the  rain  water  still  collects  in 
the  lower  parts  of  the  island,  where  the  sur- 
face is  said  to  be  12  feet  under  high-water 
mark,  during  the  rains  forms  an  unwholesome 
swamp.  In  1805,  Mr.  Duncan  completed  a 
vellard,  or  causeway,  across  the  narrow  arm 
of  the  sea,  which  separated  Bombay  from  the 
contiguous  island  of  Salsette :  an  operation 
of  infinite  service  to  the  farmers  and  garden- 
ers who  supply  the  markets,  but  which  is  said 
to  have  had  a  prejudicial  effect  on  the  harbour. 
The  fortifications  of  Bombay  have  been 
improved,  but  are  esteemed  too  extensive  and 
would  require  a  numerous  garrison.  Towards 
the  sea  they  are  extremely  strong,  but  on  the 
land  side  do  not  offer  the  same  resistance, 
and  to  an  enemy  landed  and  capable  of 
making  regular  approaches,  it  must  surrender. 
The    town    within  the   walls  was  begun  by  the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  531 

Portugueze,  and  even  those  houses  that  have 
since  been  built  are  of  a  s.milar  construction 
with  wooden  pillars  suppnrtin<4  wooden  verandas  ; 
the  consequence  of  which  is,  that  Bombay  bears 
no  external  resemblance  to  the  other  two 
presidencies.  The  government  house  is  a  hand- 
some building,  with  several  good  apartments,  but 
it  has  the  great  inconvenience  of  the  largest 
apartment  on  both  floors  being  a  passage  room 
to    the  others. 

The  northern  portion  of  the  fort  is  inha- 
bited by  Parsee  families,  who  are  not  remark- 
ably cleanly  in  their  domestic  concerns,  nor 
in  the  streets  where  they  live.  The  view  from 
the  fort  is  extremely  beautiful  towards  the 
bay,  which  is  here  and  there  broken  by 
islands,  many  covered  with  trees,  while  the  lofty 
and  curious  shaped  hills  of  the  table-land 
form  a  striking  background.  The  sea  is  on 
three  sides  of  the  fort,  and  on  the  fourth  is 
the  esplanade ;  at  the  back  of  which  is  the 
black  town  amidst  coco-nut  trees.  Substantial 
buildings  now  extend  to  very  nearly  three 
miles   from   the    fort. 

Bombay  appears  for  many  years  to  have 
been  left  to  itself,  and  individuals  were  per- 
mitted to  occupy  what  land  they  pleased,  nor 
was  there  any  system  or  regulation  established 
for  the  security  of  the  public  revenue.  In 
1707,  the  greater  part  of  the  present  limits  of 
the   fort   had   become   private   property,   but  by 


532  BOMBAY: 

purchases  and  exchanges,  between  1707  and 
1759,  it  became  again  the  property  of  the 
Company,  and  has  been  subsequently  trans- 
ferred to  private  persons.  It  is  an  extraor- 
dinary fact  that  the  principal  part,  if  not  the 
whole,  of  the  landed  property  which  the 
Company  possesses  within  the  walls  of  Bombay 
has  been  acquired  by  purchase,  having,  within 
the  memory  of  many  persons  now  living, 
bought  it  of  individuals  who  were  always  con- 
sidered to  be  merely  the  Company's  tenants 
at  will.  The  property  thus  acquired  to  the 
Company  by  purchase  and  exchanges,  cost> 
since    1760,   altogether   about   737,927  Rupees. 

The  buildings  within  the  walls  of  the  fort 
including  the  barracks,  arsenal,  and  docks, 
may  be  valued  at  one  crore  five  lacks  of 
rupees  ;  the  rent  of  the  houses  within  the  fort 
in  1813  amounted  to  527,360  rupees,  including 
the  Company's  property.  The  great  price  given 
for  ground  within  the  fort  which  is  daily 
increasing,  the  buildings  carried  on  in  every 
quarter  of  the  European  part,  the  commodious 
and  costly  family  dwellings  constructed  by 
many  of  the  natives,  and  the  immense  shops 
and  warehouses  belonging  both  to  the  natives 
and  Europe.ans,  furnish  the  strongest  evidence 
of  the  high  price  of  ground  within  the  fort- 
ress of  Bombay,  and  that  it  might  afford  to 
pay  a  rent  of  100  guineas  per  acre  for  the 
support  of  the  police,  which  upon  259,244 
squares   yards    would   yield   22,036   rupees. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  533 

Bombay  is  literally  a  barren  rock,  and 
presents  no  encouragement  to  agricultural  spe- 
culations ;  but  its  commercial  and  maritime 
advantages  are  great.  It  is  the  only  principal 
settlement  in  India,  where  the  rise  of  the  tides 
is  sufficient  to  permit  the  construction  of  docks 
on  a  large  scale  ;  the  very  highest  spring  tides 
reach  to  \^  feet,  but  the  usual  height  is  14 
feet.  The  docks  are  the  Company's  property, 
and  the  king's  ships  pay  a  high  monthly  rent 
for  repairs.  They  are  entirely  occupied  by 
Parsees,  who  possess  an  absolute  monopoly  in 
all  the  departments ;  the  person  who  contracts 
for  the  timber  being  a  Parsee,  and  the 
inspector  on  delivery  of  the  same  caste.  On  the 
23rd  of  June,  1810,  the  Minden,  of  14  guns, 
built  entirely  by  Parsees,  without  the  least 
assistance,  was  launched  from  these  dock-yards, 
and  since  then  the  Cornwallis  and  Wellesley, 
and  another  of  equal  strength,  have  been  laun- 
ched under  similar  circumstances;  besides  two 
of  38,  two  of  36,  two  of  18,  and  two  10  guns. 
In  addition  to  these,  since  the  dock-yard  has 
been  established,  there  have  been  built  for 
commercial  purposes,  nine  ships  of  1,000  tons; 
five  about  800  tons,  six  above  700  tons,  and  five 
above  600  tons,  besides  35  of  inferior  tonnage  ; 
all  constructed  by  the  Jumsetjee  [  Wadia  ]  Par- 
see  family  as  head  builders.  The  teak  forests 
from  whence  these  yards  are  supplied  lie 
along  the  western  side  of  the  Ghaut  mountains, 
and  other  contiguous  hills   on    the    north    and 


534  BOMBAY: 

east  of  Bassein ;  the  numerous  rivers  that  des- 
cend from  them  alfording  water  carriage  for 
the  timber.  The  siiips  built  at  Bombay  are 
reckoned  one  third  more  durable  than  any 
other  Indian   built   ships. 

This  little  is!:ind  commands  the  entire 
trade  of  the  north-west  coast  of  India  together 
with  that  of  the  Persian  gulf.  The  principal 
cargo  of  a  ship  bound  from  Bombay  to  China 
is  cotton,  in  the  stowing  and  screwing  of 
which,  the  comma  iders  and  officers  are  re- 
markably dexterous. 
Description  of  Hindostan,  1820,  Vol  II,  pp.  152-156. 


SUPPLEMENT. 


SUPPLEMENT. 


A  Noble  Introduction  to  India. 

Sir  Richard  Temple. 

At  Bombay,  the  western  capital,  the  tourist 
would  have  no  time  to  stop  and  examine  the 
various  institutions,  unless,  indeed,  there  might 
bs  some  particular,  say,  educational  institution 
in  which  he  took  an  interest,  and  which  could 
be  looked  at  in  two  or  three  hours.  But  he 
should  make  sure  of  seeing  from  some  point  on 
Malabar  Hill,  say  Malabar  Point,  the  Governor's 
marine  villa,  the  long  and  magnificent  series  of 
public  buildings,  one  of  the  finest  sights  of  its 
kind  in  the  world.  The  buildings  are  in  them- 
selves grand,  but  other  cities  may  have  structures 
as  grand,  though  probably  separate.  Bombay, 
however,  has  all  her  structures  in  one  long  line 
of  array,  as  if  on  parade  before  the  spectator. 
And  all  this  is  right  over  the  blue  bay,  with  the 
Western  Ghaut  Mountains  in  the  distant  back- 
ground. This  constitutes  a  noble  introduction 
for  the  traveller  to  picturesque  India. 

Then  we  pass  through  the  vast  harbour  of 
Bombay,  with  a  comparatively  narrow  mouth, 
guarded  by  fortifications,  surrounded  by  hills, 
and  studded  with  islands  again  with  a  mountain 
background.     This  harbour  is  in  the  very  first 


538  *  BOMBAY : 

rank  of  the  harbours  of  the  world  taking  an 
equal  place  with  Sydney,  with  San  Francisco, 
with  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

A    Bird's-Eye  View  of  Picturesque  India,  1898  , 

pp.  20-2r. 


A  Glowing  Sunset. 

Walter  Crane. 

We  had  a  glimpse  of  some  of  the  palaces  on 
Malabar  Hill,  seeing  the  latter  first  against  a 
glowing  sunset.  Fringed  with  palms  and  plan- 
tains, with  its  fantastic  buildings  silhouetted  on 
the  sky,  it  recalled  the  banks  of  storm  cloud  I 
had  seen  on  the  voyage,  with  their  vaporous 
trees  and  aerial  hanging  gardens. 

From  the  Hill  there  is  certainly  a  magni- 
ficent view  of  the  city  of  Bombay  :  especially  if 
seen  just  before  sundown,  when  a  golden  glow 
seems  to  transfigure  the  scene  ;  and  later,  look- 
ing down  on  the  vast  plain,  the  white  houses 
partly  hid  in  trees  scattered  along  the  shore, 
the  quays,  and  the  ships  at  anchor  in  the  bay, 
all  seem  to  sink  like  a  dream  into  the  roseate 
atmosphere  of  sunset.  But  even  that  lovely  light 
is  darkened  by  a  heavy  smoke  cloud  drifting 
on  the  city  from  the  forest  of  gaunt  factory 
chimneys  rising  in  the  east  like  the  shadow  of 
poverty  which  is  always  cast  by  the  riches  of 
the  West. 

India— Impressions,  1907,  pp.  29-30. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY  5 38 A 

Of  no  mean  city  am  1  ! 


RUDYARD  KIPLING. 


So  thank  I  God  my  birth 

Fell  not  in  isles  aside — 
Waste  headlands  of  the  earth, 

Or  warring  tribes  untried — 
But  that  she  lent  me  worth 

And  gave  me  right  to  pride. 

Surely  in  toil  or  fray 

Under  an  alien  sky, 
Comfort  it  is  to  say  : 

*  Of  no  mean  city  am  I  I ' 

(  Neither  by  service  nor  fee 

Come  I  to  mine  estate — 
Mother  of  cities  to  me, 

For  I  was  born  in  her  gate. 
Between  the  palms  and  the  sea. 

Where  the  world-end  steamers  wait* ) 

Now  for  this  debt  I  owe. 

And  for  her  far-borne  cheer 

Must  I  make  haste  and  go 
With  tribute  to  her  pier. 

*  The  Seven  Seas, ' 


BOMBAY.  538b 

City    So    Full    of    Fate 


MRS.  WALTER  TIBBITS. 


Bombay!  How  shall  we  speak  of  you? 
City  so  full  of  fate  for  us.  Well  may  the 
old  Portuguese  dons  have  named  you  "  the 
beautiful,"  would  that  my  pen  could  describe 
you  as  eloquently  as  you  always  speak  to  me 
whenever  I  set  foot  upon  your  palm-girt 
shore.  Queen  of  all  Eastern  cities,  standing 
at  the  portal  of  that  wonderful  country  of 
Hindustan  which  has  been  as  a  fairy  god- 
mother to  so  many  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  race, 
often  beneficent,  sometimes  malign,  always 
fateful,  with  what  mixed  emotions  have  we, 
the  children  of  the  West,  greeted  and  paid 
adieu   to   your  matchless   bay ! 

The  Voice  of  the  Orient,  1909,  pp.  7-8. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  539 

rialabar  Hill  by  Moonlight. 

William  Shepherd. 

The  first  time  we  visited  Malabar  Hill  was 
hy  moonlight;  slowly  ascending  the  road  cut 
>along  the  rock,  the  waters  of  Back  Bay  glittering 
under  the  moon's  rays  on  one  sid6,  the  tall  pines, 
rooted  on  huge  masses  of  black  rock,  on  the 
other,  the  scene  was  very  Eastern  and  striking; 
the  broad  branching  leaves  of  the  palms 
intensely  dark  against  a  sky  luminous  with 
incredible  moonlight,  which  served  to  make  their 
spiny  fronds  more  fine  and  delicate;  and  yet  to 
mass  the  whole,  and  throw  over  all  that  grand 
quietness,  which  that  time,  and  perhaps  the 
absence  of  colour,  tend  to  produce, — impressed 
us  greatly,  and  we  went  home  with  a  strong 
feeling  of  the  grandeur  of  tropical  foliage. 

From  Bombay  to  Bushire,  1857,  pp.  12. 


Harbour  Scenery. 

Edward  Nolan. 

The  harbour  scenery,  is  very  fine :  Mr. 
Hamilton,  thirty  years  ago,  noticed  this  in  his 
description.  Mrs.  Postans,  in  her  lively  little 
volume  on  western  India,  many  years  after, 
expressed  in  graceful  terms  her  admiration  of 
it.  Many  modern  writers  have  followed  in 
their     wake,    and    few    have    exaggerated     the 


540  BOMBAY : 

claims  of  Bombay  in  this  respect,  although' 
some  have  gone  so  far  as  to  call  it  "  the  most 
lovely  in  the  world,"  and  to  describe  the  island 
on  which  the  city  stands  as  the  fairest  of  all. 
"  The  isles  that  join  Old  Ocean's  purple 
diadem."  It  is  certainly  very  lovely,  the 
azure  above,  reflected  in  the  wave  below,  the 
bright  Indian  sun  shedding  its  glory  over  sky 
and  sea,  constitute  a  magnificent  prospect  from 
the  verandahs  of  the  inhabitants  whose  houses 
command  the  view.  The  harbour  is  dotted 
with  palm  isles,  and  the  contrast  of  their  greerr 
feathery  foliage  with  the  bright  blue  water  is- 
strikingly  picturesque.  In  the  distance  the 
ghauts  tower  to  the  heavens,  presenting  all- 
imaginable  forms,  and  covered  with  all  ima- 
ginable hues;  in  one  direction  tinged  with  the 
crimson  sunset,  in  another  as  if  clothed  in  a 
pale  purple  robe,  elsewhere  hung  with  fleecy 
drapery;  and  all  these  ever  changing  as  day 
dawns  or  sets,  as  its  pours  its  burning  noon- 
upon  the  gleaming  rock,  or  as  deep  shadows 
sink  upon  them  with  the  descending  night. 
Heber,  with  his  soft  poetic  pencil,  has  impress- 
ed the  images  of  these  scenes  upon  his  pages^ 
so  as  no  eye  that  has  rested  upon  them  can 
ever  forget.  The  island  of  Elephanta  and  the 
island  of  Salsette,  are  covered  with  beautiful 
trees,  which  extend  their  boughs  over  the  rip- 
pling waters,  presenting  every  variety  of  grace- 
ful form,  and  of  tint,  such  as  oriental  foliage 
only  can    exhibit.     Yachting    being    a  favourite 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  54^ 

amusement,  pretty  pleasure  boats  may  be  seen 
gliding  among  "the  palm  tasselled  islets:"  so 
that  amidst  the  prospects  of  soft  beauty,  and 
in  view  of  the  glorious  mountain  distance,  to- 
kens of  human  life  and  pleasure  are  perpe- 
tually indicated,  adding  that  peculiar  charm 
which  solitary  scenery,  however  fine,  cannot 
impart.  From  the  harbour  the  appearance  of 
the  city  is  not  attractive  ;  it  lies  too  low,  the 
new  town  being  lower  than  the  old,  most  of 
the  houses  having  their  foundations  on  the  sea 
level,  and  many  still  lower.  The  walls  of  the 
fort  flank  the  water's  edge  and  first  strikes  the 
the  eye  of  the  beholder;  then  the  esplanade, 
with  its  clusters  of  tents;  and,  stretching  to 
the  west  the  island  of  Colabah,  covered  with 
palm-trees  and  having  the  light-house  at  its 
extreme  point. 

British  Empire  in  India,  1859.  Vol.  I.,  p.  149. 


Harbour  of  Bombay. 

ILTUDUS    PRICHARD. 

The  harbour,  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world, 
is  formed  by  a  crescent-shaped  group  of  islands, 
of  which  Salsette  (connected  by  a  causeway), 
Elephanta,  and  Colaba  are  the  most  familiar 
to  English  readers.  The  rays  of  a  tropical 
sun  are  tempered  by  a  delicious  breeze; 
innumerable   boats    glide    here    and    there  •  on 


542  BOMBAY : 

errands  of  business  or  pleasure ;  stately  ships, 
ride  securely  at  anchor  in  the  offing  ;  pictures- 
que islets  rise  abruptly  from  the  ocean,  clad 
from  the  summit  to  the  very  edge  with  the^ 
richest  tropical  verdure ;  and  the  branches  of 
the  trees  hang  so  close  over  the  water  that 
they  seem  to  coquet  with  the  rippling  waves, 
as  they  toss  themselves  in  wanton  sport  upon 
the  pebbly  shore.  Such  a  scene,  under  the^ 
clear  blue  Indian  sky  and  bright  sunshine,  as. 
it  meets  the  eye  of  the  exile  who  enters  India 
by  its  western  gate,  is  well  calculated  ta 
impress  him  favourably  with  the  land  of  his. 
adoption. 

Administration  of  India,  i86q,   Vol.  I,  pp.  224^ 


Sunset  in  the  Harbour. 

Mrs.  Guthrie. 

In  returning,  (from  Elephanta )  the  tide- 
was  with  us,  and  we  stood  well  out  into  the 
middle  of  the  bay,  which  is  very  beautiful. 
The  amphitheatre  of  mountains,  the  Eastern 
characteristics  of  the  island  we  had  just  quitted,, 
the  smiling  shore,  with  here  and  there  a- 
domed  and  pinnacled  mosque,  rosy  red  in  the- 
rays  of  the  setting  sun,  made  a  delightful  scene. 
Many  islets  were  dotted  about — Butcher's  Isle, 
and   Old   Woman's  Isle,  and  a  third,  with  long- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  543 

rows   of  empty  barracks,  built  at  vast  expense, 
and  then   deserted. 

As  we  approached  the  harbour,  the  scene 
became  most  animated.  Noble  three-masted 
P.  and  O.  steamers  lay  at  ancher.  A  little 
apart  from  these  were  others,  belonging  to 
different  companies,  amongst  which  our  own 
*  Hindoo  '  cut  no  mean  figure.  There  were  state- 
ly sailing  vessels  and  small  craft  innume- 
rable, which  were  not  huddled  together  in 
confusion,  but  lay  at  a  friendly  distance  from 
one  another.  Every  spar,  every  rope  stood 
out  against  a  back-ground  of  fiery  crimson — 
such  a  sunset,  such  vivid  colouring  as  I  had 
never  pictured  to  myself  as  possible  even  in 
an  Indian  sunset.  As  the  soft  twilight  stole 
on,  the  hue  intensified — tHe  world  below  the 
horizon  might  have  been  in  flames.  It  was  a 
magnificent  conclusion  to  one  of  the  most 
delightful   days   I   ever  spent. 

My   Year  in  an  Indian  Fort  iSTJy  Vol  /,  pp.  70-71, 


Scenery  of  flahableshwar. 

Meadows  Taylor. 

Magnificent  as  is  the  scenery  of  the  Wes- 
tern Ghauts  of  India  throughout  their  range, 
it  is  nowhere,  perhaps,  more  strikingly  beau- 
tiful than  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  great 
isolated   plateau   which   rising   high   above  the 


544  BOMBAY : 

mountain  ranges  around  it,  and  known  under 
the  name  of  Mahableshwar,  from  the  temple 
at  the  source  of  the  sacred  river  Krishna  on 
its  summit  is  now  the  favourite  summer  re- 
treat and  sanatorium  of  the  Bombay  Presi- 
dency. Trim  roads,  laid  out  so  as  to  exhibit 
the  beauties  of  the  scenery  to  the  best 
advantage,  pretty  English-looking  cottages,  with 
brilliant  gardens,  and  a  considerable  native 
town,  are  now  the  main  features  of  the  place  ; 
but  at  the  period  of  our  tale  it  was  uninha- 
bited, except  by  a  few  Brahmins  and  devo- 
tees, who,  attracted  by  the  holiness  of  the 
spot,  congregated  around  the  ancient  temple, 
and  occupied  the  small  village  beside  it. 
Otherwise  the  character  of  the  wild  scenery 
is  unchanged.  From  points  near  the  edges  of 
the  plateau,  where  mighty  precipices  of  basalt 
descend  sheer  into  forests  of  everlasting  ver- 
dure and  luxuriance,  the  eye  ranges  over  a 
sea  of  rugged  mountain  tops,  some,  scathed 
and  shattered  peaks  of  barren  rock — others 
with  extensive  fiat  summits,  bounded  by  naked 
cliffs  which,  falling  into  deep  gloomy  ravines 
covered  with  dense  forests,  would  seem  inac- 
cessible  to   man. 

To  some  readers  of  our  tale,  this  scenery 
will  be  familiar ;  but  to  others  it  is  almost 
impossible  to  convey  by  description  any 
adequate  idea  of  its  peculiar  character,  or  of 
the  beauty  of  the  ever  changing  aerial  effects; 
that   vary   in   aspect    almost    as    the    spectator 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  545 

turns  from  one  point  to  another.  Often  in 
early  morning,  as  the  sun  rises  over  the  lower 
mists,  the  naked  peaks  and  precipices,  stand- 
ing apart  like  islands,  glisten  with  rosy  tints 
while  the  mist  itself,  as  yet  dense  and  undis- 
turbed, lies  wrapped  around  their  bases,  filling 
every  ravine  and  valley,  and  glittering  like  the 
sea    of   molten    silver. 

Again,  as  the  morning  breeze  rises  in  the 
valleys  below,  this  vapour  breaks  up  slowly  ; 
circling  round  the  mountain  summits,  lingering 
in  wreaths  among  their  glens  and  precipices, 
and  clinging  to  the  forests,  until  dissipated 
entirely  by  the  fierce  beams  of  the  sun.  Then, 
quivering  under  the  fervid  heat,  long  ridges 
of  rugged  valleys  are  spread  out  below,  and 
range  beyond  range  melts  tenderly  into  a  dim 
distance  of  sea  and  sky,  scarcely  separated 
in  colour,  yet  showing  the  occasional  sparkle 
of  a  sail  like  a  faint  cloud  passing  on  the 
horizon.  Most  glorious  of  all,  perhaps,  in  the 
evening,  when,  in  the  rich  colours  of  the  fast 
rising  vapours  the  mountains  glow  like  fire 
and  peak  and  precipice,  forest  and  glen,  are 
bathed  in  gold  and  crimson  light ;  or,  as  the 
light  grows  dimmer,  shrouded  in  deep  purple 
shadow  till  they  disappear  in  the  gloom  which 
quickly  falls  on  all. 

Tara,  1863,  chap.  69,  pp.  401-402. 


546  BOMBAY: 

Great  Fire  of  1803. 

Admiral  Garden. 

On  the  1 8th  February  1803  at  noon  observed 
the  City   of  Bombay   on    fire  in    several    places 
when    the    signal    was    made    by  the    Admiral 
(Rainier)  for  Captains,  Officers  and  crews  from 
each  ship  of  four  of  our  squadron  to  proceed  on 
shore  and  assist  in  saving  the  city.     The    four 
Captains    of    the    squadron    landed    with    their 
crews  and  ships'  fire-engines  and  took  different 
stations    in    the    city,    nine   being   on  the  north 
side  in  the  circle  of  the  magazines.     The  houses 
being    chiefly   built    of   wood   the     progress     of 
the  flames  was  awful,    and  the    religion    of  the 
fire-worshippers    being  that  of    the  chief  of  the 
inhabitants,  no  effort  to  arrest  its  progress  could 
be  expected  from  them.     The  numerous  inhabi- 
tants, women,  children  and  aged,   who  could  or 
would    not   depart   from   their   houses   until   the 
last    extremity,  or    were    dragged    out    by    our 
men,   must  have   been   immense,    and  the  num- 
bers   who   perished   in  the  flames  no  one  could 
calculate,  among  whom  I  had  to   regret  two  of 
my  brave  crew.     Every  ladder  was  in  requisition 
and  thus  only  could  the  upper  stories  be  reached 
to  help  the  women  and  children  who  were  borne 
down  the  ladders  on  the  seamen's  backs  or  by 
ropes.     It     certainly  was    heart-rending  to  hear 
the  shrieks  of  those  in   the  upper  stories  of  the 
houses  in    flames,  when    no  possible  help  could 
be  afforded. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  547 

While  the  fire  was  raging  violently  in  the 
district  I  had  to  act  in,  the  Governor,  Jonathan 
Duncan,  Esq.,  came  up  to  me  and  while  I  was 
replying  to  some  questions  or  remarks  he  had 
made,  up  came  several  of  his  stafT  officers  and 
exclaimed,  'Sir,  you  had  better  quit  the  citadel 
directly.  Such  and  such  street  is  in  flames  and 
in  a  house  in  that  street  there  is  a  deposit  of 
five  hundred  barrels  of  gunpowder  which  the 
bomb-proof  magazine  would  not  contain.  It 
must  soon  take  fire  and  then  no  person  can 
sustain  the  shock  nor  can  one  stone  be  left 
on  another  of  the  walls  of  this  city;  therefore  do 
not  stay  a  moment.'  The  Governor  replied  *  I  will 
never  (luit  the  City  on  such  an  occasion.'  And 
he  having  previously  thanked  me  for  my 
unceasing  exertions,  now  turned  round  to  me 
and  said,  'Captain  Garden,  see  if  you  can 
save  us  all.'  I  replietl  in  a  hurry  and  ejacu- 
lating orders  to  collect  my  brave  crew  told 
the  Governor  I  should  not  quit  my  station  or 
slacken  my  exertions  and  would  do  all  thai 
could   be  expected. 

My  officers  and  men  were  soon  around  me 
and  water  being  close  at  hand  in  a  pond  near 
the  Citadel,  off  we  started  with  as  much  water 
in  our  fire  buckets  and  engine  as  those  vessels 
would  contain.  We  were  led  to  the  street 
and  house,  when  I  found  that  the  Governor's 
staff  officers  had  stated  what  was  quite  correct. 
The  street  was  in  flames  on  both  sides  and 
we  found  the  temporary    magazine  therein   was 


548  BOMBAY : 

only  more  secure  than  any  other  house  in  that 
street  by  having  a  double  door,  wood  porch, 
and  closed  windows.  This  porch  had  now 
begun  to  ignite,  which  we  soon  extinguished, 
and  breaking  the  door  open  (for  no  key  was  to  be 
found  in  the  confusion  that  prevailed)  I  beheld 
the  dread  combustible  matter  on  the  ground 
floor  of  a  large  house.  I  ordered  my  men 
to  doff  their  duck  jackets  and  shoulder  each 
a  cask  placing  the  jacket  over  it  to  screen  it 
from  the  falling  fire  from  the  house.  The 
distance  from  the  sea  wall  did  not  exceed 
one  hundred  yards.  There  seemed  to  be 
some  hesitation  on  the  part  of  my  men,  when 
I  doffed  my  blue  jacket,  placed  it  over  the 
first  barrel  of  gunpowder  on  my  back,  and 
was  directly  followed  by  every  man  of  my 
crew,  the  officers  first,  and  all  unhesitatingly 
followed.  We  got  safe  through  the  flames 
of  fire  falling  in  all  directions  and  deposited 
our  first  burthen  in  the  sea  over  the  sea  wall 
and  off  again  double  quick  to  renew  the  effort. 
On  placing  my  jacket  on  my  arm,  I  found  my 
cambric  handkerchief  in  its  pocket  in  a  state 
of  fusion,  the  fire  having  fallen  into  it  on 
our  way  down  the  s.treet.  And  thus  we  trust 
providentially  successfully  and  opportunely 
repeated  our  efforts,  until  the  contents  of  this 
dreaded  store  were  cleared.  When  this  work 
was  completed  I  felt  much  exhausted,  but,  it 
was  visible,  much  was  yet  left  to  do.  The 
City  continued  in   awful  flames  for  three    days 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  549 

and  two  nights,  and  scarcely  a  vestige  of  the 
City  except  the  citadel  and  the  houses  occu- 
pied by  the  European  officers  civil  and  mili- 
tary, escaped.  They  were  built  of  stone,  with 
slated  roofs  and  who  generally  resided  in  the 
south  of  the  City. 

Two  days  after  this  fire  had  subsided,  I 
dined  with  the  Governor,  all  his  staff  and  a 
large  party  around  him,  and  on  my  name  be- 
ing announced  the  Governor  exclaimed  with  a 
corresponding  motion  of  his  arms,  '  I  request 
you  all  to  stand  back  and  allow  Captain 
Garden  to  come  forward,  the  officer  who,  un- 
der Providence  has  saved  our  City  of  Bombay 
and  air  that  are  in  it.'  I  felt  the  full  effect  of 
this  reception  and  do  so  to  this  day.  But  here 
except  in  words  exprsssed  to  Admiral  Rainier 
by  public  letter  from  the  Governor  in  Council, 
was  obtained  all  the  advantage  derived  by 
me  as  compensation  for  my  determined  and 
fatiguing  exertions.  And  as  a  proof  of  this,  I 
(lid  subsequently  enclose  letters  to  the  Boartl 
of  Directors  of  the  East  India  Company  with 
my  request  that  they  would  grant  a  cadet 
appointment  in  their  army  for  my  young  friend 
and  which  they  refused.  I  now  felt  every 
day  a  serious  illness  approaching.  The 
fatal  disease  of  India  (Liver  complaint) 
attacked  me,  entirely  resulting  from  my 
overstrained  exertions  in  suppressing  this 
awful  fire. 


550  BOMBAY : 

A  Curtailed  Memoir  of  the  incidents  and  occur- 
rences in  the  life  of  John  Siirman  Garden, 
vice  admiral,  written  by  himself,  1 850. 
{Now  first  printed  and  edited  by 
C.  Atkinson  )  1912,  pp.  793-/97. 


Farewell    to  Bombay. 

Prince  Karageorgewitch. 

Bombay,  towering  above  the  sea  in  a  golden 
glory — the  tall  towers  and  minarets  standing 
out  in  sharp  outline  against  the  sky,  splendid 
in  colour  and  glow.  Far  away  Malabar  Hill 
and  a  white  speck — the  Towers  of  Silence; 
Elephanta,  like  a  transparent  gem,  reflected  in 
the    aquamarine-coloured   water. 

A  rosy  light  flooded  the  whole  scene  with 
fiery  radiance,  and  then  suddenly,  with  no 
twilight,  darkness  blotted  out  the  shape  of 
things,  drowning  all  in  purple  haze;  and  there, 
where  India  had  vanished,  a  white  mist  rose 
from  the  ocean  that  mirrored  the  stars. 

Enchanted  India,  page  305. 


NOTES  ON  THE  AUTHORS  QUOTED. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  553 

Aberigh^riackay,  George 

( 1848-1881 ). 

This  brilliant  humorist  is  best  known  by 
his  notn-de-pUime  of  "  Sir  Ali  Baba,"  under  which 
he  wrote  his  famous  book,  Twenty-one  days  in 
India,  which  consists  of  a  series  of  sketches  of 
Indian  life  and  society,  which  first  appeared  in 
Vanity  Fair  in  1878-79.  But  Aberigh-Mackay 
was  not  only  a  keen  humorist  and  satirist,  but 
wrote  also  several  serious  works,  which,  though 
now  forgotten,  deserve  to  be  still  read.  One  of 
these  was  a  *'  Hand-book  of  Hindustan  "  which 
he  wrote  in  1875  on  the  occasion  of  the  late  King 
Edward  VII's  visit  to  this  country  as  Prince  of 
Wales,  for  the  use  of  English  visitors  to  India  who 
flocked  in  great  numbers  at  the  time.  Our  extracts 
are  taken  from  this  excellent  Hand-book  which, 
besides  containing  some  very  good  writing,, 
gives  concise  and  readable  information  on  such 
subjects  as  Sport,  British  Administration,  and 
the  Native  States.  Aberigh-Mackay  was  the  son 
of  a  Scotch  missionary  in  Bengal  and  belonged 
to  the  Education  Department  of  the  United 
Provinces.  He  gave  much  attention  to  the  edu- 
cation of  young  native  princes  and  was  for 
several  years  the  head  of  the  Rajkumar  College 
at  Indore. 


554  BOMBAY: 

Aitken,  Edward  Hamilton 

(1851-1909). 

This  distinguished  author  wrote  under  the 
well-known  notn-de-plmne  of  "  Eha "  formed  by 
his  initials,  several  works  which  have  obtained 
a  high  place  in  Ango-Indian  literature.  He 
was  a  graduate  of  the  Bombay  university  and 
for  several  years  taught  Latin  in  Deccan  College, 
Poona.  Later  he  entered  the  Customs  Depart- 
ment and  rose  to  be  Collector  of  Customs, 
Karachi.  He  was  the  son  of  a  Scotch  mis- 
sionary who  worked  in  the  Bombay  Presidency 
with-  Dr.  Wilson  (  1804-1875  )  and  others. 
Tribes  on  my  Frcmtier  which  appeared  in  the 
''Times  of  India"  and  in  book  form  a  little 
later,  first  revealed  his  powers  as  a  light  and 
very  clever  writer  and  a  close  observer  of  Indian 
natural  history.  This  was  followed  by  others 
in  the  same  vein  at  intervals  till  his  death  in 
Scotland  shortly  after  his  retirem.ent  from  this 
country.  He  was  for  som.e  time  a  useful  member 
of  the  Bombay  Municipal    Corporation. 


Philip  Anderson 

(1816-1857). 

This  antiquary  belonged  to  the  Bombay  Ec- 
clesiastical Establishment,  being  for  several  years 
a  Chaplain   at  Colaba.     Anderson  was  the  first 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  555 

to  make  a  to  special  study  of  the  antiquities  and 
history  of  our  city  as  well  as  of  the  early  English 
intercourse  with  Western  India.  He  wrote 
on  the  latter  subject  a  book  in  1854,  which 
is  still  very  useful  because  it  is  based  on  his 
study  of  the  manuscript  records  at  the  Govern- 
ment Secretariat  at  Bombay.  He  was  editor  of 
the  Bombay  Quarterly  Review,  a  very  able  literary 
periodical  which  did  not  survive  his  death  in 
1857.  His  "English  in  Western  India"  after 
being  tirst  published  in  Bombay  in  1854  was 
reprinted  two  years  later  in  England  by  Messrs. 
Smith  &  Elder.  In  this  work  he  brought  his 
subject  to  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century. 
It  was  his  intention  to  treat  of  the  eighteenth 
century  in  another  volume,  and  he  wrote  several 
articles  about  it  in  his  "Review"  which  would 
have  formed  a  part  of  this  volume;  but  his 
premature  death  put  a  stop  to  further  progress. 


Arnold,   Sir   Edwin 

(  1 832- 1 904). 

This  famous  journalist  and  poet  began  his 
•career  in  the  Bombay  Education  Department 
nearly  sixty  years  ago.  Though  he  left  Bombay 
and  India  after  only  a  stay  of  five  years,  this 
country  had  a  strong  fascination  for  him  and 
has  inspired  most  of  his  poetry,   especially   the 


556  BOMBAY : 

famous  Light  of  Asia.  He  revisited  India  ?r 
quarter  of  a  century  after  he  had  left  it  in 
i86i,  and  recorded  his  impressions  in  a  strik- 
ing book  from  which  we  have  quoted.  It  ori- 
ginally appeared  in  the  Daily  Telegraph  with- 
which  paper  he  was  intimately  connected  for  a 
long   time    as  leader  writer  and   then  as  editor. 


Blavatsky,  Helena  Petrovna 

( 1831-1891 ). 

This  celebrated  founder  of  the  TheosophicaT 
Society  had  a  most  romantic  career  and  was 
an  intrepid  traveller  in  several  lands.  The 
work  from  which  we  have  quoted  is  made  up 
of  letters  written  in  1879  to  a  Russian  paper 
called  the  Messenger  under  the  editorship  of 
the  famous  Russian  journalist  M.  Katkoff^ 
(1818-1887).  She  was  then  on  a  prolongecf 
visit  to  India  in  connection  with  the  welF 
known  Society  she  had  established  a  few- 
years  previously  in  America.  Her  impressions- 
of  Bombay  are  very  interesting  and  couched 
in   very   striking   language. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  557 

Buist,  Dr.  George 

( 1805-1860). 

A  well-known  Anglo-Indian  journalist  who 
was  for  18  years  (1839-59)  editor  of  the 
Bombay  Times,  which  later  became  the  Times 
•of  India.  He  not  only  made  his  mark  as  a 
very  able  and  independent  journalist  but  won 
renown  also  as  a  scientist,  especially  as  a 
meteorologist  and  geologist.  He  also  took  great 
interest  in  our  city  of  Bombay  of  which  he 
wrote  a  somewhat  fragmentary  guide,  chiefly 
scientific,  on  which  he  was  long  engaged. 
Towards  the  end  of  his  career  he  severed  his 
connection  with  the  Bombay  Times  and  also 
with  our  city,  and  settled  at  Allahabad  as 
Superintendent  of  the  Government  Press  there; 
but  he  died  shortly  afterwards  at  Calcutta 
during   a   brief  visit  to  that  city. 


Buckingham,  James  Silk 

(1786-1855). 

This  noted  journalist  of  the  early  nine- 
teenth century,  who  founded  in  1828  the  well 
known  literary  paper,  the  Athenaeum,  first  came 
to  India  in  I815  landing  at  Bombay,  the  life 
^nd  society  of  which  he  has  described  in 
his     Autobiography     published    soon     after    his 


558  BOMBAY : 

death  in  1855.  He  afterwards  went  to  Calcutta^, 
where  as  an  independent  journalist  he  soor> 
came  into  collision  with  the  Company's  autho- 
rities, who  deported  him  to  Europe  under  the  rig 
old  Press  regulations  then  in  force.  He  entered 
the  Reformed  Parliament  in  1832,  and  both- 
there  as  well  as  in  the  press  he  ceaselessly 
urged  his  grievances  against  the  Company  till 
a  few  years  before  his  death  he  succeeded  in. 
obtaining  a  pension  from  the  latter  by  way 
of  compensation.  He  was  also  a  noted  tra- 
veller, and  his  books  of  travel  were  interesting. 
When  he  came  to  Bombay  in  1815  he  had" 
passed  through  Egypt,  Asia  Minor,  Arabia- 
and  other  less  known  lands  of  his  time,  and' 
he  recounted  some  of  his  interesting  travelling, 
experiences  before  the  Bombay  Literary  society- 
founded  ten  years  previously  by  Sir  James; 
Mackintosh, 


Baker,  Sir  Samuel 

(1821-1893). 

This  distinguished  traveller  and  explorer- 
is  best  remembered  as  the  discoverer  of  the 
Albert  Nyanza,  one  of  the  two  great  lakes 
which  are  the  principal  feeders  of  the  Nile. 
He  was  in  the  service  of  the  Khedive  of  Egypt 
for   several    years    and    did    much    to    suppress- 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  559 

slave-trade,  an  account  of  which  he  published  in 
a  work  entitled  Ismailia,  a  new  name  which 
he  bestowed,  in  honour  of  the  Khedive  Ismail^ 
on  the  country  formerly  known  as  Gondokoro,. 
on  its  annexation  to  Egypt.  He  visited  India 
seven  times  between  1879  and  1892  and  took 
a  close  personal  interest  in  the  administration 
and  defence  of  this  great  dependency.  It  was. 
during  his  visit  to  this  country  during  the  cold 
weather  of  1888,  that  he  wrote  the  remarkable 
article  in  the  Fortnightly  Review  from  which 
we  have  given  his  striking  description  of 
Bombay.  This  article  contains  his  mature 
reflections  on  the  Indian  Empire  and  especially 
on  its  Frontier-policy,  which  he  considered  too 
strictly  defensive  and  inactive.  He  favoured 
a  bold  forward  policy.  He  was  also  a  keen 
sportsman  and  the  big  game  of  India  had  great 
attractions  for  him. 


Burton,  Isabel  Lady 

(1831-1896). 

The  wife  of  the  famous  traveller  and 
linguist,  Sir  Richard  Burton  (1821-1890),  was 
in  some  ways  as  remarkable  a  woman  as  the 
husband  was  as  a  man.  She  came  to  Bombay  in 
February  1876  with  her  husband,  and  our  extracts. 
are    taken    from    the    elaborate     journals     that 


560  BOMBAY : 

she  kept  then  and  that  are  printed  in  W.  H. 
Wilkins'  biography  of  her  published  by  Hut- 
chinson in  1897.  Her  descriptions  of  Matheran, 
Mahableshwar,  Hyderabad,  and  above  all,  of 
Goa,  which  had  particular  attractions  for  her  as 
an  ardent  Catholic,  on  account  of  its  containing 
the  shrine  of  St.  Francis  Xavier,  the  Apostle 
of  India,    are   very   vivid. 


Brown,  Robert 

(1822-1864). 

This  philanthrophist  was  a  partner  of  Ewart 
Lyon  &  Co.,  from  1845  to  1856,  during  which 
eleven  years  he  was  in  Bombay.  He  was 
well-known  for  his  earnest  Christian  spirit, 
and  he  devoted  his  life  here  to  doing  practical 
good  amongst  his  fellows.  A  rare  little  book 
called  Passages  in  the  Life  of  an  Indiaji  Merchant, 
published  in  1867,  by  Nisbet,  containing  extracts 
from  his  journal  and  letters,  gives  an  excellent 
insight  into  the  noble  character  of  this  truly 
remarkable  Christian  merchant.  This  book, 
compiled  by  his  sister,  contains  also  the  extracts 
we  have  given,  descriptive  of  Bombay  and 
its  surroundings  two  generations  ago.  An  ill- 
ness which  affected  his  chest  made  him  retire 
from  Bombay  at  the  early  age  of  thirty-four. 
He   survived   eight   years   longer   and   died    an 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  561 

early  death  in  1864.  Brown  was  of  extra- 
ordinary height  being  six  feet  seven.  When  he 
was  sixteen,  his  sister  tells  us,  "he  had  a 
rheumatic  fever  and  on  recovery  his  figure  grew 
to  the  extraordinary  height  of  six  feet  seven 
inches  rendering  him  a  'marked'  man  in 
after  life." 


Lady    Brassey 

id.    1887). 

The  first  wife  of  the  present  Lord  Brassey 
{h.  1836)  whom  she  married  in  i860,  and 
mother  of  Lady  Wiliingdon,  is  known  all  over 
the  world  by  her  books,  which  have  obtained 
immense  popularity,  describing  the  various 
voyages  of  the  yacht  **  Sunbeam  "  which  has 
come  to  be  inseparably  associated  with  her 
name.  Her  first  voyage  was  undertaken  in 
company  with  her  husband  in  1876  round  the 
world,  and  her  account  of  it,  which  she  was 
induced  to  publish  two  years  later,  met  at 
once  with  a  very  flattering  reception  from  the 
public  which  surprised  no  one  more  than  her- 
self. As  Lord  Brassey  says  in  his  brief  hut 
very  touching  memoir  that  he  wrote  for  his 
children  immediately  after  her  sad  death  at 
sea  off  the  coast  of  northern  Queensland  in 
the  Sunbeam,  "the   favourable   reception  of  the 


562  BOMBAY: 

first  book  was  wholly  unexpected  by  the  writer  r 
she  awoke  and  found  herself  famous."  During 
the  next  nine  or  ten  years  she  published  some 
more  Sunbeam  books,  till  her  Last  Voyage  under- 
taken in  1887  was  published  posthumously  from 
her  journal  and  notes.  During  this  voyage  she 
came  to  India  and  stayed  in  Bombay  while 
we  were  celebrating  ^tlie  Golden  Jubilee  of 
Queen  Victoria  in  February  l887,  of  which 
she  has  given  a  vivid  account  from  which  we 
have  taken  an  extract.  Her  health,  which 
had  been  excellent  in  Northern  India,  fell 
away  after  leaving  Bombay,  and  in  Borneo 
she  was  attacked  by  malarial  fever  which 
recurred  on  the  north  coast  of  Australia  where 
she   died   on    14   September    1887. 

Lady  Brassey  had  a  singularly  charitable 
disposition,  and  she  took  part  in  several 
philanthropic  movements,  chief  amongst  whicb 
was  the  St.  John's  Ambulance  Association  in' 
which  she  interested  herself  most  zealously.. 
She  took  up  ambulance  work  at  a  time  when 
it  was  not  in  fashion  as  it  is  now,  because 
she  sincerely  believed  it  to  be  a  good  cause 
worthy  of  all  her  efforts.  During  her  last 
voyage  she  tried  to  interest  people  in  this- 
cause  wherever  she  went ;  and  while  she  was. 
in  Bombay,  Lord  Reay,  the  Governor,  called 
at  her  instance  a  meeting  of  influential  citi- 
zens in  order  to  revive  some  interest,  as  she 
says,  in  the  rather  languishing  local  branch- 
of  this   very   useful    institution. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  565 

Birdwood,  Sir  George 

{b.  1832). 

This  distinguished  Anglo-Indian  passed 
only  some  fourteen  years  of  his  long  life  in 
Bombay,  and  retired  at  the  early  age  of  thirty- 
six  owing  to  ill  health  ;  but  his  enthusiasm 
for  our  city  has  all  along  been  boundless. 
One  of  the  ways  in  which  he  has  shown 
this  enthusiasm  is  by  writing  and  speaking 
about  Bombay  and  its  surroundings  in  striking 
and  eloquent  terms  v/henever  he  has  an  oppor- 
tunity. His  article  in  The  Times  on  the  burst 
of  the  monsoon  from  which  we  have  given 
an  extract  is  really  remarkable  for  its  sin- 
gular beauty  of  style  and  close  observation 
of  nature.  It  has  remained  all  these  years 
almost  unknown,  chiefly  because  it  appeared 
anonymously,  like  nearly  all  the  articles  in 
the  great  London  paper,  and  because  it  was 
not  reprinted  in  book  form.  Indeed  nearly 
all  of  Sir  George's  writings  lie  scattered  in 
various  newspapers  and  journals  and  are  not 
easily  accessible  to  the  public  though  many  of 
tliem   are  of  permanent   value.* 


•As  these  sheets  are  passing  throagh  the  press  a  volume 
of  selections  from  these  writings  has  appeared  (  Philip  Lee- 
Warner,  London,  1915  ),  and  the  article  on  the  Monsoon  has 
rightly  the  place  of  honour  in  it. 


564  BOMBAY: 

On  Bombay  he  has  written  largely  during 
the  past  half  century,  and  even  now  though 
he  has  entered  upon  his  ninth  decade,  he  still 
hardly  ever  allows  an  opportunity  of  writing 
about  the  city,  which  was  the  scene  of  his  early 
labours  in  this  country,  pass  by  unutilised.. 
He  may  be  said  to  have  been  one  of  the  founders 
of  "New  Bombay"  in  Sir  Bartle  Frere's  days. 
Many  improvements  in  our  city  in  those  days 
can  be  traced  directly  or  indirectly  to  him 
and  his  influence  with  the  high  authorities. 
He  designed  the  Victoria  Gardens  and  took 
a  lead  in  founding  the  Victoria  and  Albert 
Museum  close  by  ;  but  it  is  strange  that  there 
should  be  nothing  in  the  Gardens  to  comme- 
morate the  fact.  There  is,  however,  a  bronze 
bust  of  him  in  the  University  Library,  the 
tribute   of   his   Bombay    admirers. 


Caine,    William  S. 

(1842-1903). 

This  English  politician  who  took  a  keen 
interest  in  India  and  its  affairs,  is  best 
remembered  for  his  zeal  in  the  cause  of  tem- 
perance in  this  country  to  which  he  came 
several  times.  He  wrote  Picturesque  India  pub- 
lished by  Messrs.  Routledge  in  1890,  which  is 
a   sort  of  tourist's  guide-book  and   does  justice 


ANTHOLOGY.  565 

within  its  limits  to  the  various  cities  and 
other  objects  of  interest  in  India.  He  was  a 
severe  critic  of  the  waj^s  of  Indian  Adminis- 
tration and  was  a  member  of  the  Royal  com- 
mission on  Indian  Expenditure  which  was 
appointed  twenty-one  years  ago  to  suggest 
means  of  reducing  the  costliness  of  the  Indian 
Administrative  system. 


Gaunter,  John   Hobart 

(1794-1851). 

This  author  of  the  well-known  "  Romance  of 
Indian  History  "  began  his  career  as  a  soldier 
in  India,  and  was  in  Bombay  and  Western 
India  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  decade 
of  the  last  century.  But  he  was  disgusted 
with  oriental  life  and  returning  home  he 
entered  the  Church.  The  remainder  of  his 
life  he  passed  as  an  Anglican  clergyman. 
His  rather  voluminous  works  are  like  his 
career  divided  between  India  and  theology. 
His  Oriental  Annual,  a  series  of  sketches  and 
scenes  in  India,  issued  for  several  years  from 
1834,  was  once  very  popular.  The  volumes 
contained  beautiful  engravings  of  Indian  scenes 
and  buildings  from  the  drawings  of  the  fa- 
mous painter  William  Daniell  {d,  1837),  who 
had   passed    several    years   in   India     with    his 


566  BOMBAY: 

uncle  Thomas,  Daniell  (1749-1840),  for  pictorial 
purposes.  The  descriptive  accounts  in  the 
volumes  were  written  by  Gaunter.  As  Gaunter^ 
had  himself  been  in  India  and  wielded  a  good 
pen,  these  accounts  which  embrace  nearly  all 
the  ancient  and  famous  cities  and  other  places 
in  India,  are  very  readable  and  vivid.  His 
descriptions  of  Bombay  and  the  Elephanta  and 
Kanheri  Gaves,  from  which  we  have  quoted, 
are    particularly   striking. 


Campbell,  Sir  James 

( 1847-1903 ). 

An  eminent  Bombay  Givilian,  whose  labours 
extending  nearly  over  a  generation  on  the 
organisation  and  compilation  of  the  Gazetteer 
of  our  Presidency  will  be  long  remembered. 
The  long  extract  we  have  given  is  taken  from 
one  of  the  many  useful  red-letter  chapters 
as  they  are  called,  which  are  published  decenni- 
ally in  the  Administration  Reports  of  this 
Presidency.  This  minute  pen  picture  of  the 
panorama  of  Bombay  lies  buried  in  a  huge  folio 
and  is  not  generally  known.  We  hope  that  in 
the  form  in  which  it  is  presented  here,  it  will 
be  widely  read  and  appreciated.  His  ''Bombay 
Gazetteer"  is  an  extensive  and  very  painstaking 
work   in   35   distinct   parts,   the   last    of    which 


ANTHOLOGY.  567 

appeared  in  1901,  a  year  after  his  retirement  from 
Bombay.  This  great  work,  however,  did  not 
include  a  Gazetteer  of  Bombay  City,  though  in 
three  thick  parts  of  its  twenty-sixth  volume 
are  embodied  extracts  from  Government  Records, 
which  are  very  useful  as  materials  for  Bombay 
history  up  till  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth 
-century.  This  want  was  supplied  six  years 
after  Campbell's  death  by  Mr.  S.  M.  Edwardes, 
who  gave  us  in  three  volumes  a  work  worthy 
at  once  of  the  City  and  of  the  high  reputation 
■deservedly  enjoyed  by  the  series  of  Gazetteers 
of  this  Presidency  in  which  it  appeared  and 
which  it  fitly  closed.  Campbell's  research  work 
for  the  Gazetteer  was  recognised  by  his  own 
University  of  Glasgow  which  conferred  on  him 
an  honorary  doctorate,  and  he  also  got  a  K.C.I.E. 
from  the  Government  towards  the  close  of  his 
active  career  mainly  for  these  literary  labours. 


Crane,   Walter 

(b.  1845). 

This  well  known  painter  and  book  illustrator 
-came  to  India  in  the  cold  weather  of  1906-07 
and  published  his  book  of  impressions  obtained 
during  his  Indian  tour  soon  after.  The  book 
is  illustrated  with  excellent  sketches  by  the 
-author   who   shows  himself  no  less  clever  with 


568  BOMBAY : 

the  pen  than  with  the  pencil.  Mr.  Crane  shows 
himself  very  sympathetic  towards  the  people 
of  this  country,  as  was  to  be  expected  from  one 
who  was  very  friendly  with  the  young  Indian 
reformers  in  England. 


Craik,   Sir    Henry 

{b.  1846). 

This  eminent  Scotch  educationist  has  for 
a  long  time  been  in  the  Education  Depart- 
ment at  Whitehall.  He  has  latterly  been  in 
Parliament  also.  In  1907-8  he  made  a  tour  of 
India,  writing  about  it  in  the  Scotsman.  His 
impressions  were  so  favourably  received  that 
they  were  at  once  published  in  a  book  (London,. 
Macmillan)  which  is  of  great  value  as  contain- 
ing the  ripe  reflections  of  a  penetrating  observer. 
Sir  Henry  is  an  accomplished  author  and  has 
written  on  literature  and  history.  Some  thirty 
years  ago  he  edited  an  excellent  series  of  little 
manuals  by  various  writers  on  the  rights  and 
responsibilities  of  the  English  Citizen,  himself 
contributing  to  it  a  volume  on  the  "State  and 
Education." 


ANTHOLOGY.  569 

Crowe,  Sir    Joseph 

(1825-1896). 

A  distinguished  diplomatist,  who  in  early- 
life  spent  a  few  years  in  Bombay  as  a  journalist 
and  also  as  a  teacher  in  the  local  School  of 
Arts.  A  little  before  his  death  he  published 
a  volume  of  reminiscences  of  his  varied  and  long 
career,  and  his  recollections  of  Bombay  life 
and  society  in  the  late  fifties  of  the  last  century 
form  not  the  least  interesting  portion  of  it. 
His  literary  partnership  with  Cavalcaselle  in 
producing  the  famous  "History  of  Italian 
Painting"   is   well   known. 


Cunha,  Dr.    Gerson  da 

( 1 842-1 900). 

This  distinguished  Orientalist  had  settled 
in  Bombay  from  Goa,  and  was  for  long  a  well- 
known  figure  in  literary  and  scientific  circles 
in  our  city.  He  was  particularly  interested 
in  the  antiquities  of  Bassein,  Bombay  and  other 
places  during  the  period  of  Portuguese  ascen- 
dancy. At  the  beginning  of  his  career  he  wrote 
a  valuable  book  on  Bassein  and  Chaul.  At  the 
close  of  it  he  was  engaged  on  a  work  on  our 
city,  which  was  published  posthumously,  called 


570  BOMBAY : 

The  Origin  of  Bombay,  This  book  owing  to  the 
<:ircumstances  of  its  production  is  ill  arranged 
and  not  well  digested,  but  contains  good 
materials,  especially  for  the  Protuguese  period 
of  the  history  of  Bombay  which  is  so  little 
known.  Da  Cunha  who  was  by  profession  a 
physician,  was  also  an  expert  numismatist. 


Crawford,  Arthur  Travers 

1835-1911. 

No  English  official  of  the  past  generation 
knew  Bombay  so  intimately  as  Arthur  Craw- 
ford and  no  one  had  the  real  good  of  the 
city  at  heart  more  than  he.  He  had  very 
large  opportunities  during  his  eventful  Muni- 
cipal Commissionership  nearly  fifty  years  ago, 
and  he  utilised  them  to  the  full,  beautifying 
the  city  and  doing  good  to  it  in  numberless 
ways  in  spite  of  the  bitter  opposition  of  its 
citizens.  He  was  a  man  with  grand  ideas 
looking  far  ahead  into  the  future  and  antici- 
pating in  those  early  days  the  city's  position 
at  the  present  time.  All  his  ideas  and  sche- 
mes were  not  of  course  carried  out  in  the 
•sixties  of  the  last  century  owing  to  financial 
considerations.  But  if  they  had  been,  our 
work  in  the  twentieth  century  would  have 
been   simplified   considerably.     He  had  forseen 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  571 

the  great  progress  which  our  city  has  made  and 
would  fain  have  provided  for  a  Greater  Bombay- 
such  as  the  present  generation  is  engaged  in 
•building,  had  he  had  his  own  way  unham- 
pered. But  it  must  be  said  that  the  resources 
of  the  city  in  his  time  were  narrow  and  he 
far  outran  them.  He  never  stooped  to  count 
-the  cost  of  his  improvements  and  was  lavish 
in  expenditure.  So  the  civic  finances  were 
hopelessly  deranged  and  the  bitter  outcry 
from  the  citizens  drove  him  from  his  post  and 
most  of  his  plans  were  abandoned.  Crawford 
later  fell  on  evil  days,  and  had  to  leave  the 
Bombay  Civil  Service  in  gloom  almost  at  the 
end  of  his  long  career  and  after  having  risen 
-almost  to  the  top.  In  the  last  part  of  his 
long  life  he  came  to  Bombay  again  and  had 
the  great  satisfaction  of  seeing  with  his  own 
-eyes  the  immense  progress  of  the  city  along 
the  lines  he  had  foreseen  in  his  younger  days. 
After  leaving  the  service  in  1889,  he  turned 
author  and  wrote  some  very  good  books 
i>ased  on  his  personal  knowledge  of  this  coun- 
try and  intimate  acquaintance  with  its  people. 
His  Reminiscences  of  an  Indian  Police  Official,  from 
which  we  have  quoted,  is  indeed  a  remarkable 
4}ook,  and  the  acquaintance  which  it  reveals 
-with  the  searny  side  of  Indian  life  in  our 
^presidency    and   city   is  almost  unrivalled. 


572  BOMBAY : 

Del   Mar,   Walter 

(b.    1862). 

This  retired  American  Banker  and  son  of 
a  well-known  economical  writer  has  travelled 
a  good  deal,  and  published  several  books  of 
Eastern  travel  and  impressions.  He  came  ta 
India  in  1904  and  wrote  his  Lidia  of  To-dayy 
from   which   our   extract   is   taken. 


Douglas,  James 

1 826- 1 904. 

This  well-known  local  antiquary,  who  did' 
much  by  his  writings,  spread  over  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century,  to  stir  up  zeal  in  the- 
present  generation  for  old  Bombay  history  and 
antiquities,  was  by  profession  not  a  man  of 
letters  at  all,  but  a  broker  doing  exchange 
business  for  thirty  years  in  our  city.  He  re- 
mained in  Bombay  till  he  was  well  past  his 
seventy-fifth  year  and  went  home  to  Scotland^ 
only  to  die.  He  contributed  his  articles  chiefly 
to  our  two  local  papers,  and  collected  them- 
at  first  in  two  pleasant  little  volumes  called 
Book  of  Bombay  ( published  by  the  *'  Bombay 
Gazette"  in  1883)  and  Round  About  Bombay 
(1886).  In  1893  he  expanded  these  two  books, 
into   two   large   volumes,    Bombay   and    Westertt 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  573 

India,  by  which  it  was  his  ambition  to  be 
known  to  posterity.  But  though  the  book  has 
merits,  not  the  least  of  which  is  that  of  stir- 
ring up  the  enthusiasm  of  its  readers,  it  has 
some  grave  defects  which  stand  in  the  way 
of  its  being  recognised  as  a  work  of  perma- 
nent historical  importance  and  value.  One  of 
the  chief  of  these  is  that  he  rarely,  if  ever, 
verified  his  references.  He  quotes  his  autho- 
rities loosely  from  memory  which,  however 
tenacious,  betrays  him  •  into  many  misstate- 
ments, and  it  is  rare  to  find  among  his  sparse 
foot-notes  a  book  referred  to  by  volume  and 
page.  In  1900  he  published  a  supplementary 
volume  called  Glimpses  of  Old  Bombay,  contain- 
ing some  more  of  his  pleasant  chatty  articles, 
which  are  by  no  means  confined  to  old  Bombay 
but  range  from  Alexander  the  great  and 
Herodotus  and  Pliny  to  the  Crusades  and 
Albuquerque  and  Aquaviva.  One  of  these  latter 
miscellaneous  papers,  "Ostia  to  Ozein,  A.D.  68," 
is  however  the  best  thing  Douglas  ever  wrote, 
being  distinguished  alike  by  a  fine  imaginative- 
ness and  vivacity. 


Dufferin,  The  Harquess  of 

1 826- 1 902. 

'This    well-known  Viceroy    of  India    from 
1884  to   1888  was  in  the  diplomatic  service  and 


574  BOMBAY : 

the  only  administrative  post  that  he  had  filled 
before  coming  to  India  was  that  of  Governor- 
General  of  Canada.  However  in  spite  of  his. 
lack  of  previous  administrative  experience,  he- 
proved  a  highly  successful  and  popular  Viceroy. 
His  chief  work  was  the  annexation  of  Burma, 
a  country  which  had  long  continued  to  trouble 
us.  This  annexation  was  at  first  unpopular  with> 
the  Indians,  who  severely  criticised  it  as  an- 
additional  burden  on  the  revenues  of  this- 
country,  as  Burma  for  some  years  did  not  pay  its: 
way.  But  time  has  justified  Lord  Dufferin's- 
wise  step,  and  the  new  province  not  only  pays 
its  way  now,  but  every  year  gives  a  handsome 
surplus  to  the  Imperial  treasury  and  is  an- 
undoubted  source  of  strength  to  the  empire^ 
besides  getting  rid  forever  of  a  very  trouble- 
some and  semi-savage  independent  neighbour.. 
Lord  Dufferin  had  brilliant  literary  gifts,  inherit- 
ed no  doubt  partly  from  his  great-grandfather^ 
Sheridan.  His  mother  also  was  a  brilliant 
literary  lady.  He  wrote  only  a  couple  of  books,, 
but  his  brilliancy  also  appears  in  his  letters, 
one  of  which  we  have  quoted,  and  many  of  them? 
have  been  included  in  the  late  Sir  Alfred  LyalTs, 
life  of  him  (published  by  John  Murray)  that 
appeared  four  years  after  his  death.  Lady 
Dufferin,  who  accompained  her  husband  to 
India,  published  in  Our  Viceregal  Life  in  Indict 
a  very  vivacious  account  of  the  lighter  side  of 
the  lives  of  rulers  of  this  country. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  575 

Edwardes,  Stephen  fleredyth 

(b.  1873). 

This  prominent  Bombay  Civilian  and  man 
of  letters,  has  continued  Sir  James  CampbelTs. 
labours  on  the  Bombay  Gazetteer  and  given  us. 
in  1909  in  three  volumes  a  long  needed  Gazetteer 
of  our  City  which  had  not  been  included  in  its. 
35  big  tomes.  He  has  also  published  a  sketch 
of  the  rise  and  growth  of  Bombay,  and  an 
excellent  series  of  papers  describing  phases  of 
life  in  our  city  and  its  neighbourhood.  The 
latter  were  contributed  to  the  Times  of  India  and 
afterwards  separately  published  in  a  volume,, 
from  which  we  have  made  our  extracts.  The 
former  first  appeared  in  1901  as  the  historical 
part  of  the  Report  of  the  Census  of  Bombay  City 
which  he  wrote  as  Census  Commissioner.  This 
historical  part  was  so  thoroughly  done  by  him 
that  his  successor  ten  years  later  during  the 
Census  of  191 1,  Dr.  J.  Turner,  needed  not 
to  do  it  again.  He  is  since  1910  Commissioner 
of  Police  of  the  city,  with  whose  past  as  well  as. 
present  he  is  so  intimately  acquainted. 


Elphinstone,  flountstuart 

1779-1859. 

This  well-known  Governor  of  Bombay  from 
1819  to  1827,  though  he  passed  nearly  the  whole 


576  BOMBAY : 

of  his  active  career  in  our  Presidency  was  a 
Bengal  Civilian  and  had  originally  spent  a  few 
years  in  that  Presidency.  He  made  his  mark 
very  early  at  the  Mahratha  court  of  the  Peshwa 
at  Poona,  where  he  was  posted,  and  was  present 
at  the  battles  of  Assaye  and  Argaum,  Welling- 
ton's great  Indian  victories,  and  witnessed  the 
shattering  of  the  power  of  the  Mahratha  Con- 
federacy. He  again  went  to  Poona,  after  a 
few  years,  as  Resident  at  the  last  Peshwa's 
court.  He  spent  seven  laborious  years  in  watch- 
ing and  checkmating  the  tortuous  policy  of 
Baji  Rao  II  and  his  anti-British  advisers.  At  last 
Baji  Rao  was  obliged  to  declare  himself  in 
his  true  colours,  and  make  open  war  against  the 
English.  The  battle  of  Kirkee  in  1817  put  an 
end  to  his  rule,  and  the  honours  of  the  battle 
belonged  to  Elphinstone,  though  he  was  a  civi- 
lian. The  Peshwa's  territories  were  annexed, 
and  Elphinstone  after  spending  some  time  in 
the  work  of  'settling'  them,  was  appointed 
Governor  of  Bombay  at  the  unusual  age  of  forty. 
His  rule,  prolonged  for  eight  years,  was 
marked  by  consolidation  of  territory,  and  by 
amelioration  of  the  condition  of  the  people.  His 
efforts  for  the  education  of  the  people  under  him 
were  very  zealous,  and  he  has  the  great  credit  of 
laying  the  foundation  of  the  system  of  public 
instruction  in  this  Presidency,  which  has  been  pro- 
ductive of  great  good  to  the  Indians,  who  showed 
their  gratitude  on  his  departure  by  large  vo- 
luntary contributions  towards  the  establishment 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  577 

of  the  College  called  after  his  name.  He 
left  Bombay  for  Europe  in  1827  and  though 
he  was  then  under  fifty  and  though  he  lived 
for  over'  thirty  years  afterwards,  he  declined 
many  high  and  very  responsible  posts  that  were 
offered  to  him.  He  twice  declined  the  Governor- 
Generalship  of  India,  besides  the  permanent 
Under-Secretaryship  of  the  Board  of  Control 
and  a  special  mission  to  Canada. 

Elphinstone  is  well-known  also  as  the  author 
of  several  important  books,  and  his  history 
of  India  has  long  been  a  standard  work  on  the 
Mohammadan  period  which  it  mainly  treats 
of.  He  was  also  a  good  letter-writer  as  appears 
from  the  intimate  letters  that  he  wrote  to  friends, 
especially  those  to  Edward  Strachey,  the  father 
of  the  late  Sir  Richard  and  Sir  John  Strachey. 
The  letter  we  have  given  describing  his 
impressions  of  Bombay  life  and  society  on  the 
threshold  of  his  Governorship  here,  was  address- 
ed to  his  relative  John  Adam,  another  brilliant 
Bengal  civilian  who  rose  to  be  member  of  the 
Supreme  Council  in  the  same  year  in  which 
Elphinstone  got  the  Bombay  Governorship  and 
also  acted  as  Governor-General  for  several 
months  in  1823  at  the  early  age  of  forty-four. 
These  letters  as  well  as  a  very  interesting 
journal  that  he  kept  for  a  good  part  of  his  life 
were  published  in  1884  by  Sir  Edward  Cole- 
brooke  in  his  biography  of  Elphinstone  (publish- 
ed by  John  Murray). 


578  BOMBAY: 

Elwood,  rirs.  Anne 

This  writer  came  to  Bombay  in  July  1826 
by  the  Overland  Route  through  Egypt  and 
the  Red  Sea  and  was  the  first  lady  to  travel 
by  this  route.  Of  this  journey  overland  from 
England  to  India  she  published  an  account  in 
two  volumes  in  183O'.  She  was  in  Bombay  and 
the  neighbouring  places  for  nearly  two  years 
and  her  account  of  the  city  and  other  places  in 
Western  India  is  very  elaborate.  On  her  return- 
voyage  to  Europe  she  followed  the  old  route 
by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Mrs.  Elwood  after- 
wards wrote  another  book  called  "Memoirs  of 
the  Literary  Ladies  of  England."  She  was 
the  daughter  of  Edward  Curteis  of  Windmill 
Hill,  Sussex,  and  was  married  to  Col.  Elwood. 
The  account  of  her  overland  journey  to  India  is 
written  in  the  form  of  letters  addressed  to  her 
sister  Mrs.   Elphinstone. 


Fraser,  Lovat 

This  brilliant  Anglo-Indian  journalist  was- 
ten  years  in  Bombay  first  as  assistant  editor  and 
then  as  editor  of  the  Times  of  India,  and  during 
all  this  time  he  came  to  know  our  city  intimately. 
After  his  retirement  in  1907,  he  wrote  his 
India  under  Lord  Cnrzcn,  which  is  generally 
accepted  as  a  worthy  record  of  a  great   Indian 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  579 

administration.  Bombay,  naturally,  is  often 
mentioned  in  Mr.  Fraser's  book  and  his  account 
of  the  Plague  in  our  city,  from  which  we  have 
quoted,  is  valuable  as  well  as  vivid.  He  wields 
a  powerful  pen  and  is  still  writing  about 
Indian  affairs  in  the  Times  and  other  leading 
papers.  He  is  at  present  engaged  upon 
the  biography  of  a  great  Bombay  citizen,  the 
late  Mr.  Jamsetji  Tata. 


Falkland,   Amelia   Viscountess 

1803-1858. 

This  lively  lady  was  the  daughter  of 
William  IV.  and  Mrs.  Jordan.  She  married 
Viscount  Falkland,  (a  descendant  of  the  famous 
Falkland  of  the  time  of  the  Great  Rebellion), 
who  was  Governor  of  Bombay  from  1848  to 
l853-  She  came  out  with  her  husband  and 
took  keen  interest  in  her  surroundings  in  this 
city  and  presidency.  She  kept  a  Journal  from 
which  she  published  selections  on  her  return 
to  Europe  in  1857  under  the  somewhat  cryp- 
tic title  of  Chow-Chow.  She  herself  ex- 
plains it  as  follows: — "The  Pedlers  in  India 
carry  their  wares  from  village  in  boxes  and 
baskets;  among  the  latter,  there  is  always 
one  called  the  Chow-Chow  basket,  in  which 
there  is  every  variety  of  merchandize.  The 
word  Chow-Chow    means     *  Odds    and    Ends,' 


580  BOMBAY : 

and  in  offering  my  Chiow-Chow  basket  to  the 
public,  I  venture  to  hope  that  something,  how- 
ever trifling,  may  be  found  in  it,  suited  to 
the  taste  of  everyone."  The  book  contains 
vivid  accounts  of  her  experiences  here  of  the 
various  classes  of  people  with  whom  she 
came  in  contact,  of  the  manners  and  customs 
of  Indians  and  many  other  interesting  things 
besides.  She  was  an  admirer  of  Nature 
and  her  descriptions  of  the  natural  scenery 
of  places  like  Poona,  Mahableshwar  etc.  are 
striking.  She  mixed  with  the  Indians  freely  and 
came  to  know  their  sentiments  and  opinions 
somewhat  intimately.  Her  sketches  of  Bombay, 
of  which  we  have  given  some  specimens,  are 
life-like  as  well  as  lively.  The  book  is  well 
worth  reprinting.  Lady  Falkland  died  shortly 
after    the   publication   of   her   book. 


Forjett,  Charles 

I 8 10-1890. 

A  well-known  Commissioner  of  Police  in 
our  city  two  generations  ago.  His  knowledge 
of  Indians  and  his  command  over  their  lan- 
guages was  so  perfect  that  he  passed  easily 
as  an  Indian  himself  in  their  midst  whenever 
he  chose.  At  the  crisis  of  the  Mutiny  his 
intimate  knowledge  of  Indians  as  well  as  his 
marvellous    sources    of    gathering     information 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  58 1 

were  of  great  use  to  our  city,  in  as  much  as 
they  averted  a  serious  Sepoy  outbreak  here. 
He  has  himself  told  the  story  in  a  book  pub- 
lished twenty  years  later  from  which  we  have 
given  extracts.  It  is  pleasant  to  recall  ^that 
the  citizens  of  Bombay  appreciated  his  great 
services  on  his  retirement  in  1864  in  a  sub- 
stantial manner  by  presenting  him  with  a 
purse  of  over  a   lakh   of  rupees. 


Forrest,  L.  R.  Windham 

A  well-known  member  of  the  Anglo-Indian 
mercantile  community  of  our  city  twenty 
years  ago.  He  was  a  partner  in  the  firm  of 
Messrs.  Killick  Nixon,  and  was  for  several 
years  Chairman  of  the  Bombay  Chamber  of 
Commerce.  He  was  also  member  of  the  local 
Legislative  Council.  He  took  a  great  interest 
in  developing  the  resources  of  Gujarat  and 
under  his  guidance  his  firm  undertook  the 
work,  very  beneficent  for  commerce,  of  com- 
mencing to  build  feeder-railways  in  that  pro- 
vince. The  Tapti  Valley  Railway,  running 
through  a  very  fertile  country  and  connecting 
the  Bombay  Baroda  with  the  Great  Indian 
Peninsula  Railway,  owes  its  construction 
mainly  to  his  enterprise.  Our  city  where  he 
resided  for  over  thirty  years  and  to  develop 
whose  commerce  he  had  worked  hard,  he  knew 


582  BOMBAY : 

intimately  and  on  his  retirement  he  read  a 
paper  before  the  Royal  Society  of  Arts  in 
1901  which  gives  in  short  compass  an  outline 
of  the  history  and  present  position  of  Bombay. 


Fortescue,  The    Hon.   John 

(b.  1859). 
This  eminent  writer,  is  better  known  as 
the  historian  of  the  British  army  than  by  any 
books  on  India.  But  as  Librarian  at  Windsor 
Castle  he  came  out  to  this  country  in  the 
suite  of  the  King  and  Queen  during  their 
visit  in  1911-12  and  wrote  a  narrative  of  the 
Royal  Tour  (  published  by  Messrs.  Macmillan). 
This  book  though  not  very  striking  is  a  useful 
short  account  of  this  epoch-marking  event. 
He    is   a    son    of   the    late    Earl    Fortescue. 


Frere,  Sir   Bartle 

1815-1884. 

One  of  our  greatest  Governors  and  one 
to  whom  the  city  of  Bombay  especially  owes 
much.  He  belonged  to  the  Bombay  Civil 
Service,  and  was  the  last  member  of  that 
Service  so  far  to  rise  to  the  post  of  ruler  of 
the  presidency.     Modern    Bombay   owes  its  rise 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  583 

mainly  to  him.  The  Town  walls,  which  were 
so  long  felt  to  be  a  hindrance,  were  finally 
pulled  down  under  him  and  the  site  thus 
released  was  utilised  for  erecting  splendid 
mercantile  and  other  useful  buildings.  The 
city  was  vastly  improved  in  several  other 
directions  also  and  he  gave  us  our  first  Muni- 
cipality. The  first  years  of  his  governorship, 
•coincided  with  the  period  of  phenomenal 
prosperity  which  Bombay  enjoyed  owing  to 
the  enormous  rise  in  the  price  of  cotton  con- 
sequent on  the  Civil  War  in  America.  This  vast 
and  sudden  influx  of  wealth  led  to  extrava- 
gant projects,  and  wild  speculation  raged  un- 
checked for  a  time.  Then  came  the  crash 
and  numberless  people  were  ruined.  The 
great  wealth  that  had  turned  the  heads  of 
most  of  its  people  suddenly  disappeared. 
Frere  was  blamed  by  many  at  the  time  for 
not  having  checked  the  spirit  of  speculation 
in  time.  The  last  two  years  of  his  rule  were 
those  of  gloom  and  reaction.  But  making 
allowance  for  his  mistakes,  it  must  be  said 
that  he  did  much  to  soften  the  blow  which 
staggered  Bombay  in  1865.  He  left  Bombay 
in  1867.  He  came  once  more  to  our  city 
eight  years  later  as  the  cicerone  of  the  late 
King  Edward  when  he  visited  India  as 
Prince  of  Wales  in  1875-76.  When  Frere's 
term  as  Governor  was  over  all  the  communities 
and  the  various  representative  bodies  of  our  city 
presented     him     with     farewell      addresses     to 


584  BOMBAY 

mark  their  sense  of  his  great  services,  and  he 
delivered  many  important  speeches  in  answering 
these  addresses.  We  have  given  some  cha- 
racteristic extracts  from  these  speeches,  which 
along  witH  others  were  collected  in  a  volume 
with  an  introduction  by  that  eminent  Indian, 
the  late  Mr.  Justice  Ranade  (  1842-1901  ). 


Forbes,  Alexander  Kinloch 

1821-1865. 

This  distinguished  Bombay  civilian  who 
died  at  Poona  an  early  death  was  a  Judge 
of  our  High  Court  and  Vice-Chancellor  of  our 
University.  Throughout  his  career  here  he 
devoted  all  his  leisure  to  the  early  history  of  the 
Province  of  Gujarat  where  he  mostly  served. 
He  acquired  great  command  over  old  Gujarati, 
the  language  in  which  most  of  his  materials 
were  composed.  In  1856  when  he  was  only 
thirty-five  he  brought  out  the  results  of  his 
historical  labours  in  his  Ras-Mala  or  Hindu 
Annals  of  Gujarat  in  two  volumes,  a  work  of 
great  labour  and  value  which  does  for  its  subject 
what  Tod's  Rajasthan  has  done  for  Rajputana. 
Unfortunately  it  is  not  so  well  known  and 
appreciated  as  it  deserves,  though  its  merits 
both  literary  and  historical  are  great.  Forbes 
though  an  antiquary  was  no  Dryasdust;  he 
had   fine   imagination    and    an    excellent   style. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  58S 

He  took  great  interest  in  architecture  and  his 
descriptions  of  old  cities  like  Anhilwada 
and  Champanir  and  their  ruins  are  well  worth 
reading. 


Graham,  Maria 

1785-1842. 

This  lady  is  better  known  in  the  literary- 
world  as  Lady  Callcott,  the  author  of  the  widely 
read  "Little  Arthur's  History  of  England."" 
She  was  the  daughter  of  Admiral  George  Dundas. 
In  1809  she  married  Captain  Thomas  Graham 
of  the  Royal  Navy  and  spent  the  next  year  in 
India  travelling  through  the  country.  Whilst 
in  Bombay  she  was  the  guest  of  Sir  James 
Mackintosh  who  was  then  Recorder  here.  She 
published  two  books  on  her  return  to  England 
in  181 1  descriptive  of  her  Indian  travels.  The 
first  was  called  "Journal  of  a  Residence  in 
India"  which  was  later  translated  into  French.. 
Her  second  book  was  called  "Letters  on  India" 
and  was  published  in  1814.  Both  these  books 
contain  much  that  is  interesting  about  this 
country  and  its  peoples.  Captain  Graham 
having  died  in  1822  she  married  in  1827  Sir 
Augustus  Callcott  (1779-1844)  a  well-known 
landscape  painter.  As  Lady  Callcott  she  wrote 
many  successful  children's  books  of  which  the 
best  remembered  now  is  "  Little  Arthur's  History 


586  BOMBAY : 

•of  England"  first  published  in   1835.     Besides 
India    she    travelled   in  several  other  countries 
such     as    Brazil    and    Chili    and   wrote    books 
^bout   them. 


Grant=Duff,  Sir  Hountstuart 
Elphinstone 

1829-1906. 

This  distinguished  English  politician  be- 
■came  Governor  of  Madras  from  1881  to  1886. 
He  had  been  previously  connected  with  Indian 
•administration  as  Under-Secretary  of  State  for 
thiscountry  whentheeighthDuke  of  Argyll  (1823- 
1900)  was  Indian  Secretary  in  Gladstone's  first 
Administration  of  1868-74.  Some  months  after 
that  great  Administration  was  dissolved  by  the 
defeat  of  the  Liberals  at  the  polls  in  1874,  Grant 
Duff  visited  India  to  see  personally  the  country 
for  whose  government  he  was  responsible  in  the 
House  of  Commons  for  the  preceding  six  years. 
The  impressions  of  this  Indian  tour  were  first 
printed  in  a  Review,  and  afterwards  appeared 
in  book  form.  Grant  Duff  was  passionately 
fond  of  botany,  and  his  "Notes  of  an  Indian 
Journey"  are  full  of  information  and  observation 
on  the  flora  of  this  country.  Though  he 
was  officially  connected  with  the  southern 
Presidency  as  its  Governor,  he  had  an  hereditary 
interest  in   our  province.     His  father  knew  the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  587 

IMahrathas  intimately  and  wrote  their  history  in 
an  authoritative  work.  His  god-father  w^as  the 
Tamous  Governor  of  Bombay,  Mountstuart 
Elphinstone  (1779-1859)  whose  name  he  bore. 
During  the  latter  part  of  his  life  he  published 
tiis  voluminous  ''Notes  from  a  Diary,"  a  work 
useful  to  the  future  historian  of  the  state  of 
society  in  Victorian  times. 


Grindlay,  Robert  Melville 

The  founder  of  the  well-known  firm  of  Anglo- 
Indian  agents  and  bankers,  Grindlay  Groom  and 
"Co.,  was  at  first  in  the  service  of  the  East  India 
<^ompany  from  which  he  retired  with  the  rank  of 
"Captain.  Being  fond  of  sketching  and  drawing, 
tie  had  made  a  large  collection  of  drawings 
of  scenery  and  buildings  whilst  in  this  country. 
In  1830  he  published  a  selection  from  his  own 
-as  well  as  other  artists'  Indian  pictures,  under 
Ihe  title  of  "  Scenery  Costumes  and  Architecture, 
-chiefly  on  the  Western  side  of  India,"  which 
was  well  received  and  several  times  reprint- 
ed, the  last  being  in  1892.  This  magnificent 
■work  consists  of  thirty-six  large  plates  of  which 
TIG  less  than  twelve  are  devoted  to  Bombay, 
Elephanta  and  the  neighbouring  places.  The 
plates  are  accompanied  by  descriptive  letter- 
press which  contain  several  good  passages. 


588  BOMBAY: 

rirs.  Guthrie 

This  charming  writer  was  the  wife  of  an 
officer  in  the  Bombay  Presidency  and  came  to 
Bombay  about  forty  years  ago.  She  hat! 
already  travelled  in  Russia  and  written  a  book 
called  "Through  Russia."  She  lived  for  some 
years  in  this  country  and  wrote  two  books, 
about  it.  Her  first  book  "My  year  in  an  Indian 
Fort"  describes  her  life  in  Belgaum  where  she- 
was  stationed  for  a  year.  The  preliminary  part 
of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  outward  voyage 
and  to  Bombay,  and  her  account  of  the  sights 
and  scenes  in  our  city  is  very  lively  as  may 
be  judged  from  the  extracts  we  have  given. 
The  other  book,  "Life  in  Western  India,'^ 
published  in  iSSi  is  devoted  to  various  places, 
like  Bijapur,  Dharwar,  Sholapur,  Hyderabad 
where  duty  took  her  husband.  The  delightful 
hill-station  of  Mahableshwar  is  well  described 
at  length  in  the  first  volume.  In  both  these 
works  Mrs.  Guthrie  weaves  into  her  narrative 
much  of  the  folklore  and  legends  that  she  heard! 
at  various  places,  and  there  are  also  in  the 
volumes  several  bits  of  natural  scenery  excellent- 
ly described. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  589 

Hall,  Basil 

I 788-1 844. 
This  well-known  traveller  and  author  was 
the  son  of  Sir  James  Hall  (1761-1832)  a  noted 
geologist.  He  was  a  captain  in  the  Royal  navy 
and  served  in  various  countries.  He  visited 
China  in  Lord  Amherst's  embassy  and  on  the 
way  he  had  an  interview  at  St.  Helena  with 
Napoleon,  who  had  known  his  father,  Sir  James 
Hall,  when  a  boy  at  school  at  Brienne.  Basil 
Hall  was  in  Bombay  in  1812  with  his  frigate,  and 
in  1814  he  became  Captain  of  the  Victor  sloop 
which  was  then  building  at  Bombay  and  which 
he  took  to  England  in  the  following  year.  He 
visited  later  several  countries  about  which 
he  wrote  various  books.  But  his  reputation 
mainly  rests  on  his  "Fragments  of  Voyages 
and  Travels"  which  appeared  in  three  series 
in  three  successive  years  from  1831.  These 
contain  many  interesting  personal  experiences 
of  the  author  gained  in  several  countries  and 
imparted  in  a  good  literary  style.  Whilst  in 
Bombay  he  was  charmed  with  every  thing 
and  his  accounts  as  given  in  the  second 
series  of  this  work  are  very  enthusiastic.  Two 
years  before  his  death  his  mind  unfortunately 
gave  way  and  he  died  in  an  asylum. 


590  BOMBAY : 

Harris,  Lord 

{b.  1851  ). 

Governor  of  Bombay  from  1890  to  1895^ 
His  term  of  office  was  marked  by  the  great 
encouragement  given  to  sport  amongst  Indians^ 
especially  cricket.  Lord  Harris  was  himself 
a  great  cricketer  and  did'much  to  promote  his 
favourite  game  here,  especially  among  Parsis^ 
On  his  return  to  England  he  read  a  paper  or> 
Bombay  before  the  Society  of  Arts  which 
shows  his  great  love  and  enthusiasm  for  our 
city.  Lord  Harris  came  again  to  our  city 
during  the  Royal  Visit  in  the  cold  weather 
of  1911-12.  His  connection  with  India  is  here- 
ditary, his  father  having  been  Governor  of 
Madras  sixty  years  ago  during  the  Mutiny; 
and  his  great-grandfather  was  the  famous, 
conqueror  of  Tipu,  the  great  Duke  of  Wel- 
lington   then   serving   under   him. 


Hiibner,  Baron  Joseph    von 

1811-1892. 

An  eminent  Austrian  diplomatist  and  man^ 
of  letters.  He  was  also  a  great  traveller.  In 
1883  he  travelled  through  the  British  Empire,, 
visiting  India  and  t}\e  Colonies.  He  wrote  an 
account  of  this  tour  in  1885  from  which  w^ 
have  taken  a  part  abcut  what  he  saw  in  Bombay^ 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  591 

In   this   excellent   work    von   Hubner    does    fulfc 
justice   to   England's    work    in    India,   and   it  is. 
well    worth   close   attention,   coming   as   it  does, 
from  a  foreign  statesman  of  his  wide  experience- 
and  high  position.     He  was  Austrian  ambassador 
at    various   European   Courts  including  those  of 
Paris   and    Rome,     He   was    also   a   well  known 
author   and   an   earlier  account   that    he    wrote 
in    1 871     of    a    tour    round     the    world,    which 
however   did    not    include  India,  was  translated 
into     several     European    languages.      He     also 
wrote   an   excellent   history    of   Pope    Sixtus  V., 
from    the   Catholic    point   of   view. 


Hunter,  Sir  William  Wilson 

1840-1900. 

This  distinguished  Anglo-Indian,  historian- 
and  statistician  was  at  the  head  of  the  Sta- 
tistical Department  of  the  Government  of  India 
and  planned  the  series  of  Gazetteers  for  the 
various  provinces  of  this  country,  compiled  by 
a  whole  host  of  district  officers  intimately  ac- 
quainted with  the  places  about  which  they  wrote.. 
He  himself  took  under  his  special  care  the 
Gazetteer  of  the  whole  country  of  which  he 
published  the  first  edition  in  1881  in  nine- 
volumes  and  the  second  five  years  later  in 
fourteen  volumes.  He,  however,  died  just 
before   the   third   edition  was   decided  by  Lord 


592  BOMBAY: 

Curzon's  Government  to  be  undertaken.  The 
article  on  Bombay  in  the  second  edition  of 
his  Imperial  Gazetteer  from  which  we  have 
quoted  gives  an  excellent  compact  account  of 
our  City.  He  also  wrote  the  article  on  Bombay 
in  the  ninth  edition  of  the  Encyclopcedia  Briian- 
nica.  He  was  also  a  voluminous  writer  on  Anglo- 
Indian  history  and  biography,  and  edited  the 
well-known  series  of  short  biographical  and 
historical  monographs  called  "  Rulers  of  India." 
Towards  the  close  of  his  busy  literary  life  he 
began  to  publish  a  great  history  of  British 
India  which  would  have  run  to  five  or  six 
large  volumes ;  but  his  death  at  the  age  of 
sixty  put  a  stop  to  what  would  have  been 
his  magnum  opus.  It  proceeded  to  only  a  couple 
of   volumes. 


Von  Koeningstnarck,   Count    Hans 

This  distinguished  military  officer  on  the 
General  Staff  of  the  German  Army  came  to 
India  in  the  cold  weather  of  1905-06,  and 
wrote  on  his  return  his  impressions  of  India 
and  the  British  Administration  here,  which 
were  published  in  Germany  where  they  were 
very  favourably  received.  In  1910  this  German 
book  "  Dii  Englanden  in  Indien "  was  trans- 
lated into  English  and  became  very  popular. 
The     Count   had   previously   twice    visited    the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  593 

country  in  the  early  nineties,  so  his  knowledge  of 
India  cannot  be  said  to  be  very  limited.  He 
showed  great  powers  of  accurate  observation  and 
also  marked  literary  ability.  His  judgment  of 
the  English  work  in  India  is  very  favourable  and 
he  praises  without  stint  the  high  purpose  and 
lofty  aims  with  which  he  saw  the  officials 
here  inspired.  This  was  all  the  more  remark- 
able as  coming  from  a  foreigner  and  espe- 
cially, a  German.  The  Count's  description  of 
Bombay  is  striking  both  on  account  of  its 
enthusiasm  and  literary  power.  The  book  "A 
German  Staff  Officer  in  India"  (Kegan  Paul) 
is  gracefully  dedicated  to  Lady  Blood,  the 
wife  of  General  Sir  Bindon  Blood  and  daughter 
of  the  late  Sir  Auckland  Colvin,  as  a  token 
of  the  Count's  homage  to  the  English-woman 
in   India. 


Karageorgevitch,  Prince  Bojidar 

This  Prince  of  the  reigning  family  of  Servia 
came  to  India  in  1897,  when  we  celebrated 
the  Diamond  Jubilee  of  Queen  Victoria  and  also 
when  Plague  had  only  recently  entered  the 
country.  Enchanted  India  (Harpers)  as  he 
calls  his  book  of  Indian  travel  is  remarkable 
for  its  striking  and  picturesque  descriptions 
of  the  cities  and  sights  of  this  country.  The 
passages  that    we  have  given    will  give    some 


594  BOMBAY: 

idea  of  the  Prince's  great  gift  of  conveying  the 
impressions  made  by  Indian  sights  and  scenes, 
in  striking  language. 


Lamington,  Lord 

(b.  i860). 

Governor  of  Bombay  from  1903  to  1907.  He 
was  another  of  the  retired  rulers  of  this  Presi- 
dency who  was  invited  by  the  Society  of 
Arts  to  read  a  paper  on  his  reminiscences  of 
life  here.  He  had  previously  discoursed 
before  the  same  Society  on  his  travels  in  Indo- 
China.  He  is  very  fond  of  travel,  and  since 
he  left  Bombay  seven  years  ago  has  been  twice 
to  Persia.  He  was  also  Governor  of  the  Colony 
of  Queensland  in  Australia  before  he  came 
to  Bombay  as  its  Governor.  Popular  among 
all  classes  in  Bombay,  his  premature  departure 
was  regretted  when  owing  to  domestic  circum- 
stances he  had  to  give  up  his  office  before 
his  term  of  five  years  was  over.  He  is  the  son 
of  a  great  friend  of  Disraeli,  Baillie-Cochrane 
first  Baron  Lamington,  who  was  a  well-known 
writer  and  whose  book  In  the  Days  of  the 
Dandies  had   a    great   vogue   once. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  595 

Lee=Warner,  Sir  William 

1846-1914. 

This  brilliant  Anglo-Indian  official  and 
writer  knew  our  city  thoroughly  as  he  passed 
almost  his  whole  Indian  career  in  the  Secretariat 
here;  and  long  residence  did  not  cool  the 
enthusiasm  he  had  at  first  felt  for  it.  The  fine 
passage  we  have  quoted  about  Bombay  and  its 
glorious  scenery  from  a  lecture  that  he  gave 
almost  towards  the  close  of  his  residence  in  this 
city  is  proof  of  the  spell  that  Bombay  had 
cast  round  him.  After  his  retirement  from  the 
Bombay  Civil  Service  nearly  twenty  years  ago,  he 
published  some  noteworthy  books,  especially  a 
biography  of  the  Marquess  of  Dalhousie  in 
which  that  much-maligned  ruler  has  at  last  had 
full  justice  done  to  him  after  nearly  half  a 
century  of  misunderstanding  at  the  hands 
of  posterity.  Sir  William  died  only  very 
recently,  a  little  after  his  retirement  from 
the  India  Council  which  he  had  serve^l  either 
as  Political  Secretary  or  member  for  seventeen 
years   after   leaving   India. 


Low,  Sidney 

{b.  1857). 

This  able  journalist  came  to  India  in  1905- 
06,  as   special   correspondent    of    the    London 


596  BOMBAY: 

Standard,  with  which  paper  he  has  been  closely 
connected  for  a  series  of  years,  during  the 
first  tour  in  India  of  His  present  Majesty  as 
Prince  of  Wales.  This  book  A  Vision  of  India 
(  1906,  Smith  Elder)  does  not  merely  give  an 
account  of  the  Royal  Tour,  but  also  attempts 
to  give  the  reader  an  idea  of  the  conditions 
of  life  and  society  prevailing  in  the  country. 
He  tries  to  convey  to  the  reader  his  impres- 
sions not  only  of  the  sights  he  saw  but  of 
the  machinery  of  British  Administration  and 
its  manifold  results.  He  mixed  with  officials 
as  well  as  non-officials,  and  the  views  that  he 
expresses  strike  one  as  those  of  a  man  of 
wide  learning  and  close  observation.  His 
powers  of  picturesque  narration  and  vivid  de- 
scription of  the  sights  that  he  saw  are  also 
remarkable. 

He  is  also  the  author  of  the  *'  Governance 
of  England"  a  very  able  work  on  the  English 
constitution  in  its  practical  working;  and  of 
the  final  volume  treating  of  the  reign  of 
Victoria  in  Dr.  William  Hunt's  "  Political 
History  of  England."  He  edited  thirty  years 
ago  with  the  late  Prof.  Pulling  a  valuable 
historical  work  of  reference  called  ''The  Dic- 
tionary of  English  History,"  a  book  still  in 
wide  use. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  597 

Lytton,  Lord 

1831-1891. 

Viceroy  of  India  from  1876  to  1880.  He  came 
to  India  lilce  another  Viceroy,  Lord  Dufferin,  from 
the  diplomatic  service,  and  like  Lord  Dufferin  too, 
who  had  previously  declined  the  Governorship 
of  Bombay,  he  had  declined  the  Governorship  of 
Madras.  His  rule  in  India  was  eventful  and 
marked  not  only  by  the  Afghan  War  but 
by  wide-spread  famine  and  popular  dis- 
content. Queen  Victoria  was  proclaimed  Em- 
press of  India  with  great  pomp  and  circum- 
stance in  a  grand  Darbar  at  Delhi,  the  precursor 
of  the  grander  Darbars  of  our  days.  He  was 
a  favourite  with  that  good  Queen  with  whom 
he  corresponded  freely,  and  the  letter  giving 
his  impressions  of  Bombay  on  first  arrival,  from 
which  we  have  quoted,  will  give  some  idea  of 
his  powers  as  a  letter  writer.  Many  of  his 
letters  to  friends  were  published  in  1906  by 
his  accomplished  daughter.  Lady  Betty  Balfour, 
who  had  previously  written  an  account  of  his 
Indian  Viceroyalty.  Lord  Lytton  was  a  very 
good  writer,  and  his  speeches  and  despatches 
had  literary  finish.  He  wrote  also  poetry  and 
some  of  his  poems  like  "The  Ring  of  Amasis," 
and  ''King  Poppy,''  are  well-known.  He  was 
made  an  Earl  for  his  work  in  India,  and  on  being 
sent  later  to  Paris  as  British  Ambassador  he 
became   very   popular  with   Frenchmen. 


598  BOMBAY : 

riackintosh,  Sir  James 

1765-1832. 

This  famous  English  writer  and  politician 
came  to  Bombay  in  1804,  as  Judge  of  the 
Recorder's  Court,  established  here  six  years 
before.  The  first  Recorder,  Sir  William  Syer, 
had  succumbed  here  to  the  Indian  climate  and 
Mackintosh  came  here  with  some  hesitation  ;  but 
he  stayed  here  for  nearly  eight  years  return- 
ing home  to  take  part  in  English  politics 
for  over  twenty  years  thereafter.  He  had 
previously  applied  unsuccessfully  for  the  post 
of  Advocate-General  of  Bengal,  but  he  got 
the  higher  judicial  post  at  Bombay  which  also 
carried  with  it  a  knighthood.  He  had  came 
to  India  with  the  same  object  as  Macaulay 
in  the  following  generation,  namely,  to  obtain 
a  competency  for  life  from  his  Indian  savings 
which  would  enable  him  to  take  an  independ- 
ent part  in  politics  at  home.  While  Macau- 
lay,  who  had  great  admiration  for  him,  achieved 
that  object  remaining  for  only  about  half 
the  period  of  Mackintosh,  the  latter  somehow 
missed  his,  and  failed  to  take  the  high 
position  in  the  political  life  of  his  time 
which  his  parts  undoubtedly  deserved.  Nor 
did  he,  like  Macaulay,  make  his  mark  in 
literature  by  a  great  work.  A  certajn  weak- 
ness of  character  and  infirmity  of  purpose  are 
responsible  for  this  double  failure.  He  had 
planned   on   a   great    scale    a    history    of    the 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  599 

English  Revolution  of  1688  and  though  he 
worked  at  it  off  and  on  for  twenty  years  and 
more,  he  left  it  only  a  fragment  when  he  died. 

When  he  was  in  Bombay  he  read  immensely 
taking  little  part  in  society,  and  Govefnm.  ' 
House  at  Parel,  which  Governor  Duncan  kin<.l  ., 
laid  at  his  disposal  for  residence  at  first,  and  then 
"'Tarala"  his  subsequent  house  at  Mazagon, 
never  harboured  so  erudite  an  inmate  before 
or  since.  But  he  seems  to  have  read  his  whole 
time  away  at  Bombay  doing  very  little  sub- 
stantial literary  work.  While  Macaulay  wrote 
some  of  his  best  essays  in  Calcutta,  Mackintosh, 
w^ho  was  also  an  Edinburgh  Reviewer,  did  no- 
thing of  the  kind  whilst  at  Bombay.  One  great 
thing,  however,  he  did  whilst  here,  and  that  was 
to  found  the  Bombay  Literary  Society  which 
under  a  changed  name  still  exists  and  has  in 
the  course  of  its  long  existence  done  much  for 
the  archaeology  and  philology  of  Western 
India.  Through  this  Society  Mackintosh  in- 
fluenced several  young  Anglo-Indians  to  in- 
vestigate and  write  about  the  antiquities  and 
history  of  India.  Mackintosh  whilst  here  kept 
-a  journal  which  was  subsequently  published 
in  his  biography  by  his  son  and  from  this  we 
have  taken  our  extracts. 


600  BOMBAY : 

Maclean,  James  Mackenzie 

1835-1906 

A  distinguished  Bombay  citizen  and  jour- 
nalist^ who  after  his  retirement  from  our  city 
in  1880,  took  an  active  part  in  English  poli- 
tics and  was  a  member  of  Parliament  for 
many  years.  Whilst  in  Bombay  he  was  not 
only  editor  of  the  Bombay  Gazette  for  a  long  time^ 
"but  also  a  prominent  member  of  our  Munici- 
pal Corporation.  He  took  a  large  part  in 
obtaining  the  present  municipal  constitution 
for  our  City,  which  owes  to  him  too  its  proud 
motto  Urbs  prima  in  Indis.  His  Guide  to  Bo?nbayr 
originally  published  in  1875  in  connection  with 
the  visit  to  India  of  the  late  King  Edward  VII 
as  Prince  of  Wales,  occupied  for  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century  a  unique  place  as  a  com- 
pact and  trustworthy  handbook  to  our  city 
useful  alike  for  the  tourist  and  the  permanent 
resident.  It  was  republished  annually  with 
occasional  revisions  till  fifteen  years  ago  when 
it   was   allowed  to    go   out   of   print. 

When  the  Riots  of  1874  broke  out,  and 
the  Mahomedans  of  Bombay  rose  against  the 
Parsis  and  wrecked  their  fire-temples,  Maclean 
took  up  the  cause  of  the  latter,  and  did  much 
to  obtain  justice  for  them  by  his  articles  and 
reports  in  his  paper.  He  was  an  eye-witness 
of  most  of  the  scenes  of  lawlessness  then  enact- 
ed in  the  city,  and  his  accounts  were  con- 
sidered  the   best  at  the  time.     His  writings  in 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  6oi 

the  Bombay  Gazette  on  the  subject  were  collect- 
ed and  reprinted  in  a  pamphlet  which  had 
a  wide  sale.  Our  extract  about  an  episode 
during  these  riots  which  attracted  much  at-^ 
tention  at  the  time  is  taken  from  this  pamphlet.. 


riacleod,  Norman 

1812-1872, 

This  eloquent  and  popular  Scotch  preacher 
came  to  India  at  the  end  of  1867.  He  was 
sent  to  this  country  to  inquire  into  the  condition 
of  the  Church  of  Scotland  Missions.  His 
interest  in  India  had  been  first  aroused  early 
in  life  by  the  Marchioness  of  Hastings,  widow 
of  the  famous  Governor-General  of  India,  who 
presented  him  with  his  first  living,  that  of 
Loudoun  in  Ayrshire  in  1838.  Ever  since  those 
early  days  of  intercourse  with  the  noble  widow^ 
he  had  taken  deep  interest  in  Indian  affairs 
and  history,  and  latterly  he  took  an  active 
part  in  the  management  of  India  Missions.  Sa 
that  when  he  was  selected  along  with  Dr.  Watson 
of  Dundee  by  the  General  Assembly  of  1867 
to  go  to  India  and  after  personal  enquiries. 
on  the  spot  to  report  on  Missions  there,  he 
undertook  the  journey  with  alacrity,  though 
his  medical  advisers  had  assured  him  that  his. 
going  out  to  India  would  entail  almost  certain 
death. 


-602  BOMBAY : 

In  Bombay  and  wherever  else  he  went,  he 
■was  received  most  cordially  by  all  classes  of 
-the  people.  He  was  Chaplain  to  Queen  Victoria 
-and  one  of  her  favourite  preachers  in  Scotland. 
This  official  position  had  something  to  do  with 
his  reception,  but  apart  from  this  his  attractive 
personality  and  intense  sincerity  would  have 
-ensured  him  a  hearty  welcome  everywhere.  Sir 
Arthur  Helps  has  called  him  the  greatest  and 
most  convincing  preacher  he  had  ever  heard, 
and  in  India  too  people  crowded  to  hear  him 
-preach  or  speak.  He  spent  only  three  months  in 
4he  country,  but  the  impressions  that  he  gather- 
ed in  such  a  short  time  were  remarkable  for 
-their  accuracy  and  fairness.  He  came  to 
Bombay  just  in  time  to  be  present  at  the  great 
St.  Andrew's  dinner  of  1867.  He  went  about 
•everywhere  and  saw  everything.  His  impres- 
sions and  reminiscences  of  Bombay  and  other 
Indian  cities  he  contributed  to  Good  Words,  a 
magazine  which  he  edited  and  which  became 
in  his  hands  one  of  the  greatest  successes  of  the 
time  in  periodical  literature.  These  articles  were 
re-published  with  additions  and  alterations  in 
1869  in  a  book  called  "Peeps  at  the  Far  East" 
which  had  great  vogue  at  the  time  and  deserves 
to  be  read  still,  as  it  has  an  inner  depth  and 
a  philosophical  value  beyond  that  of  a  mere 
record  of  travel.  Our  extracts  will,  we  hope, 
-show  the  great  value  of  the  book.  There  is 
:not  much  about  missions  in  it,  the  main 
object   for   which   he   came    here;    but    that    is 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  *       603 

l)ecause  he  embodied  his  investigations  on  that 
subject  in  a  separate  official  Missionary  Report. 
The  year  after  his  return  from  India  he  was 
chosen  Moderator  of  the  General  Assembly  and 
in  his  official  address  he  dealt  la'^ely  with 
his  Indian  experiences.  He  survivee.  ^  return 
from  the  Indian  tour  only  four  years  and  died  in 
June  1872. 


riayo,  Lord 

1822-1872. 

This  popular  but  unfortunate  Viceroy  of 
India,  from  1869  to  1872,  came  to  Bombay, 
in  the  latter  part  of  December,  1868,  on  his 
way  to  Calcutta  to  assume  the  Viceroyalty 
from  Lord  Lawrence.  He  had  been  appoint- 
ed to  his  high  office  by  Disraeli  when  his 
first  administration  was  already  tottering.  It 
was  at  Bombay  that  Mayo  heard  of  the  fall 
of  Disraeli  and  the  advent  of  the  Liberals 
under  Gladstone.  While  he  was  in  England 
there  had  been  a  violent  outcry  against  his  ap- 
pointment on  the  score  of  his  want  of  expe- 
rience of  Indian  affairs.  So  he  might  well 
have  been  doubtful,  when  he  landed  in  Bombay 
and  saw  our  city,  about  his  further  journey  to 
Calcutta  to  assume  office.  But  Gladstone  and 
the  Liberal  Ministry  confirmed  their  prede- 
cessors' nomination.     During  the  ten  days  that 


604  BOMBAY: 

he  spent  in  our  city  he  discussed  most  of  the 
local  problems  and  was  specially  interested 
in  our  Municipal  affairs  which  were  then  under 
Arthur  Crawford,  our  great  Municipal  Com- 
missioner. He  visited  the  Vehar  Water  Works^ 
at  that  time  our  only  works  of  the  kind  and  saw 
the  docks.  These  too  were  very  small  affairs- 
indeed  compared  to  the  extensive  docks  that  we 
have  now  come  to  possess.  Still  Mayo  was  much 
impressed  with  all  that  he  saw  and  called  Bombay 
the  finest  site  for  commerce  in  the  world.  He 
was  destined  never  to  come  again  to  Bombay 
for  his  departure  at  the  end  of  his  term  of  office. 
He  was  assassinated  in  the  midst  of  his 
beneficent  career  three  years  later  by  a  fanatic- 
Afghan  in  the  Andamans  when  he  had  not 
yet  completed  his  fiftieth  year.  Sir  William 
Hunter,  who  was  then  a  rising  official,  published 
his  biography  three  years  later,  in  which  he 
gives  Mayo's  diary  from  which  we  have  extract- 
ed,  and   other   personal   materials. 


floor,  Edward 

1771-1848. 

The  well-known  author  of  the  Hindoo  Pan- 
theon  was  in  the  military  service  of  the  East 
India  Company  and  employed  mostly  in  the 
South.  The  last  six  years,  1799-1805,  of  his 
stay  in  India  he  spent  in  Bombay,  where  he  was. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  605 

employed  as  garrison  store-keeper  or  Com- 
missory-General.  He  retired  in  1805  when  he 
was  only  thirty-four.  He  was  of  an  observing 
studious  nature  and  had  while  in  this  country 
made  the  Hindoo  religion  his  special  study.  He 
had  gathered  extensive  materials  for  this  and 
made  a  large  collection  of  Indian  images,  pictures 
and  the  like.  Five  years  after  leaving  India  he 
published  his  great  work  on  Hindoo  Mythology 
and  religion  in  which  he  utilised  the  materials 
he  had  collected  in  this  country.  This  work 
as  well  as  another  smaller  book  called  *' Oriental 
Fragments"  which  he  published  in  1834,  contain 
several  passages  giving  interesting  remini- 
scences of  his  residence  in  Bombay  and  other 
Indian  places.  Our  extract  from  the  former 
work,  Hindoo  Pantheon,  about  the  Hindoo  sacred 
place  at  Malabar  Point  illustrates  this.  The 
year  before  he  left  Bombay,  he  was  among  those 
learned  Anglo-Indians  who  helped  Mackintosh 
to  found  the* Literary  Society  of  Bombay.  His 
valuable  collection  of  Indian  images  was  lately 
exhibited  by  his  grandson  at  the  Indian  Court 
of  the  Festival  of  Empire. 


rirs.  Postans 

This  lively  writer  of  two  generations  ago 
was  the  author  of  several  books  about  Bombay 
and  Western  India  which   were  popular  in  her 


606  BOMBAY: 

days.  She  was  married  twice,  first  to  Capt. 
Postans  and  then  to  a  missionary  named  Youngs 
and  came  in  close  contact  with  Indian  life 
and  society  in  this  city  as  well  as  Surat  and 
other  places.  Her  book  on  Bombay  from  which 
our  extracts  have  been  made,  is  a  good  recorcf 
of  the  city  at  the  beginning  of  Queen  Victoria's 
reign,  and  may  be  read  with  profit  for  the 
sake  of  comparison  with  the  progress  since- 
made.  Her  Moslem  Noble,  which  she  published 
in  1857  under  her  second  name  of  Mrs.  Young,  is 
a  good  picture  of  high  class  Mahomedan  life 
at  Surat  from  within  as  it  were,  and  contains 
other  interesting  matter  besides. 


Perry,  Sir  Erskine 

1 806-1 882. 

Once  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court 
at  Bombay,  Perry  is  much  better  known  as  a 
lawyer  than  as  a  man  of  letters.  His  Bird's-eye 
Viezv  of  India  is  well  worth  reading  still,  though 
it  appeared  sixty  years  ago.  It  contains  a 
journal  kept  during  one  of  his  long  tours  in 
India  and  gives  several  first  hand  impressions 
which  are  worth  reading.  He  wrote  also  a  very 
interesting  book  of  gleanings  of  Indian  social 
life  from  his  judge's  note-book.  After  his 
retirement  from  Bombay  in  1852,  he  was  long 
known  in  England  for  his  strong  and  persistent 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  60^ 

advocacy  of  the  cause  of  Indians  first  in  Parlia- 
ment and  then  in  the  Council  of  India.  During- 
his  sojourn  in  Bombay  from  1839  to  1852,  he 
took  great  interest  in  the  education  of  the- 
natives  of  this  city  and  was  President  of  the- 
old  Board  of  Education  which  gave  place  a 
little  after  his  retirement  to  the  Department  ol" 
Public  Instruction. 


Price,  David 

1762-1835. 

Like  Major  Moor  with  whom,  while  in  India,, 
he  had  contracted  a  life-long  friendship,  David 
Price  was  in  the  army  of  the  East  India 
Company  and  employed  against  Tipu  in  Mysore- 
and  the  South.  He  began  his  career  in  this, 
city  and  was  off  and  on  in  Bombay,  Poona^ 
Surat  and  other  places  in  Western  India  during: 
his  Indian  career  extending  from  1782  to  1805,. 
He  was  Judge  Advocate  of  the  Bombay  army  in 
1795  and  the  following  years.  With  his  friend 
Moor  he  retired  early  from  the  service  in  1805^ 
and  like  him  too  he  spent  his  retirement  ia 
literary  ease  writing  several  important  works.. 
He  too  a  little  before  his  retirement  took  part  ir^ 
founding  the  Bombay  Literary  Society.  The 
subject  of  his  special  studies  was  Mahomedan 
History. 


6o8  BOMBAY : 

Prinsep,  Valentine  Cameron 

1838-1904. 

This  distinguished  English  artist  belonged 
to  the  well  known  Anglo-Indian  family  of  the 
Prinseps  who  have  been  for  several  generations 
in  the  Indian  Civil  Service.  He  himself  like  his 
father  and  brother  was  intended  for  the  same 
service  and  actually  was  for  some  time  at 
Haileybury;  but  having  decidedly  an  artistic 
bent  he  chose  to  pursue  an  artistic  career,  in 
which  he  achieved  a  marked  success.  Being 
born  on  Valentine's  Day  at  Calcutta,  where  his 
father  then  was  in  the  Supreme  Council,  he  was 
called  Valentine,  and  this  was  contracted  into 
Val,  and  he  w^as  known  generally  as  Val  Prinsep. 
He  was  the  pupil  with  Sir  Edward  Poynter  and 
Whistler  of  the  famous  painter  G.  F.  Watts 
(1817-1904).  He  was  an  intimate  friend  of  Millais, 
Burne-Jones,  and  other  celebrated  Victorian  pain- 
ters. In  October  1876  he  received  from  Lord  Ly  tton 
a  commission  to  paint  a  picture  for  the  Indian 
Government  of  the  coming  Imperial  Assemblage 
at  Delhi  to  be  given  as  a  present  to  Her  Majesty 
Queen  Victoria  on  the  occasion  of  her  assumption 
of  the  title  of  Empress  of  India.  This  picture 
necessitated  a  long  tour  of  nearly  a  year,  as  he  had 
to  be  present  not  only  at  the  Darbar  but  had  also 
later  on  to  visit  the  Native  Courts  in  order  to 
portray  from  life  in  his  picture  the  various  and 
numerous  Native  Princes  that  attended  that 
grand  function.     This    picture   was   finished   in 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  609 

1879  and  was  exhibited  at  the  Royal  Academy  in 
the  following  year.  It  hangs  now  at  Bucking- 
ham Palace.  He  afterwards  published  an 
account  of  his  tour  for  his  Durbar  picture  in  a 
book  called  bnperial  bidia:  An  Artist's  Journals. 
(1879,  Chapman  and  Hall).  This  book  like 
Rousselet's  deals  almost  exclusively  with  Native 
India,  as  he  visited  only  the  Courts  of  the  prin- 
cipal Native  Princes.  Prinsep  relates  his  experi- 
ences in  a  bright  humorous  way.  He  executed 
several  commissions  for  the  Native  Princes  and 
his  portraits  hang  in  several  Native  Courts 
in   India. 


Ramsay,  Balcarres  D.    Wardlaw 

A  grandson  of  the  23rd  Earl  of  Crawford 
and  Balcarres,  Col.  Ramsay  was  well  connected 
with  the  aristocracy  of  England  and  obtained 
several  coveted  posts.  He  served  in  India  twice: 
he  passed  through  the  Indian  Mutiny,  and  some 
thirteenyearsearlierhecameouttoBombay  on  the 
personal  staff  of  the  Governor,  Sir  George  Arthur 
(1784-1854).  Towards  the  close  of  his  career  he 
published  his  "Rough  Recollections  of  Military 
Service  and  Society"  (1882,  2  vols.,  Blackwood) 
which  are  very  pleasant  reading  and  contain 
many  good  anecdotes.  His  recollections  of 
Bombay    as   he   saw    it    in     1844-45,    are    very 


_6lO  BOMBAY.: 

interesting  as  Ramsay  went  about  with  his  eyes- 
open.  He  was  afterwards  on  the  staff  of  the 
Governor-General,  Lord  Hardinge,  (1785-1856). 


Reed,  Dr.   Stanley 

{b.  1872). 

This  distinguished  Anglo-Indian  journalist 
is  editor  of  the  Times  of  India  since  1907. 
His  connection  with  this  paper  began  ten 
years  earlier,  and  he  was  its  Special  Corres- 
pondent on  important  occasions  like  the  great 
Famine  of  1900-OI,  the  tour  of  the  Prince  and 
Princess  of  Wales  in  India,  1905-O6,  the  Amir 
of  Afghanistan's  visit,  1907,  etc.  His  account 
of  the  Prince's  tour  of  1905  was  so  well 
written  and  highly  appreciated  that  it  rendered 
unnecessary  the  official  narrative  whose  publi- 
cation was  dropped  in  its  favour.  He  also 
represented  his  paper  when  six  years  later  the 
King  and  Queen  visited  India  again.  His 
narrative  of  this  memorable  Royal  visit  attract- 
ed considerable  attention,  and  was  well  re- 
ceived when  it  appeared,  like  its  predecessor, 
in  a  sumptuous  volume.  From  both  these  books 
our  extracts  are  taken.  Much  of  what  relates 
to  Bombay  in  the  volume  on  the  Royal  Visit 
is  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  S.  T  Sheppard,  Assis- 
tant Editor  of  the  Ti?nes  of  India,  who  has 
made     Bombay     history     and     topography     his 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  6il 

special  subject,  as  appears  from  the  preface 
of  Dr.  Reed,  who  says:  "I  am  indebted 
to  my  colleague,  Mr.  S.  T.  Sheppard,  for 
much  valuable  assistance.  He  wrote  a  consi- 
derable  part   of  the   Bombay    chapter,   etc." 

Dr.  Reed  represented  the  press  of  Western 
India  at  the  Imperial  Press  Conference  held 
in  London  in  J909,  and  the  University  of 
Glasgow  conferred  its  Doctorate  on  him  on 
the  occasion.  A  predecessor  of  his  in  the 
editorship  of  the  Times  of  Indidy  the  well-known 
Dr.  Buist  (1805-1860)  had  been  similarly  honoured 
by  a  Scotch  University  two  generations  earlier. 


Kees,  Sir  John 

ih.    1854). 

A  distinguished  Anglo-Indian  writer,  who 
after  a  career  in  the  Madras  Civil  Service  from 
187S-1901,  has  entered  English  politics,  and  be- 
come Member  of  Parliament.  While  in  India  he 
was  Private  Secretary  to  three  successive  Gover- 
nors of  Madras,  and  wrote  an  excellent  account 
of  the  tours  of  one  of  them,  the  late  Lord 
Connemara  (1827-T902),  from  which  our  extract 
is  taken.  The  quotation  in  this  extract  (p.  4  supra) 
is  from  Tennystjn's  well-known  lines  on  Milton 
beginning  *  O  Mighty-mouth'd  inventor  of  har- 
monies''    (  Poetical  Works,  Globe  ed.,.p.  243 )w 


6l2  BOMBAY: 

Rousselet,  Louis 

A  French  artist  who  spent  six  years,  1864-69, 
in  India  on  a  picturesque  tour  like  Daniell  and 
some  other  Englishmen  before  him,  studying 
the  architectural  monuments  and  other  works 
of  art  in  this  country.  He  was  particularly 
interested  in  the  India  of  the  Native  Princes  and 
he  visited  their  Courts,  not  caring  so  much  for 
the  parts  under  the  British  rule.  He  was 
received  by  these  ^Native  Princes  with  great 
honour,  and  every  facility  was  given  him  of 
prosecuting  his  artistic  studies.  During  the 
years  he  was  in  India  the  name  of  France 
stood  high  in  the  world,  and  though  he  had  come 
in  no  official  capacity  from  his  country,  the  Native 
States  received  him  everywhere  as  a  distinguish- 
ed visitor  belonging  to  a  great  nation.  He 
afterwards  published  an  elaborate  book  of  his 
Indian  experiences  and  impressions  which  also 
appeared  in  an  English  edition  in  1876.  This 
book  was  beautifully  illustrated  with  the 
author's  striking  engravings  especially  of  the 
architectural  remains.  The  book  naturally 
contains  little  about  British  India;  still  Bombay 
has  a  good  many  pages,  as  Louis  Rousselet 
started  on  his  long  Indian  tour  from  our  city 
in  which  he  stayed  for  several  months  in  1864, 
visiting  Elephanta  and  Kanheri  Caves  and  other 
places  of  interest.  His  long  account  of 
Bombay,  its  peoples  and  sights,  is  lively  and 
entertaining,  as  may  be  seen  from  our  extracts. 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  61 3 

Steel,  Flora  Annie 

ib.   1847)- 

A  noted  novelist  and  writer  on  India,  this  lady 
has  achieved  a  name  in  Anglo-Indian  literature 
second  only  to  that  of  Mr.  Rudyard  Kipling. 
The  wife  of  a  Bengal  Civilian  serving  in  the 
Punjab  from  1862  to  1889,  she  was  with  him 
for  twenty  years  in  this  country,  and  was 
herself  officially  employed  as  an  Inspectress 
of  Schools  in  the  Land  of  the  Five  Rivers  whose 
people  she  came  to  know  intimately.  Of  her 
several  novels  the  most  noteworthy  are  "On 
the  Face  of  the  Waters,"  a  powerful  tale  of 
the  Indian  Mutiny,  and  "The  Potter's  Thumb,"  a 
remarkable  story  of  Anglo-Indian  and  Indian 
life.  Mrs,  Steel  wrote  the  letterpress  for  one 
of  Mr.  Mortimer  Menpes'  books  of  coloured 
illustrations  on  India  in  Messrs.  Black's  delightful 
series  of  "Colour  Books,"  and  our  extract  is 
taken  from  thence. 


Steevens,  George  Warrington 

1869-1900. 

This  brilliant  journalist  came  to  Inilia  only  a 
y^ar  before  his  untimely  death,  and  wrote  as  the 
result  the  most  brilliant  of  his  books.  In  India 
(Blackwood,  189^).  lie  came  with  Lord  Curzon 
when     the  .  latter     assumed     the      ViceroyaUy 


6i4  BOMBAY: 

at  the  beginning  of  1899,  and  remained 
some  months  traversing  the  country,  and  the 
impressions  that  he  gathered  of  life  and  society 
as'  well  ias  administration,  he  has  put  in  this 
remarkable  book  which  is  wonderfully  accurate, 
besides  being  thoroughly  readable.  Steevens 
had  the  gift  of  insight  combined  with  that 
of  vivid  and  telling  description,  which  together 
make  his  book  really  remarkable. 

After  his  return  from  India,  Steevens  went  to 
South  Africa  as  war  correspondent  of  the  Daily 
Mail,  and  was  subsequently  besieged  in  Lady- 
srhith,  where  unfortunately  he  died  of  enteric 
fever  on  the  15th  of  January  1900.  His  corres- 
piondence  during  the  Boer  War  and  the  Siege 
of  Ladysmith  was  afterwards  published  pos- 
thumously. He  also  wrote  during  his  short 
career  four  or  five  other  books  describing 
America,  Egypt,  the  Sudan,  etc.,  which  were 
made  up  of  his  brilliant  special  correspondence 
for  the   Dailv  Mail. 


Sydenham,  Lord 

ib.  1848). 

Governor  of  Bombay  from  1907  to  I9I3- 
The  term  of  the  administration  of  Sir  George 
Clarke,  as  he  was  known  whilst  in  Bombaj', 
was  eventful  in  itself,  and  the  Royal  Visit  to' 
our  city  that  fell  during   it,   may  also   be   said 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  6K 

to  have  distinguished  it  much.  To  the  rapid 
growth  and  expansion  of  Bombay  that  has 
been  going  on  for  years  past  he  devoted 
special  care  and  attention,  drawing  up  elaborate 
projects  for  the  improvement  and  extension 
of  our  city.  Education  and  popular  unrest 
also  engaged  him  largely.  His  rule  was  .on 
the  whole  successful  and  he  was  popular  with 
several  classes  of  Indians.  He  was  made  a  Baron 
shortly  before  he  left  Bombay  for  his  vigorous  and 
successful  administration.  Lord  Sydenham  is  a 
practiced  writer  and  has  written  more  than  half 
a  dozen  books.  His  special  subject  is  Imperial 
defence,  on  which  he  is  considered  an  authority 
and  for  which  he  had  visited  various  outlying 
parts  of  the  Empire  before  coming  to  Bombay. 


Temple,  Sir  Richard 

1826-1902. 

This  well-known  Anglo-Indian  Civilian  was 
for  three  years,  1877-1880,  at  the  close  of  his 
brilliant  Indian  career,  Governor  of  Bombay. 
Like  other  rulers  he  too  was  charmed  with 
Bombay  and  is  enthusiastic  in  his  references 
to  our  city  in  his  various  works,  especially  his 
autobiography  called  "Story  of  my  Life" 
published  in  1896  from  which  our  extracts  are 
taken.  Sir  Richard  besides  being  an  admini- 
strator of    great   note,   was   also   a    voluminous 


6l6  BOMBAY: 

writer  on  India,  many  of  whose  provinces  ne 
had  known  intimately  and  administered  ably. 
He  had  the  reputation  of  being  acquainted 
personally  with  the  nooks  and  corners  of  our 
presidency  more  than  any  of  his  predecessors, 
and  the  experience  thus  gained  he  utilised  not 
only  in  his  minutes  here  as  governor  but  also  in 
his  books  later  on. 


West,  Sir  Raymond 
1832-1912. 

A  well-known  Bombay  Civilian  of  the  last 
generation  and  educationist.  He  was  Judge 
of  the  Bombay  High  Court  for  many  years  and 
closed  his  career  as  Member  of  Council  retiring 
in  1892.  With  the  Bombay  University  he  was 
intimately  connected  as  its  Vice-Chancellor  for 
a  series  of  years.  His  annual  Convocation 
a^idresses  in  the  latter  capacity  were  models  of 
learning  and  academic  eloquence.  He  was  also 
an  ardent  encourager  of  research  and  learning, 
whilst  in  Bombay.  As  a  lawyer  his  reputation 
was  high  and  his  work  on  Hindu  Law  in 
collaboration  with  Dr.  Biihler  (1837-1898)  is. 
authoritative. 


't 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  617 

NOTE  ON  THE 

WRITERS  OF  ACCOUNTS 

OF  BOMBAY. 


The  earliest  account  of  Bombay  under  the 
English  hitherto  quoted  is  that  of  Fryer  written 
in  1675  only  six  or  seven  years  after  the  Island 
passed  into  British  hands.  But  a  still  earlier 
account  was  uneatthed  by  the  late  Sir  Henry 
Yule  and  published  a  little  before  his  death  in 
1889,  amons  other  unpublished  materials  in 
his  very  valuable  edition  of  the  Diary  of  Sir 
William  Hedges  for  the  Hakluyt  Society.  This 
was  written  by  Sir  Streynsham  Master  (1640- 
1724)  who  was  one  of  the  four  leading  servants 
of  the  East  India  Company  who  had  been 
selected  in  1668  to  go  to  Bombay  from  Surat 
and  take  over  the  Island  from  the  King's  officers, 
when  Charles  II  had  determined  to  transfer 
it  to  the  Company,  thinking  it  useless  and 
expensive.  Master  had  first  come  to  Surat  as 
a  lad  of  sixteen  in  1656  in  company  with 
his  uncle,  George  Oxenden,  who  later  became 
President  of  the  Surat  Factory  and  was  the 
first  Company's  Governor  of  Bombay,  dying 
a  few  months  after  his  appointment  in  July  r669. 
Oxenden  has  been  completely  forgotten  long 
ago,  though  he  has  a  splendid  mausoleum  at 
Surat.  So  also  is  Master,  who  had  left  no  trace 
of  his  connection  with  Bombay  before  the  for- 
tunate  discovery  of  this  account  among  the  family 
papers    by    a    descendant    who    communicated 


6i8  BOMBAY : 

it  to  Yule.  He  is  remembered  now,  if  remembered 
at  all,  for  his  later  connection  with  Madras,  where 
he  became  chief  of  the  Factory  in  1678  and  built 
the  Church  which  has  the  distinction  of  being  the 
first  English  Church  in  India.  Owing  to  grave 
differences  with  his  emploj^ers  he  returned  to 
England  in  [681,  and  took  a  prominent  part  in 
the  affairs  of  their  rivals  the  New  East  India 
Compan5^  of  which  he  b€;pame  one  of  the 
Directors. 

Yule's  edition  of  Hedges'  Diary,  which  mostly 
refers  to  Bengal,  is  not  a  very  likely  place  for 
finding  an  account  of  Bombay,  and  consequently 
I  have  hardly  ever  seen  it  referred  to  or  used  by 
writers  about  our  Island.  I  called  attention 
to  it  in  1900  in  the  Times  of  India,  where  it  was 
quoted  in  its  entirety.  In  the  present  book  it  takes 
its  proper  place  as  leading  all  the  early  accounts 
of  this  Island  given  in  the  section  specially 
devoted  to  them.  Valuable  and  detailed  as 
is  Fryer's  account,  yet  Master's  has  an  authority 
which  the  latter  cannot  claim.  Fryer  was  a 
traveller,  a  globe-trotter,  though  a  very  intel- 
ligent one,  and  new  to  the  country  ;  while  Master 
had  been  sixteen  years  in  India  at  the  time  of 
writing  his  description  and  must  have  known 
the  Island  pretty  intimately  as  he  was  one  of 
the  Commissioners,  as  said  above,  for  receiving 
it  on  behalf  of  the  Company  from  -the  King's 
officers.  Till  the  official  account  written  by 
Master's  chief,  the  well-known  Gerald  Aungier, 
turns  up  some  day  at  the  India  Office  Library 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  6r9 

or  elsewhere,   this  account  is  not  likely  to   lose 
its  great  importance. 

John  Fryer  (1650-1733)  was  a  physician 
who,  soon  after  taking  his  M.B.  degree  at 
Cambridge  in  l67r,  embarked  on  a  lengthened 
tour  in  India  and  Persia,  undertaken  in  the 
interests  of  the  East  India  Company,  which 
lasted  for  ten  years  from  1672  till  1682.  He  was 
in  Bombay  in  1674  ^^^  his  account,  from 
which  we  have  quoted,  is  contained  in  a  letter 
dated  from  Surat,  15th  January  1675.  This 
and  the  other  letters  which  form  his  well 
known  book  A  New  Account  of  Enst  Indiii  and 
Persia  were  not  published  till  1698.  He  could 
not  easily  be  persuaded  to  give  an  account 
of  his  wanderings  to  the  world,  but  at  length 
piqued  at  the  frequent  appearance  of  trans- 
lations of  foreign,  especially  French,  books  of 
travel  in  which  English  industry  and  enterprise 
in  India  were  decried, and  annoyed  by  numerous 
private  enquiries  about  his  experiences,  he  came 
•out  with  the  handsome  folio  which  has  saved 
his  name  from  oblivion,  and  which  has  been 
quoted  so  often  for  these  two  centuries.  The 
book  besides  narrating  his  experiences  of  the 
various  parts  of  India  and  Persia  he  passed 
through,  in  an  interesting  and  often  amusing 
manner,  contains  curious  particulars  respecting 
the  natural  history  and  medicines  of  these 
<ountries.  Fryer  took  his  M.D.  on  returing 
from  his  tour  in  1683  and  was  elected  a  Fellow  of 
the  Royal  Society  a  year  before  the  appearance 


620  BOMBAY  : 

of  his  book,  which  fully  testiliecl  to  both  his 
medical  and  scientific  attainments.  It  was 
somewhat  strange  that  Fryer's  book,  considering 
its  great  interest  and  value,  should  not  have  beem 
reprinted  till  a  few  years  ago,  when  Mr.  W^ 
Crookes  brought  out  for  the  Hakluyt  Society  his 
scholarly  edition.  The  late  Mr.  Talboys  Wheeler 
(1824-1897),  the  historical  writer,  had  indeed 
reprinted  the  Indian  part  in  the  Calcutta  English- 
?nan  more  than  forty  years  ago,  but  the  volume 
in  which  the  articles  were  collected  soon  went 
out  of  print.  Philip  Anderson  (1816-1857)  in  his 
excellent  historical  account  of  the  English  irt 
Bombay  and  Western  India  in  the  seventeenth 
century,  published  in  1854,  in  our  city,  has  sum- 
marised Fryer  so  deftly  that  we  have  given  it  also. 

Ovington  who  came  sixteen  years  after  Fryer^ 
published  his  book,  A  Voyage  to  Stiratt  in  the  year 
/659,two  years  earlier  in  1696.  He  was  a  Chaplain 
in  the  Royal  Navy  and  remained  for  several 
years  on  the  coasts  of  India;  and  he  has  left 
behind  in  this  book,  beside  his  account  of  Bombay 
and  Elephanta,  a  detailed  description  of  Surat 
and  its  cosmopolitan  population,  for  Surat  was 
in  his  days  prett}^  much  what  Bombay  is  at 
present,  representing  so  many  castes  and  creeds. 

A  quarter  of  a  century  later  came  another 
Chaplain,  Richard  Cokbe,  a  learned  and  pious 
man,  who  left  his  mark  here  during  the  few 
years  that  he  resided  in  this  settlement  by 
stirring     religious      enthusiasm    and      thereby 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  621 

promoting  the  erection  of  our  venerable  Cathed- 
ral, not  indeed  so  styled  at  the  time,  but 
as  he  modestly  calls  it,  "the  Bombay  Church." 
But  he  held  peculiar  views  about  his  office  and 
duties  as  chaplain,  and  coming  into  collision 
with  the  Council,  he  had  to  retire  abruptly 
in  1719.  He  survived  for  half  a  century  and 
published  so  late  as  1766  a  rare  little  volume 
giving  an  account  of  the  Bombay  Church 
in  whose  erection  he  had  taken  a  large  and 
enthusiastic  part.  In  this  he  prints  a  letter 
<iddressed  to  the  Bishop  of  London,  soon  after 
his  arrival  here  in  1715,  in  which  he  gives  him  a 
short  account  of  Bombay  which  we  have  quoted 
from  this  scarce  book.  The  Bishop,  it  seems, 
had  asked  him,  on  parting,  to  interest  himself 
in  the*  place  and  send  him  some  account  of 
the  island  and  the  state  of  religion.  The  letter 
was  in  answer  to  this  request  and  though  it 
<loes  not  say  nuich  has  still  some  interest. 

Alexander  Hamilton  (?i658-l732)  whose 
account  is  as  well  known  as  that  of  Fryer,  was  a 
sea  captain,  who,  after  gaining  some  maritime 
experience  in  Europe  and  the  West  Indies,  came 
out  to  the  East  Indies  in  1688  and  did  not 
return  to  Europe  till  1723,  visiting  during  those 
thirty-five  years  almost  every  port  from  Jeddah 
to  Amoy.  He  was  in  Bombay  often  and  knew 
it  intimately.  But  he  was  what  was  called 
an  ''interloper,"  following  a  life  of  commercial 
adventure,  and  as  such  had  a  strong  prejudice 
against    the   East    India   Company    with    which 


622  BOMBAY : 

his  book  is  strongly  tinged.  His  New  Account  of 
the  East  Indies  was  published  in  1727  and  went 
through  a  second  edition  in  1744.  Though  it  has 
not  been  reprinted  since  in  separate  form,  it  is 
well  known  owing  to  long  extracts  given  by  both 
Pinkerton  and  Kerr  in  their  general  collections 
of  voyages  and  travels  published  in  the 
early  part  of  the  last  century.  Of  this  work  of 
Capt.  Hamilton,  a  very  competent  authority, 
Sir  John  Laughton,  speaks  in  these  high  terms: 
"In  the  charm  of  its  naive  simplicity,  perfect 
honesty,  with  some  similarity  of  subject  in  its 
account  of  the  manners  and  history  of  people 
little  known,  it  offers  a  closer  parallel  to  the 
history  of  Herodotus  than  perhaps  any  other  in 
modern  literature,"  (Diet,  of  Nat.  Biog.,  Vol. 
VIII,  p.  1017,  2nd  ed.) 

Edward  Ives  (?J720-I786)  was  a  surgeon 
in  the  navy  who  came  to  Bombay  in  1754  on 
board  the  'Kent,'  the  ship  bearing  the  flag  of 
Admiral  Watson  (1714-1757)  as  commander-in- 
chief  in  the  East  Indies,  and  remained  in  the 
Indian  seas  till  the  Admiral's  death  in  Aug.  1757, 
when  he  resigned  his  appointment  and  returned 
to  England  overland  by  way  of  Persia  and 
Asia  Minor.  In  1773  Ives  published  his  ex- 
periences in  India  and  of  his  overland  journey 
homewards  in  a  quarto  volume  entitled  "A 
Voyage  from  England  to  India  in  1754  and 
an  Historical  Narrative  of  the  Operations  of  the 
Squadron  and  Army  in  India  under  the  command 
of    Vice-Admiral    Watson    and    Col,    Clive    in 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  623 

1755-57,"  which  is  important  on  account  of  his 
personal  intimacy  with  Watson  and  of  his 
presence  at  many  of  the  transactions  described. 

Carsten  Niebuhr  (1733-1815)  the  father  of 
the  famous  historian  of  Rome,  Barthold  Niebuhr 
(1776- 1 831)  came  to  Bombay  in  the  course  of 
his  scientific  tour  in  Arabia  and  India  in  1761- 
1767,  undertaken  at  the  expense  of  the  Danish 
Government,  and  stayed  here  for  fourtee-n 
months  from  Oct.  1763  to  Dec.  1764,  and  wrote 
a  well-known  account  which  is  often  referred 
CO.  This  appeared  in  his  Voyage  eti  Arabic  which 
was  published  in  two  volumes  in  1774-78,  and 
contains  his  experiences  of  that  long  and  inter- 
esting tour  in  the  course  of  which  he  visited 
Egypt.  Arabia,  India,  Persia  and  Palestine. 
At  Bombay  he  was  well  received  and  made 
several  lasting  friendships  with  Englishmen 
on  the  Island.  He  also  learned  English  here, 
and  endeavoured  to  obtain  information  about 
the  Parsis  and  Hindus  which  he  utilised  in  his 
work,  which  was  translated  in  an  abridged 
form  from  the  original  French  into  English. 
Niebuhr  was  a  native  of  Hanover,  and  educated 
at  the  Gottingen  University,  from  which  he 
passed  to  Copenhagen  and  entered  Danish 
service  in  which  he  passed  his  life.  His  more 
famous  son,  born  at  Copenhagen,  began  life  in 
the  service  of  Denmark,  but  soon  entered  that 
of  Prussia  and  distinguished  himself  as  a 
diplomatist  and  still  more  as  a  historian.  As^ 
a  young    man    he   studied   at  Edinburgh    for  a 


624  BOMBAY : 

year  and  was,  as  he  himself  says,  received 
<is  one  of  the  family  in  the  house  of  a 
venerable  man,  Francis  Scott  of  Harden, 
whose  friendship  had  been  formed  by  his 
father   while    in   Bombay. 

John  Henry  Grose,  (fl.  1750-1783)  younger 
brother  of  the  well-known  antiquary  Francis 
Grose,  (1731-1791),  came  out  to  Bombay  in  1750 
-as  a  Civil  Servant  of  the  East  India  Company 
and  on  his  return  published  in  1757  in  a  single 
volume  an  account  of  his  experiences.  This 
volume  gives  a  good  account  of  Eastern  man- 
ners and  customs  then  little  known,  and  was 
said  to  have  been  compiled  from  Grose's  notes 
by  John  Cleland  (1709-1789),  who  had  himself 
been  in  Bombay  as  servant  of  the  Company 
for  several  years.  (For  Cleland's  career  in 
Bombay  and  other  matters,  the  curious  may 
refer  to  an  article  by  me  in  the  Aihencuum, 
December,  1905).  A  second  edition  appeared 
in  1766,  enlarged  in  two  volumes,  and  a  third 
followed  in  1772.  The  first  edition  was  translat- 
ed into  French  in  1758.  The  work  has  been 
made  the  basis  of  many  popular  accounts. 

James  Forbes  (1749-1819)  was  another  of 
the  Company's  Bombay  Civilians  who  wrote  a 
widely  known  account  of  our  Island  after  a 
iong  residence  here.  He  came  to  Bombay  as  a 
Civil  Servant  in  1766  and  remained  in  the  service 
till  1783,  serving  in  various  places  in  Gujarat  like 
Broach,   Dhabhoi,  etc.     During  these  seventeen 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  625 

years  he  had  imbibed  a  genuine  love  for  the 
country  and  its  inhabitants  as  well  as  amassed 
a  large  collection  of  sketches  and  notes  on  the 
flora,  fauna,  manners,  religions,  and  archaeology 
of  India.  These  he  utilised  as  materials  for  his 
great  work  Oriental  Memoirs,  which  he  published 
in  four  large  quarto  volumes  between  1 813  and 
18 1 5.  This  work  has  now  for  a  century 
deservedly  held  a  very  high  place  in  Anglo- 
Indian  literature.  Its  marked  .characteristic  is 
the  genuine  love  for  the  country  and  sympathy 
for  its  inhabitants  that  it  shows  by  the 
side  of  its  intimate  arquaintance  with  their 
sentiments  and  prejudices.  Count  de  Montal- 
^mbert,  (1810-1870),  the  famous  French  orator  and 
historian  was  his  daughter's  son  and  was 
brought  up  with  great  care  in  his  early  days 
by  him.  For  his  grandson's  eventual  use  when 
he  should  come  to  the  age  of  discretion,  Forbes 
prepared  an  enlarged  manuscript  edition  of 
the  Memoirs,  expanding  the  four  volumes  to 
forty-two  by  inserting  copies  of  his  original 
sketches,  letters,  verses  and  numerous  other 
additions ;  but  Montalembert  took  no  interest 
in  the  East  and  conseciuently  neglected  these 
manuscript  treasures,  which,  however,  are 
preserved  by  the  family  at  Oscott  College. 

Forbes  had  retired  from  Bombay  on  a  com- 
fortable competency  and  spent  thirty-five  years 
of  retirement  in  learned  ease  and  occasional 
travel.  Whilst  travelling  in  France  during  the 
oeace  of  Amiens,  he  was  detained  prisoner  with 


626  BOMBAY : 

all  other  British  subjects  by  Napoleon  when 
he  broke  that  peace  in  1803.  He  was,  however, 
after  some  time  allowed  to  return  to  England 
in  the  middle  of  1804,  and  he  published  two  years 
later  his  '' Letters  from  France,"  which  contain 
an  interesting  account  of  his  captivity.  His 
only  daughter  who  had  married  Marc  de  Montal- 
embert,  a  member  of  an  old  French  noble  family, 
whom  the  Revolution  had  driven  to  Engl- 
and, published  .in  1834  an  abridgement  of 
the  "  Oriental  Memoirs"  in  two  octavos,  which 
brought  the  splendid  but  unwieldy  work  into  a 
form  more  adapted  for  easy  handling.  It  is  some- 
what strange  that  in  these  days  of  reprints 
nobody  should  have  thought  of  republishing  in 
a  popular  form  Forbes'  most  interesting  and 
diverting  volumes.  If  Englishmen  in  India  were 
to  read  these  Memoirs  at  the  outset  of  their  career 
here,  they  could  not  fail  to  imbibe  at  least  some 
of  the  author's  love  for  the  land  and  sympathy 
for  its    peoples. 

Of  the  two  anonymous  accounts  quoted, 
that  of  1724  is  from  an  exceedingly  rare 
little  volume  kindly  placed  at  my  disposal 
by  Mr.  S.  T.  Sheppard,  of  the  Times  of  India, 
an  enthusiastic  collector  of  Bomhayana. 
This  book  is  specially  important  for  an 
account  of  the  Portuguese  cession  of  the 
Island  to  the  English  and  the  documents  relating 
thereto.  The  other  book,  published  in  1 781,  is 
attributed  to  Samuel  Pechel  in  Halkett  and 
Laing's      "  Anomymous      Literature."      He     is 


AN  ANTHOLOGY.  627 

supposed  to  be  a  Civil  Servant,  but  I  have  been 
unable  to  trace  him  in  the  official  lists  given  in 
Sir  G.  Forrest's  old  Bombay  Secretariat  Papers^ 
The  book  is  almost  entirely  devoted  to  a 
narrative  of  the  first  Mahratha  War  (  1778-1781  )• 
then  drawing  to  a  close. 

It  has  been  thought  fit  to  close  this  section 
with  Walter  Hamilton's  account,  as  his  bulky 
book.  Description  of  Hindustati,  may  be  said  to 
have  begun  the  age  of  Indian  Gazetteers.  Indeed 
he  called  the  second  edition  of  the  book  pub- 
lished in  1828  by  this  title.  From  that  point 
forward  the  accounts  multiply  fast  and  the  books 
(|uoted  in  the  other  sections  will  give  a  clue  to 
them. 


^-^^^>^^^^^ 


Printed  by  N.  V.  Ghnmre  at  the  L.\KSHMJ  ART 

PRINTING  WORKS,  Sankli  Street, 

Byculln,    BoiuV>ay. 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  50  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


APR  23 1935 

nEG     3  1935 

MAR   231937 

i 

,  j^'^4nMX 

.=-■     Mm 

OCT  fiftil^iQ 

nt^m 

nor  Ji..  25fH"''*'i3 

09  ji  . 

JUN301989       ^ 

AUT0DISC.ra;28  '88 

OCT  111999 

•  ^ 

LD  21-100m-8,'34 

YB  26493 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


C0055t>t>Q33 


512950 


^cy 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


I/- 


UC)V- 


^IP 


■\. 


{' 


W'. 


I  i 


ii 


\  \ 


( 


I 


-  ( 1